Mazda 2 J64J 2010 PDF

MAZDA
MAZDA 22 J64J
J64J
BODY & ACCESSORIES 09SECTION
Toc of SCT
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYMPTOM
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND TROUBLESHOOTING
START SYSTEM]. . . . . . . . . . 09-02A [KEYLESS ENTRY
ON-BOARD SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03C
DIAGNOSTIC[IMMOBILIZER SYMPTOM
SYSTEM (ADVANCED TROUBLESHOOTING
KEYLESS AND START [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] . . . 09-03D
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B SYMPTOM
ON-BOARD TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTIC[IMMOBILIZER [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYMPTOM
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C TROUBLESHOOTING
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F
[THEFT-DETERRENT SYMPTOM
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D TROUBLESHOOTING
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [CD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G
[AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E SYMPTOM
ON-BOARD TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTIC[INSTRUMENT [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03H
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC BODY PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10
[BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G DOORS AND LIFTGATE . . . . . 09-11
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC GLASS/WINDOWS/
[MULTIPLEX MIRRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12
COMMUNICATION SEATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)] . . . . . . . . . 09-02I SECURITY AND LOCKS . . . . . 09-14
SYMPTOM EXTERIOR TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16
TROUBLESHOOTING INTERIOR TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17
[POWER WINDOW LIGHTING SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . 09-18
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03A WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM . . . 09-19
SYMPTOM ENTERTAINMENT . . . . . . . . . . 09-20
TROUBLESHOOTING POWER SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . 09-21
[ADVANCED KEYLESS INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-03B INFO.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22
CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . 09-40
TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . 09-50
SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . 09-60
Toc of SCT
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
PAGE 1 OF 2
09-02A ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS

AND START SYSTEM]
RESTRAINTS SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–3 DTC B10C8:1F [ADVANCED
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-02A–18
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–18
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–4 Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–18
FOREWORD [ADVANCED KEYLESS System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–19
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–5 Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–19
DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED DTC B10C9:1F [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-02A–5 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-02A–20
CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–20
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-02A–5 Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–20
DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–21
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–5 Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–21
DTC B1026:51 [ADVANCED DTC B10D1:23 [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-02A–9 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-02A–22
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–9 Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–22
Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–9 Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–22
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–9 System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–22
DTC B1026:87 [ADVANCED Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–22
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-02A–9 DTC B10D3:23 [ADVANCED
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–9 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-02A–23
Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–9 Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–23
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–10 Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–23
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–10 System Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–24
DTC B1026:96 [ADVANCED Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–24
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-02A–11 DTC B10E7:16 [ADVANCED
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–11 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-02A–25
Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–11 Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–25
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–11 Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–25
DTC B102B:51 [ADVANCED System Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–25
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-02A–11 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–25
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–11 DTC B113E:11 [ADVANCED
Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–11 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-02A–26
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–12 Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–26
DTC B108A:29 [ADVANCED Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–26
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-02A–12 System Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–27
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–12 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–27
Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–12 DTC B11FD:1F [ADVANCED
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–13 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-02A–28
DTC B10A5:12 [ADVANCED Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–28
Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–14 DTC B1210:1F [ADVANCED
DTC B10C6:1F [ADVANCED Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–30
Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–15 DTC P1794:16, P1794:17 [ADVANCED
DTC B10C7:1F [ADVANCED Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–31
Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–17 DTC U0028:87 [ADVANCED
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–33
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–33
09-02A–1
PAGE 2 OF 2
DTC U0401:68 [ADVANCED DTC U3000:41 [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-02A–34 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-02A–38
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–34 Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–38
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–34 Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–38
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–34 Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–38
DTC U201F:00 [ADVANCED DTC U3003:16, U3003:17 [ADVANCED
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–34 Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–38
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–34 Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–38
System Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–35 System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–38
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–35 Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–39
DTC U201F:13 [ADVANCED DTC U3004:16 [ADVANCED
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–36 Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–40
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–36 Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–40
System Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–36 System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–40
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–36 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–41
DTC U2100:00 [ADVANCED PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-02A–37 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–37 SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–42
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–37 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–37 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A–42
09-02A–2
RESTRAINTS SST
WM: BODY AND ELECTRICAL
id086000800100
49 H066 002 49 D066 002 49 L066 002
Deployment Adapter Adapter

tool harness harness
49 G066 003 49 N088 0A0
Adapter Fuel and

harness Thermometer
checker -
End Of Sie
09-02A–3
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1344500
B+
B+ 3V
STEERING
3W LOCK UNIT WITH
THEFT-DETERRENT
1E
2L
THEFT-
DETERRENT
IG1
CONTROL
LIFTGATE OPENNER SWITCH
MODULE
2C
ACC (3HB,5HB) / TRUNK LID OPENER
SWITCH (4SD)
3G
2A
KEYLESS BCM
BUZZER 2F
A 3K
B
UNLOCK PCM
L
J 3P
LOCK
D
KEYLESS KEYLESS
DOOR LOCK CAN-H INDICATOR WARNING B+
B+ 2G
LINK SWITCH KEYLESS LIGHT LIGHT
(GREEN) (RED) SECURITY
CONTROL 2I ALARM
LIGHT
MODULE CAN-L
BCM
KEYLESS
RECEIVER
1D
D INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
C 2H 3U A
B D REQUEST SWITCH
3O B
KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, RF)
WITH IMMOBILIZER 3AD E
SYSTEM
IG1 3X A
REQUEST SWITCH
D
B 3F B
KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, LF)
C 2D 3AB E
COIL
ANTENNA
D 2B
3HB/5HB 4SD
F 3R C
3R C KEYLESS ANTENNA
3N D (INTERIOR, FRONT)
3AA D
3AA
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, FRONT)
3I A KEYLESS ANTENNA
3I C (INTERIOR, REAR)
3Z B
3Z D
KEYLESS ANTENNA 3C C KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR) (EXTERIOR, REAR)
3AC D
3C C
3AC D 3L C KEYLESS ANTENNA

KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, CENTER)
(EXTERIOR, REAR) 3Y D
am2zzw0000510
End Of Sie
09-02A–4
FOREWORD [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1345500
x The OBD (on-board diagnostic) system has the following functions:
— Malfunction detection function: Detects malfunctions in the advanced keyless and start system and outputs
DTCs.
— PID/data monitor function: Reads out specific input/output signals and the system status.
x Diagnostic DTCs can be read/cleared using the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1345400
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following
items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
x When using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select “Self Test”.
2. Select “Modules”.
3. Select “RKE”.
x When using the PDS (Pocket PC)
1. Select “Module Tests”.
3. Select “Self Test”. DLC-2
3. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the
am2zzw0000210
screen.
x If any DTCs are displayed, perform
troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the keyless control module. (See 09-02A-5 CLEARING
DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1400300
am2zzw0000210
screen.
4. Press the clear button on the DTC screen to clear
the DTC.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 5 s more.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02A-5 DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
8. Verify that no DTCs are displayed.
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1347100
DTC
Detection condition Reference
M-MDS display
(See 09-02A-9 DTC B1026:51
B1026:51 Steering lock unit not programmed [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-9 DTC B1026:87
Communication error between keyless control module and
B1026:87 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
steering lock unit
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-11 DTC B1026:96
B1026:96 Steering lock unit status malfunction signal detected [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-11 DTC B102B:51
No advanced key programming record (programming never
B102B:51 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
performed in past)
SYSTEM].)
09-02A–5
DTC
M-MDS display
(See 09-02A-12 DTC B108A:29
B108A:29 Push switch off signal detected while ignition switch is at ON [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-14 DTC B10A5:12
B10A5:12 Keyless beeper output voltage malfunction [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-15 DTC B10C6:1F
Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (exterior,
B10C6:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
rear)
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-17 DTC B10C7:1F
Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (interior,
rear)
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-18 DTC B10C8:1F
B10C8:1F*1 center)
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-20 DTC B10C9:1F
front)
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-22 DTC B10D1:23
B10D1:23 Request switch (LF) ON signal detected while driving [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-23 DTC B10D3:23
B10D3:23 Request switch (RF) ON signal detected while driving [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-25 DTC B10E7:16
B10E7:16 Keyless control module IG1 power voltage malfunction [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-26 DTC B113E:11
Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid opener switch (4SD)
B113E:11 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
input voltage malfunction
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-28 DTC B11FD:1F
B11FD:1F Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (LF) [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-30 DTC B1210:1F
B1210:1F Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (RF) [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
Keyless control module power voltage low (power from P/W 20 A
P1794:16 (See 09-02A-31 DTC P1794:16,
fuse)
P1794:17 [ADVANCED KEYLESS
Keyless control module power voltage rising (power from P/W 20 A AND START SYSTEM].)
P1794:17
fuse)
(See 09-02I-1 FOREWORD

[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0001:88 Module communication error (HS-CAN) SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02A-33 DTC U0028:87

Correct data cannot be received from BCM (no response for 10
U0028:87 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
times)
SYSTEM].)

Communication error (no response) between keyless control
U0100:00 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
module and PCM
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02A-34 DTC U0401:68

U0401:68 Correct data cannot be received from PCM [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-34 DTC U201F:00
Communication error between keyless control module and keyless
U201F:00 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
receiver
SYSTEM].)
09-02A–6
DTC
M-MDS display
(See 09-02A-36 DTC U201F:13
U201F:13 Keyless receiver not connecting [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-37 DTC U2100:00
U2100:00 Configuration error [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-38 DTC U3000:41
U3000:41 Keyless control module internal malfunction [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
Keyless control module power voltage low (power from ROOM 15
U3003:16 (See 09-02A-38 DTC U3003:16,
A fuse)
U3003:17 [ADVANCED KEYLESS
Keyless control module power voltage rising (power from ROOM AND START SYSTEM].)
U3003:17
15 A fuse)
(See 09-02A-40 DTC U3004:16
U3004:16 Keyless control module ACC power voltage malfunction [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
*1 : 4SD
09-02A–7
With Immobilizer System
DTC
M-MDS Detection condition Reference
Security light flashing pattern
display
(See 09-02B-8 SECURITY
x Coil antenna malfunction LIGHT: 12, DTC: B10D5:13/
x The PCM determined a malfunction in P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER
B10D5:13
the coil antenna even though it is SYSTEM (ADVANCED
normal. KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
LIGHT: 13, DTC: B10D7:05/
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER
B10D7:05 Key ID number program error
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
Keyless control module detected P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER
B10D7:51
unprogrammed key ID number. SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
The keyless control module cannot read P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER
B10D7:81
key ID number data normally. SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
B10D7:94 The key ID number data cannot be read.
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
B10D8:00 Only one key has been programmed.
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
No detected communication with the coil P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER
B10D9:87
antenna. SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51/
Communication error between keyless
B10DA:51 control module and PCM (data transfer
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
error)
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:62/
ID number data between keyless control P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER
B10DA:62
module and PCM are different. SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/
Communication error between the keyless
U0100:87 control module and the PCM (no
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
response/condition mismatch)
KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
End Of Sie
09-02A–8
DTC B1026:51 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1387000
Detection Condition
x Steering lock unit not programmed
Possible Causes
x Programmed not performed after steering lock unit replacement
x Steering lock unit malfunction
x Keyless control module malfunction
Diagnostic Procedure
Step Inspection Action
1 PERFORM STEERING LOCK UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
PROGRAMMING No DTC troubleshooting completed.
x Perform the steering lock unit programming.
(See 09-14-134 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID
CODE REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM].)
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02A-5 CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
x Verify the DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02A-5 DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED
x Is the DTC B1026:51 displayed?
2 INSPECT STEERING LOCK UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the steering lock unit. No Replace the steering lock unit and perform steering lock
(See 09-21-6 STEERING LOCK UNIT unit programming.
INSPECTION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM].)
x Is the steering lock unit normal? (See 09-14-134 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE
REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
Go to the next step.
3 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the keyless control module.

x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
(See 09-02A-5 CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].) AND START SYSTEM].)
x Verify the DTCs using the M-MDS. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
id0902e1387100
Detection Condition
x Communication error between keyless control module and steering lock unit
Possible Causes
x Steering lock unit connector or terminals malfunction
x Keyless control module connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between steering lock unit and keyless control module
09-02A–9
System Wiring Diagram
B+
ROOM 15 A
BCM
1D
B G 2L KEYLESS
PUSH SWITCH CONTROL
E A 3V MODULE
H C 3W
KEYLESS SWITCH
STEERING LOCK UNIT
STEERING LOCK UNIT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
G E C A
1E * * * 2I 2G * 2C 2A
H * * B
* 1D * 2L * 2H 2F 2D 2B
3AB 3Y 3V * 3P * * 3G * *
3AC 3Z 3W * * 3N 3K * * *
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000503
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the steering lock unit connector or
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. terminal, then go to Step 5.
x Disconnect the negative battery cable.
x Disconnect the steering lock unit connector.
x Inspect the steering lock unit connector.
(Corrosion, damage, and disconnected pins)
x Are the connector and terminals normal?
2 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the keyless control module connector or
x Disconnect the keyless control module terminal, then go to Step 5.
connector.
x Inspect the keyless control module connector.
3 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Go to the next step.
STEERING LOCK UNIT AND KEYLESS No Repair or replace the wiring harness between steering
CONTROL MODULE lock unit and keyless control module, then go to Step 5.
x Inspect the wiring harness between keyless
control module terminal 2L and steering lock unit
terminal G for the following:
— Short to ground
— Short to power supply
— Open circuit
x Is the wiring harness normal?
09-02A–10
INSPECTION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
AND START SYSTEM].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].)
SYSTEM].)

x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS. AND START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-5 CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
id0902e1387200
Detection Condition
x Steering lock unit status malfunction signal detected
Possible Causes
INSPECTION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
AND START SYSTEM].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].)
SYSTEM].)

End Of Sie
DTC B102B:51 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1387300
Detection Condition
x No advanced key programming record (programming never performed in past)
Note
x If the advanced key has never been programmed, DTC B102B:51 cannot be detected even if the
advanced key is cleared.
Possible Causes
x Advanced key is not programmed.
09-02A–11
1 VERIFY NUMBER OF PROGRAMMED Yes Go to the next step.
ADVANCED KEYS No Program the advanced key, then go to the next step.
x Using the M-MDS, perform the PID/data monitor (See 09-14-123 ADVANCED KEY ID CODE
inspection and verify the number of programmed REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
advanced keys. SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-42 PID/DATA MONITOR
INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM].)
— NUMCARD
(See 09-02A-42 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
SYSTEM].)
x Is there a programmed advanced key?
x Is the DTC B102B:51 displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC B108A:29 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1387400
Detection Condition
x Push switch off signal detected while ignition switch is at ON
Possible Causes
x Steering lock unit connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between steering lock unit and keyless control module
09-02A–12
B+
ROOM 15 A
BCM
1D
B G 2L KEYLESS
PUSH SWITCH CONTROL
E A 3V MODULE
H C 3W
KEYLESS SWITCH
STEERING LOCK UNIT
STEERING LOCK UNIT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

G E C A
1E * * * 2I 2G * 2C 2A
H * * B
* 1D * 2L * 2H 2F 2D 2B
3AB 3Y 3V * 3P * * 3G * *
3AC 3Z 3W * * 3N 3K * * *
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000503
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the steering lock unit connector or
x Disconnect the steering lock unit connector.
x Inspect the steering lock unit connector.
connector.
STEERING LOCK UNIT AND KEYLESS No Repair or replace the wiring harness between steering
CONTROL MODULE lock unit and keyless control module, then go to Step 5.
control module terminal 3V and steering lock unit
terminal A for the following:
— Short to ground
— Open circuit
09-02A–13
4 STEERING LOCK UNIT INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. No Replace the steering lock unit and perform steering lock
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. unit programming.
x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
x Inspect the voltage of steering lock unit terminals REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].)
A, B, E, and H. (See 09-14-134 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE
(See 09-21-6 STEERING LOCK UNIT REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
INSPECTION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM].)
AND START SYSTEM].) Go to the next step.
x Is the voltage normal?

x Is the DTC B108A:29 displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC B10A5:12 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1387600
Detection Condition
x Keyless beeper output voltage malfunction
Possible Causes
x Keyless beeper connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless beeper and body ground
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between keyless beeper and keyless control module
x Keyless beeper malfunction
KEYLESS BEEPER
KEYLESS 3K A
CONTROL
MODULE
B
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE KEYLESS BEEPER

3AB 3Y 3V * 3P * * 3G * * B A
3AC 3Z 3W * * 3N 3K * * *
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000503
09-02A–14
1 INSPECT KEYLESS BEEPER CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Repair/replace the keyless beeper connector or
x Disconnect the negative battery cable. terminal, then go to Step 6.
x Disconnect the keyless beeper connector.
x Inspect the keyless beeper connector.
KEYLESS BEEPER AND GROUND No Repair or replace the wiring harness between keyless
x Keyless beeper connector is disconnected. beeper and body ground, then go to Step 6.
x Inspect for continuity between keyless beeper
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
x Is there continuity?
connector.
KEYLESS BEEPER AND KEYLESS No Repair or replace the wiring harness between keyless
CONTROL MODULE beeper and keyless control module, then go to Step 6.
beeper terminal A and keyless control module
terminal 3K for the following:
— Open circuit
5 INSPECT KEYLESS BEEPER Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the keyless beeper. No Replace the keyless beeper, then go to the next step.
(See 09-14-131 KEYLESS BEEPER (See 09-14-130 KEYLESS BEEPER REMOVAL/
INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
START SYSTEM].) SYSTEM].)
x Is the keyless beeper normal?
x Is the DTC B10A5:12 displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC B10C6:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1387700
Detection Condition
x Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (exterior, rear)
Possible Causes
x Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between keyless antenna (exterior, rear) and keyless control module
x Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) malfunction
09-02A–15
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(EXTERIOR, REAR)
KEYLESS 3C C
CONTROL
MODULE
3AC D
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, REAR)

3AB 3Y 3V * 3P * * 3G * *
3AC 3Z 3W * * 3N 3K * * * D C * *
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000503
1 INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, Yes Go to the next step.
REAR) CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the keyless antenna (exterior, rear)
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. connector or terminal, then go to Step 5.
x Disconnect the keyless antenna (exterior, rear)
connector.
x Inspect the keyless antenna (exterior, rear)
connector. (Corrosion, damage, and
disconnected pins)
connector.
KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, REAR) No Repair or replace the wiring harness between keyless
AND KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE antenna (exterior, rear) and keyless control module,
x Inspect the wiring harness between keyless then go to Step 5.
antenna (exterior, rear) terminal C and keyless
control module terminal 3C, and keyless antenna
(exterior, rear) terminal D and keyless control
module terminal 3AC for the following:
— Short to ground
— Open circuit
4 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the keyless antenna (exterior, rear), then go to
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. the next step.
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. (See 09-14-125 KEYLESS ANTENNA REMOVAL/
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS. INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
(See 09-02A-5 CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED SYSTEM].)
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].) No DTC troubleshooting completed.
x Is the DTC B10C6:1F displayed?
09-02A–16
End Of Sie
id0902e1387800
Detection Condition
x Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (interior, rear)
Possible Causes
x Keyless antenna (interior, rear) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between keyless antenna (interior, rear) and keyless control module
x Keyless antenna (interior, rear) malfunction

(3HB/5HB)
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR)
3I C
3Z D
(4SD)
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR)
3I A
3Z B
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE KEYLESS ANTENNA

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR (INTERIOR, REAR)
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
3AB 3Y 3V 3P 3G
3AC 3Z 3W 3N 3K D C * * B A
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
(3HB/5HB) (4SD)
am2zzw0000504
09-02A–17
1 INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, Yes Go to the next step.
REAR) CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the keyless antenna (interior, rear)
x Disconnect the keyless antenna (interior, rear)
connector.
x Inspect the keyless antenna (interior, rear)
disconnected pins)
connector.
KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, REAR) No Repair or replace the wiring harness between keyless
AND KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE antenna (interior, rear) and keyless control module,
x Inspect the wiring harness between keyless then go to Step 5.
antenna (interior, rear) terminal C (3HB/5HB)/
terminal A (4SD) and keyless control module
terminal 3I, and keyless antenna (interior, rear)
terminal D (3HB/5HB)/terminal B (4SD) and
keyless control module terminal 3Z for the
following:
— Short to ground
— Open circuit
4 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the keyless antenna (interior, rear), then go to
End Of Sie
id0902e1387900
Detection Condition
x Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (interior, center)
Possible Causes
x Keyless antenna (interior, center) connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between keyless antenna (interior, center) and keyless control module
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between keyless antenna (interior, center) and keyless control module
x Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless antenna (interior, center) and keyless control module
x Keyless antenna (interior, center) malfunction
09-02A–18

KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, CENTER)
3L C
3Y D
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE KEYLESS ANTENNA

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR (INTERIOR, CENTER)
3AB 3Y 3V 3P 3G
3AC 3Z 3W 3N 3K
D C * *
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000505
CENTER) CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the keyless antenna (interior, center)
x Disconnect the keyless antenna (interior, center)
connector.
x Inspect the keyless antenna (interior, center)
disconnected pins)
connector.
3 INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
CENTER) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO short to ground, then go to Step 7.
GROUND No Go to the next step.
x Keyless antenna (interior, center) and keyless
control module connectors are disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between the following
terminals (wiring harness-side) and body
ground:
— Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal C
— Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal D
09-02A–19
4 INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
CENTER) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO short to power supply, then go to Step 7.
POWER SUPPLY No Go to the next step.
x Keyless antenna (interior, center) and keyless
x Reconnect the negative battery cable.
x Measure the voltage at the following terminals
(wiring harness-side):
— Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal C
— Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal D
x Is there any voltage?
CENTER) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
x Keyless antenna (interior, center) and keyless circuit, then go to Step 7.
terminals (wiring harness-side):
— Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal
C—Keyless control module terminal 3L
— Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal
D—Keyless control module terminal 3Y
6 VERIFY KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, Yes Replace the keyless antenna (interior, center), then go
CENTER) MALFUNCTION to the next step.
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. (See 09-14-125 KEYLESS ANTENNA REMOVAL/
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS. SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
id0902e1388000
Detection Condition
x Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (interior, front)
Possible Causes
x Keyless antenna (interior, front) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between keyless antenna (interior, front) and keyless control module
x Keyless antenna (interior, front) malfunction
09-02A–20
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, FRONT)
KEYLESS 3R C
CONTROL
MODULE
3AA D
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, FRONT)

3AB 3Y 3V * 3P * * 3G * *
3AC 3Z 3W * * 3N 3K * * * D C * *
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000504
FRONT) CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the keyless antenna (interior, front)
x Disconnect the keyless antenna (interior, front)
connector.
x Inspect the keyless antenna (interior, front)
disconnected pins)
connector.
KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, No Repair or replace the wiring harness between keyless
FRONT) AND KEYLESS CONTROL antenna (interior, front) and keyless control module,
MODULE then go to Step 5.
antenna (interior, front) terminal C and keyless
control module terminal 3R, and keyless antenna
(interior, front) terminal D and keyless control
module terminal 3AA for the following:
— Short to ground
— Open circuit
4 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the keyless antenna (interior, front), then go to
09-02A–21
End Of Sie
DTC B10D1:23 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388100
Detection Condition
x Request switch (LF) ON signal detected while driving
Possible Causes
x Outer handle (LF) connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between outer handle (LF) and keyless control module
x Request switch (LF) malfunction
OUTER HANDLE (LF)
3X A
REQUEST SWITCH (LF)
KEYLESS D
CONTROL
MODULE
3F B KEYLESS ANTENNA
(LF)
3AB E
OUTER HANDLE (LF)

3AB 3Y 3V * 3P * * 3G * * D A
3AC 3Z 3W * * 3N 3K * * * E B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
* *
am2zzw0000504
1 INSPECT OUTER HANDLE (LF) Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the outer handle (LF) connector or
x Disconnect the outer handle (LF) connector.
x Inspect the outer handle (LF) connector.
09-02A–22
connector.
3 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness between outer
OUTER HANDLE (LF) AND KEYLESS handle (LF) and keyless control module, then go to Step
5.
CONTROL MODULE FOR SHORT TO
x Outer handle (LF) and keyless control module
connectors are disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between outer handle (LF)
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
4 INSPECT REQUEST SWITCH (LF) Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the request switch (LF). No Replace the request switch (LF), then go to the next
(See 09-14-132 REQUEST SWITCH step.
INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND (See 09-14-132 REQUEST SWITCH REMOVAL/
START SYSTEM].) INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
x Is the request switch (LF) normal? SYSTEM].)
x Is the DTC B10D1:23 displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC B10D3:23 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388200
Detection Condition
x Request switch (RF) ON signal detected while driving
Possible Causes
x Outer handle (RF) connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between outer handle (RF) and keyless control module
x Request switch (RF) malfunction
09-02A–23
OUTER HANDLE (RF)
3U A
REQUEST SWITCH (RF)
KEYLESS
D
CONTROL
MODULE
3O B KEYLESS ANTENNA
(RF)
3AD E
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE OUTER HANDLE (RF)

3AB 3Y 3V * 3P * * 3G * * D A
3AC 3Z 3W * * 3N 3K * * * E B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
* *
am2zzw0000504
1 INSPECT OUTER HANDLE (RF) Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the outer handle (RF) connector or
x Disconnect the outer handle (RF) connector.
x Inspect the outer handle (RF) connector.
connector.
3 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness between outer
OUTER HANDLE (RF) AND KEYLESS handle (RF) and keyless control module, then go to
Step 5.
CONTROL MODULE FOR SHORT TO
x Outer handle (RF) and keyless control module
x Inspect for continuity between outer handle (RF)
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
4 INSPECT REQUEST SWITCH (RF) Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the request switch (RF). No Replace the request switch (RF), then go to the next
(See 09-14-132 REQUEST SWITCH step.
INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND (See 09-14-132 REQUEST SWITCH REMOVAL/
START SYSTEM].) INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
x Is the request switch (RF) normal? SYSTEM].)
09-02A–24
End Of Sie
DTC B10E7:16 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388300
Detection Condition
x Keyless control module IG1 power voltage malfunction
Possible Causes
x Battery malfunction
x Generator malfunction
x Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and keyless control module
— Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and keyless control module terminal 2C
— ENG 10 A fuse malfunction
— Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and keyless control module terminal 2C
IGNITION SWITCH KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

(IG1)
ENG 10 A FUSE
2C

2I 2G 2C 2A
2L 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000506
1 VERIFY PCM DTCs Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
x Verify the PCM DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 01-02A-14 DTC TABLE [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-02A-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [ZJ, ZY].)
Are any DTCs displayed? No Go to the next step.
09-02A–25
2 BATTERY INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the battery. No Recharge or replace the battery, then go to Step 6.
(See 01-17A-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [ZJ, (See 01-17A-5 BATTERY RECHARGING [ZJ, ZY].)
ZY].)
(See 01-17C-2 BATTERY INSPECTION
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-17B-2 BATTERY INSPECTION [MZ-
CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
x Is the battery normal?
3 GENERATOR INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.

x Inspect the generator. No Replace the generator, then go to Step 6.
(See 01-17A-7 GENERATOR INSPECTION (See 01-17A-6 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ZJ, ZY].) [ZJ, ZY].)
x Is the generator normal?

x Disconnect the keyless control module
connector.
x Inspect the keyless control module
disconnected pins)

IGNITION SWITCH (IG1) AND No Inspect the ENG 10 A fuse.
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE FOR x If the fuse is melt:
SHORT TO GROUND AND OPEN — Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
short to ground.
CIRCUIT — Replace the fuse.
x Keyless control module connector is x If the fuse is deterioration:
disconnected. — Replace the fuse.
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. x If the fuse is normal:
x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. — Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
x Measure the voltage at the keyless control open circuit.
module terminal 2C (wiring harness-side). Go to the next step.
x Is the voltage B+?
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS. START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A-5 CLEARING DTC No DTC troubleshooting completed.
SYSTEM].)
x Verify the advanced keyless and start system
DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02A-5 DTC INSPECTION
SYSTEM].)
x Is the DTC B10E7:16 displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC B113E:11 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388400
Detection Condition
x Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid opener switch (4SD) input voltage malfunction
Possible Causes
x Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid opener switch (4SD) connector or terminals malfunction
09-02A–26
x BCM connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between BCM and liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/trunk lid opener switch
(4SD)
x Short to ground in wiring harness between keyless control module and liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/trunk
lid opener switch (4SD)
x Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid opener switch (4SD) malfunction
x BCM malfunction
LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH (3HB/5HB)/

TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH (4SD)
KEYLESS
CONTROL 3G A B 7A BCM
MODULE
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH (3HB/5HB)/ BCM

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH (4SD) WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
3AB 3Y 3V * 3P * * 3G * *
3AC 3Z 3W * * 3N 3K * * * A B 7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K 7I 7G 7E 7C 7A
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C 7X 7V 7T 7R 7P 7N 7L 7J 7H 7F 7D 7B
am2zzw0000504
1 INSPECT LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
(3HB/5HB)/TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH No Repair/replace the liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/
(4SD) CONNECTOR trunk lid opener switch (4SD) connector or terminal,
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. then go to Step 7.
x Disconnect the liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/
trunk lid opener switch (4SD) connector.
x Inspect the liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/
trunk lid opener switch (4SD) connector.
2 INSPECT BCM CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the BCM connector. No Repair/replace the BCM connector or terminal, then go
x Inspect the BCM connector. (Corrosion, damage, to Step 7.
and disconnected pins)
connector.
09-02A–27
4 INSPECT LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
(3HB/5HB)/TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH short to ground, then go to Step 7.
(4SD) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
x Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/trunk lid
opener switch (4SD), BCM and keyless control
module connectors are disconnected.
ground:
— Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid
opener switch (4SD) terminal A
— Liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/Trunk lid
opener switch (4SD) terminal B
5 INSPECT LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
(3HB/5HB)/TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH No Replace the liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/trunk lid
(4SD) opener switch (4SD), then go to Step 7.
x Inspect the liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/ (See 09-14-91 LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH
trunk lid opener switch (4SD). REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-14-92 LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH (See 09-14-97 TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
INSPECTION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-14-97 TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
x Is the liftgate opener switch (3HB/5HB)/trunk lid
opener switch (4SD) normal?
6 INSPECT BCM Yes Go to the next step.
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. No Replace the BCM, then go to the next step.
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminal 7A REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(wiring harness-side).
(See 09-40-4 BODY CONTROL MODULE
(BCM) INSPECTION.)
x Is the DTC B113E:11 displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC B11FD:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388500
Detection Condition
x Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (LF)
Possible Causes
x Outer handle (LF) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between outer handle (LF) and keyless control module
x Keyless antenna (LF) malfunction
09-02A–28
OUTER HANDLE (LF)
3X A
REQUEST SWITCH (LF)
KEYLESS D
CONTROL
MODULE
3F B KEYLESS ANTENNA
(LF)
3AB E
OUTER HANDLE (LF)

3AB 3Y 3V * 3P * * 3G * * D A
3AC 3Z 3W * * 3N 3K * * * E B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
* *
am2zzw0000504
1 INSPECT OUTER HANDLE (LF) Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the outer handle (LF) connector or
x Disconnect the outer handle (LF) connector.
x Inspect the outer handle (LF) connector.
connector.
OUTER HANDLE (LF) AND KEYLESS No Repair or replace the wiring harness between outer
CONTROL MODULE handle (LF) and keyless control module, then go to Step
x Inspect the wiring harness between outer handle 5.
(LF) terminal B and keyless control module
terminal 3F, and outer handle (LF) terminal E
and keyless control module terminal 3AB for the
following:
— Short to ground
— Open circuit
09-02A–29
4 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the keyless antenna (LF), then go to the next
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. step.
x Is the DTC B11FD:1F displayed?
x Is the DTC B11FD:1F displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC B1210:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388600
Detection Condition
x Cannot receive signal correctly from keyless antenna (RF)
Possible Causes
x Outer handle (RF) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between outer handle (RF) and keyless control module
x Keyless antenna (RF) malfunction
OUTER HANDLE (RF)
3U A
REQUEST SWITCH (RF)
KEYLESS
D
CONTROL
MODULE
3O B KEYLESS ANTENNA
(RF)
3AD E
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE OUTER HANDLE (RF)

3AB 3Y 3V * 3P * * 3G * * D A
3AC 3Z 3W * * 3N 3K * * * E B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
* *
am2zzw0000504
09-02A–30
1 INSPECT OUTER HANDLE (RF) Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the outer handle (RF) connector or
x Disconnect the outer handle (RF) connector.
x Inspect the outer handle (RF) connector.
connector.
OUTER HANDLE (RF) AND KEYLESS No Repair or replace the wiring harness between outer
CONTROL MODULE handle (RF) and keyless control module, then go to
x Inspect the wiring harness between outer handle Step 5.
(RF) terminal B and keyless control module
terminal 3O, and outer handle (RF) terminal E
and keyless control module terminal 3AD for the
following:
— Short to ground
— Open circuit
4 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the keyless antenna (RF), then go to the next
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. step.
x Is the DTC B1210:1F displayed?
x Is the DTC B1210:1F displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC P1794:16, P1794:17 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388700
Detection Condition
x P1794:16: Keyless control module power voltage low (power from P/W 20 A fuse)
x P1794:17: Keyless control module power voltage rising (power from P/W 20 A fuse)
Possible Causes
x Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between battery and keyless control module
— Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and keyless control module terminal 1E
— P/W 20 A fuse malfunction
— Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and keyless control module terminal 1E
09-02A–31
B+
1E * *
P/W 20 A KEYLESS
* 1D *
1E CONTROL
MODULE
am2zzw0000259
(See 01-02A-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (See 01-02C-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
TEST [ZJ, ZY].) (See 01-02B-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-02C-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC No Go to the next step.
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-02B-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
x Are any DTCs displayed?
ZY].) (See 01-17C-3 BATTERY RECHARGING [MZ-CD 1.6
(See 01-17C-2 BATTERY INSPECTION (Y6)].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].) (See 01-17B-3 BATTERY RECHARGING [MZ-CD 1.4 DI
(See 01-17B-2 BATTERY INSPECTION [MZ- Turbo].)
CD 1.4 DI Turbo].) (See 01-17A-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ,
x Is the battery normal? ZY].)
(See 01-17C-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-17B-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
[ZJ, ZY].) [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-17C-5 GENERATOR INSPECTION (See 01-17C-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].) [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-17B-4 GENERATOR INSPECTION (See 01-17B-4 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].) [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
connector.
disconnected pins)
09-02A–32
BATTERY AND KEYLESS CONTROL No Inspect the P/W 20 A fuse.
MODULE FOR SHORT TO GROUND x If the fuse is melt:
AND OPEN CIRCUIT — Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
short to ground.
x Keyless control module connector is
— Replace the fuse.
disconnected.
x If the fuse is deterioration:
— Replace the fuse.
x Measure the voltage at the keyless control
x If the fuse is normal:
module terminal 1E (wiring harness-side).
— Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
open circuit.
SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
x Is the following DTC displayed?
— P1794:16
— P1794:17
End Of Sie
DTC U0028:87 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1399500
Detection Condition
x Correct data cannot be received from BCM (no response for 10 times)
Possible Causes
x BCM malfunction
1 VERIFY DTCs Yes Go to the next step.
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 09-02A-5 CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED
x Is the DTC U0028:87 displayed?
2 VERIFY BCM DTCs Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection, then go to Step 4.
x Verify the BCM DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-02G-3 DTC TABLE [BCM].)
(See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [BCM].) No Go to the next step.
3 VERIFY BCM Yes Replace the BCM, then go the next step.
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
(See 09-02A-5 CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-02A–33
x Verify the advanced keyless and start system No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
id0902e1399300
Detection Condition
x Correct data cannot be received from PCM
Possible Causes
x PCM malfunction
(See 01-02A-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST (See 01-02C-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
[ZJ, ZY].) (See 01-02B-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-02C-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST No Go to the next step.
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-02B-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
2 VERIFY PCM Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ,
(See 09-02A-5 CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED ZY].)
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].) (See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-
x Verify the advanced keyless and start system CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-
(See 09-02A-5 DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
x Verify the advanced keyless and start system No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
DTC U201F:00 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388800
Detection Condition
x Communication error between keyless control module and keyless receiver
Possible Causes
x Keyless receiver connector or terminals malfunction
x Short circuit in wiring harness between keyless receiver and keyless control module
x Keyless receiver malfunction
09-02A–34
B+
ROOM 15 A
BCM
D
KEYLESS
KEYLESS C 2H CONTROL
RECEIVER MODULE
B
KEYLESS RECEIVER KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

D C B * * 2I 2G * 2C 2A
2L * 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000259
1 INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the keyless receiver connector or
x Disconnect the keyless receiver connector.
x Inspect the keyless receiver connector.
connector.
3 INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER SIGNAL Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness between keyless
x Inspect the wiring harnesses between keyless receiver and keyless control module, then go to Step 5.
receiver terminal C and keyless control module
terminal 2H for the following:
— Short to ground
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. No Replace the keyless receiver, then go to the next step.
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. (See 09-14-108 KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/
x Inspect the keyless receiver. INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
(See 09-14-109 KEYLESS RECEIVER SYSTEM].)
START SYSTEM].)
x Is the keyless receiver normal?
09-02A–35
x Is the DTC U201F:00 displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC U201F:13 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1388900
Detection Condition
x Keyless receiver not connecting
Possible Causes
x Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless receiver and keyless control module

B+
ROOM 15 A
BCM
D
KEYLESS
KEYLESS C 2H CONTROL
RECEIVER MODULE
B
KEYLESS RECEIVER KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

D C B * * 2I 2G * 2C 2A
2L * 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000089
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the keyless receiver connector or
x Inspect the keyless receiver connector.
09-02A–36
connector.
3 INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER SIGNAL Yes Go to the next step.
OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
x Keyless receiver and keyless control module circuit, then go to Step 5.
x Inspect for continuity between keyless receiver
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and keyless
control module terminal 2H (wiring harness-
side).
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. No Replace the keyless receiver, then go to the next step.
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. (See 09-14-108 KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/
x Inspect the keyless receiver. INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
(See 09-14-109 KEYLESS RECEIVER SYSTEM].)
START SYSTEM].)
x Is the DTC U201F:13 displayed?
End Of Sie
id0902e1399000
Detection Condition
x Configuration error
Possible Causes
x Configuration was not done correctly for some reason.
1 PERFORM CONFIGURATION Yes Replace the keyless control module.
x Perform the configuration for the keyless (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
control module using the M-MDS. INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
(See 09-14-102 KEYLESS CONTROL SYSTEM].)
MODULE CONFIGURATION [ADVANCED No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 09-02A-5 CLEARING DTC
SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
09-02A–37
id0902e1399100
Detection Condition
x Keyless control module internal malfunction
Possible Causes
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
(See 09-02A-5 CLEARING DTC INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].) No DTC troubleshooting completed.
SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC U3003:16, U3003:17 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1399400
Detection Condition
x U3003:16: Keyless control module power voltage low (power from ROOM 15 A fuse)
x U3003:17: Keyless control module power voltage rising (power from ROOM 15 A fuse)
Possible Causes
x Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between battery and BCM
— Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and BCM terminal 1O
— ROOM 15 A fuse malfunction
— Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and BCM terminal 1O
x Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between BCM and keyless control module
— Short to ground in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3P and keyless control module terminal 1D
— Open circuit in wiring harness between BCM terminal 3P and keyless control module terminal 1D
x BCM malfunction

B+
ROOM 15 A KEYLESS
1O • • • • •3P
• 1D CONTROL
MODULE
BCM KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

1O 1M 1K 1I 1G 1E 1C 1A
1P 1N 1L 1J 1H 1F 1D 1B 1E * *
* 1D *
3O 3M 3K 3I 3G 3E 3C 3A
3P 3N 3L 3J 3H 3F 3D 3B
am2zzw0000089
09-02A–38
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
2 VERIFY BCM DTCs Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
x Verify the BCM DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-02G-3 DTC TABLE [BCM].)
(See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [BCM].) No Go to the next step.
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
[ZJ, ZY].) [ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].) [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
5 INSPECT BCM CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Repair/replace the BCM connector or terminal, then go to
x Disconnect the negative battery cable. Step 10.
x Disconnect the BCM connector.
x Inspect the BCM connector. (Corrosion,
damage, and disconnected pins)
BATTERY AND BCM FOR SHORT TO No Inspect the ROOM 15 A fuse.
GROUND AND OPEN CIRCUIT x If the fuse is melt:
x BCM connector is disconnected. — Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. short to ground.
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminal 1O — Replace the fuse.
(wiring harness-side). x If the fuse is deterioration:
x Is the voltage B+? — Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 10.
x Disconnect the negative battery cable. terminal, then go to Step 10.
connector.
disconnected pins)
09-02A–39
BCM AND KEYLESS CONTROL No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short
MODULE FOR SHORT TO GROUND to ground or open circuit, then go to Step 10.
AND OPEN CIRCUIT
x BCM and keyless control module connectors
are disconnected.
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors.
x Measure the voltage at the keyless control
module terminal 1D (wiring harness-side).
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminals No Replace the BCM, then go to the next step.
1O and 3P (wiring harness-side). (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
(See 09-40-4 BODY CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(BCM) INSPECTION.)
SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
x Is the following DTC displayed?
— U3003:16
— U3003:17
End Of Sie
id0902e1399200
Detection Condition
x Keyless control module ACC power voltage malfunction
Possible Causes
x Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (ACC) and keyless control module
— Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch (ACC) and keyless control module terminal 2A
— MIRROR 7.5 A fuse malfunction
— Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (ACC) and keyless control module terminal 2A

ACC
MIRROR 7.5 A KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

KEYLESS
2A CONTROL * 2I 2G * 2C 2A
MODULE 2L * 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000089
09-02A–40
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
[ZJ, ZY].) [ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].) [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
connector.
disconnected pins)
IGNITION SWITCH (ACC) AND No Inspect the MIRROR 7.5 A fuse.
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE FOR x If the fuse is melt:
SHORT TO GROUND AND OPEN — Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
short to ground.
CIRCUIT — Replace the fuse.
x Keyless control module connector is x If the fuse is deterioration:
disconnected. — Replace the fuse.
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. x If the fuse is normal:
x Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position. — Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
x Measure the voltage at the keyless control open circuit.
module terminal 2A (wiring harness-side). Go to the next step.
09-02A–41
SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1960600
1. Select “DataLogger”.
3. Select “DataLogger”. DLC-2
3. Select the applicable PID from the PID table.
am2zzw0000210
4. Verify the PID data according to the directions on
the screen.
Note
x The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value of input/output signals in the
module. Therefore, if the monitored value of the output parts is not within the specification, it is necessary
to inspect the monitored value of input parts corresponding to the applicable output part control. In
addition, because the system does not display an output part malfunction as an abnormality in the
monitored value, it is necessary to inspect the output parts individually.
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0902e1960700
PID name
Unit/Operation Data contents Inspection item (s) Terminal
(definition)
BZR_OUT
(Keyless x Keyless beeper sound: On
Off/On Keyless beeper inspection 3K
beeper x Keyless beeper not sound: Off
status)
DTC_CNT
x DTC detected: 1—255
(Number of Separate DTC inspection
x DTC not detected: 0
DTCs)
IG_KEY_IN
x Ignition key auxiliary key inserted: Key-
(Ignition key
Key-Out/Key-In In Steering lock unit inspection 3W
cylinder
x No ignition key auxiliary key: Key-Out
status)
IG_SW_ST
(Ignition Not Pushed/ x Push switch pushed: Pushed
Steering lock unit inspection 3V
switch Pushed x Push switch released: Not pushed
status)
IMMOBI
(Immobilizer
x Immobilizer function present: On Keyless control module
function Off/On*
x Immobilizer function not present: Off inspection
present/not
present)
09-02A–42
PID name
Unit/Operation Data contents Inspection item (s) Terminal
(definition)
LOCK_SW_
D
x Driver's door: UNLOCK: Unlock
Door lock- Lock/Unlock Door lock-link switch inspection 3P
x Driver's door: LOCK: Lock
link switch
status)
MASTERKE
Y* Not Pushed/ x Master key present: Present Keyless control module
(Master key
Pushed x Master key not present: Not present inspection
present/not
present)
NUMCARD
(Number of x Number of programmed advanced Keyless control module

advanced keys: 0—6 inspection
keys)
NUMKEY* x Number of programmed key codes: Keyless control module
(Number of
0—8 inspection
key codes)
PWR_ACC
(ACC power x Ignition switch at ACC: On
Off/On Ignition switch inspection 2A
supply x Ignition switch at LOCK: Off
status)
REQ_SW_B
K
(Liftgate x Liftgate opener switch pressed: On Liftgate opener switch
Off/On 3G
opener x Liftgate opener switch released: Off inspection
switch
status)
REQ_SW_R
Request
x Request switch (RF) pressed: On
switch Off/On Request switch (RF) inspection 3U
x Request switch (RF) released: Off
(RF)
status
REQ_SW_L
Request
x Request switch (LF) pressed: On
switch Off/On Request switch (LF) inspection 3X
x Request switch (LF) released: Off
(LF)
status
VPWR_B+
(Keyless
control
module V x Continuous: Approx. 12 V Battery inspection 1D
power
supply
voltage)
*
: With immobilizer system
End Of Sie
09-02A–43
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
09-02B ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM

(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM SECURITY LIGHT: 14, DTC: B10D7:81/
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–1 (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–13
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–13
AND START SYSTEM)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–2 SECURITY LIGHT: 15, DTC: B10D7:51/
Security light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–2 P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
M-MDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–2 (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–14
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–15
AND START SYSTEM)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–3 SECURITY LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–3 SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–16
SECURITY LIGHT: 11, DTC: B10D9:87/ Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–16
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM SECURITY LIGHT: 21, DTC: B10D8:00/
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–6 (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
System wiring diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–7 SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–17
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–7 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–17
SECURITY LIGHT: 12, DTC: B10D5:13/ SECURITY LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM /P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–8 SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–18
SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTC: B10D7:05/ SECURITY LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:62/
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–9 SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–19
SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTC: B10D7:94/ PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)] . . . . 09-02B–20
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–11 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02B–11 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)] . . . . 09-02B–21
FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]

End of Toc id0902e3345500

x DTCs are recorded in the PCM and keyless control module when a malfunction is detected. The stored DTCs
can be verified using the flashing pattern of the security light and M-MDS. There are some DTCs which cannot
be verified using the security light. Verify the DTCs that were detected using the M-MDS prior to beginning the
servicing.
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
x If more than one DTC is detected, the security light only displays the DTC with the lowest number. Begin
repairs based on the DTC displayed by the security light. All DTCs can be read by the M-MDS.
x It is possible for several DTCs to be displayed for a one malfunction cause. Erase the DTCs after one repair and
then re-inspect the DTCs.
x If immobilizer system DTCs are not recorded even if the engine cannot be started, perform symptom
troubleshooting.
(See 01-03-12 NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK [ZJ, ZY].)
x The PID/data monitor function can be used to verify the number of key ID numbers programmed for a single
vehicle.
(See 09-02B-21 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
Note
x Due to the possibility that the engine cannot be started because transmission between the key and the
vehicle is obstructed, do not allow the following items to contact the key ring.
— Any metallic object
— Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system
— Any electronic device, or any credit or EXAMPLES:
other card with magnetic strips
End Of Sie METAL RING LYING ON KEY HEAD
METAL PART OF ANOTHER

KEY TOUCHING KEY HEAD
KEY IS NEAR OR TOUCHING

ANOTHER IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEY
ac9uuw00001496
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]

id0902e3345400
Security light
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Verify the security light status.
x If a malfunction is detected, the DTC pattern begins flashing after the security light flashes or illuminates for
approx. 1 min according to the DTC. However, because there are DTCs which cannot be confirmed using
the security light, verify the DTCs that were detected using the M-MDS prior to beginning the servicing.
— DTC 16 or below: Flashes for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern repeats 10 times.
— DTC 21 or higher: Illuminates for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern repeats 10 times.
— If more than one DTC is detected, only the DTC with the lowest number is displayed.
x If there is no malfunction, the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
Note
x The service code flashing pattern repeats 10 times.
x If more than one DTC is detected, only the DTC with the lowest number is displayed.
3. If there is a malfunction, verify the DTCs using the M-MDS. When several DTCs are detected, repair the
malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light.
Note
x Because of the possibility that one malfunction cause could result in several DTCs being detected, erase
the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then re-inspect the DTCs.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the keyless control module. (See 09-02B-3 CLEARING
DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
M-MDS
2. After vehicle identification, the following can be
selected from the M-MDS initialization screen.
x Using an IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select “Self-test”.
2. Select “Module”.
x Using a PDS (pocket PC):
1. Select “Module test”.
3. Select “Self-test”. DLC-2
am2zzw0000210
screen.
troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection. When several DTCs are detected, repair
the malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light. (See 09-02B-3 DTC TABLE
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
09-02B–2
Note
the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then check for DTCs again.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the keyless control module. (See 09-02B-3 CLEARING
DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
End Of Sie
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3400300
am2zzw0000210
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM)].)
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3347100
Note
x The security light flashes or illuminates under the following conditions when the ignition switch is turned to
the LOCK or ACC position.
x If there is any malfunction:
— DTC 16 or below: Flashes for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern indicated in the table
below repeats 10 times.
— DTC 21 or higher: Illuminates for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern indicated in the table
x If there is no malfunction:
— The security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and then turns off.
DTC
M-MDS display*
Keyless Detection Condition Reference
Security light flashing pattern warning Keyless
light control PCM
module
(See 09-02B-6
SECURITY LIGHT:
11, DTC:
B10D9:87/
No detected P1260:00
P1260:0
11 Illuminated B10D9:87 communication with the [IMMOBILIZER
0
coil antenna. SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
09-02B–3
DTC
M-MDS display*
light control PCM
module
(See 09-02B-8
SECURITY LIGHT:
12, DTC:
x Coil antenna
B10D5:13/
malfunction
P1260:00
P1260:0 x The PCM determined
12 Illuminated B10D5:13 [IMMOBILIZER
0 a malfunction in the
SYSTEM
coil antenna even
(ADVANCED
though it is normal.
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-9
SECURITY LIGHT:
13, DTC:
B10D7:05/
P1260:00
Not P1260:0 Key ID number program
B10D7:05 [IMMOBILIZER
illuminated 0 error
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
13
(See 09-02B-11
SECURITY LIGHT:
13, DTC:
B10D7:94/
P1260:00
Not P1260:0 The key ID number data
B10D7:94 [IMMOBILIZER
illuminated 0 cannot be read.
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-13
SECURITY LIGHT:
14, DTC:
B10D7:81/
The keyless control P1260:00
Not P1260:0
14 B10D7:81 module cannot read key [IMMOBILIZER
illuminated 0
ID number data normally. SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-14
SECURITY LIGHT:
15, DTC:
B10D7:51/
Keyless control module P1260:00
Not P1260:0
15 B10D7:51 detected unprogrammed [IMMOBILIZER
illuminated 0
key ID number. SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
09-02B–4
DTC
M-MDS display*
light control PCM
module
(See 09-02B-16
SECURITY LIGHT:
16, DTC:
Communication error U0100:87/
between the keyless P1260:00
Not P1260:0
16 U0100:87 control module and the [IMMOBILIZER
illuminated 0
PCM (no response/ SYSTEM
condition mismatch) (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-17
SECURITY LIGHT:
21, DTC:
B10D8:00/
P1260:00
P1260:0 Only one key has been
21 Illuminated B10D8:00 [IMMOBILIZER
0 programmed.
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-18
SECURITY LIGHT:
22, DTC:
B10DA:51/
Communication error
P1260:00
Not P1260:0 between keyless control
22 B10DA:51 [IMMOBILIZER
illuminated 0 module and PCM (data
SYSTEM
transfer error)
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-19
SECURITY LIGHT:
23, DTC:
B10DA:62/
ID number data between P1260:00
Not P1260:0
23 B10DA:62 keyless control module [IMMOBILIZER
illuminated 0
and PCM are different. SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND
START
SYSTEM)].)
09-02B–5
DTC
M-MDS display*
light control PCM
module
(See 09-02H-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
U0073:0 Module communication (L.H.D.)].)
Illuminated U0001:88
0 error (HS-CAN) (See 09-02I-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
(R.H.D.)].)
Not illuminated
(See 09-02H-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
(L.H.D.)].)
Illuminated U0100:00 - PCM communication error
(See 09-02I-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
(R.H.D.)].)
* : The letters at the beginning of each DTC are only displayed when using the M-MDS, and refer to the following:
B= Body system, P= Powertrain system, U= Network communication system.
End Of Sie
SECURITY LIGHT: 11, DTC: B10D9:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3353000
Security light flashing

11
pattern
Keyless
DTC No detected communication with coil antenna.
M-MDS control B10D9:87
display module
PCM P1260:00
x ENG 10 A fuse malfunction
x The coil antenna is pulled out.
POSSIBLE CAUSE x Coil antenna malfunction
x Related wiring harnesses malfunction
09-02B–6
System wiring diagram
IG1 COIL ANTENNA KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
C 2D
B
D 2B
F 3N
COIL ANTENNA KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

3AB 3Y 3V * 3P * * 3G * *
* 2I 2G * 2C 2A 3AC 3Z 3W * 3N 3K
F D C B * * * *
* * 2L 2H 2F 2D 2B
* 3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000511
1 VERIFY COIL ANTENNA CORRECTLY Yes Go to the next step.
INSTALLED No Install the coil antenna correctly, then go to the next
x Verify the installation condition of the coil step.
antenna. (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
x Is the coil antenna correctly installed? (Is the INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
connector pulled out?) SYSTEM].)
2 FUSE INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the fuse, then go to Step 9.
x Remove the ENG 10 A fuse.
x Is the fuse normal?
3 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the coil antenna connector. No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 9.
x Connect the negative battery cable.
x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
x Measure the voltage at coil antenna connector
terminal B.
— Is the voltage 8 V or more?
COIL ANTENNA AND GROUND No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 9.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
x Measure the continuity of the wiring harness
between coil antenna connector terminal C and
ground.
5 INSPECT COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
(INPUT) FOR CONTINUITY No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the coil
x Disconnect the keyless control module antenna and the keyless control module, then go to
connector Step 9.
keyless control module connector terminal 2D.
09-02B–7
(OUTPUT) FOR CONTINUITY No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the coil
x Measure the continuity of the wiring harness antenna and the keyless control module, then go to
between coil antenna connector terminal D and Step 9.
keyless control module connector terminal 2B.
7 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No x Replacing the coil antenna.
x Connect the coil antenna connector. (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
x Connect the negative battery cable. INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. START SYSTEM].)
x Measure the voltage at coil antenna connector x Go to Step 9.
terminal C.
(OUTPUT) FOR CONTINUITY No x Replacing the coil antenna.
x Measure the continuity of the wiring harness (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
between coil antenna connector terminal D and INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
ground. START SYSTEM].)
x Is there continuity? x Go to the next step.
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR Yes x Replace the keyless control module and program
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. the immobilizer system-related parts.
x Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
x Reconnect the disconnected connectors. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
x Connect the negative battery cable. AND START SYSTEM].)
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START AND START SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM)].) x Go to the next step.
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
x Are DTCs output again?
— Keyless control module: B10D9:87
— PCM:P1260:00
10 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE Yes Perform the corresponding DTC inspection.
PRESENT No DTC troubleshooting completed.
x Verify if other DTCs are displayed.
x Are any other DTCs output?
End Of Sie
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3353100

12
pattern
x Coil antenna malfunction
Keyless
DTC x PCM determined a malfunction in coil antenna even though it is
normal.
display module
PCM P1260:00
POSSIBLE CAUSE x Poor connection of the coil antenna connector
x PCM malfunction
1 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA CONNECTOR Yes x Replacing the coil antenna.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
x Disconnect the negative battery cable. INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
x Disconnect the coil antenna connector. START SYSTEM].)
x Is the coil antenna connector and the keyless x Go to the next step.
control module connector securely connected No Securely connect the connectors, and go to the next
without corrosion, damage or disconnected pins. step.
09-02B–8
2 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR Yes Inspect DTC P1260:00. (See 01-02A-148 DTC
x Reconnect the disconnected connectors. P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
x Connect the negative battery cable. No Go to the next step.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS.
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3353200

13
pattern
Keyless
DTC Key ID number program error
display module
PCM P1260:00
x Errors during key ID number program procedure
x If any of the following items are touching or near key head, signal
communication between key and vehicle is negatively affected, resulting
in engine not starting.
— Spare keys
EXAMPLES:
METAL RING LYING ON KEY HEAD
POSSIBLE CAUSE METAL PART OF ANOTHER


— Keys for other vehicles equipped with immobilizer system

— Any electronic device, or any credit or other card with magnetic strips
09-02B–9
1 VERIFY NUMBER OF PROGRAMMED KEYS Yes Go to the next step.
x Using the M-MDS, perform the PID/data monitor No x Program an additional key referring to the
inspection and verify the programmed keys. immobilizer system-related parts programming.
(See 09-02B-20 PID/DATA MONITOR (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START AND START SYSTEM].)
— NUMKEY
(See 09-02B-21 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
x Are two or more keys programmed?
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER No Go to the next step.
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
09-02B–10
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3356000

13
pattern
Keyless
DTC Key ID number data cannot be read.
display module
PCM P1260:00
x There is no transponder in the key
x Transponder malfunction (key code is not output)
— Spare keys
EXAMPLES:



1 VERIFY DTCs Yes Go to Step 3.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
SYSTEM)].)
x Is the DTC displayed again?
— PCM:P1260:00
2 VERIFY DTCs Yes Security light: 13, M-MDS: Inspect B10D7:05/
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. P1260:00.
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 09-02B-9 SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTC: B10D7:05/
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED
SYSTEM)].) KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
09-02B–11
3 VERIFY WHETHER KEY IS VALID OR NOT Yes Go to Step 5.
x Are there any keys with which the engine can be No Go to the next step.
started, other than the key that is a cause of the
displayed DTC?
4 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace the coil antenna, then go to Step 6.
KEY OR COIL ANTENNA (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
x Program an additional key. INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
(See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM- SYSTEM].)
RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING No x Dispose of the malfunctioning key.
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].) x Program a new key if necessary.
x Using the programmed key, turn the ignition (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
switch to the ON position. INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER x Go to Step 8.
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
5 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace the coil antenna, then go to the next step.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
x Using another valid key, turn the ignition switch SYSTEM].)
to the ON position. No x Dispose of the malfunctioning key.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. x Program a new key if necessary.
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM)].) x Go to Step 8.
— PCM:P1260:00
6 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE Yes x Replace the keyless control module and program
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. the immobilizer system-related parts.
x Using the programmed key, turn the ignition (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
switch to the ON position. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. AND START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
SYSTEM)].) AND START SYSTEM].)
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. x Go to the next step.
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION No Go to Step 8.
— PCM:P1260:00
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
09-02B–12
End Of Sie
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3356600

14
pattern
Keyless
DTC The keyless control module cannot read key ID number data normally.
display module
PCM P1260:00
x Transponder (key) malfunction
x Coil antenna installation malfunction
— Spare keys
EXAMPLES:
POSSIBLE CAUSE


— Keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system

x Is the coil antenna correctly installed? (Is the INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
connector not completely connected?) SYSTEM].)
09-02B–13
2 VERIFY WHETHER KEY IS VALID OR NOT Yes Replace the coil antenna, then go to the next step.
x Using another programmed key, turn the ignition (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
switch to the ON position. INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
x If there is not another programmed key, program SYSTEM].)
an additional key and turn the ignition key to the No x Dispose of the malfunctioning key.
ON position using the programmed key. x Program a new key if necessary.
(See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM- (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].) AND START SYSTEM].)
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. x Go to Step 4.
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
x Using another programmed key, turn the ignition the immobilizer system-related parts.
switch to the ON position. (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER AND START SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
SYSTEM)].) PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. AND START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION x Go to the next step.
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED No Go to Step 5.
— PCM:P1260:00
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3356700

15
pattern
Keyless
DTC Keyless control module has detected unprogrammed key ID number.
display module
PCM P1260:00
x No keys have been programmed after replacing keyless control module.
x Unprogrammed key used
POSSIBLE CAUSE
x Attempt made to program ninth key
09-02B–14
x Using the M-MDS, perform the PID/data monitor No Go to Step 3.
inspection and verify the programmed keys.
(See 09-02B-20 PID/DATA MONITOR
INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
— NUMKEY
x Are one or more keys programmed?
2 VERIFY NUMBER OF PROGRAMMED KEYS Yes Erase the key ID number, then go to the next step.
x Using the M-MDS, perform the PID/data monitor (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
inspection and verify the programmed keys. PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
(See 09-02B-20 PID/DATA MONITOR START SYSTEM].)
INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM No Go to the next step.
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM)].)
— NUMKEY
x Are eight keys programmed?
x Program the key ID number. the immobilizer system-related parts.
(See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM- (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].) AND START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
Note PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
x Two or more keys need to be programmed AND START SYSTEM].)
to start the engine. x Go to the next step.
No Go to Step 5.
x Using the programmed key, turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
09-02B–15
SECURITY LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3356800

16
pattern
Keyless Communication error between keyless control module and PCM (no
DTC
M-MDS control U0100:87 response/condition mismatch)
display module
PCM P1260:00
x Malfunction in wiring harness (CAN line) between keyless control module
and PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
x PCM malfunction
1 VERIFY DTCs Yes Perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. DTC inspection.
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 09-02H-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
SYSTEM)].) (See 09-02I-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION No Go to the next step.
x Is a DTC displayed for either the keyless control
module or PCM, or both?
— U0001:88
2 VERIFY DTCs Yes x Inspect DTC P1260:00.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 01-02A-148 DTC P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER x Go to the next step.
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START No Go to step 4.
SYSTEM)].)
x Are DTCs output?
— Keyless control module: U0100:87
— PCM:P1260:00
3 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR Yes x Replace the keyless control module and program
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. the immobilizer system-related parts.
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
SYSTEM)].) AND START SYSTEM].)
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED AND START SYSTEM].)
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].) x Go to the next step.
x Are DTCs output again? No Go to the next step.
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
09-02B–16
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3358000

21
pattern
Keyless
DTC Only one key has been programmed.
display module
PCM P1260:00
POSSIBLE CAUSE Only one key has been programmed.
1 VERIFY NUMBER OF PROGRAMMED KEYS Yes x Replace the keyless control module and program
x Using the M-MDS, perform the PID/data monitor the immobilizer system-related parts.
inspection and verify the programmed keys. (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
(See 09-02B-20 PID/DATA MONITOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM AND START SYSTEM].)
(ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
— NUMKEY AND START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02B-21 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE x Go to Step 3.
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED No x Program an additional key referring to the
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].) immobilizer system-related parts programming.
x Are two or more keys programmed? (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM].)
x Go to the next step.
2 VERIFY DTCs Yes x Replace the keyless control module and program
x Using the programmed key, turn the ignition the immobilizer system-related parts.
switch to the ON position. (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER AND START SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. AND START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION x Go to the next step.
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED No Go to Step 4.
— Keyless control module: B108D:00
— PCM:P1260:00
SYSTEM)].)
— Keyless control module: B108D:00
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
09-02B–17
SECURITY LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3358500

22
pattern
Keyless Communication error between keyless control module and PCM (data
DTC
M-MDS control B10DA:51 transfer error)
display module
PCM P1260:00
x Malfunction in wiring harness (CAN line) between keyless control module
and PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
x PCM malfunction
x The immobilizer system-related parts have not been programmed after
replacing the keyless control module.
1 VERIFY DTCs Yes Perform troubleshooting according to the
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. corresponding DTC inspection.
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER No Go to the next step.
SYSTEM)].)
— U0001:88
2 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to step 7.
x After replacing the keyless control module, have the No x Perform programming of immobilizer system-
immobilizer system-related parts been related parts only when replacing the keyless
programmed? control module.
(See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED
3 VERIFY DTCs Yes x Perform programming of immobilizer system-
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. related parts only when replacing the PCM.
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED
SYSTEM)].) KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER No Go to Step 7.
SYSTEM)].)
— Keyless control module: B10DA:51
— PCM:P1260:00
4 EXAMINE KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE AND Yes x Replace the keyless control module and program
PCM the immobilizer system-related parts.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM)].) (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM])
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START x Go to the next step.
SYSTEM)].) No Go to Step 7.
— PCM:P1260:00
09-02B–18
5 EXAMINE PCM Yes x Replace the PCM and program the immobilizer
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. system-related parts.
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START [ZJ, ZY].)
SYSTEM)].) (See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER (See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
x Are DTCs output again? RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED
— Keyless control module: B10DA:51 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
— PCM:P1260:00 x Go to the next step.
No Go to Step 7.
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
7 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE PRESENT Yes Perform the corresponding DTC inspection.
x Verify if other DTCs are displayed. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
SECURITY LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:62/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3358600

23
pattern
Keyless
DTC ID number data between keyless control module and PCM are different.
M-MDS control B10DA:62
display module
PCM P1260:00
x Necessary procedures were not performed using the M-MDS after
replacing PCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
x PCM malfunction
1 VERIFY DTCs Yes Perform troubleshooting according to the
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. corresponding DTC inspection.
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER No Go to the next step.
SYSTEM)].)
— U0001:88
09-02B–19
2 EXAMINE KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE AND Yes x Replace the keyless control module and program
PCM the immobilizer system-related parts.
x Perform programming of immobilizer system-related (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
parts only when replacing the PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED
(See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
AND START SYSTEM].) RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM])
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER x Go to the next step.
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START No Go to Step 5.
SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START [ZJ, ZY].)
SYSTEM)].) (See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER (See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
x Are DTCs output again? RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED
— Keyless control module: B10DA:62 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
— PCM:P1260:00 x Go to the next step.
No Go to Step 5.
SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
5 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE PRESENT Yes Perform the corresponding DTC inspection.
x Verify if other DTCs are displayed. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3400500
am2zzw0000210
the screen.
09-02B–20
Note
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]
id0902e3345900
PID name (definition) Detection Condition

NUMKEY
(Number of key ID numbers programmed in keyless Number of programmed key ID numbers: 0—8
control module)
End Of Sie
09-02B–21
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
09-02C ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM

(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM SECURITY LIGHT: 14, DTC: B10D7:81/
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . 09-02C–1 P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . 09-02C–11
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–11
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–2 SECURITY LIGHT: 15, DTC: B10D7:51/
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–2 P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
M-MDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–2 (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . 09-02C–12
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–12
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SECURITY LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–3 P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . 09-02C–13
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–13
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–3 SECURITY LIGHT: 21, DTC: B10D8:00/
SECURITY LIGHT: 11, DTC: B10D9:87/ P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . 09-02C–14
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . 09-02C–5 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–14
System wiring diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–5 SECURITY LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51/
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–5 P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SECURITY LIGHT: 12, DTC: B10D5:13/ (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . 09-02C–15
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–15
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . 09-02C–7 SECURITY LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:62/
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–7 P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTC: B10D7:05 (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . 09-02C–16
/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–16
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . 09-02C–8 PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–8 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS
SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTC: B10D7:94/ ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–17
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . 09-02C–9 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–9 ENTRY SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02C–18
FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]

id0902e5345500
x DTCs are recorded in the PCM and instrument cluster when a malfunction is detected. The stored DTCs can
be verified using the flashing pattern of the security light and M-MDS. There are some DTCs which cannot be
verified using the security light. Verify the DTCs that were detected using the M-MDS prior to beginning the
servicing.
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
x If more than one DTC is detected, the security light only displays the DTC with the lowest number. Begin
repairs based on the DTC displayed by the security light. All DTCs can be read by the M-MDS.
x It is possible for several DTCs to be displayed for one malfunction cause. Erase the DTCs after one repair and
then re-inspect the DTCs.
x If immobilizer system DTCs are not recorded even if the engine cannot be started, perform symptom
troubleshooting.
x The PID/data monitor function can be used to verify the number of key ID numbers programmed for a single
vehicle.
(See 09-02C-17 PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
Note
x Due to the possibility that the engine cannot be started because transmission between the key and the
vehicle is obstructed, do not allow the following items to contact the key ring.
— Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system
— Any electronic device, or any credit or EXAMPLES:
other card with magnetic strips
End Of Sie METAL RING LYING ON KEY HEAD


ac9uuw00001496
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]

id0902e5345400
Security Light
2. Verify the security light status.
x If a malfunction is detected, the DTC pattern begins flashing after the security light flashes or illuminates for
approx. 1 min according to the DTC. However, because there are DTCs which cannot be confirmed using
the security light, verify the DTCs that were detected using the M-MDS prior to beginning the servicing.
— DTC 16 or below: Flashes for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern repeats 10 times.
— DTC 21 or higher: Illuminates for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern repeats 10 times.
x If there is no malfunction, the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
Note
x The service code flashing pattern repeats 10 times.
x If more than one DTC is detected, only the DTC with the lowest number is displayed.
3. If there is a malfunction, verify the DTCs using the M-MDS. When several DTCs are detected, repair the
malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light.
Note
the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then re-inspect the DTCs.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the Instrument cluster. (See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
M-MDS
1. Select “Self-test”.
2. Select “Module”.
3. Select “IC”.
1. Select “Module test”.
2. Select “IC”.
3. Select “Self-test”. DLC-2
am2zzw0000210
screen.
troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection. When several DTCs are detected, repair
the malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light. (See 09-02C-3 DTC TABLE
Note
09-02C–2
the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then check for DTCs again.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the Instrument cluster. (See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC
End Of Sie
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5400300
3. Select “IC”.
2. Select “IC”.
am2zzw0000210
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5347100
Note
x The security light flashes or illuminates under the following conditions when the ignition switch is turned to
the LOCK or ACC position.
x There is a malfunction:
— DTC 16 or below: Flashes for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern indicated in the table
— DTC 21 or higher: Illuminates for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern indicated in the table
x There is no malfunction
— The security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and then turns off.
DTC
M-MDS display* Detection Condition Page
Security light flashing pattern Instrument
PCM
cluster
(See 09-02C-5 SECURITY
LIGHT: 11, DTC:
No detected communication B10D9:87/P1260:00
11 B10D9:87 P1260:00
with the coil antenna. [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
LIGHT: 12, DTC:
x The PCM determined a
B10D5:13/P1260:00
12 B10D5:13 P1260:00 malfunction in the coil
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
antenna even though it is
(KEYLESS ENTRY
normal.
SYSTEM)].)
09-02C–3
DTC
M-MDS display* Detection Condition Page
Security light flashing pattern Instrument
PCM
cluster
LIGHT: 13, DTC:
B10D7:05/P1260:00
B10D7:05 P1260:00 Key ID number program error
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
13
LIGHT: 13, DTC:
The key ID number data B10D7:94/P1260:00
B10D7:94 P1260:00
cannot be read. [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-11
SECURITY LIGHT: 14,
The instrument cluster cannot
DTC: B10D7:81/P1260:00
14 B10D7:81 P1260:00 read key ID number data
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
normally.
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-12
SECURITY LIGHT: 15,
The instrument cluster has
DTC: B10D7:51/P1260:00
15 B10D7:51 P1260:00 detected an unprogrammed
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
key ID number.
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-13
SECURITY LIGHT: 16,
Communication error between
DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00
16 U0100:87 P1260:00 the instrument cluster and the
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
PCM (no response)
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-14
SECURITY LIGHT: 21,
Only one key has been DTC: B10D8:00/P1260:00
21 B10D8:00 P1260:00
programmed. [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-15
SECURITY LIGHT: 22,
DTC: B10DA:51/P1260:00
22 B10DA:51 P1260:00 the instrument cluster and the
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
PCM (data transfer failure)
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-16
SECURITY LIGHT: 23,
DTC: B10DA:62/P1260:00
23 B10DA:62 P1260:00 the instrument cluster and the
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
PCM (condition mismatch)
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02H-1
FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
Module communication error SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
U0001:88 U0073:00
(HS-CAN) (See 09-02I-1 FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
Not illuminated
(See 09-02H-1
FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
U0100:00 - PCM communication error
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
09-02C–4
* : The letters at the beginning of each DTC are only displayed when using the M-MDS, and refer to the following:
B= Body system, P= Powertrain system, U= Network communication system.
End Of Sie
SECURITY LIGHT: 11, DTC: B10D9:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5353000

11
pattern
DTC Instrument No detected communication with coil antenna.
M-MDS cluster B10D9:87
display
PCM P1260:00
x METER 10 A fuse malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
x Instrument cluster malfunction
x Related wiring harnesses malfunction
IG1 COIL ANTENNA INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
C 2M
B
D 2Q
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
COIL ANTENNA
F D C B * 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M * * 2G * * 2A
* *
* * 2T 2R * * * 2J * * 2D 2B
am2zzw0000089
x Is the coil antenna correctly installed? (Is the INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
connector pulled out?)
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the fuse, then go to Step 9.
x Remove the METER 10 A fuse.
3 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the coil antenna connector. No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 9.
terminal B.
09-02C–5
COIL ANTENNA AND GROUND No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 9.
ground.
(INPUT) FOR CONTINUITY No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the coil
x Disconnect the instrument cluster connector. antenna and the instrument cluster, then go to Step 9.
instrument cluster connector terminal 2M.
(OUTPUT) FOR CONTINUITY No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the coil
x Measure the continuity of the wiring harness antenna and the instrument cluster, then go to Step 9.
between coil antenna connector terminal D and
instrument cluster connector terminal 2Q.
7 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No x Replacing the coil antenna.
x Connect the coil antenna connector. (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
x Connect the negative battery cable. INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. x Go to Step 9.
terminal C.
(OUTPUT) FOR CONTINUITY No x Replacing the coil antenna.
x Measure the continuity of the wiring harness (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
between coil antenna connector terminal ground. INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
x Is there continuity? x Go to the next step.
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR Yes x Replace the instrument cluster and program the
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. immobilizer system-related parts.
x Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
x Reconnect the disconnected connectors. INSTALLATION.)
x Connect the negative battery cable. (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
x Clear the DTC. PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) x Go to the next step.
x Verify if any DTCs are displayed. No Go to the next step.
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
— Instrument cluster: B10D9:87
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
09-02C–6
id0902e5353100

12
pattern x Coil antenna malfunction
DTC Instrument x PCM determined a malfunction in coil antenna even though it is
normal.
display
PCM P1260:00
POSSIBLE CAUSE x Poor connection of the coil antenna connector
x PCM malfunction
1 INSPECT COIL ANTENNA CONNECTOR Yes x Replace the coil antenna.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
x Disconnect the negative battery cable. INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
x Disconnect the coil antenna connector. x Go to the next step.
x Is the coil antenna connector and the instrument No Securely connect the connectors, and go to the next
cluster connector securely connected without step.
corrosion, damage or disconnected pins.
2 Verify after repair Yes Inspect DTC P1260:00. (See 01-02A-148 DTC
x Reconnect the disconnected connectors. P1260:00 [ZJ, ZY].)
x Connect the negative battery cable. No Go to the next step.
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
09-02C–7
id0902e5353200

13
pattern
DTC Instrument Key ID number program error
display
PCM P1260:00
x Errors during key ID number program procedure
— Spare
EXAMPLES:


keys
x Using the M-MDS, perform the PID/data monitor No Program an additional key referring to the immobilizer
inspection and verify the programmed keys. system-related parts programming.
(See 09-02C-17 PID/DATA MONITOR (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) SYSTEM].)
— NUMKEYS
(See 09-02C-18 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
SYSTEM)].)
x Are two or more keys programmed?
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER No Go to the next step.
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
09-02C–8
id0902e5356000

13
pattern
DTC Instrument Key ID number data cannot be read.
display
PCM P1260:00
x There is no transponder in the key
x Transponder malfunction (key code is not output)
in the engine not starting.
— Spare
EXAMPLES:


keys
1 VERIFY DTCs Yes Go to Step 3.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
2 VERIFY DTCs Yes Security light: 13, inspect DTCs B10D7:05/P1260:00.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-02C-8 SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTC: B10D7:05/
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM: 1260:00
3 VERIFY WHETHER KEY IS VALID OR NOT Yes Go to Step 5.
x Are there any keys with which the engine can be No Go to the next step.
started other than the key that is a cause of the
displayed DTC?
09-02C–9
4 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace the coil antenna, then go to Step 6.
x Program an additional key. INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
(See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM- No x Dispose of the malfunctioning key.
RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS x Program a new key if necessary.
ENTRY SYSTEM].) (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
x Using the programmed key, turn the ignition PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
switch to the ON position. SYSTEM].)
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. x Go to Step 8.
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
5 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN Yes Replace the coil antenna, then go to the next step.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
x Using another valid key, turn the ignition switch No x Dispose of the malfunctioning key.
to the ON position. x Program a new key if necessary.
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) SYSTEM].)
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. x Go to Step 8.
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
6 INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes x Replace the instrument cluster and program the
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. immobilizer system-related parts.
x Using the programmed key, turn the ignition (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
switch to the ON position. INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION No Go to Step 8.
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
09-02C–10
id0902e5356600

14
pattern
DTC Instrument Instrument cluster cannot read key ID number data normally.
display
PCM P1260:00
x Transponder (key) malfunction
— Spare
EXAMPLES:

POSSIBLE CAUSE KEY TOUCHING KEY HEAD

keys
x Coil antenna installation malfunction
x Is the coil antenna correctly installed? (Is the INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
connector not completely connected?)
2 VERIFY WHETHER KEY IS VALID OR NOT Yes Replace the coil antenna, then go to the next step.
x Using another programmed key, turn the ignition (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
switch to the ON position. INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
x If there is not another programmed key, program No x Dispose of the malfunctioning key.
an additional key and turn the ignition key to the x Program a new key if necessary.
ON position using the programmed key. (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
(See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM- PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS SYSTEM].)
ENTRY SYSTEM].) x Go to Step 4.
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
09-02C–11
x Using another programmed key, turn the ignition immobilizer system-related parts.
switch to the ON position. (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION x Go to the next step.
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY No Go to Step 5.
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
id0902e5356700

15
pattern
DTC Instrument Instrument cluster has detected unprogrammed key ID number.
display
PCM P1260:00
x No keys have been programmed after replacing instrument cluster.
x Unprogrammed key used
POSSIBLE CAUSE
x Attempt made to program a ninth key
x Using the M-MDS, perform the PID/data monitor No Go to Step 3.
inspection and verify the programmed keys.
(See 09-02C-17 PID/DATA MONITOR
INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
— NUMKEYS
SYSTEM)].)
x Are one or more keys programmed?
2 VERIFY NUMBER OF PROGRAMMED KEYS Yes Erase the key ID number, then go to the next step.
x Using the M-MDS, perform the PID/data monitor (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
inspection and verify the programmed keys. PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
(See 09-02C-17 PID/DATA MONITOR SYSTEM].)
INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM No Go to the next step.
— NUMKEYS
SYSTEM)].)
x Are eight keys programmed?
09-02C–12
x Program the key ID number. immobilizer system-related parts.
(See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM- (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS INSTALLATION.)
ENTRY SYSTEM].) (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
Note SYSTEM].)
x Two or more keys need to be programmed x Go to the next step.
to start the engine. No Go to Step 5.
x Using the programmed key, turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
SYSTEM)].)
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
SECURITY LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5356800

16
pattern
Communication error between instrument cluster and PCM (no
DTC Instrument
M-MDS cluster U0100:87 response)
display
PCM P1260:00
x Malfunction in wiring harness (CAN line) between instrument cluster and
PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
x PCM malfunction
1 VERIFY DTCs Yes Repair the malfunctioning part according to the
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. separate DTC inspection.
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 09-02H-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-02I-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY No Go to the next step.
SYSTEM)].)
x Is a DTC displayed for either the instrument
cluster or PCM, or both?
— U0001:88
09-02C–13
2 VERIFY DTCs Yes x Inspect DTC P1260:00. (See 01-02A-148 DTC
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER x Go to the next step.
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) No Go to step 4.
SYSTEM)].)
x Are DTCs output?
— Instrument cluster: U0100:87
— PCM:P1260:00
3 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR Yes x Replace the instrument cluster and program the
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. immobilizer system-related parts.
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) INSTALLATION.)
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
x Are DTCs output again? No Go to the next step.
— Instrument cluster: U0100:87
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
id0902e5358000

21
pattern
DTC Instrument Only one key has been programmed.
display
PCM P1260:00
POSSIBLE CAUSE Only one key has been programmed.
1 VERIFY NUMBER OF PROGRAMMED KEYS Yes x Replace the instrument cluster and program the
x Using the M-MDS, perform the PID/data monitor immobilizer system-related parts.
inspection and verify the programmed keys. (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
(See 09-02C-17 PID/DATA MONITOR INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
— NUMKEYS SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02C-18 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE x Go to Step 3.
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY No x Program an additional key referring to the
SYSTEM)].) immobilizer system-related parts programming.
x Are two or more keys programmed? (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
2 VERIFY DTCs Yes x Replace the instrument cluster and program the
x Using the programmed key, turn the ignition immobilizer system-related parts.
switch to the ON position. (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION x Go to the next step.
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY No Go to Step 4.
SYSTEM)].)
— Instrument cluster: B108D:00
— PCM:P1260:00
09-02C–14
SYSTEM)].)
— Instrument cluster: B108D:00
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
SECURITY LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5358500

22
pattern
Communication error between instrument cluster and PCM (data
DTC Instrument
M-MDS cluster B10DA:51 transfer failure)
display
PCM P1260:00
x Malfunction in wiring harness (CAN line) between instrument cluster and
PCM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
x PCM malfunction
x The immobilizer system-related parts have not been programmed after
replacing the instrument cluster.
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) No Go to the next step.
x Is a DTC displayed for either the instrument cluster
or PCM, or both?
— U0001:88
2 INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Go to Step 7.
x After replacing the instrument cluster, have the No x Perform programming of immobilizer system-
immobilizer system-related parts been related parts only when replacing the instrument
programmed? cluster.
RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
3 VERIFY DTCs Yes x Perform programming of immobilizer system-
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. related parts only when replacing the PCM.
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. ENTRY SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER x Go to the next step.
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) No Go to Step 7.
— Instrument cluster: B10DA:51
— PCM:P1260:00
09-02C–15
4 EXAMINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND PCM Yes x Replace the instrument cluster and program the
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. immobilizer system-related parts.
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) ENTRY SYSTEM].)
x Are DTCs output again? x Go to the next step.
— Instrument cluster: B10DA:51 No Go to Step 7.
— PCM:P1260:00
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) [ZJ, ZY].)
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) (See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
x Are DTCs output again? [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
— Instrument cluster: B10DA:51 (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
— PCM:P1260:00 RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
No Go to Step 7.
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
SECURITY LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:62/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5358600

23
pattern
DTC Instrument ID number data in instrument cluster and PCM do not match.
M-MDS cluster B10DA:62
display
PCM P1260:00
x Necessary procedures were not performed using M-MDS after replacing
PCM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
x PCM malfunction
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) No Go to the next step.
x Is a DTC displayed for either the instrument cluster
or PCM, or both?
— U0001:88
09-02C–16
2 EXAMINE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND PCM Yes x Replace the instrument cluster and program the
x Perform programming of immobilizer system- immobilizer system-related parts.
related parts only when replacing the PCM (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM- REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
ENTRY SYSTEM].) RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. ENTRY SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER x Go to the next step.
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) No Go to Step 5.
— PCM:P1260:00
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) [ZJ, ZY].)
x Verify DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) (See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
x Are DTCs output again? [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
— Instrument cluster: B10DA:62 (See 09-14-150 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
— PCM:P1260:00 RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
No Go to Step 5.
4 Verify after repair Yes Inspect DTC P1260:00. (See 01-02A-148 DTC
— PCM:P1260:00
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5400500
3. Select “IC”.
2. Select “IC”.
am2zzw0000210
the screen.
09-02C–17
Note
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5345900
PID name (definition) Detection Condition

NUMKEYS
Number of programmed key ID numbers: 0–8
(Number of key ID numbers programmed in the instrument cluster)
End Of Sie
09-02C–18
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
09-02D ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [THEFT-DETERRENT

SYSTEM]
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–10
[THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]. . . . . . 09-02D–2 DTC B10A5:87
Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM] . . . . . . 09-02D–11
manufactured vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–2 Detection Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–11
AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–11
manufactured vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–3 System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–12
READING FREEZE FRAME DATA Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–12
[THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]. . . . . . 09-02D–3 DTC U0300:00, U2100:00,
CLEARING FREEZE FRAME DATA [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM] . . . . . . 09-02D–13
[THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]. . . . . . 09-02D–4 Detection Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–13
DTC INSPECTION Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–13
[THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]. . . . . . 09-02D–4 DTC U3000:49
CLEARING DTC [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM] . . . . . . 09-02D–13
DTC TABLE Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–13
[THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]. . . . . . 09-02D–5 DTC U3003:16, U3003:17
DTC B109F:49 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM] . . . . . . 09-02D–13
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–6 Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–13
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–6 System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–14
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–6 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–14
DTC B109F:86 DTC B1172:13
[THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]. . . . . . 09-02D–6 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM] . . . . . . 09-02D–16
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–6 DTC B1174:13
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–6 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM] . . . . . . 09-02D–19
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–7 DTC B1175:13
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–7 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM] . . . . . . 09-02D–24
DTC B109F:87 DTC B1176:13
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–8 DTC B1178:11
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–8 DTC B11C0:13
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–9 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM] . . . . . . 09-02D–30
DTC B10A5:49 DTC B11C1:13
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–9 DTC P254F:13
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–9 PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
DTC B10A5:86 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM] . . . . . . 09-02D–36
[THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]. . . . . . 09-02D–10 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–10 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM] . . . . . . 09-02D–36
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–10 Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–36
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02D–10
End of Toc
09-02D–1
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7344500
Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles
IG
B+ METER 10 A
B+ INSTRUMENT
ROOM 15 A
U CLUSTER
W
O
KEY
WITH ADVANCED
PUSH REMINDER M SECURITY
KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM SWITCH SWITCH LIGHT
P
G
BCM
N
E
DOOR LATCH
X SWITCH
HAZARD
WARNING
SWITCH S
WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS AND

START SYSTEM THEHT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE
KEYLESS
CONTROL B+
CAN-H
MODULE
K
Q
CAN-L
I
BCM
KEYLESS
RECEIVER B+
V
UNLOCK LOCK
T
B+
LOCK LINK SWITCH

WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM WITH DOUBLE LOCKING
R
SYSTEM
LIFTGATE B+
LATCH
SWITCH
INTRUDER
SENSOR
C
H B+
BONNET J
LATCH
SWITCH THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN
am2zzw0000378
09-02D–2
AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles
IG
B+ METER 10 A
B+ INSTRUMENT
ROOM 15 A CLUSTER
U
W
KEY
WITH ADVANCED SECURITY
KEYLESS AND PUSH REMINDER
THEHT-DETERRENT LIGHT
START SYSTEM SWITCH SWITCH
CONTROL MODULE
BCM
E S
X
HAZARD
WARNING
SWITCH
CAN-H
K
WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM
CAN-L
I
KEYLESS
CONTROL B+
MODULE BCM
V
UNLOCK LOCK
KEYLESS T
RECEIVER B+
LOCK LINK SWITCH

WITH DOUBLE LOCKING
B+ SYSTEM
HORN 15 A
WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM
H
BONNET
LATCH F
THEFT-DETERRENT
SWITCH HORN
am2zzw0000465
End Of Sie
READING FREEZE FRAME DATA [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7466100
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the READING FREEZE FRAME
DATA.
09-02D–3
1. Select “Body”.
2. Select “VSM Service Functions”.
3. Then, select the following item from the screen
menu.
1. Select “Read FFD”.
4. Read the record according to the directions on
the screen. DLC-2
End Of Sie am2zzw0000065
CLEARING FREEZE FRAME DATA [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]

id0902g7466200
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the CLEARING FREEZE
FRAME DATA.

2. Select “VSM Service Functions”.
3. Then, select the following item from the screen
menu.
1. Select “Clear FFD”.
4. Clear the record according to the directions on
the screen. DLC-2
DTC INSPECTION [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]

id0902g7345400
3. Select “VSM”.
am2zzw0000065
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the theft-deterrent control module. (See 09-02D-5
CLEARING DTC [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM])
End Of Sie
09-02D–4
CLEARING DTC [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7400300
am2zzw0000065
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02D-4 DTC INSPECTION [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7347100
DTC
Detection Condition Reference
M-MDS display
(See 09-02D-6 DTC B109F:49
B109F:49*1 Intruder sensor internal malfunction
[THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02D-6 DTC B109F:86
B109F:86*1 Signal error from intruder sensor
Communication error between intruder sensor and theft-deterrent (See 09-02D-8 DTC B109F:87
B109F:87*1 control module [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02D-9 DTC B10A5:49
B10A5:49*1 Theft-deterrent siren internal malfunction
(See 09-02D-10 DTC B10A5:86
B10A5:86*1 Signal error from theft-deterrent siren
Communication error between theft-deterrent siren and theft- (See 09-02D-11 DTC B10A5:87
B10A5:87*1 deterrent control module [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02D-16 DTC B1172:13
B1172:13 Door lock-link switch (driver-side) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02D-19 DTC B1174:13
B1174:13 Door lock-link switch (passenger-side/LR/RR) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02D-24 DTC B1175:13
B1175:13*1 Front door latch switch (driver-side) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02D-26 DTC B1176:13
B1176:13*1 Front door latch switch (passenger-side) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02D-28 DTC B1178:11
B1178:11*1 Liftgate latch switch circuit malfunction
(See 09-02D-30 DTC B11C0:13
B11C0:13*1 Rear door latch switch (RH) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02D-32 DTC B11C1:13
B11C1:13*1 Rear door latch switch (LH) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02D-34 DTC P254F:13
P254F:13 Bonnet latch switch (LH) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02H-1 FOREWORD
SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
U0001:88 Module communication error (HS-CAN)
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
09-02D–5
DTC
Detection Condition Reference
M-MDS display
U0100:00 PCM communication error (See 09-02H-1 FOREWORD
SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
U0140:00 BCM communication error (See 09-02I-1 FOREWORD
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
U0300:00 (See 09-02D-13 DTC U0300:00,
Configuration error U2100:00, [THEFT-DETERRENT
U2100:00 SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02D-13 DTC U3000:49
U3000:49 Theft-deterrent control module internal malfunction
U3003:16 (See 09-02D-13 DTC U3003:16,
Theft-deterrent control module power supply voltage is other than
U3003:17 [THEFT-DETERRENT
U3003:17 9–16 V
SYSTEM].)
*1 : Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles
End Of Sie
DTC B109F:49 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7850000
Detection Condition
x Intruder sensor internal malfunction
Possible Causes
x Intruder sensor malfunction
1 INSPECT DTCs Yes Replace the intruder sensor.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-14-135 INTRUDER SENSOR REMOVAL/
(See 09-02D-5 CLEARING DTC [THEFT- INSTALLATION.)
DETERRENT SYSTEM].) No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 09-02D-4 DTC INSPECTION [THEFT-
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
x Is DTC B109F:49 displayed?
End Of Sie
id0902g7850100
Detection Condition
x Signal error from intruder sensor
Possible Causes
x Short circuit in wiring harness between intruder sensor and theft-deterrent control module
x Theft-deterrent control module malfunction
09-02D–6
B+
BCM
W E
THEFT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE INTRUDER
J C I
SENSOR
L
A
B THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE INTRUDER SENSOR THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
W U S Q O M K I G E C * * I * E * * * A
X V T B
R P N * J H * * * L * * * * * D B
am2zzw0000232
1 INSPECT INTRUDER SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the intruder sensor connector or
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. terminal.
x Disconnect the intruder sensor connector.
x Inspect the intruder sensor connector.
2 INSPECT THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
MODULE CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the theft-deterrent control module
x Disconnect the theft-deterrent control module connector or terminal.
connector.
x Inspect the theft-deterrent control module
disconnected pins)
INTRUDER SENSOR AND THEFT- No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the
DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE intruder sensor and the theft-deterrent control module.
x Inspect the wiring harness between intruder
sensor connector terminal I and theft-deterrent
control module connector terminal C for the
following:
— Short to body ground
09-02D–7
4 INSPECT INTRUDER SENSOR Yes Replace the intruder sensor, then go to the next step.
x Reconnect the disconnected connectors. (See 09-14-135 INTRUDER SENSOR REMOVAL/
x Connect the negative battery cable. INSTALLATION.)
x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. No Go to the next step.
x Inspect the intruder sensor.
(See 09-14-135 INTRUDER SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
x Is the intruder sensor normal?
5 INSPECT DTCs Yes Replace the theft-deterrent system control module.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-14-111 THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL
(See 09-02D-5 CLEARING DTC [THEFT- MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
x Is DTC B109F:86 displayed again?
End Of Sie
id0902g7850200
Detection Condition
x Communication error between intruder sensor and theft-deterrent control module
Possible Causes
x Open circuit or short in wiring harness between intruder sensor and theft-deterrent control module

B+
BCM
W E
THEFT-DETERRENT
J C I
SENSOR
L
A
B THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN

W U S Q O M K I G E C * * I * E * * * A
X V T B
R P N * J H * * * L * * * * * D B
am2zzw0000232
09-02D–8
1 INSPECT INTRUDER SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the intruder sensor connector or
x Disconnect the intruder sensor connector.
x Inspect the intruder sensor connector.
connector.
disconnected pins)
INTRUDER SENSOR AND THEFT- No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the
DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE intruder sensor and the theft-deterrent control module.
x Inspect the wiring harness between intruder
sensor connector terminal I and theft-deterrent
control module connector terminal C for the
following:
— Open circuit
4 INSPECT INTRUDER SENSOR Yes Replace the intruder sensor, then go to the next step.
x Reconnect the disconnected connectors. (See 09-14-135 INTRUDER SENSOR REMOVAL/
x Connect the negative battery cable. INSTALLATION.)
x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. No Go to the next step.
x Inspect the intruder sensor.
INSPECTION.)
x Is the intruder sensor normal?
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
x Is DTC B109F:87 displayed again?
End Of Sie
DTC B10A5:49 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7850300
Detection Condition
x Theft-deterrent siren internal malfunction
Possible Causes
x Theft-deterrent siren malfunction
1 INSPECT DTCs Yes Replace the theft-deterrent siren.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-14-102 THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN
(See 09-02D-5 CLEARING DTC [THEFT- REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
x Is DTC B10A5:49 displayed?
End Of Sie
09-02D–9
id0902g7850400
Detection Condition
x Signal error from theft-deterrent siren
Possible Causes
x Short to wiring harness between theft-deterrent siren and theft-deterrent control module

B+
BCM
W E
THEFT-DETERRENT
J C I
SENSOR
L
A
B THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN

W U S Q O M K I G E C * * I * E * * * A
X V T B
R P N * J H * * * L * * * * * D B
am2zzw0000233
1 INSPECT THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the theft-deterrent siren connector or
x Disconnect the theft-deterrent siren connector.
x Inspect the theft-deterrent siren connector.
connector.
disconnected pins)
09-02D–10
THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN AND THEFT- No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the theft-
DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE deterrent siren and the theft-deterrent control module.
x Inspect the wiring harness between theft-
deterrent siren connector terminal B and theft-
deterrent control module connector terminal C
for the following:
4 INSPECT THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN Yes Replace the theft-deterrent siren, then go to the next
x Reconnect the disconnected connectors. step.
x Connect the negative battery cable. (See 09-14-102 THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN
x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Inspect the theft-deterrent siren. No Go to the next step.
(See 09-14-104 THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN
INSPECTION.)
x Is the theft-deterrent siren normal?
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
x Is DTC B10A5:86 displayed again?
End Of Sie
id0902g7850500
Detection Condition
x Communication error between theft-deterrent siren and theft-deterrent control module
Possible Causes
x Open or short circuit to wiring harness between theft-deterrent siren and theft-deterrent control module
09-02D–11
B+
BCM
W E
THEFT-DETERRENT
J C I
SENSOR
L
A
B THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN

W U S Q O M K I G E C * * I * E * * * A
X V T B
R P N * J H * * * L * * * * * D B
am2zzw0000077
1 INSPECT THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR No Repair/replace the theft-deterrent siren connector or
x Disconnect the theft-deterrent siren connector.
x Inspect the theft-deterrent siren connector.
connector.
disconnected pins)
THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN AND THEFT- No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the theft-
DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE deterrent siren and the theft-deterrent control module.
x Inspect the wiring harness between theft-
deterrent siren connector terminal B and theft-
deterrent control module connector terminal C
for the following:
— Open circuit
09-02D–12
4 INSPECT THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN Yes Replace the theft-deterrent siren, then go to the next
x Reconnect the disconnected connectors. step.
x Connect the negative battery cable. (See 09-14-102 THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN
x Inspect the theft-deterrent siren. No Go to the next step.
(See 09-14-104 THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN
INSPECTION.)
x Is the theft-deterrent siren normal?
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
x Is DTC B10A5:87 displayed again?
End Of Sie
DTC U0300:00, U2100:00, [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7850600
Detection Condition
x Possible configuration error
Possible Causes
x Configuration has not been correctly performed for some reason
1 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the theft-deterrent system control module.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-14-111 THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
x Is DTC U0300:00 or U2100:00 displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC U3000:49 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7850800
Detection Condition
x Theft-deterrent system control module internal malfunction
Possible Causes
1 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the theft-deterrent system control module.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-14-111 THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
x Is DTC U3000:49 displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC U3003:16, U3003:17 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7850900
Detection Condition
x Theft-deterrent control module power supply voltage is other than 9—16 V
Possible Causes
x ROOM 15 A fuse malfunction
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between battery and theft-deterrent control module
09-02D–13

B+
ROOM 15 A
BCM
W E
THEFT-DETERRENT
J C I
SENSOR
L
A
B THEFT-DETERRENT
SIREN

W U S Q O M K I G E C * * I * E * * * A
X V T B
R P N * J H * * * L * * * * * D B
am2zzw0000253
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the fuse.
x Remove the ROOM 15 A fuse.
09-02D–14
x Measure the battery positive voltage. No Higher than specification
x Is the voltage between 9—16 V? x Replace or inspection the battery.
(See 01-17A-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-17C-2 BATTERY INSPECTION [MZ-CD 1.6
(Y6)].)
(See 01-17B-2 BATTERY INSPECTION [MZ-CD 1.4
DI Turbo].)
(See 01-17A-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Go to Step 4.
Lower than specification
x Replace or charge the battery.
(See 01-17A-5 BATTERY RECHARGING [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-17C-3 BATTERY RECHARGING [MZ-CD 1.6
(Y6)].)
(See 01-17B-3 BATTERY RECHARGING [MZ-CD 1.4
DI Turbo].)
(See 01-17A-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Go to Step 4.
BATTERY AND THEFT-DETERRENT No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the battery
CONTROL MODULE and the theft-deterrent control module.
x Disconnect the theft-deterrent control
module connector.
x Inspect the wiring harness between the
battery and theft-deterrent control module
connector terminal W for the following:
— Short to ground
— Open circuit
x Reconnect the disconnected connectors. No Replace the BCM.
x Connect the negative battery cable. (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
x Measure the voltage of BCM connector
terminal 3P.
(See 09-40-4 BODY CONTROL MODULE
(BCM) INSPECTION.)
5 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the theft-deterrent control module.
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
x Is DTC U3003:16, U3003:17 displayed?
End Of Sie
09-02D–15
DTC B1172:13 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7111400
DESCRIPTION Door lock-link switch (driver-side) circuit malfunction

DETECTION x Open circuit in the door lock-link switch (driver-side) unlock-side circuit with the door lock-link switch
CONDITION (driver-side) unlocked.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between the following terminals:
— Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) terminal D—Body ground
x Door lock-link switch (driver-side) malfunction
POSSIBLE
x Theft-deterrent control module connector or terminals malfunction
CAUSE
— Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) terminal L—Theft-deterrent control module terminal
V
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (DRIVER-SIDE)
UNLOCK
V L
D
J
LOCK
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (DRIVER-SIDE)
W U S Q O M K I G E C A K I G E C A
X V T R P N K J H F D B L J H F D B
09-02D–16
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 CONFIRM THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
MODULE DTC No Go to Step 9.
x Clear the DTC using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02D-5 CLEARING DTC [THEFT-
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
x Perform the theft-deterrent control module
DTC inspection using the M-MDS with the
door lock-link switch (driver-side) unlocked.
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
x Is the same DTC present?
2 INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then go to
ACTUATOR (DRIVER-SIDE) CONNECTOR Step 8.
AND TERMINALS No Go to the next step.
x Switch the ignition to off.
x Disconnect the front door latch and lock
actuator (driver-side) connector.
x Inspect the connector and terminals
(corrosion, damage, pin disconnection).
x Is there any malfunction?
3 VERIFY MALFUNCTIONING LOCATION Yes Go to the next step.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver- No Go to Step 6.
side) connector is disconnected.
x Measure the voltage at the following terminal
— Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-
side) terminal L
4 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
(DRIVER-SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver- circuit, then go to Step 8.
terminal (wiring harness-side) and body
ground:
side) terminal D
5 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH Yes Replace the front door latch and lock actuator (driver-
(DRIVER-SIDE) side), then go to Step 8.
x Inspect the door lock-link switch (driver-side). (See 09-14-63 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
(See 09-14-75 DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.) No Go to Step 8.
6 INSPECT THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then go to
MODULE CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS Step 8.
x Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Go to the next step.
module connector.
09-02D–17
7 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
(DRIVER-SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT circuit, then go to the next step.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver- No Go to the next step.
side) and theft-deterrent control module
x Reconnect the theft-deterrent control module
connector.
— Theft-deterrent control module terminal V
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED Yes Replace the theft-deterrent control module, then go to the
x Make sure to reconnect the disconnected next step.
connectors. (See 09-14-111 THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Clear the DTC using the M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
door lock-link switch (driver-side) unlocked.
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
9 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
PRESENT (See 09-02D-5 DTC TABLE [THEFT-DETERRENT
x Are any DTCs present? SYSTEM].)
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
09-02D–18
id0902g7111300
DESCRIPTION Door lock-link switch (passenger-side/LR/RR) circuit malfunction

DETECTION x Open circuit in the door lock-link switch (passenger-side/LR/RR) circuit with the door lock-link switch
CONDITION (passenger-side/LR/RR) unlocked.
All door lock-link switches do not operate:
x Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) terminal B/Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH)
terminal B/Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal L—Theft-deterrent control module terminal
T
Only the door lock-link switch (passenger-side) does not operate:
x Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) connector or terminals malfunction
— Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) terminal J—Body ground
x Door lock-link switch (passenger-side) malfunction
— Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) terminal B—Theft-deterrent control module
terminal T
POSSIBLE x Theft-deterrent control module malfunction
CAUSE Only the door lock-link switch (LR) does not operate:
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
— Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal J—Body ground
x Door lock-link switch (LR) malfunction
— Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal B—Theft-deterrent control module terminal T
Only the door lock-link switch (RR) does not operate:
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
— Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal D—Body ground
x Door lock-link switch (RR) malfunction
— Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal L—Theft-deterrent control module terminal T
09-02D–19
DESCRIPTION Door lock-link switch (passenger-side/LR/RR) circuit malfunction
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (PASSENGER-SIDE)
UNLOCK
B
J
LOCK
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LR)
UNLOCK
T B
J
LOCK
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RR)
UNLOCK
L
D
LOCK
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR

09-02D–20
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
door lock-link switch (passenger-side/LR/
RR) unlocked.
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
2 VERIFY MALFUNCTIONING LOCATION Yes All door lock-link switches do not operate:
x Operate the door lock-link switch lock and x Go to the next step.
unlock. Only the door lock-link switch (passenger-side) does not
x Is there a door lock-link switch that does not operate:
operate? x Go to Step 5.
Only the door lock-link switch (LR) does not operate:
x Go to Step 10.
Only the door lock-link switch (RR) does not operate:
x Go to Step 15.
No Go to Step 20.
x Switch the ignition to off. No Go to the next step.
module connector.
4 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
(PASSENGER-SIDE/LR/RR) CIRCUIT FOR circuit, then go to Step 20.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Go to Step 20.
connector.
— Theft-deterrent control module terminal T
(See 09-14-112 THEFT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION.)
ACTUATOR (PASSENGER-SIDE) Step 20.
CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS No Go to the next step.
actuator (passenger-side) connector.
x Front door latch and lock actuator No Go to Step 9.
(passenger-side) connector is disconnected.
— Front door latch and lock actuator
(passenger-side) terminal B
09-02D–21
7 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
(PASSENGER-SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
CIRCUIT circuit, then go to Step 20.
x Front door latch and lock actuator
ground:
(passenger-side) terminal J
8 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH Yes Replace the front door latch and lock actuator
(PASSENGER-SIDE) (passenger-side), then go to Step 20.
x Inspect the door lock-link switch (passenger- (See 09-14-63 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
side). ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-14-75 DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH No Go to Step 20.
INSPECTION.)
9 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness between front door
(PASSENGER-SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) terminal B and
CIRCUIT theft-deterrent control module terminal T.
x Front door latch and lock actuator Go to Step 20.
(passenger-side) connector is disconnected. No Go to Step 20.
10 INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then go to
ACTUATOR (LH) CONNECTOR AND Step 20.
TERMINALS No Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the rear door latch and lock
actuator (LH) connector.
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) No Go to Step 14.
connector is disconnected.
— Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH)
terminal B
12 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LR) Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) circuit, then go to Step 20.
ground:
terminal J
13 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LR) Yes Replace the rear door latch and lock actuator (LH), then
x Inspect the door lock-link switch (LR). go to Step 20.
(See 09-14-75 DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (See 09-14-79 REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
INSPECTION.) ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Is there any malfunction? No Go to Step 20.
09-02D–22
14 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LR) Yes Repair or replace the wiring between rear door latch and
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT lock actuator (LH) terminal B and theft-deterrent control
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) module terminal T, then go to Step 20.
connector is disconnected. No Go to Step 20.
ACTUATOR (RH) CONNECTOR AND Step 20.
actuator (RH) connector.
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) No Go to Step 19.
— Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH)
terminal L
17 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RR) Yes Go to the next step.
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) circuit, then go to Step 20.
ground:
terminal D
18 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RR) Yes Replace the rear door latch and lock actuator (RH), then
x Inspect the door lock-link switch (RR). go to Step 20.
(See 09-14-75 DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (See 09-14-79 REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
INSPECTION.) ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
19 INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RR) Yes Repair or replace the wiring between rear door latch and
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT lock actuator (RH) terminal L and theft-deterrent control
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) module terminal T, then go to the next step.
connector is disconnected. No Go to the next step.
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
door lock-link switch (passenger-side/LR/
RR) unlocked.
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
09-02D–23
End Of Sie
id0902g7111500
DESCRIPTION Front door latch switch (driver-side) circuit malfunction

DETECTION x Open circuit in the front door latch switch (driver-side) circuit with the front door (driver-side) closed
CONDITION (front door latch switch (driver-side) on).
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) connector or terminals malfunction
— Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) terminal D—Body ground
x Front door latch switch (driver-side) malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
— Front door latch and lock actuator (driver-side) terminal B—Theft-deterrent control module terminal
O
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE
FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH (DRIVER-SIDE)
DOOR CLOSE ON
O B D
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (DRIVER-SIDE)
W U S Q O M K I A
K I G E C A
G E C
L J H F D B
X V T R P N K J H F D B
09-02D–24
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
front door (driver-side) closed (front door
latch switch (driver-side) on).
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
ACTUATOR (DRIVER-SIDE) CONNECTOR Step 8.
AND TERMINALS No Go to the next step.
actuator (driver-side) connector.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver- No Go to Step 6.
side) terminal B
4 INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
(DRIVER-SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver- circuit, then go to Step 8.
ground:
side) terminal D
5 INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH Yes Replace the front door latch and lock actuator (driver-
(DRIVER-SIDE) side), then go to Step 8.
x Inspect the front door latch switch (driver- (See 09-14-63 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
side). ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-14-74 FRONT DOOR LATCH No Go to Step 8.
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
module connector.
09-02D–25
7 INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
(DRIVER-SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT circuit, then go to the next step.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver- No Go to the next step.
side) and theft-deterrent control module
connector.
x Measure the voltage between the following
terminal (wiring harness-side):
— Theft-deterrent control module terminal O
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
front door (driver-side) closed (front door
latch switch (driver-side) on).
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
id0902g7111600
DESCRIPTION Front door latch switch (passenger-side) circuit malfunction

DETECTION x Open circuit in the front door latch switch (passenger-side) circuit with the front door (passenger-side)
CONDITION closed (front door latch switch (passenger-side) on).
x Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) connector or terminals malfunction
— Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) terminal J—Body ground
x Front door latch switch (passenger-side) malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
— Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger-side) terminal L—Theft-deterrent control module
terminal M
FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH (PASSENGER-SIDE)
DOOR CLOSE ON
M L J
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (PASSENGER-SIDE)
09-02D–26
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
front door (passenger-side) closed (front
door latch switch (passenger-side) on).
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
ACTUATOR (PASSENGER-SIDE) Step 8.
CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS No Go to the next step.
actuator (passenger-side) connector.
x Front door latch and lock actuator No Go to Step 6.
(passenger-side) terminal L
4 INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
(PASSENGER-SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
CIRCUIT circuit, then go to Step 8.
ground:
(passenger-side) terminal J
5 INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH Yes Replace the front door latch and lock actuator
(PASSENGER-SIDE) (passenger-side), then go to Step 8.
x Inspect the front door latch switch (See 09-14-63 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
(passenger-side). ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-14-74 FRONT DOOR LATCH No Go to Step 8.
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
module connector.
09-02D–27
7 INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
(PASSENGER-SIDE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN circuit, then go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
(passenger-side) and theft-deterrent control
module connectors are disconnected.
connector.
— Theft-deterrent control module terminal M
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
front door (passenger-side) closed (front
door latch switch (passenger-side) on).
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
id0902g7111100
DESCRIPTION Liftgate latch switch circuit malfunction

DETECTION
x Short to ground in the liftgate latch switch circuit with the liftgate closed (liftgate latch switch off).
CONDITION
x Liftgate latch switch connector or terminals malfunction
POSSIBLE x Liftgate latch switch malfunction
CAUSE x Short to ground in wiring harness between the following terminals:
— Liftgate latch switch terminal C—Theft-deterrent control module terminal R
LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH
R C B
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
W U S Q O M K I G E C A C A
F D B
D B
X V T R P N K J H
09-02D–28
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
liftgate closed (liftgate latch switch off).
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
2 INSPECT LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then go to
CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS Step 6.
x Disconnect the liftgate latch switch
connector.
x Disconnect the theft-deterrent control No Go to the next step.
module connector.
4 INSPECT LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short
FOR SHORT TO GROUND to ground, then go to Step 6.
x Liftgate latch switch and theft-deterrent No Go to the next step.
ground:
— Liftgate latch switch terminal C
5 INSPECT LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH Yes Replace the liftgate latch switch, then go to the next step.
x Inspect the liftgate latch switch. (See 09-14-88 LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
(See 09-14-90 LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.) No Go to the next step.
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
liftgate closed (liftgate latch switch off).
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
09-02D–29
DTC B11C0:13 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7111700
DESCRIPTION Rear door latch switch (RH) circuit malfunction

DETECTION x Open circuit in the rear door latch switch (RH) circuit with the rear door (RH) closed (rear door latch
CONDITION switch (RH) on).
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
— Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal D—Body ground
POSSIBLE x Rear door latch switch (RH) malfunction
CAUSE x Theft-deterrent control module connector or terminals malfunction
— Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal B—Theft-deterrent control module terminal N
REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH)
DOOR CLOSE ON
N B D
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (RH)
09-02D–30
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
rear door (RH) closed (rear door latch switch
(RH) on).
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
ACTUATOR (RH) CONNECTOR AND Step 8.
actuator (RH) connector.
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) No Go to Step 6.
terminal B
4 INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) circuit, then go to Step 8.
ground:
terminal D
5 INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH) Yes Replace the rear door latch and lock actuator (RH), then
x Inspect the rear door latch switch (RH). go to Step 8.
(See 09-14-83 REAR DOOR LATCH (See 09-14-79 REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
SWITCH INSPECTION.) ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
module connector.
09-02D–31
7 INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH) Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT circuit, then go to the next step.
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) and No Go to the next step.
theft-deterrent control module connectors
are disconnected.
connector.
— Theft-deterrent control module terminal N
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
rear door (RH) closed (rear door latch switch
(RH) on).
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC B11C1:13 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7111800
DESCRIPTION Rear door latch switch (LH) circuit malfunction

DETECTION x Open circuit in the rear door latch switch (LH) circuit with the rear door (LH) closed (rear door latch
CONDITION switch (LH) on).
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
— Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal J—Body ground
POSSIBLE x Rear door latch switch (LH) malfunction
— Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal L—Theft-deterrent control module terminal P
REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH)
DOOR CLOSE ON
P L J
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (LH)
09-02D–32
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
rear door (LH) closed (rear door latch switch
(LH) on).
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
ACTUATOR (LH) CONNECTOR AND Step 8.
actuator (LH) connector.
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) No Go to Step 6.
terminal L
4 INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) circuit, then go to Step 8.
ground:
terminal J
5 INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH) Yes Replace the rear door latch and lock actuator (LH), then
x Inspect the rear door latch switch (LH). go to Step 8.
(See 09-14-83 REAR DOOR LATCH (See 09-14-79 REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
SWITCH INSPECTION.) ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
module connector.
09-02D–33
7 INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH) Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT circuit, then go to the next step.
x Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) and No Go to the next step.
theft-deterrent control module connectors
are disconnected.
connector.
— Theft-deterrent control module terminal P
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
rear door (LH) closed (rear door latch switch
(LH) on).
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
DTC P254F:13 [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7111200
DESCRIPTION Bonnet latch switch circuit malfunction

DETECTION
x Open circuit in the bonnet latch switch circuit with the bonnet closed (bonnet latch switch on).
CONDITION
x Bonnet latch switch connector or terminals malfunction
— Bonnet latch switch terminal B—Body ground
POSSIBLE x Bonnet latch switch malfunction
— Bonnet latch switch terminal A—Theft-deterrent control module terminal H
BONNET LATCH SWITCH
H A B
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE BONNET LATCH SWITCH

W U S Q O M K I G E C A
B A
X V T R P N K J H F D B
09-02D–34
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
bonnet closed (bonnet latch switch on).
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
2 INSPECT BONNET LATCH SWITCH Yes Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then go to
CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS Step 8.
x Disconnect the bonnet latch switch
connector.
x Bonnet latch switch connector is No Go to Step 6.
disconnected.
— Bonnet latch switch terminal A
4 INSPECT BONNET LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
x Bonnet latch switch connector is circuit, then go to Step 8.
disconnected.
ground:
— Bonnet latch switch terminal B
5 INSPECT BONNET LATCH SWITCH Yes Replace the bonnet latch switch, then go to Step 8.
x Inspect the bonnet latch switch. (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER
(See 09-14-31 BONNET LATCH SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.) No Go to Step 8.
module connector.
7 INSPECT BONNET LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT circuit, then go to the next step.
x Bonnet latch switch and theft-deterrent No Go to the next step.
connector.
— Theft-deterrent control module terminal H
09-02D–35
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
bonnet closed (bonnet latch switch on).
DETERRENT SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7400500
am2zzw0000065
the screen.
Note
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM]
id0902g7345900
Foreword
1. When the theft-deterrent control module switches to the alert mode, it stores the related theft-deterrent control
module control status data.
2. Stored data up to the previous tow times can be checked using the PID/data monitor function.
3. There are two storage fields (TRG_1—TRG_2), and the latest data is TRG_1.
PID name
Unit/Operation Data contents Inspection item(s) Terminal
(definition)
DTC_CNT
x DTC detected: 1–255
(Number of Separate DTC inspection
x DTC not detected: 0
DTCs)
DRSW_D
(Door latch
x Driver's door open: Open
switch Close/Open Door latch switch (driver's side) O
x Driver's door closed: Close
(driver's
door) status)
09-02D–36
PID name
(definition)
DRSW_P
(Door latch
switch x Passenger's door open: Open Door latch switch (passenger's
Close/Open M
(passenger' x Passenger's door closed: Close door)
s door)
status)
DRSW_RR*
1
(Door latch x Rear door (RH) open: Open Door latch switch (rear door
Close/Open N
switch (rear x Rear door (RH) closed: Close (RH))
door (RH))
status)
DRSW_LR*
1
(Door latch x Rear door (LH) open: Open Door latch switch (rear door
Close/Open P
switch (rear x Rear door (LH) closed: Close (LH))
door (LH)
status)
HOOD_SW
(Bonnet x Bonnet open: Open
Close/Open Bonnet latch switch H
latch switch x Bonnet closed: Close
status)
LLSW_D
x Driver's door lock knob locked: Lock
(Door lock-
Unlock/Lock x Driver's door lock knob unlocked: Door lock-link switch V
link switch
Unlock
status)
LLSW_P+R
(Door latch x Door lock knob other than driver's door
switch locked: Lock
Unlock/Lock Door lock-link switch T
(passenger' x Door lock knob other than driver's door
s door, rear) unlocked: Unlock
status)
T_GATE_S
W
x Liftgate open: Close
(Liftgate Close/Open Liftgate latch switch R
x Liftgate closed: Open
latch switch
status)
TRG1_01
(Door lock- x Driver's door lock knob unlocked: On
Off/On Door lock-link switch V
link switch x Driver's door lock knob locked: Off
status)
TRG1_02
switch unlocked: On
Off/On Door lock-link switch T
s door, rear) locked: Off
status)
TRG1_03
(Theft-
deterrent x Theft-deterrent control module power
control supply interrupted: On
Off/On Theft-deterrent control module W
module x Theft-deterrent control module power
power supply not interrupted: Off
supply
voltage)
TRG1_04
(Angle Note
Off/On -
sensor x Displayed but not used in the inspection.
status)
TRG1_05
x Intruder sensor detected intrusion: On
(Intruder
Off/On x Intruder sensor did not detect intruder sensor C
sensor
intrusion: Off
status)
09-02D–37
PID name
(definition)
TRG1_06
(Door latch
x Driver's door open: On
switch Off/On Door latch switch (driver's side) O
x Driver's door closed: Off
(driver's
door) status)
TRG1_07
(Door latch
switch x Passenger's door open: On Door latch switch (passenger's
Off/On M
(passenger' x Passenger's door closed: Off door)
s door)
status)
TRG1_08*1
(Door latch x Rear door (LH) open: On Door latch switch (rear door
switch (rear Off/On P
x Rear door (LH) closed: Off (LH))
door (LH)
status)
TRG1_09*1
(Door latch x Rear door (RH) open: On Door latch switch (rear door
switch (rear Off/On N
x Rear door (RH) closed: Off (RH)
door (RH))
status)
TRG1_10
(Liftgate x Liftgate open: On
Off/On Liftgate latch switch R
latch switch x Liftgate closed: Off
status)
TRG1_11
(Bonnet x Bonnet open: On
Off/On Bonnet latch switch H
latch switch x Bonnet closed: Off
status)
TRG1_12 x Key reminder switch or push switch off
(Ignition key and ignition switch on: On
Off/On Ignition key cylinder
cylinder x Key reminder switch or push switch off
status) and ignition switch off: Off
TRG1_13
Note
(Used key Off/On -
status) x Displayed but not used in inspection.
TRG1_ST_
A
x Theft-deterrent system in stand-by
(Theft-
Off/On preparatory mode: On Theft-deterrent control module
deterrent
x Theft-deterrent system initial mode: Off
system
status)
TRG1_ST_
B x Theft-deterrent system in stand-by
(Theft- mode: On
Off/On Theft-deterrent control module
deterrent x Theft-deterrent system stand-by
system preparatory mode: Off
status)
TRG2_01
(Door lock- x Driver's door lock knob unlocked: On
Off/On Door lock-link switch V
link switch x Driver's door lock knob locked: Off
status)
TRG2_02
switch unlocked: On
Off/On Door lock-link switch T
s door, rear) locked: Off
status)
09-02D–38
PID name
(definition)
TRG2_03
(Theft-
deterrent x Theft-deterrent control module power
control supply interrupted: On
Off/On Theft-deterrent control module W
module x Theft-deterrent control module power
power supply not interrupted: Off
supply
voltage)
TRG2_04
(Angle Note
Off/On -
sensor x Displayed but not used in the inspection.
status)
TRG2_05
x Intruder sensor detected intrusion: On
(Intruder
Off/On x Intruder sensor did not detect intruder sensor C
sensor
intrusion: Off
status)
TRG2_06
(Door latch
x Driver's door open: On
switch Off/On Door latch switch (driver's side) O
x Driver's door closed: Off
(driver's
door) status)
TRG2_07
(Door latch
switch x Passenger's door open: On Door latch switch (passenger's
Off/On M
(passenger' x Passenger's door closed: Off door)
s door)
status)
TRG2_08*1
(Door latch x Rear door (LH) open: On Door latch switch (rear door
switch (rear Off/On P
x Rear door (LH) closed: Off (LH))
door (LH)
status)
TRG2_09*1
(Door latch x Rear door (RH) open: On Door latch switch (rear door
switch (rear Off/On N
x Rear door (RH) closed: Off (RH)
door (RH))
status)
TRG2_10
(Liftgate x Liftgate open: On
Off/On Liftgate latch switch R
latch switch x Liftgate closed: Off
status)
TRG2_11
(Bonnet x Bonnet open: On
Off/On Bonnet latch switch H
latch switch x Bonnet closed: Off
status)
TRG2_12 x Key reminder switch or push switch off
(Ignition key and ignition switch on: On
Off/On Ignition key cylinder
cylinder x Key reminder switch or push switch off
status) and ignition switch off: Off
TRG2_13
Note
(Used key Off/On -
x Displayed but not used in inspection.
status)
TRG2_ST_
A
x Theft-deterrent system in stand-by
(Theft-
Off/On preparatory mode: On Theft-deterrent control module
deterrent
x Theft-deterrent system initial mode: Off
system
status)
TRG2_ST_
B x Theft-deterrent system in stand-by
(Theft- mode: On
Off/On Theft-deterrent control module
deterrent x Theft-deterrent system stand-by
system preparatory mode: Off
status)
09-02D–39
PID name
(definition)
VPWR
(Theft-
deterrent
control
V x Continuous: Approx. 12 V Battery W
module
power
supply
voltage)
*1 : 5HB
End Of Sie
09-02D–40
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AUDIO]
09-02E ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AUDIO]

STARTING PROCEDURE FOR DTC TABLE [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E–3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION
TEST MODE [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E–1 [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E–4
SUPPLIER IDENTIFICATION LCD Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E–4
PROCEDURE [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E–1 Switch Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E–5
Identification Using Label or Inscribed Speaker Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E–5
Lettering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E–1 Radio Reception Condition
Verify Using the Diagnostic Assist Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E–5
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E–2 Center Panel Specification
CLEARING DTC [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E–3 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02E–6
End of Toc
STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE [AUDIO]
id0902f6358300
Note
x All DTCs displayed in the on-board diagnostic test mode should be entered in the Audio Repair Order
Form.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position.

2. Turn the center panel unit power to off.
3. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch,
simultaneously press the FM/AM switch and the
CD/AUX switch for 2 s or more.
Note FM/AM SWITCH

UP SEEK
x If several DTCs are in the memory, they can SWITCH
be displayed using the UP SEEK switch or
DOWN SEEK switch. DOWN SEEK
SWITCH
CD/AUX SWITCH
4. To stop the on-board diagnostic test mode, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
SUPPLIER IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURE [AUDIO]

id0902f6358400
Note
x When asking the supplier (service center) for repair or replacement, identify the supplier and fill in the
Audio Repair Order Form using the following procedures.
Identification Using Label or Inscribed Lettering

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the following parts:
(1) Shift lever knob (MTX) (See 05-16A-1 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [F35M-R].) (See 05-16B-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [B65M-R].)
(2) Side wall (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front console component (See 09-17-36 FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Glove compartment (See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Center panel unit (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-02E–1
3. Verify the supplier indicated on the label attached
on each unit.
LABEL
am2zzw0000039
Verify Using the Diagnostic Assist Function

2. Turn the center panel unit power to on.
simultaneously press the Preset switch 5 for 3 s
or more.
LCD
PRESET
SWITCH 5
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000376
4. Identify the supplier code by referring to the LCD.

Supplier
Supplier name
code
01 SANYO Automedia
02 Panasonic
03 Clarion
04 Pioneer
Note
am2zzw0000072
x The supplier code can also be identified

from the DTC displays screen.
5. Cancel the diagnostic assist function by either

turning off the center panel unit power or by
turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
End Of Sie
SUPPLIER CODE
am2zzw0000072
09-02E–2
CLEARING DTC [AUDIO]
id0902f6400300
Caution
x Before clearing the memory, be sure to enter all of the DTCs displayed in the on-board diagnostic
test mode in the Audio Repair Order Form.
1. Launch the on-board diagnostic test mode. (See 09-02E-1 STARTING PROCEDURE FOR ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE [AUDIO].)
simultaneously press the MENU switch for 2 s or
more.
3. To stop the on-board diagnostic test mode, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
End Of Sie
MENU SWITCH
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000376
DTC TABLE [AUDIO]

id0902f6363000
Screen display
DTC
(When starting on- Malfunction description Inferred cause/verified content Reference
board diagnostic
function)
Battery voltage low (See 09-03E-6 NO.2 NO POWER
09:Er20 Audio does not function TO THE ENTIRE AUDIO
SYSTEM [AUDIO].)
x Verify the symptoms
described by the customer
(such as occurrence
(See 09-03E-9 NO.5 SOUND
Audio unclear or no audio frequency and mode).
09:Er21 BREAK-UP OR POOR SOUND
from radio and CD x Short to ground in the wiring
QUALITY [AUDIO].)
harness between the audio
unit and speakers
x Audio unit malfunction
x Verify the sometimes
described by the customer
(See 09-03F-3 NO.1 NO RADIO
(such as time and place of
09:Er22 Radio not receiving signal RECEPTION (AM/FM)/NO OR
occurrence, and radio
LOW VOLUME [RADIO].)
frequency).
Audio unit malfunction (See 09-03G-3 NO.1 CD
PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
MP3 applicable CD player LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE
10:Er01 cannot implement insert CD IMMEDIATELY [CD].)
and eject commands. (See 09-03G-3 NO.2 CD
EJECT THE CD [CD].)
Audio unit malfunction (See 09-03G-11 NO.11 TRACK
10:Er02 Cannot change tracks. CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE
[CD].)
x CD incompatible (CD used by (See 09-03G-4 NO.3 CD
CD cannot playback customer) PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
10:Er07
(cannot operate) x Recurs no matter the type of PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND
CD (no non-compatible CD) [CD].)
x Malfunction of connectors (See 09-03G-4 NO.3 CD
MP3 applicable CD player between audio unit and MP3 PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
10:Er10
does not operate. applicable CD player. PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND
x Audio unit malfunction [CD].)
21:Er17 Operation differs from the Verify the center panel and audio (See 09-02E-4 DIAGNOSTIC
21:Er18 selected switch unit assembly. ASSIST FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
09-02E–3
Screen display
DTC
(When starting on- Malfunction description Inferred cause/verified content Reference
board diagnostic
function)
x Verify conditions such as the
non-operation of all audio
Communication error with (See 09-03E-2 CONFIRMATION
switches or the non-operation
21:Er19 center panel (audio switch STEP 1: AUDIO SWITCH
of any particular switch.
system) CONFIRMATION [AUDIO].)
x Center panel (audio switch
system) malfunction
x Defective CD (curved, broken (See 09-03G-3 NO.1 CD
or foreign material stuck/ PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
MP3 applicable CD changer
attached, etc.) LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE
cannot implement insert,
22:Er01 x Audio unit malfunction CD IMMEDIATELY [CD].)
eject, and disc change
(See 09-03G-3 NO.2 CD
commands.
EJECT THE CD [CD].)
x Defective CD (curved, broken
(See 09-03G-11 NO.11 TRACK
or foreign material stuck/
22:Er02 Cannot change tracks. CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE
attached, etc.)
[CD].)
x CD incompatible (CD used by (See 09-03G-4 NO.3 CD
CD cannot playback customer) PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
22:Er07
(cannot operate) x Recurs no matter the type of PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND
CD (no non-compatible CD) [CD].)
x Malfunction of connectors (See 09-03G-4 NO.3 CD
MP3 applicable CD changer between audio unit and MP3 PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
22:Er10
does not operate. applicable CD changer. PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND
x Audio unit malfunction [CD].)
no Err DTC is not recorded.
End Of Sie
DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [AUDIO]
id0902f6361100
LCD Inspection
simultaneously press the UP SEEK switch for 0.2
s or more.
4. Inspect according to the following table:
UP SEEK SWITCH LCD
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000495
Inspection Display Action

x Launch the LCD inspection Yes LCD is normal.
mode. Replace the center panel.
x The characters displayed on (See 09-20-3 CENTER
the LCD are not truncated or PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
faint. DISC IN ST AF PTY RPT RDM TA TP AUTO-M
INSTALLATION.)
No
(See 09-20-4 CENTER
PANEL UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
5. Cancel the diagnostic assist function by either turning off the center panel unit power or by turning the ignition
switch to the LOCK position.
09-02E–4
Switch Inspection
simultaneously press the CLOCK switch for 0.2 s
or more.
CLOCK SWITCH
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000376

x Launch the switch inspection Yes The switch is normal.
mode. Verify the switch.
x Operate all of the switches (See 09-03E-2
(press). CONFIRMATION STEP
x Does the buzzer sound? No
1: AUDIO SWITCH
CONFIRMATION
[AUDIO].)
Speaker Inspection
simultaneously press the AUTO–M switch for 0.2
s or more.
AUTO-M
SWITCH
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000376

x Launch the speaker inspection The speakers and the wiring harness
mode. Yes between the audio unit and speakers
x Does each speaker output are normal.
sound in the following order?: x If no sound is produced from all of
1. Front door speaker (LH) and 09
the speakers.
tweeter (LH) (See 09-03E-6 NO.3 NO SOUND
2. Front door speaker (RH) and
FROM ALL SPEAKERS [AUDIO].)
tweeter (RH) No x If no sound is produced from
3. Rear door speaker (RH)/rear some of the speakers.
speaker (RH) (3HB) (See 09-03E-7 NO.4 NO SOUND
4. Rear door speaker (LH)/rear FROM SOME SPEAKERS
speaker (LH) (3HB) [AUDIO].)
Radio Reception Condition Inspection

3. Tune in the radio.
09-02E–5
simultaneously press the Preset switch 2 for 0.2 s
or more.
5. Inspect according to the following table: PRESET
SWITCH 2
Caution
x Even if the system is normal, radio
reception may be difficult depending on
where the system is inspected (indoors/
outdoors, or conditions at the location).
Before inspecting the system, verify that
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
radio reception is adequate.
x When performing the inspection, select
am2zzw0000376
the best area for receiving radio

frequencies.
Display (AM 522 kHz

Inspection Action
reception)
Start the radio reception condition Center roof antenna, antenna feeder and audio unit
inspection mode. are normal.
Change frequencies and re-perform the inspection.
Inspect the center roof antenna and antenna feeder.

(See 09-20-15 CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-19 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1
INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
x If either the center roof antenna or the antenna
feeder is not normal, replace the
malfunctioning part.
(See 09-20-13 CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x If the center roof antenna and antenna feeder
are normal, replace the audio unit.
(See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
Center Panel Specification Inspection

09-02E–6
simultaneously press the Preset switch 6 for 3 s
or more.
PRESET
SWITCH 6
POWER/VOLUME SWITCH
am2zzw0000376

x Launch the center panel The center panel is
Yes
destination mode. normal.
x Is there a match to the Replace the center panel.
destination? (See 09-20-3 CENTER
ID CODE
PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
No
(See 09-20-4 CENTER
PANEL UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
ID Specification Code Destination

00 Europe
01 Australia
00 Mazda 2 4A region (With AM frequency pitch: 5KHz
02
pitch)
4A region (With AM frequency pitch: 9KHz
03
pitch)
End Of Sie
09-02E–7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
09-02F ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [INSTRUMENT

CLUSTER]
DTC INSPECTION DTC U0415:92
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–1 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–12
CLEARING DTC DTC U0420:92
DTC TABLE DTC U0452:68
DTC B1A84:41/U0300:00 DTC U0452:92
DTC B1A84:51/U2100:00 DTC U0515:68
DTC B1B71:14 DTC U3000:41
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–5 DTC U3003:16
DTC P0070:14 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–15
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–7 System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–15
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–7 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–16
DTC P193B:14 PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–9 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
DTC U0401:68 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–17
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–11 ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–11 ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-02F–12
End of Toc
DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8345400
3. Select “IC”.
2. Select “IC”.
am2zzw0000250
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the instrument cluster. (See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
End Of Sie
09-02F–1
CLEARING DTC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8400300
3. Select “IC”.
2. Select “IC”.
am2zzw0000250
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02F-1 DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
End Of Sie
DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8347100
DTC Malfunction location Reference

x Coil antenna malfunction (See 09-02C-7 SECURITY LIGHT: 12, DTC: B10D5:13/
B10D5:13 x The PCM determined a malfunction in the coil P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
antenna even though it is normal. SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-8 SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTC: B10D7:05/
B10D7:05 Key ID number program error P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02C-12 SECURITY LIGHT: 15, DTC:
The instrument cluster has detected unprogrammed key
B10D7:51 B10D7:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
ID number.
The instrument cluster cannot read key ID number data
B10D7:81 B10D7:81/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
normally.
B10D7:94 The key ID number data cannot be read. P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
B10D8:00 Only one key ID number is programmed. B10D8:00/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
B10D9:87 No detected communication with the coil antenna. P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
Communication error between the instrument cluster
B10DA:51 B10DA:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
and the PCM (data transfer failure)
B10DA:62 B10DA:62/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
and the PCM (mismatched conditions)
(See 09-02F-3 DTC B1A84:41/U0300:00
B1A84:41 Instrument cluster configuration data error
(See 09-02F-4 DTC B1A84:51/U2100:00
B1A84:51 Instrument cluster configuration not implemented
(See 09-02F-5 DTC B1B71:14 [INSTRUMENT
B1B71:14* Evaporator temperature sensor circuit malfunction
CLUSTER].)
Ambient temperature cannot be displayed on LCD of (See 09-02F-7 DTC P0070:14 [INSTRUMENT
P0070:14
meter CLUSTER].)
Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor circuit (See 09-02F-9 DTC P193B:14 [INSTRUMENT
P193B:14* malfunction CLUSTER].)
09-02F–2
DTC Malfunction location Reference
U0001:88 Module communication error (HS-CAN) (See 09-02H-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
U0100:00 PCM communication error (See 09-02I-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
U0100:87 U0100:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
and the PCM (no response)
U0101:00 TCM communication error
ABS HU/CM communication error (With ABS)
U0121:00 (See 09-02H-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
DSC HU/CM communication error (With DSC)
U0131:00 EPS control module communication error COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
U0140:00 BCM communication error COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
U0151:00 SAS control module communication error
U0214:00 Keyless control module communication error
(See 09-02F-3 DTC B1A84:41/U0300:00
U0300:00 Instrument cluster configuration data error
(See 09-02F-11 DTC U0401:68 [INSTRUMENT
U0401:68 Signal error from PCM
CLUSTER].)
U0401:92 Signal error from PCM
CLUSTER].)
U0402:92 Signal error from TCM
CLUSTER].)
Signal error from ABS HU/CM (With ABS) (See 09-02F-12 DTC U0415:92 [INSTRUMENT
U0415:92
Signal error from DSC HU/CM (With DSC) CLUSTER].)
U0420:92 Signal error from EPS
CLUSTER].)
U0452:68 Signal error from SAS control module
CLUSTER].)
U0452:92 Signal error from SAS control module
CLUSTER].)
U0515:68 Signal error from keyless control module
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-4 DTC B1A84:51/U2100:00
U2100:00 Instrument cluster configuration not implemented
U3000:41 Instrument cluster internal malfunction
CLUSTER].)
U3003:16 Battery positive voltage is low
CLUSTER].)
*
: MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
End Of Sie
DTC B1A84:41/U0300:00 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8999900
DTCs B1A84:41,
Instrument cluster configuration error
U0300:00
Detection
Configuration error
Condition
Possible Causes Configuration was not done correctly for some reason
09-02F–3
1 PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
CONFIGURATION (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
x Perform the instrument cluster configuration INSTALLATION.)
using the M-MDS. Go to the next step.
(See 09-22-7 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER No DTC troubleshooting completed.
CONFIGURATION.)
x Clear the DTC.
(See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC
x Inspect the instrument cluster DTCs.
(See 09-02F-1 DTC INSPECTION
x Are DTCs B1A84:41, U0300:00 displayed?
RECORDED (See 09-02F-2 DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
x Are any other DTCs displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC B1A84:51/U2100:00 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8999800
DTCs B1A84:51,
Instrument cluster configuration not implemented
U2100:00
Detection Condition Configuration setting has not been performed
Possible Causes Instrument cluster configuration not implemented
1 PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
CONFIGURATION (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
x Perform the instrument configuration using INSTALLATION.)
the M-MDS. Go to the next step.
(See 09-22-7 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER No DTC troubleshooting completed.
CONFIGURATION.)
x Clear the DTC.
x Are DTCs B1A84:51, U2100:00 displayed?
End Of Sie
09-02F–4
DTC B1B71:14 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8998900
DTC B1B71:14 Evaporator temperature sensor circuit malfunction

Detection Condition Evaporator temperature sensor resistance value not input for a continuous 5 s
x Open or short to ground circuit in wiring harness between evaporator temperature sensor and
instrument cluster
Possible Causes
x Evaporator temperature sensor malfunction
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A B 2N
2H
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR WIRING HARNESS
SIDE CONNECTOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WIRING
HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
B A
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000273
09-02F–5
1 INSPECT EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR CONNECTOR CONDITION No Repair/replace the connector or terminal.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. After repair procedure, go to Step 9.
x Disconnect the evaporator temperature
sensor connector.
(See 07-40A-28 EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40B-21 EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
2 INSPECT EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR No Replace the evaporator temperature sensor.
x Inspect the evaporator temperature sensor. (See 07-40A-28 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
(See 07-40A-28 EVAPORATOR SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION CONDITIONER].)
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].) (See 07-40B-21 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
(See 07-40B-21 EVAPORATOR SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION CONDITIONER].)
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].) After replacement, go to Step 9.
x Is the evaporator temperature sensor
normal?
3 INSPECT EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE Yes Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring harness.
SENSOR FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO After repair procedure, go to Step 7.
x Inspect the wiring harness for continuity
between evaporator temperature sensor
connector terminal B and body ground.
4 INSPECT EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE Yes Go to Step 8.
SENSOR FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
x Measure the voltage at evaporator
temperature sensor connector terminal B.
x Is the voltage 5 V?
5 INSPECT EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE Yes Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring harness.
SENSOR FOR OPEN CIRCUIT After repair procedure, go to the next step.
x Measure the voltage at instrument cluster No Go to Step 8.
terminal 2N.
6 INSPECT EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE Yes Go to Step 9.
between evaporator temperature sensor
connector terminal A and body ground.
7 OPEN CIRCUIT IN EVAPORATOR Yes Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring harness.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT After repair procedure, go to the next step.
x Inspect for continuity between instrument No Go to the next step.
cluster terminal 2H and body ground.
8 VERIFY INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR CONDITION No Repair/replace the connector or terminal.
x Disconnect the instrument cluster connector. After repair procedure, go to the next step.
09-02F–6
9 VERIFY THAT SAME DTC IS NOT Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1.
OUTPUT AGAIN x If the malfunction does not recur, go to the next step.
x Reconnect the disconnected connectors. x If the malfunction recurs, replace the instrument
x Clear the DTC. cluster.
(See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].) INSTALLATION.)
x VERIFY DTCs. No Go to the next step.
x Is DTC B1B71:14 output?
x Verify other DTC displayed.
End Of Sie
DTC P0070:14 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8999300
DTC P0070:14 Ambient temperature not displayed in LCD meter

Detection Condition Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ambient temperature sensor and instrument cluster
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ambient temperature sensor and instrument cluster
Possible Causes x Ambient temperature sensor malfunction
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A B 2F
2H
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR WIRING HARNESS
SIDE CONNECTOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WIRING
B A
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000092
09-02F–7
1 INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR CONNECTOR CONDITION No Repair/replace the connector or terminal.
x Disconnect the ambient temperature sensor
connector.
(See 07-40A-26 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-
AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Yes Go to the next step.
2 INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE No Replace the ambient temperature sensor.
SENSOR (See 07-40A-26 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
x Inspect the ambient temperature sensor. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
x Is the ambient temperature sensor normal? CONDITIONER].)
After replacement, go to Step 9.
3 INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Yes Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring harness.
SENSOR FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO After repair procedure, go to Step 7.
between ambient temperature sensor
connector terminal B and body ground.
4 INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Yes Go to Step 8.
x Measure the voltage at ambient temperature
sensor connector terminal B.
5 INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Yes Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring harness.
SENSOR FOR OPEN CIRCUIT After repair procedure, go to the next step.
x Measure the voltage at instrument cluster No Go to Step 8.
terminal 2F.
6 INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Yes Go to Step 9.
between ambient temperature sensor
connector terminal A and body ground.
7 OPEN CIRCUIT IN AMBIENT Yes Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring harness.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT After repair procedure, go to the next step.
x Inspect for continuity between instrument No Go to the next step.
cluster terminal 2H and body ground.
x Disconnect the instrument cluster connector. After repair procedure, go to the next step.
09-02F–8
x Is DTC P0070:14 output?
End Of Sie
DTC P193B:14 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8998700
DTC P193B:14 Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor circuit malfunction

Detection Condition APP sensor resistance value not input for a continuous 5 s
x Open or short to ground circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor and instrument cluster
Possible Causes x APP sensor malfunction
APP SENSOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
A 1F
B 1D
C 1G
APP SENSOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WIRING

WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
F E D C B A 1K 1I 1G 1E 1C 1A
1L 1J 1H 1F 1D 1B
am2zzw0000273
09-02F–9
1 INSPECT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONDITION No Repair/replace the connector or terminal.
x Disconnect the APP sensor connector.
(See 01-13B-6 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI
Turbo].)
(See 01-13C-3 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.6
(Y6)].)
2 INSPECT APP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring harness.
SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND After repair procedure, go to Step 6.
x Inspect for continuity between the following No Go to the next step.
circuits:
— APP sensor terminal A (wiring harness-
side)
— APP sensor terminal B (wiring harness-
side)
x Is there any continuity?
3 INSPECT APP SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the APP sensor. No Replace the APP sensor.
(See 01-40B-27 ACCELERATOR PEDAL (See 01-13B-6 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
[MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].) (See 01-13C-3 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/
(See 01-40C-24 ACCELERATOR PEDAL INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION After replacement, go to Step 6.
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Is the APP sensor normal?
x Disconnect the instrument cluster connector. After repair procedure, go to Step 6.
5 INSPECT APP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. circuit, then go to the next step.
circuits:
— APP sensor terminal A (wiring harness-
side) and instrument cluster terminal 1F
(wiring harness-side)
— APP sensor terminal B (wiring harness-
side) and instrument cluster terminal 1D
(wiring harness-side)
x Is DTC P193B:14 output?
End Of Sie
09-02F–10
DTC U0401:68 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8988800
DTC U0401:68 Signal error from PCM

Detection Condition Correct data cannot be received from PCM
Possible Causes PCM malfunction
1 INSPECT FOR PCM MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (See 01-02A-14 DTC TABLE [ZJ, ZY].)
x Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. (See 01-02B-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
x Perform the PCM DTC inspection using the (See 01-02C-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
TEST [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-02C-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
2 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE Yes Replace the PCM.
RECORDED (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ, ZY].)
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
(See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC 1.4 DI Turbo].)
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].) (See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
x Perform the instrument cluster DTC 1.6 (Y6)].)
inspection using the M-MDS. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
id0902e8988700
DTC U0401:92 On request from PCM

Detection Condition On request error from PCM
Possible Causes PCM malfunction
1 INSPECT FOR PCM MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (See 01-02A-14 DTC TABLE [ZJ, ZY].)
x Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. (See 01-02B-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
x Perform the PCM DTC inspection using the (See 01-02C-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
M-MDS. No Go to the next step.
TEST [ZJ, ZY].)
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
2 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE Yes Replace the PCM.
RECORDED (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ, ZY].)
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
(See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC 1.4 DI Turbo].)
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].) (See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
x Perform the instrument cluster DTC 1.6 (Y6)].)
inspection using the M-MDS. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
09-02F–11
id0902e8988600
DTC U0402:92 On request from TCM

Detection Condition Illumination command signal from TCM continues for 20 s or more
Possible Causes TCM malfunction
1 INSPECT FOR TCM MALFUNCTION Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (See 05-02B-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC
x Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. TABLE [DJVA-EL].)
x Perform the TCM DTC inspection using the No Go to the next step.
M-MDS.
SYSTEM DTC INSPECTION [DJVA-EL].)
2 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE Yes Replace the TCM.
RECORDED (See 05-19-28 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [DJVA-EL].)
x Perform the instrument cluster DTC
inspection using the M-MDS.
End Of Sie
id0902e8988400
Note
x If the ignition switch is turned off after reprogramming the PCM and then turned to the ON position within
30 s, the PCM reprogramming cannot be completed correctly and DTC U0415:92 is stored.
DTC U0415:92 On request from ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM

Detection Condition On request malfunction from ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
x ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM malfunction
Possible Causes x The ignition switch is turned to the ON position within 30 s after the PCM
reprogramming
1 INSPECT ABS HU/CM OR DSC HU/CM Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
FOR MALFUNCTION (See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS].)
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
x Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
x Perform the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM No Go to the next step.
DTC inspection using the M-MDS.
(See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
[ABS].)
(See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
[DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
2 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE Yes Replace the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM.
RECORDED (See 04-13-3 ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. [L.H.D.].)
(See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC (See 04-13-6 ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].) [R.H.D.].)
x Perform the instrument cluster DTC (See 04-15-5 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
inspection using the M-MDS. [L.H.D.].)
(See 09-02F-1 DTC INSPECTION (See 04-15-9 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].) [R.H.D.].)
x Is DTC U0415:92 displayed? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
09-02F–12
id0902e8988300
DTC U0420:92 On request from EPS control module

Detection Condition On request malfunction from EPS control module
Possible Causes EPS control module malfunction
1 INSPECT EPS CONTROL MODULE FOR Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
MALFUNCTION (See 06-02-2 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING (EPS) ON-
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
x Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. No Go to the next step.
x Perform the EPS control module DTC
(See 06-02-2 ELECTRIC POWER
STEERING (EPS) ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSIS.)
2 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE Yes Replace the EPS control module.
RECORDED (See 06-13-4 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L.H.D.].)
(See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].)
x Perform the instrument cluster DTC No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
id0902e8988100
DTC U0452:68 Signal error from SAS control module

Detection Condition Correct data cannot be received from SAS control module
Possible Causes SAS control module malfunction
1 INSPECT FOR SAS CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
MALFUNCTION (See 08-02-7 DTC TABLE.)
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Go to the next step.
x Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
x Perform the DTC inspection for the SAS
control module using the M-MDS.
(See 08-02-6 DTC DISPLAY.)
2 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE Yes Replace the SAS control module.
RECORDED (See 08-10-16 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
(See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
id0902e8988200
DTC U0452:92 On request from SAS control module

Detection Condition On request malfunction from SAS control module
Possible Causes SAS control module malfunction
09-02F–13
1 INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE FOR Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
MALFUNCTION (See 08-02-7 DTC TABLE.)
x Perform the DTC inspection for the SAS
control module using the M-MDS.
(See 08-02-6 DTC DISPLAY.)
2 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE Yes Replace the SAS control module.
RECORDED (See 08-10-16 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
(See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
id0902e8988000
DTC U0515:68 Signal error from keyless control module

Detection Condition Correct data cannot be received from keyless control module
Possible Causes Keyless control module malfunction
1 INSPECT FOR KEYLESS CONTROL Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
MODULE MALFUNCTION (See 09-02A-5 DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. START SYSTEM].)
x Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. No Go to the next step.
x Perform the keyless control module DTC
SYSTEM].)
2 VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE Yes Replace the keyless control module.
RECORDED (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
(See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC SYSTEM].)
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].) No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
id0902e8999500
DTC U3000:41 Instrument cluster internal malfunction

Detection Condition Malfunction in internal circuit detected
Possible Causes Instrument cluster internal malfunction
09-02F–14
1 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
(See 09-02F-2 CLEARING DTC INSTALLATION.)
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].) Go to the next step.
x Inspect the instrument cluster DTCs. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
id0902e8999400
DTC U3003:16 Battery positive voltage is low

Detection Condition Instrument cluster power supply voltage less than 10 V
x Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the battery (+) terminal and
instrument cluster terminal 2S or terminal 2U.
x Open circuit or short to the power supply in the wiring harness between the instrument cluster and
body ground
Possible Causes
x METER 10 A fuse malfunction
x ROOM 15 A fuse malfunction
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ROOM 15 A
2U
- + 2S
METER 10 A 2A
IGNITION
SWITCH
BATTERY
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WIRING

2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000225
09-02F–15
x Refer to the battery inspection and inspect No Replace or charge the battery.
the battery. (See 01-17A-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ,
(See 01-17A-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [ZJ, ZY].)
ZY].) (See 01-17A-5 BATTERY RECHARGING [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-17B-2 BATTERY INSPECTION [MZ- (See 01-17B-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
CD 1.4 DI Turbo].) [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-17C-2 BATTERY INSPECTION (See 01-17B-3 BATTERY RECHARGING [MZ-CD 1.4 DI
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].) Turbo].)
x Is the battery normal? (See 01-17B-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See 01-17C-3 BATTERY RECHARGING [MZ-CD 1.6
(Y6)].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the METER 10 A fuse or ROOM 15 A fuse.
x Remove the METER 10 A fuse and ROOM
15 A fuse.
BATTERY (+) TERMINAL AND INSTRUMENT No Repair the related wiring harness.
CLUSTER
x Install the METER 10 A fuse and ROOM 15
A fuse.
x Remove the meter hood.
(See 09-17-24 METER HOOD REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
x Remove the instrument cluster.
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
x Disconnect the instrument cluster connector.
x Measure the voltage between instrument
cluster terminals 2S and 2U.
x Is the voltage between 9—15.9 V?
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND BODY No Replace the wiring harness between the instrument
GROUND cluster and body ground.
x Inspect the wiring harness between
instrument cluster connector terminal 2A and
body ground.
— Open circuit
5 PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTC Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
INSPECTION (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
x Connect the instrument cluster connector. INSTALLATION.)
x Connect the negative battery cable. Go to the next step.
x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
09-02F–16
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8400500
3. Select “IC”.
2. Select “IC”.
am2zzw0000251
the screen.
Note
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8345900
PID name (definition) Unit/status Data contents Terminal

SPDMTR
KPH,MPH Vehicle driven: Displays vehicle speed 2B, 2D
(Speedometer)
TACHOMTR When the engine is running: Indicate the
RPM 2B, 2D
(Tachometer) engine speed
NUMKEYS Number of programmed key ID numbers:

(Number of key codes) 0—8
VPWR
(Instrument cluster power V Indicate the battery voltage 2S
supply voltage)
Displays odometer data
Note
ODO_CNT
(Odometer rolling count)
m, ft x Distance is displayed within a range 2B, 2D
of 0 to 51 m repeatedly. Data is
reset to 0 m by turning the ignition
FUEL_GAUGE
L Displays remaining fuel quantity 2R
(Fuel gauge)
FUEL_INPUT Resistance value of fuel gauge sender
ohm 2R, 2T
(Fuel gauge sender unit) unit
End Of Sie
09-02F–17
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8465900
3. Select “IC”.
2. Select “IC”.
3. Select the active command modes from the PID
am2zzw0000251
table.
4. Perform the active command modes, inspect the
operations for each parts.
x If the operation of output parts cannot be verified after the active command mode inspection is performed,
this could indicate the possibility of an open or short circuit, sticking, or operation malfunction in the output
parts.
End Of Sie
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8466000
Command name Operation condition Output part name Unit/Operation

LCD segment
LCD_SEG On : LCD segment displayed On/Off
(Instrument cluster)
Warning light, indicator light
WL+IL On : Warning/indicator lights illuminate On/Off
Warning alarm
ALARM On : Warning alarm sounds On/Off
Off: Speedometer gauge needle moves to 0 km/h {0
mph}
60 km/h: Speedometer gauge needle moves to Speedometer
SPDMTR Off/60 km/h/120 km/h
approx. 63 km/h {39 mph} (Instrument cluster)
120 km/h: Speedometer gauge needle moves to
approx. 126 km/h {78.3 mph}
Off: Tachometer gauge needle moves to 0 rpm
3,000 RPM: Tachometer gauge needle moves to
Tachometer Off/3000RPM/
TACHOMTR approx. 3,100 rpm
(Instrument cluster) 6000RPM
6,000 RPM: Tachometer gauge needle moves to
approx. 6,300 rpm
End Of Sie
09-02F–18
PAGE 2 OF 2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [BCM]
09-02G ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [BCM]

DTC INSPECTION [BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–2 Malfunction location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–28
CLEARING DTC [BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–2 Detection condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–28
DTC TABLE [BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–3 Possible causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–28
DTC B1B55:96 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–4 System wiring diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–29
Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–4 Diagnostic procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–30
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–4 DTC B1013:23 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–31
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–4 Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–31
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–4 Detection Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–31
DTC B1C53:13 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–5 Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–31
Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–5 System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–32
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–5 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–32
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–5 DTC B1087:83/B1087:86/B1087:87/
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–6 B1087:88 [BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–33
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–7 Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–33
DTC B1D06:11 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–8 Detection Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–33
Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–8 Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–33
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–8 System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–34
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–8 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–34
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–9 DTC B1172:92 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–36
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–18 3HB/5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–41
DTC B1D13:12 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–20 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–43
Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–20 DTC U0028:81/U0028:83/U0028:87
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–20 [BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–44
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–20 Detection Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–45
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–21 Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–45
DTC B1D35:11 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–21 System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–46
Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–21 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–46
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–21 DTC U0415:68 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–49
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–22 Detection Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–49
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–22 Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–49
DTC B1D36:92 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–23 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–49
Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–23 DTC U2100:00/U3000:44 [BCM] . . . . . . . 09-02G–50
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–23 Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–50
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–23 Detection Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–50
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–23 Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–50
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–24 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–50
DTC B10A6:92 [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–25 DTC U3003:16/U3003:17 [BCM] . . . . . . . 09-02G–50
Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–25 Malfunction Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–50
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–25 Detection Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–50
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–25 Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–50
System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–26 System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–51
Diagnostic Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–27 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–51
DTC B1008:11 [BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–28
09-02G–1
PAGE 2 OF 2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [BCM]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION ACTIVE COMMAND MODES

[BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–52 INSPECTION [BCM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–54
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [BCM] . . . . 09-02G–53 ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE
[BCM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02G–55
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [BCM]
End of Toc
DTC INSPECTION [BCM]
id0902f5345400
2. Verify the following vehicle conditions:
x All the switches are turned off (except the
ignition switch).
x All the doors, bonnet, liftgate (3HB/5HB)/trunk
(4SD) are closed.
x All the doors, liftgate (3HB/5HB)/trunk (4SD)
are unlocked.
x All the seat belts are unbuckled.
x Parking brake lever is pulled. DLC-2
am2zzw0000251
3. Select “BCM/GEM”.
4. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the screen.
x If any DTCs are displayed, perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection. (See
09-02G-3 DTC TABLE [BCM].)
5. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the BCM. (See 09-02G-2 CLEARING DTC [BCM].)
End Of Sie
CLEARING DTC [BCM]
id0902f5400300
am2zzw0000251
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [BCM].)
End Of Sie
09-02G–2
DTC TABLE [BCM]
id0902f5347100
DTC table
DTC No. Description Detection condition Page
(See 09-02G-4 DTC
B1B55:96 Rain sensor internal circuit malfunction Rain sensor malfunction
B1B55:96 [BCM].)
Windshield wiper switch circuit Windshield wiper switch INT circuit (See 09-02G-5 DTC
B1C53:13
malfunction malfunction B1C53:13 [BCM].)
Short to ground in wiring harness between (See 09-02G-8 DTC
B1D06:11 Turn light (LH) circuit malfunction
turn light (LH) and BCM B1D06:11 [BCM].)
Open circuit or short to power supply in
(See 09-02G-10 DTC
B1D06:15 Turn light (LH) circuit malfunction wiring harness between turn light (LH) and
B1D06:15 [BCM].)
BCM
B1D07:11 Turn light (RH) circuit malfunction
turn light (RH) and BCM B1D07:11 [BCM].)
Open circuit or short to power supply in
(See 09-02G-16 DTC
B1D07:15 Turn light (RH) circuit malfunction wiring harness between turn light (RH) and
B1D07:15 [BCM].)
BCM
Short to power supply in wiring harness (See 09-02G-20 DTC
B1D13:12 Interior light circuit malfunction
between interior light and BCM B1D13:12 [BCM].)
B1D35:11 Hazard warning switch circuit malfunction
hazard warning switch and BCM B1D35:11 [BCM].)
B1D36:92 Turn switch circuit malfunction
turn switch and BCM B1D36:92 [BCM].)
B10A6:92 Light switch circuit malfunction
light switch and BCM B10A6:92 [BCM].)
Short to ground in wiring harness between
Windshield wiper switch circuit (See 09-02G-28 DTC
B1008:11 windshield wiper and washer switch
malfunction B1008:11 [BCM].)
(windshield wiper INT) and BCM
Rear window defroster switch is in a
Rear window defroster switch circuit (See 09-02G-31 DTC
B1013:23 pressed condition for 2 min or more (rear
malfunction B1013:23 [BCM].)
defroster switch stuck).
B1087:83 Error signal from rain sensor (See 09-02G-33 DTC
B1087:86 Communication error with rain sensor Communication error between rain sensor B1087:83/B1087:86/
B1087:87 No response from rain sensor and BCM B1087:87/B1087:88
B1087:88 Rain sensor BUS off [BCM].)
Lock/unlock signals are input (See 09-02G-36 DTC
B1172:92 Door lock-link switch circuit malfunction
simultaneously for 6 s or more. B1172:92 [BCM].)
Open circuit in wiring harness between
Front door latch switch (driver's side) (See 09-02G-37 DTC
B1175:13 front door latch switch in front door latch
circuit malfunction B1175:13 [BCM].)
and lock actuator (driver's side) and BCM
Open circuit in wiring harness between
Front door latch switch (passenger's side) front door latch switch in front door latch (See 09-02G-39 DTC
B1176:13
circuit malfunction and lock actuator (passenger's side) and B1176:13 [BCM].)
BCM
x Short to ground in wiring harness
between liftgate latch switch in liftgate
x Liftgate latch switch circuit
latch and lock actuator and BCM (3HB/
malfunction (3HB/5HB) (See 09-02G-41 DTC
B1178:11 5HB)
x Trunk lid latch switch circuit B1178:11 [BCM].)
x Short to ground in wiring harness
malfunction (4SD)
between trunk lid latch switch and BCM
(4SD)
(See 09-02H-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
U0001:88 Unit communication error BCM CAN system error
(See 09-02I-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
09-02G–3
DTC No. Description Detection condition Page
x Communication error with keyless
control module (vehicles with
advanced keyless and start system)
U0028:81
x Communication error with keyless
receiver (vehicles with keyless entry
system) x Communication error between keyless
x Error signal from keyless control control module and BCM (vehicles with
(See 09-02G-44 DTC
module (vehicles with advanced advanced keyless and start system)
U0028:81/U0028:83/
U0028:83 keyless and start system) x Communication error between keyless
U0028:87 [BCM].)
x Error signal from keyless receiver receiver and BCM (vehicles with
(vehicles with keyless entry system) keyless entry system)
x No response from keyless control
module (vehicles with advanced
U0028:87 keyless and start system)
x No response from keyless receiver
(vehicles with keyless entry system)
Communication error between PCM and (See 09-02H-1
U0100:00 Communication error with PCM
BCM FOREWORD
Communication error between TCM and [MULTIPLEX
U0101:00*1 Communication error with TCM BCM COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
x Communication error with ABS HU/ x Communication error between ABS (See 09-02I-1
CM (with ABS) HU/CM and BCM (with ABS) FOREWORD
U0121:00 [MULTIPLEX
x Communication error with DSC HU/ x Communication error between DSC
CM (with DSC) HU/CM and BCM (with DSC) COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
x Error signal from ABS HU/CM (with x Correct data cannot be received from
ABS) ABS HU/CM (with ABS). (See 09-02G-49 DTC
U0415:68
x Error signal from DSC HU/CM (with x Correct data cannot be received from U0415:68 [BCM].)
DSC) DSC HU/CM (with DSC).
U2100:00 BCM configuration not set (See 09-02G-50 DTC
BCM configuration setting not done
U2100:00/U3000:44
U3000:44 BCM configuration setting invalid correctly.
[BCM].)
BCM power supply voltage low (less
U3003:16 BCM power supply voltage less than 10 V (See 09-02G-50 DTC
than 10 V)
U3003:16/U3003:17
BCM power supply voltage high (16 V or [BCM].)
U3003:17 BCM power supply voltage 16 V or more
more)
*1 : ATX
End Of Sie
DTC B1B55:96 [BCM]
id0902f5389000
Malfunction Location
x Rain sensor internal circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Rain sensor malfunction
Possible Causes
x Rain sensor connector or terminals malfunction
x BCM malfunction
1 PERFORM DTC INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.
(See 09-02G-2 CLEARING DTC [BCM].)
x Turn the windshield wiper switch to AUTO.
x Perform the BCM DTC inspection using the
M-MDS.
(See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [BCM].)
x Is the DTC B1B55:96 displayed?
09-02G–4
2 VERIFY RAIN SENSOR CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONDITION No Repair or replace the connector, then go to the final step.
x Disconnect the rain sensor connector.
x Inspect the connection condition and wiring
harness.
x Are the connector terminals normal without
damage, deformation, corrosion, or
disconnection?
3 VERIFY RAIN SENSOR CONDITION Yes Replace the rain sensor, then go to the final step.
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. INSTALLATION.)
M-MDS.
4 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING Yes Replace the BCM.
COMPLETED (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. No DTC troubleshooting completed.
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B1C53:13 [BCM]
id0902f5389100
x Windshield wiper switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Windshield wiper switch INT circuit malfunction
Possible Causes
x Wiper and washer switch connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between windshield wiper and washer switch terminal E and BCM terminal 6S
(vehicles with wiper and washer switch on left side)
x Open circuit in wiring harness between windshield wiper and washer switch terminal I and BCM terminal 6S
(vehicles with wiper and washer switch on right side)
x Windshield wiper and washer switch malfunction
x BCM malfunction
09-02G–5
Vehicles with wiper and washer switch on left side
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH BCM
D 6F
K 6N
C
E 6S
F 2H
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
K I G E C A
L J H F D B
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K 6I 6G 6E 6C 6A
6X 6V 6T 6R 6P 6N 6L 6J 6H 6F 6D 6B
am2zzw0000505
09-02G–6
Vehicles with wiper and washer switch on right side
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH BCM
L 6F
C 6N
K
I 6S
J 2H

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
O M K I G E C A
P N L J H F D B
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K 6I 6G 6E 6C 6A
6X 6V 6T 6R 6P 6N 6L 6J 6H 6F 6D 6B
am2zzw0000505
x Turn the windshield wiper switch on.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC B1C53:13 displayed?
2 VERIFY WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR CONDITION No Repair or replace the connector, then go to the final step.
x Disconnect the wiper and washer switch
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3 VERIFY BCM CONNECTOR CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the BCM connector. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to the final step.
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G–7
4 VERIFY BETWEEN WINDSHIELD WIPER Yes Go to the next step.
AND WASHER SWITCH AND BCM No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT the final step.
x Wiper and washer switch and BCM
— Between wiper and washer switch
terminal E and BCM terminal 6S (vehicles
with wiper and washer switch on left side)
— Between wiper and washer switch
terminal I and BCM terminal 6S (vehicles
with wiper and washer switch on right
side)
5 VERIFY WINDSHIELD WIPER AND Yes Go to the next step.
WASHER SWITCH CONDITION No Replace the wiper and washer switch, then go to the final
x Inspect the windshield wiper and washer step.
switch. (See 09-19-24 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
(See 09-19-25 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION.)
x Is the windshield wiper and washer switch
normal?
x Turn the windshield wiper switch on.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC B1C53:13 displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC B1D06:11 [BCM]
id0902f5389200
x Turn light (LH) circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between turn light (LH) and BCM
Possible Causes
x Front turn light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Front side turn light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Rear turn light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between front turn light (LH) terminal C and BCM terminal 1L
x Short to ground in wiring harness between front side turn light (LH) terminal A and BCM terminal1L
x Short to ground in wiring harness between rear turn light (LH) terminal A and BCM terminal 3L
x BCM malfunction
09-02G–8
FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH)
B A
BCM
FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH)
G C 1L
4SD
REAR TURN LIGHT (LH)
B A
F A 3L
3HB/5HB
FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH) FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH) BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
1O 1M 1K 1I 1G 1E 1C 1A
1P 1N 1L 1J 1H 1F 1D 1B
A C E G
B A
B D F H
REAR TURN LIGHT (LH) WIRING

HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR 3O 3M 3K 3I 3G 3E 3C 3A
3P 3N 3L 3J 3H 3F 3D 3B
A C E
C B A
B D F
(3HB/5HB) (4SD)
am2zzw0000505
x Turn the turn switch off.
M-MDS.
2 VERIFY FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the front turn light (LH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G–9
3 VERIFY FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the front side turn light (LH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
4 VERIFY REAR TURN LIGHT (LH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the rear turn light (LH) connector.
harness.
disconnection?
harness.
disconnection?
6 VERIFY FOR SHORT TO GROUND IN Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN FRONT the final step.
TURN LIGHT (LH), FRONT SIDE TURN No Go to the next step.
LIGHT (LH), REAR TURN LIGHT (LH)
AND BCM
x Front turn light (LH), front side turn light (LH),
rear turn light (LH) and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
— BCM terminal 1L
— BCM terminal 3L
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B1D06:15 [BCM]
id0902f5389300
x Turn light (LH) circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Open circuit or short to power supply in wiring harness between turn light (LH) and BCM
Possible Causes
x Turn light malfunction
x Front turn light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front turn light (LH) terminal G and body ground
x Front side turn light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front side turn light (LH) terminal B and body ground
09-02G–10
x Rear turn light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between rear turn light (LH) terminal F and body ground (3HB/5HB)
x Open circuit in wiring harness between rear turn light (LH) terminal B and body ground (4SD)
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between front turn light (LH) terminal C and BCM terminal 1L
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between front side turn light (LH) terminal A and BCM terminal 1L
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between rear turn light (LH) terminal A and BCM terminal 3L
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front turn light (LH) terminal C and BCM terminal 1L
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front side turn light (LH) terminal A and BCM terminal 1L
x Open circuit in wiring harness between rear turn light (LH) terminal A and BCM terminal 3L
x BCM malfunction
FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH)
B A
BCM
FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH)
G C 1L
4SD
B A
F A 3L
3HB/5HB
FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH) FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH) BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
1O 1M 1K 1I 1G 1E 1C 1A
1P 1N 1L 1J 1H 1F 1D 1B
A C E G
B A
B D F H
REAR TURN LIGHT (LH) WIRING

3P 3N 3L 3J 3H 3F 3D 3B
A C E
C B A
B D F
(3HB/5HB) (4SD)
am2zzw0000505
09-02G–11
x Turn the turn switch on.
M-MDS.
2 PERFORM INSPECTION OF FRONT Yes Go to the next step.
TURN LIGHT (LH), FRONT SIDE TURN No Replace the bulb, then go to the final step.
LIGHT (LH), AND REAR TURN LIGHT (See 09-18-16 FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/
(LH) INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-25 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT BULB
x Remove the bulb.
(See 09-18-16 FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB
(See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT
(See 09-18-25 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT
BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Inspect the front turn light (LH), front side
turn light (LH), rear turn light (LH).
x Are the bulbs normal?
3 VERIFY FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the front turn light (LH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH) AND BODY No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
GROUND FOR OPEN CIRCUIT the final step.
x Front turn light (LH) connector is
disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between front turn light
(LH) terminal G (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
5 VERIFY FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the front side turn light (LH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
6 VERIFY WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Go to the next step.
FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH) AND No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
BODY GROUND FOR OPEN CIRCUIT the final step.
x Front turn light (LH) and front side turn light
(LH) connectors are disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between front side turn
light (LH) terminal B (wiring harness-side)
and body ground.
09-02G–12
7 VERIFY REAR TURN LIGHT (LH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the rear turn light (LH) connector.
harness.
disconnection?
REAR TURN LIGHT (LH) AND BODY No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
and rear turn light (LH) connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
— Rear turn light (LH) terminal F (3HB/5HB)
— Rear turn light (LH) terminal B (4SD)
harness.
disconnection?
10 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH), FRONT the final step.
SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH), REAR TURN No Go to the next step.
LIGHT (LH) AND BCM FOR SHORT
TO POWER SUPPLY
rear turn light (LH), and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
x Measure the voltage at the following
— BCM terminal 1L
— BCM terminal 3L
FRONT TURN LIGHT (LH), FRONT No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH), REAR TURN the final step.
LIGHT (LH) AND BCM FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
rear turn light (LH), and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
— Between front turn light (LH) terminal C
and BCM terminal 1L
— Between front side turn light (LH) terminal
A and BCM terminal 1L
— Between rear turn light (LH) terminal A
and BCM terminal 3L
09-02G–13
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B1D07:11 [BCM]
id0902f5389400
x Turn light (RH) circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between turn light (RH) and BCM
Possible Causes
x Front turn light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Front side turn light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Rear turn light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between front turn light (RH) terminal C and BCM terminal 1K
x Short to ground in wiring harness between front side turn light (RH) terminal A and BCM terminal1K
x Short to ground in wiring harness between rear turn light (RH) terminal A and BCM terminal 3J
x BCM malfunction
09-02G–14
FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH)
B A
BCM
FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH)
G C 1K
4SD
REAR TURN LIGHT (RH)
B A
F A 3J
3HB/5HB
FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH) FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH) BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
1O 1M 1K 1I 1G 1E 1C 1A
1P 1N 1L 1J 1H 1F 1D 1B
A C E G
B A
B D F H
REAR TURN LIGHT (RH) WIRING

3P 3N 3L 3J 3H 3F 3D 3B
A C E
C B A
B D F
(3HB/5HB) (4SD)
am2zzw0000505
M-MDS.
2 VERIFY FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the front turn light (RH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G–15
3 VERIFY FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the front side turn light (RH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
4 VERIFY REAR TURN LIGHT (RH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the rear turn light (RH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
harness.
disconnection?
TURN LIGHT (RH), FRONT SIDE No Go to the next step.
TURN LIGHT (RH), REAR TURN
LIGHT (RH) AND BCM
x Front turn light (RH), front side turn light
(RH), rear turn light (RH) and BCM
ground:
— BCM terminal 1K
— BCM terminal 3J
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B1D07:15 [BCM]
id0902f5389500
x Turn light (RH) circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Open circuit or short to power supply in wiring harness between turn light (RH) and BCM
Possible Causes
x Turn light malfunction
x Front turn light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front turn light (RH) terminal G and body ground
x Front side turn light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
09-02G–16
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front side turn light (RH) terminal B and body ground
x Rear turn light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between rear turn light (RH) terminal F and body ground (3HB/5HB)
x Open circuit in wiring harness between rear turn light (RH) terminal B and body ground (4SD)
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between front turn light (RH) terminal C and BCM terminal 1K
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between front side turn light (RH) terminal A and BCM terminal 1K
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between rear turn light (RH) terminal A and BCM terminal 3J
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front turn light (RH) terminal C and BCM terminal 1K
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front side turn light (RH) terminal A and BCM terminal 1K
x Open circuit in wiring harness between rear turn light (RH) terminal A and BCM terminal 3J
x BCM malfunction
FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH)
B A
BCM
FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH)
G C 1K
4SD
B A
F A 3J
3HB/5HB
FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH) FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH) BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
1O 1M 1K 1I 1G 1E 1C 1A
1P 1N 1L 1J 1H 1F 1D 1B
A C E G
B A
B D F H
REAR TURN LIGHT (RH) WIRING

3P 3N 3L 3J 3H 3F 3D 3B
A C E
C B A
B D F
(3HB/5HB) (4SD)
am2zzw0000505
09-02G–17
M-MDS.
2 PERFORM INSPECTION OF FRONT Yes Go to the next step.
TURN LIGHT (RH), FRONT SIDE No Replace the bulb, then go to the final step.
TURN LIGHT (RH), AND REAR TURN (See 09-18-16 FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/
LIGHT (RH) INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-25 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT BULB
x Inspect the front turn light (RH), front side
turn light (RH), rear turn light (RH).
x Are the bulbs normal?
3 VERIFY FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the front turn light (RH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH) AND BODY No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
x Front turn light (RH) connector is
disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between front turn light
(RH) terminal G (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
5 VERIFY FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the front side turn light (RH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH) AND No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
BODY GROUND FOR OPEN CIRCUIT the final step.
x Front turn light (RH) and front side turn light
(RH) connectors are disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between front side turn
light (RH) terminal B (wiring harness-side)
and body ground.
7 VERIFY REAR TURN LIGHT (RH) Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the rear turn light (RH)
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G–18
REAR TURN LIGHT (RH) AND BODY No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
(RH), and rear turn light (RH) connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
— Rear turn light (RH) terminal F (3HB/5HB)
— Rear turn light (RH) terminal B (4SD)
harness.
disconnection?
10 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH), FRONT the final step.
SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH), REAR TURN No Go to the next step.
LIGHT (RH) AND BCM FOR SHORT
TO POWER SUPPLY
(RH), rear turn light (RH), and BCM
— BCM terminal 1K
— BCM terminal 3J
FRONT TURN LIGHT (RH), FRONT No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH), REAR TURN the final step.
LIGHT (RH) AND BCM FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
(RH), rear turn light (RH), and BCM
— Between front turn light (RH) terminal C
and BCM terminal 1K
— Between front side turn light (RH) terminal
A and BCM terminal 1K
— Between rear turn light (RH) terminal A
and BCM terminal 3J
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
09-02G–19
DTC B1D13:12 [BCM]
id0902f5389600
x Interior light circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between interior light and BCM
Possible Causes
x Interior light connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between interior light terminal F and BCM terminal 3I (vehicles with
theft-deterrent system)
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between interior light terminal C and BCM terminal 3I (vehicles without
theft-deterrent system)
x Interior light malfunction
x BCM malfunction

VEHICLES WITH THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM
INTERIOR LIGHT
DOOR
ON F
H OFF
VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-DETERRENT

SYSTEM
INTERIOR LIGHT BCM
DOOR
ON C 3I
B
OFF
D 3P
INTERIOR LIGHT WIRING

HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
(VEHICLES WITH INTRUDER
SENSOR)
3O 3M 3K 3I 3G 3E 3C 3A
3P 3N 3L 3J 3H 3F 3D 3B
H * F * * C * *
INTERIOR LIGHT WIRING

HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
(VEHICLES WITHOUT INTRUDER
SENSOR)
D C B A
am2zzw0000227
09-02G–20
x Turn the interior light switch on.
x Perform the BCM DTC inspection using the M-
MDS.
2 VERIFY INTERIOR LIGHT CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONDITION No Repair or replace the connector, then go to the final
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. step.
x Disconnect the interior light connector.
harness.
disconnection?
x Disconnect the BCM connector. No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
x Inspect the connection condition and wiring the final step.
harness.
disconnection?
4 VERIFY WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
INTERIOR LIGHT AND BCM FOR SHORT the final step.
TO POWER SUPPLY No Go to the next step.
x Interior light and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminal 3I
5 VERIFY INTERIOR LIGHT CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the interior light. No Replace the interior light, then go to the final step.
(See 09-18-44 INTERIOR LIGHT (See 09-18-43 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSPECTION.) INSTALLATION.)
x Is the interior light normal?
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED Yes Replace the BCM.
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Turn the interior light switch on.
MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B1D35:11 [BCM]
id0902f5389700
x Hazard warning switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between hazard warning switch and BCM
Possible Causes
x DTC inspection is performed with hazard warning switch on.
x Hazard warning switch connector or terminals malfunction
x Hazard warning switch malfunction
09-02G–21
x Short to ground in wiring harness between hazard warning switch terminal C and BCM terminal 6Q
x BCM malfunction
BCM
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH
B C 6Q
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH

BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K 6I 6G 6E 6C 6A
D C B A
6X 6V 6T 6R 6P 6N 6L 6J 6H 6F 6D 6B
am2zzw0000227
x Turn the hazard warning switch off.
M-MDS.
2 VERIFY HAZARD WARNING SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the hazard warning switch
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3 VERIFY HAZARD WARNING SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
CONDITION No Replace the hazard warning switch, then go to the final
x Inspect the hazard warning switch. step.
(See 09-18-41 HAZARD WARNING (See 09-18-40 HAZARD WARNING SWITCH REMOVAL/
SWITCH INSPECTION.) INSTALLATION.)
x Is the hazard warning switch normal?
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G–22
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH AND the final step.
BCM FOR SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
x Hazard warning switch and BCM connectors
are disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between BCM terminal
6Q (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
x Turn the hazard warning switch off.
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B1D36:92 [BCM]
id0902f5389800
x Turn switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between turn switch and BCM
Possible Causes
x Light switch connector or terminals malfunction
x Turn switch malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal G and BCM terminal 6A
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal E and BCM terminal 6B (vehicles with light
switch on left side)
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal I and BCM terminal 6B (vehicles with light
switch on right side)
x BCM malfunction

Vehicles with light switch on left side
TURN SWITCH BCM
G 6A
I
E 6B
LIGHT SWITCH WIRING BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K 6I 6G 6E 6C 6A
K I G E C A
6X 6V 6T 6R 6P 6N 6L 6J 6H 6F 6D 6B
L J H F D B
am2zzw0000466
09-02G–23
Vehicles with light switch on right side
TURN SWITCH BCM
G 6A
E
I 6B

O M K I G E C A 6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K 6I 6G 6E 6C 6A
P N L J H F D B 6X 6V 6T 6R 6P 6N 6L 6J 6H 6F 6D 6B
am2zzw0000505
M-MDS.
2 VERIFY LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the light switch connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3 VERIFY TURN SWITCH CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the turn switch. No Replace the light switch, then go to the final step.
(See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH (See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/
x Is the turn switch normal?
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G–24
LIGHT SWITCH AND BCM FOR the final step.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
x Light switch and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
— BCM terminal 6A
— BCM terminal 6B
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B10A6:92 [BCM]
id0902f5389900
x Light switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch and BCM
Possible Causes
x Light switch malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal J and BCM terminal 6O
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal D and BCM terminal 6J
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal K and BCM terminal 6L
x BCM malfunction
x Light switch malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal F and BCM terminal 6O
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal L and BCM terminal 6J
x Short to ground in wiring harness between light switch terminal C and BCM terminal 6L
x BCM malfunction
09-02G–25
BCM
LIGHT SWITCH
J 6O
H 6I
F 6E
D 6J
K 6L

K I G E C A 6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K 6I 6G 6E 6C 6A
L J H F D B 6X 6V 6T 6R 6P 6N 6L 6J 6H 6F 6D 6B
am2zzw0000466
09-02G–26
BCM
LIGHT SWITCH
F 6O
H 6I
J 6E
L 6J
C 6L

O M K I G E C A 6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K 6I 6G 6E 6C 6A
P N L J H F D B 6X 6V 6T 6R 6P 6N 6L 6J 6H 6F 6D 6B
am2zzw0000230
x Turn the light switch off.
M-MDS.
2 VERIFY LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the light switch connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3 VERIFY LIGHT SWITCH CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the light switch. No Replace the light switch, then go to the final step.
(See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH (See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/
x Is the light switch normal?
09-02G–27
harness.
disconnection?
5 VERIFY WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN LIGHT Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
SWITCH AND BCM FOR SHORT TO GROUND the final step.
x Light switch and BCM connectors are No Go to the next step.
disconnected.
ground:
— BCM terminal 6O
— BCM terminal 6J
— BCM terminal 6L
x Turn the light switch off.
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B1008:11 [BCM]
id0902f5340000
Malfunction location
x Windshield wiper switch circuit malfunction
Detection condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between windshield wiper and washer switch (windshield wiper INT) and
BCM
Possible causes
x DTC inspection is performed with windshield wiper switch on.
x Wiper and washer switch connector or terminals malfunction
x Windshield wiper switch malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between wiper and washer switch terminal E and BCM terminal 6S (vehicles
with wiper and washer switch on left side)
x Short to ground in wiring harness between wiper and washer switch terminal I and BCM terminal 6S (vehicles
with wiper and washer switch on right side)
x BCM malfunction
09-02G–28
Vehicles with wiper and washer switch on left side
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH BCM
D 6F
K 6N
C
E 6S
F 2H

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
K I G E C A
L J H F D B
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K 6I 6G 6E 6C 6A
6X 6V 6T 6R 6P 6N 6L 6J 6H 6F 6D 6B
am2zzw0000229
09-02G–29
Vehicles with wiper and washer switch on right side
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH BCM
L 6F
C 6N
K
I 6S
J 2H

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
O M K I G E C A
P N L J H F D B
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K 6I 6G 6E 6C 6A
6X 6V 6T 6R 6P 6N 6L 6J 6H 6F 6D 6B
am2zzw0000466
Diagnostic procedure
x Turn the windshield wiper switch off.
M-MDS.
2 VERIFY WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the wiper and washer switch
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3 VERIFY WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
CONDITION No Replace the wiper and washer switch, then go to the final
x Inspect the windshield wiper switch. step.
(See 09-19-25 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND (See 09-19-24 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Is the windshield wiper switch normal?
09-02G–30
harness.
disconnection?
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER the final step.
SWITCH AND BCM FOR SHORT TO No Go to the next step.
GROUND
x Wiper and washer switch and BCM
x Inspect for continuity between the BCM
terminal 6S (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
x Turn the windshield wiper switch off.
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B1013:23 [BCM]
id0902f5340100
x Rear window defroster switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Rear window defroster switch is in a pressed condition for 2 min or more (rear defroster switch stuck).
Possible Causes
x Climate control unit connector or terminals malfunction
x Short to ground in the wiring harness between climate control unit terminal V and BCM terminal 6D (vehicles
with full-auto air conditioner)
x Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit terminal I and BCM terminal 6D (vehicles with
manual air conditioner)
x Climate control unit malfunction
x BCM malfunction
09-02G–31
VEHICLE WITH FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT BCM
V 6D
VEHICLE WITH MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT WIRING HARNESS-SIDE

CONNECTOR
(VEHICLE WITH FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER) BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
W U S Q O M K I G E C A 6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K 6I 6G 6E 6C 6A
X V T R P N L J H F D B 6X 6V 6T 6R 6P 6N 6L 6J 6H 6F 6D 6B
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT WIRING HARNESS-SIDE

CONNECTOR
(VEHICLE WITH MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER)
K I G E C A
L J H F D B
am2zzw0000229
x Turn the rear window defroster switch off.
M-MDS.
09-02G–32
2 VERIFY CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the climate control unit
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
harness.
disconnection?
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND BCM the final step.
FOR SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
x Climate control unit and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
6D (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
5 VERIFY CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT Yes Go to the next step.
CONDITION No Replace the climate control unit, then go to the final step.
x Inspect the climate control unit. (See 07-40A-32 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/
(See 07-40A-33 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR (See 07-40B-24 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/
CONDITIONER].) INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40B-30 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
x Is the climate control unit normal?
x Turn the rear window defroster switch off.
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B1087:83/B1087:86/B1087:87/B1087:88 [BCM]
id0902f5340200
x DTC B1087:83: Error signal from rain sensor
x DTC B1087:86: Communication error with rain sensor
x DTC B1087:87: No response from rain sensor
x DTC B1087:88: Rain sensor BUS off
Detection Condition
x Communication error between rain sensor and BCM
Possible Causes
x Rain sensor connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between rain sensor terminal B and body ground
x Short to ground in wiring harness between rain sensor terminal C and BCM terminal 7U
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between rain sensor terminal C and BCM terminal 7U
09-02G–33
x Open circuit in wiring harness between rain sensor terminal C and BCM terminal 7U
x BCM malfunction

BCM
RAIN SENSOR
B C 7U
RAIN SENSOR WIRING

A
7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K 7I 7G 7E 7C 7A
B
7X 7V 7T 7R 7P 7N 7L 7J 7H 7F 7D 7B
C
D
am2zzw0000230
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC B1087:83, B1087:86, B1087:87,
or B1087:88 displayed?
2 VERIFY RAIN SENSOR CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the rain sensor connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3 VERIFY RAIN SENSOR GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT CONDITION No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
x Rain sensor connector is disconnected. the final step.
x Inspect for continuity between rain sensor
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G–34
RAIN SENSOR AND BCM FOR the final step.
x Rain sensor and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
7U (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
RAIN SENSOR AND BCM FOR the final step.
SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Go to the next step.
x Rain sensor and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminal 7U
7 VERIFY BETWEEN RAIN SENSOR AND Yes Go to the next step.
BCM FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
x Rain sensor and BCM connectors are the final step.
disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between rain sensor
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and BCM
terminal 7U (wiring harness-side).
8 VERIFY RAIN SENSOR CONDITION Yes Replace the rain sensor, then go to the final step.
x Reconnect all disconnected connectors. (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/
x Reconnect the negative battery cable. INSTALLATION.)
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC B1087:83, B1087:86, B1087:87,
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC B1087:83, B1087:86, B1087:87,
End Of Sie
09-02G–35
DTC B1172:92 [BCM]
id0902f5340600
x Door lock-link switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Lock/unlock signals are input simultaneously for 6 s or more.
Possible Causes
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver’s side) connector or terminals malfunction
x Door lock-link switch (driver’s side) malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (driver’s side) terminal J and BCM
terminal 7K
x Short to ground in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (driver’s side) terminal L and BCM
terminal 7Q
x Short circuit in lock signal and unlock signal wiring harnesses of front door latch and lock actuator
x BCM malfunction

DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH BCM
(DRIVER'S SIDE)
J 7K
D
L 7Q
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK

ACTUATOR (DRIVER'S SIDE) WIRING BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000504
x Perform locking and unlocking operation.
M-MDS.
2 VERIFY FRONT DOOR LATCH AND Yes Go to the next step.
LOCK ACTUATOR (DRIVER’S SIDE) No Repair or replace the connector, then go to the final step.
CONNECTOR CONDITION
actuator (driver’s side) connector.
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G–36
3 VERIFY DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
(DRIVER’S SIDE) CONDITION No Replace the front door latch and lock actuator (driver’s
x Inspect the door lock-link switch (driver’s side), then go to the final step.
side). (See 09-14-63 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
(See 09-14-75 DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.)
x Is the door lock-link switch (driver’s side)
normal?
harness.
disconnection?
DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR No Go to the next step.
(DRIVER’S SIDE) AND BCM
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver’s
side) and BCM connectors are disconnected.
ground:
— BCM terminal 7K
— BCM terminal 7Q
6 VERIFY FOR SHORT CIRCUIT IN LOCK Yes Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
AND UNLOCK SIGNAL WIRING the final step.
HARNESSES No Go to the next step.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver’s
x Inspect for continuity between front door
latch and lock actuator (driver’s side)
terminals J and L (wiring harness-side).
x Perform locking and unlocking operation.
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B1175:13 [BCM]
id0902f5340700
x Front door latch switch (driver's side) circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch switch in front door latch and lock actuator (driver's
side) and BCM
Possible Causes
x DTC inspection is performed with front door latch switch (driver's side) on.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver's side) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (driver's side) terminal D and body
ground
x Front door latch switch (driver's side) malfunction
09-02G–37
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (driver's side) terminal B and BCM
terminal 7I
x BCM malfunction
FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH BCM

(DRIVER'S SIDE)
D B 7I

ACTUATOR (DRIVER'S SIDE) WIRING BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
L H D 7X 7V 7T 7R 7P 7N 7L 7J 7H 7F 7D 7B
J F B
am2zzw0000504
x Close the front driver's door (front door latch
switch on).
M-MDS.
LOCK ACTUATOR (DRIVER'S SIDE) No Repair or replace the connector, then go to the final step.
CONNECTOR CONDITION
actuator (driver's side) connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3 VERIFY FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
(DRIVER'S SIDE) GROUND CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
CONDITION the final step.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver's
latch and lock actuator (driver's side)
terminal D (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
09-02G–38
(DRIVER'S SIDE) CONDITION No Replace the front door latch and lock actuator (driver's
x Inspect the front door latch switch (driver's side), then go to the final step.
side). (See 09-14-63 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
(See 09-14-74 FRONT DOOR LATCH ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
SWITCH INSPECTION09-14-72 FRONT
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
x Is the front door latch switch (driver's side)
normal?
harness.
disconnection?
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
ACTUATOR (DRIVER'S SIDE) AND the final step.
BCM FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
x Front door latch and lock actuator (driver's
latch and lock actuator (driver's side)
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and BCM
terminal 7I (wiring harness-side).
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS
x Close the front driver's door (front door latch
switch on).
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B1176:13 [BCM]
id0902f5340800
x Front door latch switch (passenger's side) circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch switch in front door latch and lock actuator (passenger's
side) and BCM
Possible Causes
x DTC inspection is performed with front door latch switch (passenger's side) on.
x Front door latch and lock actuator (passenger's side) connector or terminals malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (passenger's side) terminal J and
body ground
x Front door latch switch (passenger's side) malfunction
x Open circuit in wiring harness between front door latch and lock actuator (passenger's side) terminal L and
BCM terminal 7M
x BCM malfunction
09-02G–39
FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH BCM

(PASSENGER'S SIDE)
J L 7M

ACTUATOR (PASSENGER'S SIDE) BCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000504
x Close the front passenger's door (front door
latch switch on).
M-MDS.
LOCK ACTUATOR (PASSENGER'S No Repair or replace the connector, then go to the final step.
SIDE) CONNECTOR CONDITION
actuator (passenger's side) connector.
harness.
disconnection?
(PASSENGER'S SIDE) GROUND No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
CIRCUIT CONDITION the final step.
(passenger's side) connector is
disconnected.
latch and lock actuator (passenger's side)
terminal J (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
09-02G–40
(PASSENGER'S SIDE) CONDITION No Replace the front door latch and lock actuator
x Inspect the front door latch switch (passenger's side), then go to the final step.
(passenger's side). (See 09-14-63 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
(See 09-14-74 FRONT DOOR LATCH ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
SWITCH INSPECTION09-14-72 FRONT
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
x Is the front door latch switch (passenger's
side) normal?
harness.
disconnection?
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
ACTUATOR (PASSENGER'S SIDE) the final step.
AND BCM FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
(passenger's side) and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
latch and lock actuator (passenger's side)
terminal L (wiring harness-side) and BCM
terminal 7M (wiring harness-side).
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS
x Close the front passenger's door (front door
latch switch on).
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC B1178:11 [BCM]
id0902f5340900
3HB/5HB
x Liftgate latch switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between liftgate latch switch in liftgate latch and lock actuator and BCM
Possible Causes
x DTC inspection is performed with liftgate latch switch on.
x Liftgate latch and lock actuator connector or terminals malfunction
x Liftgate latch switch malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between liftgate latch and lock actuator terminal C and BCM terminal 7S
x BCM malfunction
09-02G–41
LIFTGATE LATCH AND

LOCK ACTUATOR BCM
A C 7S
LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR

C A
7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K 7I 7G 7E 7C 7A
D B
7X 7V 7T 7R 7P 7N 7L 7J 7H 7F 7D 7B
am2zzw0000230
x Close the liftgate (liftgate latch switch off).
M-MDS.
2 VERIFY LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK Yes Go to the next step.
ACTUATOR CONNECTOR No Repair or replace the connector, then go to the final step.
CONDITION
x Disconnect the liftgate latch and lock
actuator connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3 VERIFY LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
CONDITION No Replace the liftgate latch and lock actuator, then go to the
x Inspect the liftgate latch switch. final step.
(See 09-14-90 LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH (See 09-14-88 LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Is the liftgate latch switch normal?
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G–42
LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK the final step.
ACTUATOR AND BCM FOR SHORT No Go to the next step.
TO GROUND
x Liftgate latch and lock actuator and BCM
7S (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
x Close the liftgate. (Liftgate latch switch off)
M-MDS.
4SD
x Trunk lid latch switch circuit malfunction
Detection Condition
x Short to ground in wiring harness between trunk lid latch switch and BCM
Possible Causes
x DTC inspection is performed with trunk lid latch switch on.
x Trunk lid latch switch connector or terminals malfunction
x Trunk lid latch switch malfunction
x Short to ground in wiring harness between trunk lid latch switch terminal A and BCM terminal 7S
x BCM malfunction
BCM
TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH
B A 7S
TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH BCM

A B 7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K 7I 7G 7E 7C 7A
7X 7V 7T 7R 7P 7N 7L 7J 7H 7F 7D 7B
am2zzw0000505
09-02G–43
x Close the trunk (trunk lid latch switch off).
M-MDS.
2 VERIFY TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the trunk lid latch switch
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
3 VERIFY TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
CONDITION No Replace the trunk lid latch switch, then go to the final step.
x Inspect the trunk lid latch switch. (See 09-14-94 TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE
(See 09-14-94 TRUNK LID LATCH AND ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
RELEASE ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
x Is the trunk lid latch switch normal?
harness.
disconnection?
TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH AND the final step.
x Trunk lid latch switch and BCM connectors
are disconnected.
7S (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
x Close the trunk (trunk lid latch switch off).
M-MDS.
End Of Sie
DTC U0028:81/U0028:83/U0028:87 [BCM]
id0902f5341100
Vehicles with advanced keyless and start system
x DTC U0028:81: Communication error with keyless control module
x DTC U0028:83: Error signal from keyless control module
x DTC U0028:87: No response from keyless control module
Vehicles with keyless entry system

x DTC U0028:81: Communication error with keyless receiver
x DTC U0028:83: Error signal from keyless receiver
09-02G–44
x DTC U0028:87: No response from keyless receiver
Detection Condition
x Communication error between keyless control module and BCM

x Communication error between keyless receiver and BCM
Possible Causes
x Short to ground in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 2F and BCM terminal 6W
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 2F and BCM terminal 6W
x Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 2F and BCM terminal 6W
x BCM malfunction

x Short to ground in wiring harness between keyless receiver (4-pin connector type) terminal C and BCM
terminal 6W
x Short to ground in wiring harness between keyless receiver (6-pin connector type) terminal D and BCM
terminal 6W
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between keyless receiver (4-pin connector type) terminal C and BCM
terminal 6W
x Short to power supply in wiring harness between keyless receiver (6-pin connector type) terminal D and BCM
terminal 6W
x Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless receiver (4-pin connector type) terminal C and BCM terminal
6W
x Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless receiver (6-pin connector type) terminal D and BCM terminal
6W
x BCM malfunction
09-02G–45
VEHICLE WITH ADVANCED BCM
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM
KEYLESS
CONTROL 2F 6W
MODULE
VEHICLE WITH KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEM
KEYLESS C
RECEIVER
4-PIN CONNECTOR TYPE
6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K 6I 6G 6E 6C 6A
KEYLESS D 6X 6V 6T 6R 6P 6N 6L 6J 6H 6F 6D 6B
RECEIVER
6-PIN CONNECTOR TYPE
KEYLESS RECEIVER WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR 4-PIN CONNECTOR TYPE 6-PIN CONNECTOR TYPE
2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A D C B A F E D C B A
2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000505
x Lock and unlock the doors using the
transmitter.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U0028:81, U0028:83, or
U0028:87 displayed?
2 VERIFY KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.
connector.
harness.
disconnection?
harness.
disconnection?
09-02G–46
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE AND the final step.
x Keyless control module and BCM connectors
are disconnected.
6W (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE AND the final step.
BCM FOR SHORT TO POWER No Go to the next step.
SUPPLY
are disconnected.
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminal 6W
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE AND No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
BCM FOR OPEN CIRCUIT the final step.
are disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between keyless
control module terminal 2F (wiring harness-
side) and BCM terminal 6W (wiring harness-
side).
7 VERIFY KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.
CONDITION No Replace the keyless control module, then go to the final
x Inspect the keyless control module. step.
(See 09-14-99 KEYLESS CONTROL (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
MODULE INSPECTION [ADVANCED REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].) START SYSTEM].)
x Is the keyless control module normal?
transmitter.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U0028:81, U0028:83, or
U0028:87 displayed?

transmitter.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U0028:81, U0028:83, or
U0028:87 displayed?
09-02G–47
2 VERIFY KEYLESS RECEIVER Yes Go to the next step.
harness.
disconnection?
3 VERIFY KEYLESS RECEIVER Yes Go to the next step.
CONDITION No Replace the keyless receiver, then go to the final step.
x Inspect the keyless receiver. (See 09-14-109 KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/
(See 09-14-110 KEYLESS RECEIVER INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
harness.
disconnection?
KEYLESS RECEIVER AND BCM FOR the final step.
x Keyless receiver and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
6W (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
KEYLESS RECEIVER AND BCM FOR the final step.
SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Go to the next step.
x Keyless receiver and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
x Measure the voltage at the BCM terminal 6W
7 VERIFY BETWEEN KEYLESS RECEIVER Yes Go to the next step.
AND BCM FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the related wiring harness, then go to
x Keyless receiver and BCM connectors are the final step.
disconnected.
x Inspect for continuity between keyless
receiver (4-pin connector type) terminal C
(wiring harness-side)/keyless receiver (6-pin
connector type) terminal D (wiring harness-
side) and BCM terminal 6W (wiring harness-
side).
09-02G–48
transmitter.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U0028:81, U0028:83, or
U0028:87 displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC U0415:68 [BCM]
id0902f5331100
x Error signal from ABS HU/CM (with ABS)
x Error signal from DSC HU/CM (with DSC)
Detection Condition
x Correct data cannot be received from ABS HU/CM (with ABS).
x Correct data cannot be received from DSC HU/CM (with DSC).
Possible Causes
x ABS HU/CM malfunction (with ABS)
x DSC HU/CM malfunction (with DSC)
x BCM malfunction
MDS.
2 VERIFY ABS HU/CM OR DSC HU/CM DTCs Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS].)
x Inspect the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM DTCs (See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
using the M-MDS. STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
(See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS].) After completing the DTC troubleshooting, go to the
(See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS final step.
[DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].) No Go to the next step.
3 VERIFY ABS HU/CM OR DSC HU/CM Yes Replace the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM, then go to
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS the final step.
(See 09-02G-2 CLEARING DTC [BCM].) (See 04-13-3 ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
x Perform the BCM DTC inspection using the M- [L.H.D.].)
MDS. (See 04-13-6 ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [BCM].) [R.H.D.].)
x Is the DTC U0415:68 displayed? (See 04-15-5 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L.H.D.].)
(See 04-15-9 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[R.H.D.].)
4 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED Yes Replace the BCM.
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
(See 09-02G-2 CLEARING DTC [BCM].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Perform the BCM DTC inspection using the M- No DTC troubleshooting completed.
MDS.
09-02G–49
End Of Sie
DTC U2100:00/U3000:44 [BCM]

id0902f5342200
x DTC U2100:00: BCM configuration not set
x DTC U3000:44: BCM configuration setting invalid
Detection Condition
Warning
x Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an inspection.
Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cause injury due to an
operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always follow the
inspection procedure.
x BCM configuration setting not done correctly.
Possible Causes
x BCM configuration not implemented.
x BCM configuration setting invalid
x BCM malfunction
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U2100:00 or U3000:44
displayed?
2 PERFORM BCM CONFIGURATION Yes Perform the BCM configuration again, then go to the final
x Perform the BCM configuration using the M- step.
MDS. (See 09-40-16 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
(See 09-40-16 BODY CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION.)
(BCM) CONFIGURATION.) No DTC troubleshooting completed.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U2100:00 or U3000:44
displayed?
x Clear the DTCs using the M-MDS. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-02G-2 CLEARING DTC [BCM].) No DTC troubleshooting completed.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U2100:00 or U3000:44
displayed?
End Of Sie
DTC U3003:16/U3003:17 [BCM]
id0902f5310100
x DTC U3003:16: BCM power supply voltage low (less than 10 V)
x DTC U3003:17: BCM power supply voltage high (16 V or more)
Detection Condition
x DTC U3003:16: BCM power supply voltage less than 10 V
x DTC U3003:17: BCM power supply voltage 16 V or more
Possible Causes
09-02G–50
x Generator system malfunction
x Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between battery and BCM
— Short to ground in wiring harness between positive battery terminal and BCM terminal 1P
— Short to ground in wiring harness between positive battery terminal and BCM terminal 1J
— D/L 20 A fuse malfunction
— HAZARD 10 A fuse malfunction
— Open circuit in wiring harness between positive battery terminal and BCM terminal 1P
— Open circuit in wiring harness between positive battery terminal and BCM terminal 1J
x BCM malfunction

BCM
D/L 20 A FUSE
1P
- + HAZARD 10 A FUSE
1J
2P
BATTERY
1O 1M 1K 1I 1G 1E 1C 1A 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
1P 1N 1L 1J 1H 1F 1D 1B 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000229
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17
displayed?
x Refer to the battery inspection and inspect No Recharge or replace the battery, then go to the final step.
the battery. (See 01-17A-5 BATTERY RECHARGING [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-17A-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [ZJ, (See 01-17B-3 BATTERY RECHARGING [MZ-CD 1.4 DI
ZY].) Turbo].)
(See 01-17B-2 BATTERY INSPECTION [MZ- (See 01-17C-3 BATTERY RECHARGING [MZ-CD 1.6
CD 1.4 DI Turbo].) (Y6)].)
(See 01-17C-2 BATTERY INSPECTION (See 01-17A-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ,
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].) ZY].)
x Is the battery normal? (See .01-17B-1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo])
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
09-02G–51
x Inspect the generator. No Replace the generator, then go to the final step.
[ZJ, ZY].) [ZJ, ZY].)
[MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].) [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Repair or replace the connector, then go to the final step.
x Disconnect the BCM connector.
harness.
disconnection?
POSITIVE BATTERY TERMINAL AND No Inspect the D/L 20 A fuse and HAZARD 10 A fuse.
BCM FOR SHORT TO GROUND OR x If the fuse is melt:
OPEN CIRCUIT — Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
short to ground.
x BCM connector is disconnected.
— Replace the malfunctioning fuse.
x If the fuse is deterioration:
— Replace the malfunctioning fuse.
— BCM terminal 1P
— BCM terminal 1J
open circuit.
Go to the final step.
M-MDS.
x Is the DTC U3003:16 or U3003:17
displayed?
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [BCM]
id0902f5960600
am2zzw0000251
the screen.
Note
module. Therefore, if the monitored value of the output device is not within the specification, it is
necessary to inspect the monitored value of input device corresponding to the applicable output part
control. In addition, because the system does not display an output part malfunction as an abnormality in
the monitored value, it is necessary to inspect the output device individually.
09-02G–52
End Of Sie
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [BCM]

id0902f5960700
PID/DATA
Unit/ BCM
monitor Operation condition Inspection item (s)
Condition terminal
item
AUTO_L_S x Light switch at AUTO position: On
Off/On Light switch 6E
W x Light switch at position except AUTO: Off
x Brake fluid level above MIN: Normal Brake fluid level sensor
BRK_FLUID Normal/Low 4A
x Brake fluid level less than MIN: Low switch
x Driver's door opened: Open Door latch switch (driver's
DRSW_D Close/Open 7I
x Driver's door closed: Close side)
x Passenger's door opened: Open Door latch switch
DRSW_P Close/Open 7M
x Passenger's door closed: Close (passenger's side)
x Rear door (RH) opened: Open Door latch switch (rear
DRSW_RR Close/Open 7O
x Rear door (RH) closed: Close door (RH))
x Rear door (LH) opened: Open Door latch switch (rear
DRSW_LR Close/Open 7G
x Rear door (LH) closed: Close door (LH))
D_LLSW_L x Driver's door lock knob locked: Lock
Off/Lock Door lock-link switch 7Q
OCK x Driver's door lock knob unlocked: Off
D_LLSW_U x Driver's door lock knob unlocked: Unlock
Off/Unlock Door lock-link switch 7K
NCK x Driver's door lock knob locked: Off
DR_LOCK_ x Driver's door lock knob locked: Lock
Off/Lock Door lock actuator 3M
ACT x Driver's door lock knob unlocked: Off
DR_UNLK_ x Driver's door lock knob unlocked: Unlock
Off/Unlock Door lock actuator 3O
ACT x Driver's door lock knob locked: Off
x Light switch at FRONT FOG position, lights on
FOG_F_RL
Off/On condition: On Front fog light relay 4I
Y
x Light switch not at FRONT FOG position: Off
x Light switch at REAR FOG position, lights on
FOG_R_RL
Off/On condition: On Rear fog light relay 4E
Y
x Light switch not at REAR FOG position: Off
x Front fog light switch in on position: On
FOG_F_SW Off/On Light switch 6K
x Front fog light switch in off position: Off
x Rear fog light switch in on position: On
FOG_R_SW Off/On Light switch 6M
x Rear fog light switch in off position: Off
x Hazard warning switch in on position: On
HAZARD Off/On Hazard warning switch 6Q
x Hazard warning switch in off position: Off
x Light switch at HI: On
H/L_HI_SW Off/On Light switch 6I
x Light switch not at HI: Off
x Light switch at LO: On
H/L_LO_SW Off/On Light switch 6O
x Light switch not at LO: Off
H/ x Headlights on: On
Off/On Headlight low relay 4M
L_LO_RLY x Headlights off: Off
Key-Out/Key- x Key inserted into key cylinder: Key-In
IG_KEY_IN Key reminder switch 6R
In x Except above: Key-Out
KEY_LOCK x Door key cylinder at LOCK: On
Off/On Door key cylinder switch 7C
_SW x Door key cylinder not at LOCK: Off
OIL_PRS_S x Engine running: On
Off/On Oil pressure switch 4B
W x Engine stopped: Off
x Ignition switch at ON: On
PWR_IG1 Off/On Ignition switch 2G
x Ignition switch is off: Off
x Intermittent operation control signal from rain
sensor sent: On
RAIN_SSR Off/On Rain sensor 7U
x Any control signal such as stop, low or high
operation from rain sensor sent: Off
ROOM_LM x Door opened: 100 %
% Interior light 2O
P x Door closed: 0 %
x Rear window defroster operating: On
R_DEF Off/On Filament 3B
x Rear window defroster not operating: Off
x Rear window defroster switch pressed: On Climate control unit (rear
R_DEF_SW Off/On 6D
x Rear window defroster switch not pressed: Off window defroster switch)
09-02G–53
PID/DATA
Unit/ BCM
monitor Operation condition Inspection item (s)
Condition terminal
item
x Rear window defroster indicator illuminated: On
Climate control unit (rear
R_DEF_IND Off/On x Rear window defroster indicator not illuminated: 6G
window defroster indicator)
Off
x Light switch at TNS position: On
TNS_SW Off/On Light switch 6J
x Light switch not at TNS position: Off
x Turn light (LH) flashing: On
TURN_L_L Off/On Turn light 1L, 3L
x Turn light (LH) off: Off
x Turn light (RH) flashing: On
TURN_L_R Off/On Turn light 1K, 3J
x Turn light (RH) off: Off
TURN_SW_ x Turn switch at left position: On
Off/On Turn switch (light switch) 6B
L x Turn switch in off position: Off
TURN_SW_ x Turn switch at right position: On
Off/On Turn switch (light switch) 6A
R x Turn switch in off position: Off
x Liftgate opened: Open Liftgate latch and lock
TR/LG_SW Close/Open 6U
x Liftgate closed: Close actuator
x Vehicle driven: Displays vehicle speed
VSPD KPH - -
x Vehicle stopped: 0 km/h (mph)
x Windshield washer switch on: On
WASHER_F Off/On Washer switch 2H
x Windshield washer switch off: Off
x Rear washer switch on: On
WASHER_R Off/On Washer switch 2L
x Rear washer switch off: Off
x Windshield wiper switch at INT position: On
WIP_F_INT Off/On Windshield wiper switch 6S
x Windshield wiper switch not at INT position: Off
x Windshield wiper switch at HI position: On
WIP_F_HI Off/On Windshield wiper switch 6F
x Windshield wiper switch not at HI position: Off
x Windshield wiper switch at LO position: On
WIP_F_LO Off/On Windshield wiper switch 6N
x Windshield wiper switch not at LO position: Off
x Rear wiper switch at ON: On
WIP_R_ON Off/On Windshield wiper switch 6C
x Rear wiper switch at OFF: Off
x Windshield wiper operating at HI: On
WPRLY_F_
Off/On x Windshield wiper operating in position except HI: Front wiper motor 1A
HI
Off
x Windshield wiper operating at LO: On
WPRLY_F_
Off/On x Windshield wiper operating in position except LO: Front wiper motor 1B
LO
Off
x Rear wiper operating: On
WPRLY_R Off/On Rear wiper motor 3D
x Rear wiper not operating: Off
End Of Sie
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION [BCM]
id0902f5960800
3. Select the active command modes from the PID
am2zzw0000251
table.
4. Perform the active command modes, inspect the
operations for each parts.
x If the operation of output device cannot be verified after the active command mode inspection is performed,
this could indicate the possibility of an open or short circuit, sticking, or operation malfunction in the output
device.
End Of Sie
09-02G–54
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE [BCM]
id0902f5960900
Command Unit/
Operation condition Output part name Terminal
name Operation
WPRLY_F_HI*
1
On : Windshield wiper (HI) operation Off/On Windshield wiper motor 1E
WPRLY_F_LO On : Windshield wiper (LO) operation Off/On Windshield wiper motor 1D

WPRLY_R On : Rear wiper operation Off/On Rear wiper motor 3E
TURN_L_R On : Turn light (RH) flashes Off/On Turn light (RH) 1H,3G
TURN_L_L On : Turn light (LH) flashes Off/On Turn light (LH) 1I,3H
H/L_LO_RLY On : Headlights (LO) on Off/On Headlight low-beam relay 4B
FOG_F_RLY On : Front fog lights on Off/On Front fog light relay 4D
FOG_R_RLY On : Rear fog lights on Off/On Rear fog light relay 4D
*1 : With "WPRLY_F_LO" On
End Of Sie
09-02G–55
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
09-02I ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [MULTIPLEX

COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–14
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–15
(R.H.D.)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–1 I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–16
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–2 J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–17
DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–18
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–19
(R.H.D.)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–3 M-MDS AND VEHICLE NOT
DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING COMMUNICATING [MULTIPLEX
PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–20
(R.H.D.)]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–7 Detection Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–20
Diagnostic Table for Determining Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–20
Malfunctioning Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–7 Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–21
A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–9 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–21
B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–9 DTC U0001:00, U0001:88, U0073:00
C ............................. 09-02I–10 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
D ............................. 09-02I–11 SYSTEM (R.H.D.)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–24
E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–12 Diagnostic procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–25
F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02I–13
End of Toc
WM: CAN SYSTEM
FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]

id0902j4845700
x If the CAN system is considered to be the cause of the malfunction based on the repair order form and the
malfunctioning symptom, follow the 09-02I-2 Troubleshooting Procedure.
x DTCs are also output due to a control module or sensor malfunction, or incorrect power supply. Verify the
output DTCs and first inspect the DTCs not shown in 09-02I-3 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].
x If there is an open circuit in the communication lines, it is possible that signal error DTCs may be output in
addition to communication error DTCs. Perform 09-02I-7 DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN)
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)], 09-02I-7 DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)] if the communication error and signal error
DTCs are output simultaneously.
09-02I–1
Troubleshooting Procedure
Vehicle in repair shop
Verify repair order

form and symptom
When CAN system is thought to be malfunctioning based on repair order form and symptom,
perform on-board diagnosis using the following procedure.
Perform vehicle identification using M-MDS.
Yes No
Is vehicle identified?
Verify communication condition

Verify DTCs of all modules. between M-MDS and vehicle. *4
No
Are any DTCs Perform symptom troubleshooting.
output?
Yes
Perform troubleshooting according

Yes
Are DTCs not shown in to corresponding DTC inspection.
DTC table*1 output? After repair, verify DTCs of all
control modules.
No
Yes
Are DTCs U0001:00, U0001:88, Inspect DTCs U0001:00, U0001:88, U0073. *2
U0073:00 displayed?
No
There could be open circuit in CAN lines.
Determine the open circuit location using DTC output pattern. *3
am2zzw0000466
*1 : 09-02I-3 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]

*2 : 09-02I-24 DTC U0001:00, U0001:88, U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
*3 : 09-02I-7 DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(R.H.D.)]
*4 : 09-02I-20 M-MDS AND VEHICLE NOT COMMUNICATING [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(R.H.D.)]
End Of Sie
09-02I–2
DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
id0902j4845800
HS-CAN
Reference for inspection
DTC output module DTC Malfunction location
procedure
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00*1 CAN system communication error U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
PCM (ZJ, ZY) U0101:00 Communication error to TCM
(See 09-02I-7
x Communication error to ABS HU/CM (with ABS) DETERMINING
U0121:00
x Communication error to DSC HU/CM (with DSC) MALFUNCTIONING PART
U0140:00 Communication error to BCM (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
U0151:00 Communication error to SAS control module COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
U0155:00 Communication error to instrument cluster
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
PCM (MZ-CD 1.4 DI x Communication error to ABS HU/CM (with ABS)
U0121:00 (See 09-02I-7
Turbo) x Communication error to DSC HU/CM (with DSC)
DETERMINING
U0140:00 Communication error to BCM MALFUNCTIONING PART
U0155 Communication error to instrument cluster (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
U0416 Communication error to EPS control module COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
U0423 Abnormal message from instrument cluster
U0001:00*1 CAN system communication error (See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
U0073:00*1 CAN system communication error COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
U0121:00
U0122:86 x Communication error to ABS HU/CM (with ABS)
PCM (MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)) x Communication error to DSC HU/CM (with DSC) (See 09-02I-7
U0122:87
DETERMINING
U0155:00 MALFUNCTIONING PART
U0167:00 Communication error to instrument cluster (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
x Communication error to keyless control module COMMUNICATION
(vehicles with advanced keyless and start system) SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
U0300:87
x Communication error to instrument cluster (vehicles
with keyless entry system)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
ABS HU/CM*2 U0100:00 Communication error to PCM (See 09-02I-7
U0155:00 Communication error to instrument cluster DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
U2101:00 Abnormal message from instrument cluster COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
09-02I–3
procedure
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
U0100:00 Communication error to PCM (See 09-02I-7
U0126:00 Communication error to EPS control module DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
U0155:00 Communication error to instrument cluster COMMUNICATION
DSC HU/CM *3 SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 04-02B-28 DTC
U0401:68 [DYNAMIC
U0401:68*1 Signal error from PCM STABILITY CONTROL
(DSC)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
U2101:00 Abnormal message from instrument cluster
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
BCM U0101:00 Communication error to TCM DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
x Communication error to ABS HU/CM (with ABS) (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
U0121:00 COMMUNICATION
x Communication error to DSC HU/CM (with DSC)
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
x Signal error from ABS HU/CM (with ABS) (See 09-02G-49 DTC
U0415:68*1 x Signal error from DSC HU/CM (with DSC) U0415:68 [BCM].)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
TCM*4 U0100:00 Communication error to PCM (See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
x Communication error to ABS HU/CM (with ABS) (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
U0121:00
x Communication error to DSC HU/CM (with DSC) COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
U0028:87 Communication error to BCM (See 09-02I-7
Keyless control DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
module*5 (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
U0100:00 Communication error to PCM
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02A-34 DTC
U0401:68 [ADVANCED
U0401:68*1 Signal error from PCM KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
09-02I–4
procedure
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
SAS control module (See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
U0155:00 Communication error to instrument cluster
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
EPS control module DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 06-02-9 DTC
U0401:00*1 Signal error from PCM U0401:00.)
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
Theft-deterrent control
module*6
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
U0140:00 Communication error to BCM (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
09-02I–5
procedure
(See 09-02I-24 DTC
U0001:00, U0001:88,
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02I-7
DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
(See 09-02B-16
SECURITY LIGHT: 16,
DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM)].)
U0100:87*1 Communication error to PCM (no response) (See 09-02C-13
SECURITY LIGHT: 16,
DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
U0101:00 Communication error to TCM
x Communication error to ABS HU/CM (with ABS) (See 09-02I-7
U0121:00
x Communication error to DSC HU/CM (with DSC) DETERMINING
U0131:00 Communication error to EPS control module MALFUNCTIONING PART
(HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
Instrument cluster U0140:00 Communication error to BCM COMMUNICATION
U0151:00 Communication error to SAS control module SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
U0214:00 Communication error to keyless control module
(See 09-02F-11 DTC
U0401:68*1 Signal error from PCM U0401:68 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-11 DTC
U0401:92*1 Signal error from PCM U0401:92 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-12 DTC
U0402:92*1 Signal error from TCM U0402:92 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-12 DTC
x Signal error from ABS HU/CM (with ABS)
U0415:92*1 x Signal error from DSC HU/CM (with DSC)
U0415:92 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-13 DTC
U0420:92*1 Signal error from EPS control module U0420:92 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-13 DTC
U0452:68*1 Signal error from SAS control module U0452:68 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-13 DTC
U0452:92*1 Signal error from SAS control module U0452:92 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-14 DTC
U0515:68*1 Signal error from keyless control module U0515:68 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
*1 : If only the target DTCs are displayed, perform the corresponding DTC inspection without determining the open
circuit location.
*2 : With ABS
*3 : With DSC
*4 : CVT
*5 : With advanced keyless entry and start system
*6 : With theft-deterrent system
End Of Sie
09-02I–6
DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
id0902j4846700
Caution
x If the malfunctioning part is detected in the communication line, before disconnecting the related
connector for inspection, press the connector in the connection direction to verify that there is no
looseness or disconnection.
x When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no damage, deformation, or corrosion of
the connector terminals.
1. Verify the CAN system-related module DTCs and the failed module using the (M-MDS).
2. Look for a DTC display pattern and failed module display pattern in tandem which match.
Note
x A hyphen “- “ in the DTC output pattern table indicates that the DTC may be displayed depending on the
malfunction detection conditions. If only an “u “ is indicated, it means the DTC will not be displayed.
x If any of the following DTCs is displayed alone, perform the applicable DTC inspection. (See 09-02I-3 DTC
TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)].)
— DSC HU/CM: U0401:68
— BCM: U0415:68
— EPS control module: U0401:00
— Instrument cluster: U0100:87, U0401:68, U0401:92, U0402:92, U0415:92, U0420:92, U0452:68,
U0452:92, U0515:68
3. Refer to the matching tandem diagnostic results (A to L) and inspect the possible cause and inspection item.
4. Perform the DTC inspection after the repair procedure.
x If any DTC is displayed, return to 09-02I-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(R.H.D.)].
Diagnostic Table for Determining Malfunctioning Part
Cross (u): Displayed

Hyphen (-): May or may not be displayed
M-MDS display
DTC display pattern
DTC output module DTC
U0101:00 u
U0121:00 u
PCM (PCM)*1 U0140:00 u
U0151:00 u
U0155:00 u
U0121:00 u
U0140:00 u
PCM (PCM) *2 U0155 u
U0416 u
U0423 -
U0121:00 u
U0122:86 u
U0122:87 u
PCM (PCM)*3 U0155:00 u
U0167:00 u
U0300:87 u*7 u*8
U0100:00 u
ABS (ABS HU/CM)*4 U0155:00 u
U2101:00 -
U0100:00 u
U0126:00 u
ABS (DSC HU/CM)*5 U0155:00 u
U0401:68 -
U2101:00 -
09-02I–7
M-MDS display
DTC display pattern
DTC output module DTC
U0100:00 u u
U0101:00 u
BCM/GEM (BCM)
U0121:00 u u
U0415:68 - -
U0100:00 u u
TCM (TCM)*6
U0121:00 u u
U0028:87 u
RKE (Keyless control
U0100:00 u u
module)*7
U0401:68 - -
RCM (SAS control
U0155:00 u
module)
EPS (EPS control U0100:00 u u u u
module) U0401:00 - - - -
VSM *9 (Theft-deterrent U0100:00 u u u u
control module) U0140:00 u u u
U0100:00 u u u u
U0100:87 - - - -
U0101:00 u u u
U0121:00 u u u u
U0131:00 u
U0140:00 u u u
U0151:00 u u
U0214:00 u u u
IC (Instrument cluster)
U0401:68 - -
U0401:92 - - - -
U0402:92 - - -
U0415:92 - - - -
U0420:92 -
U0452:68 - -
U0452:92 - -
U0515:68 - - -
M-MDS display module “Fail” display pattern
PCM u u u u
ABS u u u u
BCM/GEM u u u
TCM*6 u u u
RKE *7 u u u
RCM u u
EPS u
VSM *9 u
IC u
Item Diagnostic result
Possible cause and inspection item A B C D E F G H I J K L
09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09-
Reference page 02I-9 02I-9 02I- 02I- 02I- 02I- 02I- 02I- 02I- 02I- 02I- 02I-
A B 10 C 11 D 12 E 13 F 14 G 15 H 16 I 17 J 18 K 19 L
*1 : ZJ, ZY
*2 : MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
*3 : MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
*4 : With ABS
*5 : With DSC
*6 : CVT
*7 : With advanced keyless entry and start system
*8 : With keyless entry system
09-02I–8
*9 : Theft-deterrent system
A
Possible cause
x Connector terminal disconnection, poor contact, damage, deformation, corrosion
x Open circuit in wiring harness between PCM and branch A
x PCM malfunction

MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
PCM 301 : FRONT HARNESS

: DASHBOARD HARNESS
: REAR HARNESS
CVT
309
SAS EPS
TCM CONTROL CONTROL
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo MODULE MODULE
A17 A7 3C 3D 1G 1H
PCM 1A
1B
ZJ, ZY
CONNECTOR
4V 4X
CAN_H C-06
PCM 1AE 4U 7X 2B
BRANCH BRANCH INSTRUMENT
BRANCH BCM
A B C CLUSTER
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L 6X 6V
M J H L 2G 2I K I
THEFT- F E
DSC HU/CM ABS HU/CM KEYLESS
CONTROL DETERRENT
CONTROL DLC-2
MODULE
WITH DSC WITH ABS MODULE
WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS
WITH THEFT-DETERRENT
AND START SYSTEM
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
ZJ, ZY
x PCM connector
x Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1AE and branch A
x Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1AI and branch A
x PCM
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
x PCM connector
x Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1A and branch A
x Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1B and branch A
x PCM
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
x PCM connector
x Wiring harness between PCM terminal 301 and branch A
x Wiring harness between PCM terminal 309 and branch A
x PCM
B
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM and branch A
x Open circuit in wiring harness between DSC HU/CM and branch A
x ABS HU/CM malfunction
09-02I–9
x DSC HU/CM malfunction

MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
301 : FRONT HARNESS

: DASHBOARD HARNESS
PCM : REAR HARNESS
CVT
309
SAS EPS
TCM CONTROL CONTROL
A17 A7 3C 3D 1G 1H
1A
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CONNECTOR
4V 4X
CAN_H C-06
1AE 4U 7X 2B
PCM BRANCH BCM
A B C CLUSTER
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L 6X 6V
M J H L 2G 2I K I
DSC HU/CM ABS HU/CM THEFT- F E
KEYLESS
CONTROL DETERRENT
CONTROL DLC-2
MODULE
MODULE
WITH DSC WITH ABS WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x ABS HU/CM connector
x DSC HU/CM connector
x Wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal H and branch A
x Wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal L and branch A
x Wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal M and branch A
x Wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal J and branch A
x ABS HU/CM
x DSC HU/CM
C
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness between BCM and branch A
09-02I–10
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
301 : FRONT HARNESS

: DASHBOARD HARNESS
PCM : REAR HARNESS
CVT
309
SAS EPS
TCM CONTROL CONTROL
A17 A7 3C 3D 1G 1H
1A
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CONNECTOR
4V 4X
CAN_H C-06
1AE 4U 7X 2B
PCM BRANCH BCM
A B C CLUSTER
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L 6X 6V
M J H L 2G 2I K I
THEFT- F E
CONTROL DETERRENT
CONTROL DLC-2
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x BCM connector
x Wiring harness between BCM terminal 4U and branch A
x Wiring harness between BCM terminal 4W and branch A
D
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness BCM and TCM
x TCM malfunction
x BCM malfunction
09-02I–11
: FRONT HARNESS
: DASHBOARD HARNESS
TCM : REAR HARNESS
SAS EPS
A17 A7 CONTROL CONTROL
MODULE MODULE
3C 3D 1G 1H
4V 4X
CONNECTOR
CAN_H C-06
1AE 4U 7X 2B
PCM BRANCH
A B C CLUSTER
BCM
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L
H L
F E
ABS HU/CM
DLC-2
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x TCM connector
x BCM connector
x Wiring harness between TCM terminal A17 and BCM terminal 4V
x Wiring harness between TCM terminal A7 and BCM terminal 4X
x TCM
x BCM
E
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness keyless control module and BCM
x Keyless control module malfunction.
x BCM malfunction
09-02I–12
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
301 : FRONT HARNESS

: DASHBOARD HARNESS
PCM : REAR HARNESS
309
SAS EPS
CONTROL CONTROL
3C 3D 1G 1H
1A
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
BCM CONNECTOR
CAN_H C-06
1AE 4U 7X 2B
PCM BRANCH
A B C CLUSTER
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L
6X 6V
M J H L K I
THEFT- F E
DSC HU/CM ABS HU/CM
DETERRENT
2G 2I CONTROL DLC-2
KEYLESS
CONTROL WITH THEFT-DETERRENT
MODULE SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x Keyless control module connector
x BCM connector
x Wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 2G and BCM terminal 6X
x Wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 2I and BCM terminal 6V
x Keyless control module
x BCM
F
Possible cause
x BCM malfunction
09-02I–13
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
301 : FRONT HARNESS

: DASHBOARD HARNESS
PCM : REAR HARNESS
CVT
309
SAS EPS
TCM CONTROL CONTROL
A17 A7 3C 3D 1G 1H
1A
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CONNECTOR
4V 4X
CAN_H C-06
1AE 4U 7X 2B
BCM
PCM BRANCH
A B C CLUSTER
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L 6X 6V
M J H L 2G 2I K I
THEFT- F E
CONTROL DETERRENT
CONTROL DLC-2
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x BCM
G
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness BCM and branch B
09-02I–14
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
301 : FRONT HARNESS

: DASHBOARD HARNESS
PCM : REAR HARNESS
CVT
309
SAS EPS
TCM CONTROL CONTROL
A17 A7 3C 3D 1G 1H
1A
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CONNECTOR
4V 4X
CAN_H C-06
1AE 4U 7X 2B
PCM BRANCH BCM
A B C CLUSTER
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L 6X 6V
M J H L 2G 2I K I
THEFT- F E
CONTROL DETERRENT
CONTROL DLC-2
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x BCM connector
x Wiring harness between BCM terminal 7X and branch B
x Wiring harness between BCM terminal 7V and branch B
H
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness SAS control module and branch B
x SAS control module malfunction
09-02I–15
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
301 : FRONT HARNESS

: DASHBOARD HARNESS
PCM : REAR HARNESS
CVT SAS
309 CONTROL
MODULE EPS
TCM CONTROL
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo MODULE
A17 A7 3C 3D 1G 1H
1A
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CONNECTOR
4V 4X
CAN_H C-06
1AE 4U 7X 2B
PCM BRANCH BCM
A B C CLUSTER
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L 6X 6V
M J H L 2G 2I K I
THEFT- F E
CONTROL DETERRENT
CONTROL DLC-2
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x SAS control module connector
x Wiring harness between SAS control module terminal 3C and branch B
x Wiring harness between SAS control module terminal 3D and branch B
x SAS control module
I
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness branch B and connector C-06
x Open circuit in wiring harness connector C-06 and branch C
x Connector C-06 malfunction
09-02I–16
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
301 : FRONT HARNESS

: DASHBOARD HARNESS
PCM : REAR HARNESS
CVT
309
SAS EPS
TCM CONTROL CONTROL
A17 A7 3C 3D 1G 1H
1A
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CONNECTOR
4V 4X
CAN_H C-06
1AE 4U 7X 2B
PCM BRANCH BCM
A B C CLUSTER
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L 6X 6V
M J H L 2G 2I K I
THEFT- F E
CONTROL DETERRENT
CONTROL DLC-2
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x Connector C-06
x Wiring harness between branch B and connector C-06
x Wiring harness between connector C-06 and branch C
J
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness between EPS control module and branch C
x EPS control module malfunction
09-02I–17
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
301 : FRONT HARNESS

: DASHBOARD HARNESS
PCM : REAR HARNESS
CVT
309
SAS EPS
TCM CONTROL CONTROL
A17 A7 3C 3D 1G 1H
1A
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CONNECTOR
4V 4X
CAN_H C-06
1AE 4U 7X 2B
PCM BRANCH BCM
A B C CLUSTER
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L 6X 6V
M J H L 2G 2I K I
THEFT- F E
CONTROL DETERRENT
CONTROL DLC-2
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000467
Inspection item
x EPS control module connector
x Wiring harness between EPS control module terminal 1G and branch C
x Wiring harness between EPS control module terminal 1H and branch C
x EPS control module
K
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness between Theft-deterrent control module and branch C
09-02I–18
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
301 : FRONT HARNESS

: DASHBOARD HARNESS
PCM : REAR HARNESS
309
SAS EPS
CONTROL CONTROL
3C 3D 1G 1H
1A
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CONNECTOR
CAN_H C-06
1AE 4U 7X 2B
PCM BRANCH BCM
A B C CLUSTER
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L 6X 6V
M J H L 2G 2I K I
THEFT- F E
CONTROL DETERRENT
CONTROL DLC-2
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
am2zzw0000468
Inspection item
x Theft-deterrent control module connector
x Wiring harness between theft-deterrent control module terminal K and branch C
x Wiring harness between theft-deterrent control module terminal I and branch C
x Theft-deterrent control module
L
Possible cause
x Open circuit in wiring harness instrument cluster and branch C
09-02I–19
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
301 : FRONT HARNESS

: DASHBOARD HARNESS
PCM : REAR HARNESS
CVT
309
SAS EPS
TCM CONTROL CONTROL
A17 A7 3C 3D 1G 1H
1A
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CONNECTOR
4V 4X
CAN_H C-06
1AE 4U 7X 2B INSTRUMENT
BRANCH BRANCH
CLUSTER
PCM BRANCH BCM B
A C
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L 6X 6V
M J H L 2G 2I K I
THEFT- F E
CONTROL DETERRENT
CONTROL DLC-2
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000468
Inspection item
x Instrument cluster connector
x Wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 2B and branch C
x Wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 2D and branch C
x Instrument cluster
End Of Sie
M-MDS AND VEHICLE NOT COMMUNICATING [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
id0902j4037400
Caution
x Perform the following on-board diagnosis according to 09-02I-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)] troubleshooting procedure.
Detection Condition
x Possible causes of communication errors between the M-MDS and vehicle include communication circuit
interruption due to an open circuit in the CAN communication wiring harness, or poor contact of connector
terminals, or a BUS OFF condition due to a short circuit in the CAN communication wiring harness.
Possible Causes
x Open circuit in wiring harness between PCM and DLC-2
x Open circuit in BCM CAN line
x Improper insertion, connector terminal damage, deformation, corrosion, or disconnection of PCM, BCM, or
connector C-06
x Short circuit in wiring harness between CAN system-related module CAN_L and CAN_H lines
x Short circuit to power supply in wiring harness between CAN system-related module
x Short circuit to ground in wiring harness between CAN system-related module
x Short circuit to power supply in CAN system-related module internal CAN lines
x Short circuit to ground in CAN system-related module internal CAN lines
x Damage, deformation, corrosion, or disconnection of DLC-2
x PCM power supply is not normal
x PCM ground is not normal
x PCM internal resistance is not normal
09-02I–20
x CAN system-related module malfunction
Wiring Diagram
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
301 : FRONT HARNESS

: DASHBOARD HARNESS
PCM CVT
: REAR HARNESS
309
TCM SAS EPS
CONTROL CONTROL
A17 A7
3C 3D 1G 1H
1A
PCM
1B
ZJ, ZY
CONNECTOR
4V 4X C-06
CAN_H
1AE 4U 7X 2B
PCM BRANCH BCM
A B C CLUSTER
1AI 4W 7V 2D
CAN_L 6X 6V
M J H L 2G 2I K I
THEFT- F E
ABS HU/CM KEYLESS
DSC HU/CM DETERRENT
CONTROL
CONTROL DLC-2
MODULE
AND START SYSTEM
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000466
Caution
x When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no looseness, damage, deformation,
corrosion, or poor connection of the connector terminals.

1 VERIFICATION BEFORE SERVICING Yes Go to the next step.
x Is there communication between the M-MDS No Go back to FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
and vehicle? SYSTEM.
(See 09-02H-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
2 VERIFY THAT M-MDS AND DLC-2 ARE Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTED No Correct the connection condition, then go to Step 13.
x Verify the connection condition between the
M-MDS and DLC-2.
disconnection?
3 VERIFY PCM POWER SUPPLY CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
x Refer to the PCM terminal voltage table and No Repair or replace the fuse or wiring harness, then go to Step
inspect the terminal voltage and fuse 13.
condition.
(See 01-40C-9 PCM INSPECTION [MZ-CD
1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-40B-9 PCM INSPECTION [MZ-CD
1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [ZJ, ZY].)
x Is the power supply condition normal?
09-02I–21
4 VERIFY PCM BODY GROUND CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the PCM body ground wiring harness No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 13.
and ground point.
x Are the ground and ground point normal?
5 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Repair the connector terminal if necessary, then go to Step
x Disconnect the PCM connector. 13.
x Are the PCM connector terminal normal
without damage, deformation, corrosion, or
disconnection?
6 INSPECT PCM Yes Go to the next step.
x Measure the resistance between the No Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
following PCM connector terminals: (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ, ZY].)
ZJ, ZY (See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
— Between terminal 1AE and terminal 1AI 1.4 DI Turbo].)
(part side) (See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo 1.6 (Y6)].)
— Between terminal 1A and terminal 1B
(part side)
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
— Between terminal 301 and terminal 309
(part side)
x Is the resistance 118—130 ohms?
7 VERIFY THAT THERE IS NO OPEN CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
IN CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS No There is an open circuit in the CAN communication wiring
Caution harness. Repair or replace it, then go to Step 13.
x When inspecting the DLC-2, touch it
with a paper clip or similar thin pin
without directly inserting a tester into
the terminals.
x Verify the continuity between the following

terminals:
ZJ, ZY
— Between PCM terminal 1AE and BCM
terminal 4U
— Between PCM terminal 1AI and BCM
terminal 4W
— Between DLC-2 terminal F and BCM
terminal 7X
— Between DLC-2 terminal E and BCM
terminal 7V
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
— Between PCM terminal 1A and BCM
terminal 4U
— Between PCM terminal 1B and BCM
terminal 4W
terminal 7X
terminal 7V
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
— Between PCM terminal 301 and BCM
terminal 4U
— Between PCM terminal 309 and BCM
terminal 4W
terminal 7X
terminal 7V
09-02I–22
8 INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING Yes Go to the next step.
HARNESS IN BCM FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Replace the BCM which has an open circuit in the CAN
x Verify the continuity between the following communication wiring harness in the BCM, then go to Step
terminals: 13.
— Between BCM terminal 7X and BCM (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
terminal 4U REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
— Between BCM terminal 7V and BCM
terminal 4W
9 VERIFY THAT THERE IS NO SHORT CIRCUIT Yes There is an open circuit in the CAN communication wiring
IN CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS harness. Repair or replace it, then go to Step 13.
Caution No Go to the next step.
the terminals.
x Measure the resistance between the

terminals.
— Between DLC-2 terminal F and DLC-2
terminal E
x Is the resistance 60 ohms or less?
10 VERIFY NO SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND IN Yes There is a short circuit to ground in the CAN communication
CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS wiring harness. Repair or replace it, then go to Step 13.
the terminals.

terminals:
— Between DLC-2 terminal F and ground
— Between DLC-2 terminal E and ground
ZJ, ZY
— Between PCM terminal 1AE and ground
— Between PCM terminal 1AI and ground
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
— Between PCM terminal 1A and ground
— Between PCM terminal 1B and ground
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
— Between PCM terminal 301 and ground
— Between PCM terminal 309 and ground
09-02I–23
11 VERIFY NO SHORT CIRCUIT TO POWER Yes There is a short circuit to the power supply system in the
SUPPLY SYSTEM IN CAN COMMUNICATION CAN communication wiring harness. Repair or replace it,
WIRING HARNESS then go to Step 13.
the terminals.

terminals:
— Between DLC-2 terminal F and DLC-2
terminal A
— Between DLC-2 terminal E and DLC-2
terminal A
ZJ, ZY
— Between PCM terminal 1AE and PCM
terminal 1BC
— Between PCM terminal 1AI and PCM
terminal 1BC
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
— Between PCM terminal 1A and PCM
terminal 2Y
— Between PCM terminal 1B and PCM
terminal 2Y
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
— Between PCM terminal 301 and PCM
terminal 331
— Between PCM terminal 309 and PCM
terminal 331
12 INSPECT CAN-RELATED MODULES OTHER Yes Replace the removed module.
THAN PCM and BCM No Inspect all of the CAN-related modules other than those
x Remove only one of the CAN-related related to the PCM and BCM using the same procedure.
modules other than those related to the PCM After inspecting all of the modules, go to the next step.
and BCM.
x Does the M-MDS recognize the vehicle?
13 PERFORM VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION Yes DTC troubleshooting completed.
x Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. No Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
x Does the M-MDS recognize the vehicle? (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
1.6 (Y6)].)
14 PERFORM VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION Yes DTC troubleshooting completed.
x Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. No Replace the BCM.
x Does the M-MDS recognize the vehicle? (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
End Of Sie
DTC U0001:00, U0001:88, U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)]
id0902j4001200
U0001:00 CAN system communication error

DTC U0001:88 CAN system communication error
Warning
x Perform the following on-board diagnosis according to 09-02I-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
DETECTION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (R.H.D.)] troubleshooting procedure.
CONDITION
x CAN system-related harness malfunction
x CAN system-related module malfunction
09-02I–24
DTC U0001:88 CAN system communication error
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness
x Malfunction of connectors between PCM, DSC HU/CM (with DSC), ABS HU/CM (with ABS), BCM,
keyless control module, TCM, SAS control module, EPS control module, theft-deterrent control module
and instrument cluster
x PCM malfunction
x DSC HU/CM malfunction (with DSC)
POSSIBLE x ABS HU/CM malfunction (with ABS)
CAUSE x BCM malfunction
x TCM malfunction
x SAS control module malfunction
x EPS control module malfunction
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6) ZJ, ZY MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
PCM PCM PCM
301 309 1AE 1AI 1A 1B
WITH DSC WITH ABS
M H
DSC ABS
HU/CM HU/CM
J L

ENTRY AND START SYSTEM CVT
4U 4W
2G 6X 4V A17
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE BCM TCM
2I 6V 4X A7
7X 7V
3C
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
SYSTEM
3D
CONNECTOR K
C-06 THEFT-DETERRENT
CONTROL MODULE
I
F 1G
EPS CONTROL
DLC-2
MODULE
E 1H
2B 2D
: CAN_H
INSTRUMENT : CAN_L
CLUSTER
Caution
x When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no looseness, damage, deformation,
corrosion, or poor connection of the connector terminals.
09-02I–25

1 VERIFICATION BEFORE SERVICING Yes Determine the open circuit location referring to 09-02H-6
x Are any DTCs, except the following, DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN)
displayed? [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].
— U0001:00 No Go to the next step.
— U0001:88
— U0073:00
2 INSPECTION OF CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR OUTPUTTING DTCs No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
x Inspect the terminal condition of the control
module connector outputting DTCs and the
mid-connector.
disconnection?
3 INSPECTION OF POWER SUPPLY OF Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL MODULE OUTPUTTING DTCs No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
x Refer to the terminal voltage table of the
control module outputting DTCs or use the
PID/data monitoring function to inspect the
terminal voltage and fuse condition.
x Is the power supply voltage normal?
4 INSPECTION OF BODY GROUND CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
OF CONTROL MODULE OUTPUTTING DTCs No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
x Inspect the body ground wires and ground
point of the control module outputting DTCs.
x Are the ground and ground point normal?
5 CAN SYSTEM RELATED WIRING HARNESS Yes Go to the next step.
INSPECTION No Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
x CAN system related wiring harness
inspection:
— Short to ground
— Short between twisted pair wiring harness
— Open circuit
6 INSPECT PCM Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the PCM connector. No Replace the PCM, then go to Step 9.
x Measure the resistance between the (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ, ZY].)
following PCM connector terminals: (See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
ZJ, ZY 1.6 (Y6)].)
— Between terminal 1AE and terminal 1AI (See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
(part side) 1.4 DI Turbo].)
MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo
— Between terminal 1A and terminal 1B
(part side)
MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
— Between terminal 301 and terminal 309
(part side)
7 INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the instrument cluster connector. No Replace the instrument cluster, then go to Step 9.
x Measure the resistance between the (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
following instrument cluster connector INSTALLATION.)
terminals: (See 09-22-6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
— Between terminal 2B and terminal 2D INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(part side)
8 CAN RELATED MODULE VERIFICATION Yes Reinstall the removed module, remove another module
x Remove only one of the CAN-related and perform the same inspection. Inspect all of the CAN-
modules. related modules using the same procedure. After
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. inspecting all of the modules, go to the next step.
x Inspect the DTCs of all modules using the M- No Replace the removed module.
MDS.
x Are DTCs U0001:00, U0001:88, U0073:00
displayed?
09-02I–26
9 AFTER REPAIR VERIFICATION Yes Perform the CAN system on-board diagnosis again
x Connect all of the modules. according to the troubleshooting procedure
x Clear DTCs using the M-MDS. (See 09-02H-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
x Inspect the DTCs using the M-MDS. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (L.H.D.)].)
x Are DTCs displayed? No DTC troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
09-02I–27
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [POWER

WINDOW SYSTEM]
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER
WIRING DIAGRAM WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03A–2 [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03A–9
FOREWORD No.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03A–3 OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . 09-03A–3 DO NOT OPERATE USING
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM THE POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
INITIAL SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03A–3 [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03A–11
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03A–4 OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM DO NOT OPERATE USING
TROUBLESHOOTING QUESTIONNAIRE THE POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM PRELIMINARY No.5 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE
INSPECTION INOPERATIVE
Manual Open/close Function No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03A–6 EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS
Auto Open/close Function DOES NOT ENCOUNTER
(Driver’s Side) Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 09-03A–6 A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT IS
IG-OFF Timer Function Inspection . . . 09-03A–6 MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE
Auto Reverse Pinch Protection [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03A–13
Function Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03A–7 No.7 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE
Two-step Down Function THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03A–7 OR CLOSING
No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03A–15
FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE
POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03A–8
End of Toc
WM: POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
09-03A–1
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0805200
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH

IG1
1M
B+ MANUAL MANUAL POWER-CUT
CLOSE OPEN SWITCH CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE
1N
1B
AUTO
OPEN OPEN OPEN

1F
1D
P/W
BCM 1A CM
1H
1K CLOSE OPEN
RELAY RELAY
1J 1L *1 *2 1C 1E 1I 1G
HALL EFFECT SWITCH 2

E F D A E D A E D A E
D POWER
A WINDOW
SUBSWITCH
C
B
HALL EFFECT SWITCH 1
POWER WINDOW POWER WINDOW POWER WINDOW
POWER WINDOW MOTOR MOTOR (LF) MOTOR (RR) MOTOR (LR)
(DRIVER'S SIDE)
TERMINAL
*1: 2B (L.H.D.), 2L (R.H.D.)
*2: 2A (L.H.D.), 2K (R.H.D.)
am2zzw0000383
End Of Sie
09-03A–2
FOREWORD [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0805400
Troubleshooting Procedure
START
(Customer arrives)
Confrim customer's Confirm to the customer using the "Power Window System
concern Troubleshooting Questionnaire "
Can you duplicate the NO

symptom?
YES
Confirm the symptom Confirm the symptom on-vehicle
NO Carry-out the basic

Is there same symptom in the
Symptom Troubleshooting inspection
Chart?
YES
Follow the appropriate
diagnostic procedure
Repair the problem
Complete
am2zzw0000021
x Slightly shake the wiring harness and connectors while performing the inspection to discover whether poor
contact points are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions.
Caution
x If any of the following conditions continues indefinitely, the power window motor will heat up
causing the protection circuit (integrated in power window motor) to operate. If this occurs, the
operation of the power window motor protection circuit temporarily disables the power windows.
— Continuous up and down operation of the power window.
— Continuously pulling up the power window switch while the window glass is fully closed.
— Continuously pressing the power window switch while the window glass fully opened.
x A malfunction in the power window system will be determined and the system will shift to
malfunction mode if the power windows are operated up or down using the power window switch
while the power window protection circuit is operating.
x While the power window system is in malfunction mode, but they do not operate using the auto
open/close function.
x The power window system reverts to normal operation after performing the Power Window system
initialization procedure.
Note
x If the following operations have been performed, initial setting is reset, and auto up/down and two-step
down operation are disabled. Therefore, performing initial setting is necessary.
— Negative battery cable disconnected
— Power window main switch connector disconnected
— Power window system power supply fuse removed
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM INITIAL SETTING

x Refer to 09-12-27 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.
End Of Sie
09-03A–3
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0805600
No. Malfunction symptom

1 09-03A-8 No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS
INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
2 09-03A-9 No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
3 09-03A-11 No.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
4 09-03A-11 No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
5 09-03A-11 No.5 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
6 09-03A-13 No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN
OBJECT WHILE IT IS MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
7 09-03A-15 No.7 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM]
End Of Sie
09-03A–4
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING QUESTIONNAIRE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0835500
Date :
When did the malfunction first occur ?

Outside
Wheather conditions Fair weather Cloudy Rain Snow Other ( ) Approx. °F
temperature
Driving conditons Driving Stopped (Engine is : Running Stopped)
Duplicate symtom? YES NO Frequency Always Sometimes ( times/month)
Road conditions City Outer city Freeway Other ( )/ Paved Dirt road
*Follow the appropriate diagnostic procedures shown below or perform the basic troubleshooting flow.
(No.1) The auto open/close function on the driver's side power window inoperative.
(No.2) The driver's side power window is inoperative.
(No.3) All power windows other than driver's side do not operate using the power window subswitch.
(No.4) All power windows other than driver's side do not operate using the power window main switch.
(No.5) All power windows are inoperative.
(No.6) Door glass reverses even though the glass does not encounter a foreign object while it is moving up in automatic mode.
Please clarify the position where the driver side front door glass opens automatically. Completely closed position
Approx. ( )mm lower than completely closed position Approx. ( )mm upper than the completely open position.
(No.7) Abnormal noise while the door glass is opening or closing.
Other (Describe the symptom below if the symptom does not appear in the above list.)
Please describe the conditions when the malfunction occurs.

(Example) : When the outer mirrors are operated
Please describe the conditions under which the system returns to normal operation after malfunctioning.
(Example) : The ignition switch is turned to the ON position after inserting the ignition key into the key cylinder
am2zzw0000463
End Of Sie
09-03A–5
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831700
Manual Open/close Function Inspection
1 x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Go to the next step.
x Operate the power window using the manual No x Inspect the power window main switch and the
open/close function on the power window main wiring harness.
switch. x Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
x Does the power window operate properly?
2 x Set the power cut switch to the UNLOCK Yes Go to the next step.
position. No x Inspect the power window subswitch and the wiring
x Operate the power window using the power harness.
window subswitch. x Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
x Does the power window operate properly?
3 x Set the power cut switch to the LOCK position. Yes x Inspect the power cut switch and the wiring harness.
x Operate all power windows other than the driver x Replace the power window main switch.
side. No x Manual open/close function is normal.
x Does the power window operate properly? x Perform the auto open/close function inspection.
Auto Open/close Function (Driver’s Side) Inspection

1 x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Go to the next step.
x Operate the power window using the auto open / No If the power window automatically opens
close function on the power window main switch.
x Does the power window operate properly? during the closing operation:
x Go to 09-03A-13 No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES
EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT
ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT IS
MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER
WINDOW SYSTEM].
Others:
x Go to 09-03A-8 No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE
FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER
WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM].
2 x Operate the power window main switch to the Yes Go to the next step.
close position while the power window is No x Replace the power window main switch (power
opening. window control unit is malfunctioning.)
x Does the power window operation stop?
3 x Operate the power window main switch to the Yes x Auto open/close function is normal.
open position while the power window is closing. x Perform the IG-OFF timer function inspection.
x Does the power window operation stop? No x Replace the power window main switch (power
window control unit is malfunctioning.)
IG-OFF Timer Function Inspection

1 x Close all doors. Yes Go to the next step.
x Turn the ignition switch from the ON to the LOCK No x Inspect the door switches and related wiring
position. harness.
x Operate the power window main switch within 43 x If above parts are okay, replace the power window
s after turning the ignition switch to the LOCK main switch, then go to the next step.
position. x If above parts are incorrect repair or replace
x Does the power window operate? malfunction part (s), then go to the next step.
2 x Open any door. Yes x Inspect the door switches and related wiring
x Turn the ignition switch from the ON to the LOCK harness.
position. x If above parts are okay, replace the power window
x Operate the power window main switch within 43 main switch, then go to the next step.
s after turning the ignition switch to the LOCK x If above parts are incorrect repair or replace
position. malfunction part (s), then go to the next step.
x Does the power window operate? No x Go to the next step.
09-03A–6
3 x Close all doors. Yes x Replace the power window main switch (power
x Turn the ignition switch from the ON to the LOCK window control unit is malfunctioning.)
position. No x IG-OFF timer function operation is normal.
x Operate the power window main switch within 60 x Perform the auto reverse pinch protection function
s after turning the ignition switch to the LOCK inspection.
position.
x Does the power window operate?
Auto Reverse Pinch Protection Function Inspection

1 x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes x Auto reverse pinch protection function is normal.
x Fully open the driver's side power window. x Perform the two-step down function inspection.
x Set the hammer (thickness: 10 mm or more) as No Go to the next step.
shown below. Then, close the power window.
x Verify that the power window opens 200 mm
after contacting the hammer and the operation
stops.
x Does auto reverse pinch protection function
operate properly?
2 x Does power window open before contacting the Yes x Go to 09-03A-13 No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES
hammer? EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT
ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT IS
MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER
WINDOW SYSTEM].
No x Initialize the power window main switch.
Note
x Before initializing the power window main switch,
cut off the power supply to the power window
main switch for 60 s. Then, reconnect it again
after 60 s:
— Disconnect the negative battery cable.
— Disconnect the power window main switch
connector.
— Remove the fuse for the power window
system.
HAMMER
am2zzw0000022
Two-step Down Function Inspection
Note
x Before inspecting the two-step down function, make sure that the two-step down function is turned on.(if
the two-step down function is turned off, the power window does not stop once.)
x The two-step down position is adjustable within 20—100 mm {0.79—3.9 in}.
x The two-step down function does not operate while the IG-OFF timer function is activated.
09-03A–7

1 x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Two-step down function is normal.
x Turn on the two-step down function, if it is turned No x Verify that the auto open/close function operates
off. properly.
x Fully close the driver’s side power window. If the auto open/close function operates
x Open the power window using the manual open/
close function on the power window main switch. properly:
x Verify that the power window stops 30 mm lower x Verify that the two-step down function is turned on.
than the fully closed position for 1 s. If the auto open/close function does not
x Does power window operate properly? operate properly:
x Replace the power window main switch (power
Note window control unit is malfunctioning.)
x While the auto open/close function is (See 09-12-21 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
activated, the two-step down function does REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
not operate.
End Of Sie
No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831000
1 The auto open/close function on the driver’s side power window is inoperative
x Power window system in fail-safe function (Power window motor heat protection circuit is operating)
x No power supply to power window main switch
POSSIBLE x Power window main switch malfunction (power window control unit malfunction, auto switch
CAUSE malfunction)
x Power window motor malfunction (Sensor inside motor malfunction)
x Malfunction in wiring harness between power window motor (sensor) and power window main switch
1 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position Yes System is normal.
for 3 min. The power window system auto open/close function dose
x Turn the ignition switch to ON position. not operate temporarily for any of the following reasons:
x Initialize the power window system. x The power window switch is operated while the power
x Operate the auto open/close function. window motor protection circuit (integrated in power
x Dose the power window operate properly? window motor) is operating.
x The power window main switch power supply is cut off
by disconnection of the negative battery cable or
removing the fuse.
No Go to the next step.
2 x Turn the ignition switch to ON position. Yes Replace the power window main switch.
x Inspect the two-step down operation. (See 09-12-21 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
(See 09-03A-6 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [POWER No Go to the next step.
WINDOW SYSTEM].)
x Does the two-step down function operate
properly?
3 x Does the sensor built into the power window Yes Go to the next step.
motor send pulse signals while the power No Replace the power window motor.
window motor is operating? (See 09-12-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/
x Inspect the voltage at the following power INSTALLATION.)
window motor terminals:
— B (sensor 1 signal)
— A (sensor 2 signal)
x Is the voltage approx. 6 V?
4 x Does the sensor built into the power window Yes Replace the power main switch.
motor send pulse signals while the power (See 09-12-21 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
window motor is operating? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Inspect the voltage at the following power No Inspect for an open or short circuit in wiring between the
window main switch (14-pin connector) power window motor (sensor) and the power window main
terminals: switch.
— 1D (sensor 1 signal) Inspect the connection of the power window motor and
— 1H (sensor 2 signal) power window main switch connectors.
x Is the voltage approx. 6 V? (damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
Repair of replace necessary.
End Of Sie
09-03A–8
No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831100
2 The driver’s side power window is inoperative.

x Power supply circuit or ground circuit malfunction
— Burnt fuse (B+)
— Open or short circuit in wiring harness between fuse (B+) and power window main switch
POSSIBLE — Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and power window motor
CAUSE — Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and ground
x Power window main switch malfunction
x Power window motor malfunction
x Power window regulator malfunction
09-03A–9
1 x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Go to Step 6.
x Does the LED on the power window main No Go to the next step.
switch illuminate?
2 x Operate all power windows other than the Yes Go to the next step.
driver’s side window using the power window No Inspect for an open or short circuit in the following wiring
main switch. harnesses. Inspect the connector connections (damage/
x Does the power window operate properly? pulled-out pins, corrosion):
x P/W 30 A fuse—Power window main switch terminal 1M
x Power window main switch terminal 1B—ground.
Repair or replace if necessary.
3 x Is the P/W 20 A fuse normal? Yes Go to Step 5.
No Inspect the following:
x Short circuit in B+ power supply wiring harness
x Short circuit in power window motor
Replace with the appropriate standard fuse.
Then, go to the next step.
4 x Initialize the power window system. Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
x Operate the power window system. No Re-confirm the symptom and go to Step 1.
x Do the power windows operate properly?
5 x Measure the voltage at the power window Yes Replace the power window main switch.
main switch terminal 1N. (See 09-12-21 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
x Is the voltage B+? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
No Inspect for an open or short circuit in the power window
main switch wiring harness (battery power supply).
Inspect the power window main switch connector
connection. (damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
6 x Measure the voltage at the power window Yes Go to the next step.
main switch. (power window motor output No Replace the power window main switch.
terminal) while operating the power window (See 09-12-21 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
using the power window main switch. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(Open: terminal 1L/ close: terminal 1J)
7 x Measure the voltage at the power window Yes Go to the next step.
motor. (battery power supply terminal) while No Inspect for an open or short circuit in the wiring harness
operating the power window using the power between the power window main switch and the power
window motor. window motor.
x Is the voltage B+? Inspect the power window main switch and power window
(Open: terminal F/ close: terminal E) motor connector connections. (damage/pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
8 x Operate the driver's side power window Yes Go to the next step.
using the power window main switch. No Replace the power window motor.
x Does the power window motor operate (See 09-12-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/
(rotate)? INSTALLATION.)
Caution
x If the power window motor temperature
is high, the motor may not rotate due to
the motor internal bimetal function.
Leave it untouched for about 3 min to
cool it down, then reinspect.
9 x Remove the door glass from the carrier plate. Yes Replace the power window regulator.
x Make sure that the door glass moves (See 09-12-12 FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
smoothly using your hand. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Does the door glass move smoothly? (See 09-12-15 REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
No Inspect for a bent regulator guide or other possible
malfunction. If normal, replace the door glass run-channel.
End Of Sie
09-03A–10
No.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER
WINDOW SUBSWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831200
3 All power windows other than driver’s side do not operate using the power window subswitch.
POSSIBLE x Open or short circuit in power window subswitch wiring harness (battery power supply circuit).
CAUSE x Power window subswitch malfunction
1 x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Replace the power window subswitch.
x Set the power cut-switch to the UNLOCK (See 09-12-24 POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
position. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Measure the voltage at the power window No Inspect for an open or short circuit in the wiring harness
subswitch terminal A. between the power window main switch and the power
x Is the voltage B+? window subswitch.
Inspect the power window subswitch connector connection.
(damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
End Of Sie
No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER
WINDOW MAIN SWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831300
4 All power windows other than driver’s side do not operate using the power window main switch
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and power window main switch
POSSIBLE
(IG1).
CAUSE
x Power window main switch malfunction
1 x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Replace the power window main switch.
x Set the power cut-switch to the UNLOCK (See 09-12-21 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
position. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Operate all power windows other than the No Inspect for an open or short circuit in the power window
driver’s side using the power window main main switch wiring harness (battery power supply).
switch. Inspect the power window main switch connector
x Do any power windows operate? connection. (damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
End Of Sie
No.5 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831400
5 All power windows are inoperative.

x Power supply circuit or ground circuit malfunction
— Burnt fuse (B+)
— Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and power window main switch
— Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and power window
subswitch
POSSIBLE
— Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and power window motor
CAUSE
— Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and ground
x Power window main switch malfunction (power cut-off switch malfunction, switch malfunction)
x Power window subswitch malfunction
x Power window motor malfunction
x Power window regulator malfunction
09-03A–11
1 x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes System is now normal. (power cut-off switch is not set
x Set the power cut-off switch to the UNLOCK properly.)
position. No Go to the next step.
x Inspect the power window system operation
again.
x Does the system operate properly?
2 x Operate all power windows other than Yes Go to Step 6.
driver’s side window using the power window No Go to the next step.
main switch.
x Does any power window operate?
3 x Operate the driver’s side power window Yes Go to the next step.
using the power window main switch. No Inspect for an open circuit in the wiring harness between the
x Does the power window operate? power window main switch and the body ground.
4 x Is the P/W 30 A fuse normal? Yes Replace with the appropriate standard fuse.
If the fuse is melted, inspect the wiring harness for a short to
ground. Repair or replace the wiring harness, then replace
the fuse.
5 x Measure the voltage at the power window Yes Replace the power window main switch.
main switch terminal 1M. (See 09-12-21 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
x Is the voltage B+? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
main switch wiring harness (battery power supply).
6 x Identify the inoperative power window. Yes Go to the next step.
x Measure the voltage at the suspect power No Go to Step 9.
window motor (battery power supply) while
operating the power window motor using the
suspect power window subswitch.
(Open: terminal F/ close: terminal E)
7 x Operate the power window using the power Yes Go to the next step.
window subswitch. No Replace the power window motor.
x Does the power window motor operate (See 09-12-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/
(rotate)? INSTALLATION.)
Caution
x If the power window motor temperature
is high, the motor may not rotate due to
the motor internal bimetal function.
Leave it untouched for about 3 min. to
cool it down, then reinspect.
8 x Remove the door glass from the carrier plate. Yes Replace the power window regulator guide.
x Make sure that the door glass moves No Inspect for a bent regulator guide or other possible
smoothly using your hand. malfunction. If normal, replace the glass run channel.
x Does the door glass move smoothly?
9 x Measure the voltage at the power window Yes Inspect for an open or short circuit in the wiring harness
subswitch (power window motor output) between the power window subswitch and power window
while operating the power window subswitch. motor.
x Is the voltage B+? Inspect the power window subswitch and power window
(Open: terminal E/ close: terminal D) motor connector connections. (damage/pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
09-03A–12
10 Note Yes Go to the next step.
x Do not operate the power window No Inspect for an open or short circuit in the power window
subswitch during the following inspection. subswitch wiring harness.
Inspect the power window subswitch connector connection.
x Inspect the continuity between power (damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
window subswitch terminal D (vehicle Repair or replace if necessary.
harness-side) and ground. Then go to Step 12.
11 Note Yes Replace the power window subswitch.
x Do not operate the power window (See 09-12-24 POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
subswitch during the following inspection. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Inspect the continuity between power subswitch wiring harness.
window subswitch terminal E and ground. Inspect the power window subswitch connector connection.
x Is there continuity? (damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
Then go to Step 12.
12 Note Yes Go to the next step.
x Do not operate the power window main No Replace the power window main switch.
switch during the following inspection. (See 09-12-21 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
x Inspect the continuity between power
window main switch terminal (up-side 2B
(L.H.D.), 2L (R.H.D.), 1C, 1I) and ground.
13 Note Yes Inspect for an open or short circuit in the wiring harness
x Do not operate the power window main between the power window main switch and power window
switch during the following inspection. subswitch.
Inspect the power window main switch and subswitch
x Inspect the continuity between power connector connections. (damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
window main switch terminal (down-side 2A Repair or replace if necessary.
(L.H.D.), 2K (R.H.D.), 1E, 1G) and ground. No Replace the power window main switch.
x Is there continuity? (See 09-12-21 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
End Of Sie
No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT
WHILE IT IS MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831500
Note
x Perform the following inspection for the power window system component parts of windows where the
door glass reverses even though the glass does not encounter a foreign object while it is moving up in
automatic mode.
Door glass reverses even though the glass does not encounter a foreign object while it is moving
6
up in automatic mode.
x Extreme change in the sliding resistance of the glass while the door glass is closing.
— Improper installation of the acrylic door visor.
— Power window motor malfunction.
— Object caught between the glass run channel and the door glass.
— Insufficient tightening of the door glass to the carrier plate.
— Glass run channel malfunction.
— Glass guide related malfunction.
POSSIBLE Note
CAUSE x The auto-reverse pinch protection function is a mechanism that automatically reverses (opens) the
door glass while it is closing when the power window main switch detects the signal from the power
window motor indicating that an object is obstructing the door glass movement.
x The auto-reverse pinch protection function may operate if the sliding resistance of the door glass
increases causing the closing speed to decrease.
x If the door glass closing speed has changed, concentrate the inspection on the following locations:
(Slip occurrence)
— If the door glass is slipping forward, inspect the front side of the glass guide or glass run channel.
— If the door glass is slipping rearward, inspect the rear side of the glass guide or glass run channel.
09-03A–13
1 x Inspect malfunction symptom. Yes The system is normal.
x Does the malfunction symptom occur only (Explain to the customer that this does not indicate a
under the following special conditions?: malfunction because the system is designed to reverse the
— Driving over railroad tracks. door glass while it is closing if it receives vibration when the
— Driving on bumpy roads. vehicle is crossing railroad tracks, driving on a bumpy road,
— Opening/closing the door. or when the door is opened/closed.)
2 x Inspect acrylic door visor installation Yes Go to the next step.
condition. No Install the side visor properly, then go to the next step.
x Is the acrylic door visor normal?
3 x Inspect door glass closing speed. Yes Mark the point where the door glass closing speed changed,
x Affix tape to the rear edge of the door glass then go to Step 5.
as shown in the figure for placing marks. (to No Go to the next step.
facilitate seeing the door glass movement)
x Start the engine and idle it (to ensure a
stabilized operational voltage).
x Does the door glass hesitate only once while
its closing?
4 x Reinspect door glass closing speed. Yes Replace the power window motor, then go to Step 8.
x Does the door glass hesitate periodically (See 09-12-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/
while it is closing? INSTALLATION.)
No Go to Step 8.
5 x Inspect glass run channel and door glass Yes Object is caught between glass run channel and
sliding surface. door glass:
x Is there an object caught between the glass x Remove the object.
run channel and the door glass, or is there
Roughness on the sliding surface (rubber
roughness on the sliding surface (rubber
surface)? surface):
x Replace the glass run channel.
After performing one of the above actions, reinspect.
If the malfunction is not corrected, go to Step 3.
6 x Inspect tightening of door glass to carrier Yes Go to the next step.
plate. No After tightening correctly, reinspect.
x Is it normal? If the malfunction is not corrected, go to Step 3.
7 x Inspect condition of glass run channel and Yes Go to the next step.
door glass. No Assemble the glass run channel and door glass securely,
x Is it normal? and reinspect.
If the malfunction is not corrected, go to Step 3.
8 x Inspect door glass closing speed. Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 3.
x Does the door glass hesitate at any location? No Troubleshooting completed.
If door glass slips rearward slightly

If door glass slips forward slightly
Affx tape to rear edge
Speed change position
am2zzw0000022
End Of Sie
09-03A–14
No.7 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM]
id0903a0831600
7 Abnormal noise while the door glass is opening or closing

x Installation screw is loose between the door glass and carrier plate.
x Deformity in the power window regulator plastic part due to use.
— Scratching, wear marks to the power window regulator resin part due to twisting of the cable.
POSSIBLE — Gear deformity in the power window motor.
CAUSE
Note
x Identify the location of the noise using a stethoscope or similar device.
Time of
Noise type Possible cause Location of noise Action
occurrence
Clanking noise Door glass Insufficiently tightened installation Between door glass Securely tighten the
begins to move
screw between the door glass and lower edge and carrier installation screw.
carrier plate. plate.
Groaning noise While door glass Vibration caused by wear on the Power window regulator Replace the power
(Sound is operating resin part from cable twisting due window regulator
increases due to to use of the power window (See 09-12-12 FRONT
use) regulator. POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR REMOVAL/
Note INSTALLATION.)
x Noise does not occur if a (See 09-12-15 REAR
roller is equipped to power POWER WINDOW
window regulator resin part. REGULATOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Whining noise Gear inside power window motor is Gear in power window Replace the power
Clicking noise deformed due to use. motor window motor
(Periodic noise) (See 09-12-17 POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie RESIN PART
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR POEWR WINDOW
REGULATOR
CARRIER PLATE
am2zzw0000087
09-03A–15
SYMPTOM
SYMPTOM TRO
TROUBLESHOOT
UBLESHOOTING [ADV
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND STAR
START
T SYSTEM]
09-03B SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [ADVANCED

KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B–4
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND NO.2 FLASHING KEYLESS INDICATOR
START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B–1 LIGHT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B–6
WIRING DIAGRAM [ADVANCED Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B–6
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-03B–2 NO.3 ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX FUNCTION INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-03B–6
START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B–3 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B–6
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM ON-BOARD NO.4 ADVANCED KEYLESS START
DIAGNOSIS [ADVANCED KEYLESS FUNCTION INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B–3 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-03B–9
NO.1 DOOR CANNOT BE Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B–9
LOCKED/UNLOCKED BY
TRANSMITTER [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03B–3
End of Toc
SYMPTOM
SYMPTOM TRO
TROUBLESHOOT
UBLESHOOTING [ADV
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND STAR
START
T SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

WM: KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
id0903d1814300
No. Troubleshooting item Page

1 Door cannot be locked/unlocked by transmitter See 09-03B-3 NO.1 DOOR CANNOT BE LOCKED/UNLOCKED BY
TRANSMITTER [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
2 Flashing keyless indicator light See 09-03B-6 NO.2 FLASHING KEYLESS INDICATOR LIGHT
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
3 Advanced keyless entry function inoperative See 09-03B-6 NO.3 ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION
INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
4 Advanced keyless start function inoperative See 09-03B-9 NO.4 ADVANCED KEYLESS START FUNCTION
INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
End Of Sie
09-03B–1
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0903d1800900
B+
B+ 3V
STEERING
3W LOCK UNIT WITH
THEFT-DETERRENT
1E
2L
THEFT-
DETERRENT
IG1
CONTROL
LIFTGATE OPENNER SWITCH
MODULE
2C
ACC (3HB, 5HB) / TRUNK LID OPENER
SWITCH (4SD)
3G
2A
KEYLESS BCM
BUZZER 2F
A 3K
B
UNLOCK PCM
L
J 3P
LOCK
D
KEYLESS KEYLESS
DOOR LOCK CAN-H INDICATOR WARNING B+
B+ 2G
LINK SWITCH KEYLESS LIGHT LIGHT
(GREEN) (RED) SECURITY
CONTROL 2I ALARM
LIGHT
MODULE CAN-L
BCM
KEYLESS
RECEIVER
1D
D INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
C 2H 3U A
B D REQUEST SWITCH
3O B
KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, RF)
WITH IMMOBILIZER 3AD E
SYSTEM
IG1 3X A
REQUEST SWITCH
D
B 3F B
KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, LF)
C 2D 3AB E
COIL
ANTENNA
D 2B
3HB, 5HB 4SD
F 3R C
3R C KEYLESS ANTENNA
3N D (INTERIOR, FRONT)
3AA D
3AA
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, FRONT)
3I A KEYLESS ANTENNA
3I C (INTERIOR, REAR)
3Z B
3Z D
KEYLESS ANTENNA 3C C KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR) (EXTERIOR, REAR)
3AC D
3C C
3AC D 3L C KEYLESS ANTENNA

KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, CENTER)
(EXTERIOR, REAR) 3Y D
am2zzw0000510
End Of Sie
09-03B–2
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0903d1801000
x Refer to the general information and check the basic troubleshooting procedure.
x The advanced keyless and start system is controlled by the Keyless control module.
x The phrase “All doors” includes the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD).
End Of Sie
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0903d1800400
Note
x “All doors” includes the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD).
START
1. Remove the key from the steering lock.

2. Close all doors.
Open the driver-side door.
Perform the following procedures within 24 s.

1. Insert the key into the steering lock.
2. Repeat the following 4 times.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position, then back to
the LOCK position.
3. Open and close the driver-side door 3 times
(then leave the door open).
Confirm the following operations:

All doors lock.
Driver-side door unlocks. Yes The on-board diagnostic function is operated properly.
Passenger-side and rear doors unlock. The on-board diagnostic is competed.
Hazard flash.
Are the above operations normal?
No
Yes The on-board diagnostic function is inoperative.

Was the on-board diagnosis performed properly?
Perform symptom troubleshooting.
No
am2zzw0000215
End Of Sie
NO.1 DOOR CANNOT BE LOCKED/UNLOCKED BY TRANSMITTER [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM]
id0903d1900300
1 Door cannot be locked/unlocked by transmitter

x Transmitter (advanced key) malfunction (battery or other parts)
Possible x Keyless receiver malfunction
Cause x Customer's mis-operation or misunderstanding
x Effect of non-standard equipment (any control unit with built-in micro computer such as radio set, mobile
telephone, and TV)
09-03B–3
1 x Does the operation indicator light illuminate Yes Go to the next step.
when the transmitter (advanced key) is No Go to Step 8.
operated?
2 x Did the customer operate the transmitter Yes Go to the next step.
(advanced key) within the operation range (2.5 m No System is normal. (Explain to the customer to operate
{8.2 ft} from the vehicle)? the transmitter within the operation range.)
3 x Did the customer operate at a place where Yes System is normal. (Explain to the customer to operate
extrinsic noise is received such as a TV tower, the transmitter (advanced key) away from extrinsic
electric power station, or a broadcast station. noise.)
4 x Did the customer operate the transmitter Yes Go to the next step.
(advanced key) with all the following conditions No System is normal. (Explain to the customer that the
met? system does not operate due to the cancel function with
— All doors are closed. the auxiliary key in the ignition key cylinder.)
— The auxiliary key is not inserted in the ignition
key cylinder.
— The start knob is in the LOCK position.
— The start knob is being pressed.
5 x Did the malfunction occur after any non-standard Yes Go to the next step.
equipment (any control unit with built-in micro No Go to Step 7.
computer such as radio set, mobile telephone,
and TV) was installed?
6 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes System is normal. (Explain to the customer that noise
x Disconnect the negative battery cable. from the equipment affected the operation.)
x Was the malfunction corrected when the No Go to the next step.
connector of the equipment was disconnected?
7 x Connect the negative battery cable. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is lock/unlock possible only near the keyless No Go to Step 9.
receivers when the transmitter (advanced key) is
operated?
8 x Verify the advanced keyless and start system Yes Replace the battery, then go to Step 23.
operation using another normal battery. (See 09-14-122 ADVANCED KEY BATTERY
x Does the advanced keyless and start system REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
operate normally? SYSTEM].)
9 x Visually inspect the transmitter (advanced key) Yes Go to the next step.
battery. No Insert the battery correctly or replace it with a specified
x Are the following correct? one (CR2025), then go to Step 23.
— Battery direction (polarity) (See 09-14-122 ADVANCED KEY BATTERY
— Battery type (CR2025) REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
10 x Visually inspect the transmitter (advanced key) Yes Replace the transmitter (advanced key) or repair the
battery. battery terminals, then go to Step 23.
(See 09-14-122 ADVANCED KEY BATTERY No Go to the next step.
REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
START SYSTEM].)
— Is there any rust on the battery terminals (+),
(-)?
— Is there any poor contact between the battery
terminals and the battery when the battery is
inserted?
11 x Inspect the battery. Yes Go to Step 13.
x Is it normal? No Go to the next step.
12 x Verify the advanced keyless and start system Yes Replace the battery, then go to Step 22.
operation using another normal battery. (See 09-14-122 ADVANCED KEY BATTERY
x Does the advanced keyless and start system REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
operate normally? SYSTEM].)
No Replace the transmitter (advanced key), then go to Step
22.
13 x Inspect the keyless receiver installation Yes Go to the next step.
condition. No Install the bracket securely, then go to the next step.
x Is the bracket installed securely?
09-03B–4
14 x Inspect the keyless receiver. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 09-14-109 KEYLESS RECEIVER No Inspect for a burnt fuse (ROOM 15 A)
INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND Inspect the power supply system wiring harness for an
START SYSTEM].) open or short circuit.
x Is the keyless receiver power supply voltage
normal?
— Power supply (+B) (terminal D)
x Is the keyless receiver grounded normally? No Inspect the ground system wiring harness for an open
— Power supply (0 V) (terminal B) circuit.
Inspect the ground tightening screw and nut for
looseness.
16 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Go to the next step.
x Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the
x Disconnect the keyless receiver connector (4- keyless receiver connector and keyless control module
pin) and the keyless control module connector connector, then go to the next step.
(12-pin).
x Inspect the wiring harness between the following
terminals for an open or short circuit.
— Terminal C (4-pin) to terminal 2H (12-pin)
17 x Are the following keyless control module power Yes Go to the next step.
supply voltages normal? No Inspect for a burnt fuse (ENG10 A, ROOM15 A, P/W 20
— Power supply (IG1) (Terminal 2C) A, MIRROR 7.5 A).
— Power supply (+B) (Terminals 1D and 1E) Inspect the power supply system wiring harness for an
— Power supply (ACC) (Terminal 2A) open or short circuit, repair or replace if necessary, then
go to the next step.
18 x Is the following keyless control module ground Yes Go to the next step.
voltage normal? No Inspect the ground system wiring harness for an open
— 0 V (Terminal 3N) circuit, then go to the next step.
19 x Inspect the following keyless control module (12- Yes Go to the next step.
pin, 30-pin) signal voltages with the auxiliary key No Inspect the keyless switch.
not in the ignition key cylinder, and the start knob Inspect the keyless switch system wiring harness for an
in the LOCK position and not being pressed. open or short circuit, then go to the next step.
— Keyless switch: 10 V or less (Terminal 3W)
— Start knob (push switch): 1.0 V or less
(Terminal 3V)
— Power supply (ACC): 1.0 V or less (Terminal
2A)
— Power supply (IG1): 1.0 V or less (Terminal
2C)
x Are the signal voltages normal?
20 x Are the following BCM terminal voltages normal? Yes Inspect the wiring harness between BCM terminal 6W
(See 09-40-4 BODY CONTROL MODULE and keyless control module terminal 2F.
(BCM) INSPECTION.) If there is any open or short circuit, repair or replace the
— When the front door (RH) is open: Wave malfunctioning part.
pattern (Terminal 7I) If there is no malfunction, go to the next step.
— When the front door (RH) is closed: 1.0 V or No Inspect the door latch switch.
less (Terminal 7I) (See 09-14-74 FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH
— When the front door (LH) is open: Wave INSPECTION.)
pattern (Terminal 7M) (See 09-14-83 REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH
— When the front door (LH) is closed: 1.0 V or INSPECTION.)
less (Terminal 7M) Inspect the door latch switch system wiring harness for
— When the rear door (RH) is open: Wave an open or short circuit, then go to the next step.
pattern (Terminal 7O)
— When the rear door (RH) is closed: 1.0 V or
less (Terminal 7O)
— When the rear door (LH) is open: Wave
pattern (Terminal 7G)
— When the rear door (LH) is closed: 1.0 V or
less (Terminal 7G)
— When the liftgate is open: 1.0 V or less
(Terminal 7S)
— When the liftgate is closed: B+ (Terminal 7S)
09-03B–5
21 x Is the signal voltage transmitted from the BCM to Yes Go to the next step.
the door lock actuator normal? No Inspect the wiring harness between the BCM and the
x Does BCM terminal voltage change as follows door lock actuator for an open or short circuit.
when locking/unlocking using the transmitter Inspect the door lock actuator, then go to Step 23.
(advanced key)? (See 09-14-72 FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
— Unlocking: B+ (Terminal 3O) INSPECTION.)
— Locking (Vehicles with double locking
system): 1.0 V or lessoB+o1.0 V or less
(Terminal 3E)
— Locking (Vehicles without double locking
system): B+ (Terminal 3M)
22 x Replace the keyless receiver. Yes Troubleshooting completed.
x Does the advanced keyless and start system No Replace the BCM, then go to the next step.
operate normally? (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
23 x Does the advanced keyless and start system Yes Troubleshooting completed.
operate normally? No Verify the malfunction, then go to Step 1 if it recurs.
End Of Sie
NO.2 FLASHING KEYLESS INDICATOR LIGHT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0903d1892600
2 Flashing keyless indictor light

Possible
x Transmitter (advanced key) battery voltage low
Cause
Step Action
1 Replace the transmitter (advanced key) battery.
(See 09-14-122 ADVANCED KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
NO.3 ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM]
id0903d1801400
3 Advanced keyless entry function inoperative

x Transmitter (advanced key) malfunction
Possible
Cause
x Keyless antenna malfunction
x Customer's mis-operation
1 x Inspect for any advanced keyless system- Yes Perform the corresponding DTC troubleshooting.
related DTCs. No Go to the next step.
SYSTEM].)
2 x Verify the operation method for the request Yes Go to the next step.
switch and the liftgate (3HB,5HB)/ trunk lid No Verify the advanced keyless system operation by
(4SD) opener switch. pressing each switch.
x Was the operation performed using any front If the system does not operate, go to the next step.
door switch (driver's side/passenger's side)
or the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD)
opener switch?
09-03B–6
3 x Verify the advanced keyless system Yes System is normal. (Explain the customer about the
operation by operating each request switch keyless entry system.)
and the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD) No Go to the next step.
opener switch with all the following
conditions met.
— The advanced key is outside of the cabin.
— All doors and trunk lid (4SD) are closed.
— The auxiliary key is not inserted in the
ignition key cylinder.
— The start knob is in the LOCK position,
and not pressed.
— The advanced key is within the reception
area (80 cm {31 in} radius from near the
driver's door, front passenger's door, and
the liftgate (3HB,5HB)/trunk lid (4SD).
x Does the advanced keyless entry operate
normally?
4 x Inspect the signal voltages at the following Yes Go to the next step.
keyless control module connector (30-pin) No Inspect the applicable wiring harness between the
when the request switches and the liftgate request switch and the keyless control module for an
(3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD) opener switch are open or short circuit, then go to the next step.
pressed.
12 Vo1.0 V or less
— Request switch (RF) (Terminal 3U)
— Request switch (LF) (Terminal 3X)
5 Vo3.0 V or less
— Liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD) opener
switch (Terminal 3G)
5 x Inspect the following keyless control Yes Go to the next step.
connector signal voltages with the auxiliary No Inspect the applicable wiring harness between the
key not in the ignition switch key cylinder, and switch and the keyless control module, repair if
the start knob in the LOCK position and not necessary, then go to the next step.
being pressed.
— Keyless switch: 1.0 V or less (Terminal
3W)
(Terminal 3V)
— Power supply (ACC): 1.0 V or less
(Terminal 2A)
— Power supply (IG1): 1.0 V or less
(Terminal 2C)
6 x Perform the advanced keyless and start Yes Perform the corresponding DTC troubleshooting.
system DTC inspection with all the following No Go to the next step.
condition met.
— The start knob is not in the LOCK
position.
— The start knob is not pressed.
x Perform DTC inspection.
SYSTEM].)
7 x Measure the signal voltage at keyless control Yes Go to the next step.
module terminal 2H when each request No Inspect the wiring harness between the keyless
switch and the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid receiver and the keyless control module.
(4SD) opener switch are operated. If the wiring harness is normal:
x Is the signal voltage B+o1.0 V or less when
x Replace the advanced key, then go to the next step.
the transmitter (advanced key) is pressed?
If the wiring harness is malfunctioning:
x Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the
next step.
09-03B–7
3 x Verify the advanced keyless system Yes System is normal. (Explain the customer about the
operation by operating each request switch keyless entry system.)
and the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD) No Go to the next step.
opener switch with all the following
conditions met.
— The advanced key is outside of the cabin.
— The start knob is in the LOCK position,
and not pressed.
— The advanced key is within the reception
area (80 cm {31 in} radius from near the
driver's door, front passenger's door, and
the liftgate (3HB,5HB)/trunk lid (4SD).
x Does the advanced keyless entry operate
normally?
4 x Inspect the signal voltages at the following Yes Go to the next step.
keyless control module connector (30-pin) No Inspect the applicable wiring harness between the
when the request switches and the liftgate request switch and the keyless control module for an
(3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD) opener switch are open or short circuit, then go to the next step.
pressed.
12 Vo1.0 V or less
— Request switch (RF) (Terminal 3U)
— Request switch (LF) (Terminal 3X)
5 Vo3.0 V or less
switch (Terminal 3G)
5 x Inspect the following keyless control Yes Go to the next step.
connector signal voltages with the auxiliary No Inspect the applicable wiring harness between the
key not in the ignition switch key cylinder, and switch and the keyless control module, repair if
the start knob in the LOCK position and not necessary, then go to the next step.
being pressed.
3W)
(Terminal 3V)
— Power supply (ACC): 1.0 V or less
(Terminal 2A)
— Power supply (IG1): 1.0 V or less
(Terminal 2C)
6 x Perform the advanced keyless and start Yes Perform the corresponding DTC troubleshooting.
system DTC inspection with all the following No Go to the next step.
condition met.
position.
SYSTEM].)
7 x Measure the signal voltage at keyless control Yes Go to the next step.
module terminal 2H when each request No Inspect the wiring harness between the keyless
switch and the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid receiver and the keyless control module.
(4SD) opener switch are operated. If the wiring harness is normal:
x Is the signal voltage B+o1.0 V or less when
x Replace the advanced key, then go to the next step.
the transmitter (advanced key) is pressed?
next step.
09-03B–8
8 x Inspect the wiring harness between BCM Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
terminal 6W and keyless control module No Connect the connector, then go to the next step.
terminal 2F.
x Is there any open or short circuit?
9 x Measure the signal voltages at the following Yes Inspect the BCM and replace it if necessary.
BCM connector (16-pin) when each request (See 09-40-4 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
switch and the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid INSPECTION.)
(4SD) opener switch are operated. (See 09- (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
40-4 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.) No Inspect the wiring harness between the BCM and the
— Door lock actuator (Vehicles with double door lock actuator for an open or short circuit.
locking system) Inspect the door lock actuator, repair if necessary, then
x When the doors are locked (Terminal go to the next step.
3E): 1.0 V or lessoB+o1.0 V or less (See 09-14-72 FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
x When the doors are unlocked (Terminal INSPECTION.)
3O): B+
— Door lock actuator (Vehicles without
double locking system)
x When the doors are locked (Terminal
3M): B+
x When the doors are unlocked (Terminal
3O): B+
switch
x When the switch is operated with all
doors locked (Terminal 6U): Wave
pattern
x Are the voltages normal?
10 x Does the advanced keyless system operate Yes Troubleshooting completed.
normally? No Verify the malfunction, then go to Step 1 if it recurs.
End Of Sie
NO.4 ADVANCED KEYLESS START FUNCTION INOPERATIVE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0903d1801500
4 Advanced keyless start function inoperative

x Transmitter (advanced key) malfunction
Possible
Cause
x Keyless antenna malfunction
x PCM malfunction
1 x Inspect for any advanced keyless and start Yes Perform the corresponding DTC troubleshooting.
system-related DTCs. No Go to the next step.
SYSTEM].)
2 x Verify if the engine can be started using the Yes Go to the next step.
auxiliary key. No Perform symptom troubleshooting No.3 (Section 01-
x Does the engine start? 03).
3 x Verify that the keyless indicator light (green) Yes Go to Step 10.
illuminates when the start knob is pressed. No If the keyless indicator light (green) does not
illuminate:
If the keyless indicator light (red) flashes:
x Go to Step 5.
If the keyless indicator light (red) illuminates:
x Go to Step 8.
09-03B–9
4 x Bring the advanced key into the cabin. Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the signal voltages at the following No Inspect the wiring harness between the steering lock
keyless control module connector (30-pin) unit and the keyless control module.
when the start knob is pressed. If the wiring harness is normal:
— Start knob (push switch): B+ (Terminal
x Replace the steering lock unit, then go to the next
3V)
step.
(See 06-13-4 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
3W)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L.H.D.].)
(See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].)
next step.
5 x Perform advanced keyless and start system Yes Perform the corresponding DTC troubleshooting.
DTC inspection with all the following No Go to the next step.
condition met.
position.
— All doors are closed.
SYSTEM].)
6 x Inspect the advanced key. Yes Replace the keyless receiver, then go to Step 8.
x Is the advanced key normal? (See 09-14-108 KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM].)
No Replace the advanced key, then go to the next step.
(See 09-14-109 KEYLESS RECEIVER No Inspect the corresponding part following “Inspection
INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND item(s)”.
START SYSTEM].)
8 x Measure the voltage at keyless control Yes Go to the next step.
module connector (12-pin) terminal 2L. No Inspect the wiring harness between keyless control
x Is the voltage 5.0 V? module connector (12-pin) terminal 2L and steering
lock unit (8-pin) terminal G for an open or short circuit.
If the wiring harness is normal:
x Replace the malfunctioning part, then go to the next
step.
9 x Inspect the steering lock unit. Yes Replace the keyless control module, then go to the
(See 09-21-6 STEERING LOCK UNIT next step.
INSPECTION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
AND START SYSTEM].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
x Is the steering lock unit normal? AND START SYSTEM].)
10 x Turn the start knob to the START position. Yes Troubleshooting completed.
x Does the advanced keyless entry and start No Verify the malfunction, then go to Step 1 if it recurs.
system operate normally?
End Of Sie
09-03B–10
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
09-03C SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART NO.1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03C–1 DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM INOPERATIVE
WIRING DIAGRAM [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03C–5
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03C–2 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03C–5
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX NO.2 ALL ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03C–2 FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03C–6
CHECK SHEET Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03C–6
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03C–2 NO.3 TRANSMITTER ID CODE
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM CANNOT BE REPROGRAMMED
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03C–7
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03C–3 Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03C–8
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-03C–4
SYMPTOM
End of Toc TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
WM: KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
id0903d2814300
No. Troubleshooting item Description Page

1 One or more on-board diagnostic x Malfunction in door lock linkage system See 09-03C-5 NO.1 ONE OR MORE
functions inoperative ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
2 All on-board diagnostic functions See 09-03C-6 NO.2 ALL ON-BOARD
x Malfunction in BCM power supply circuit,
inoperative DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS
door latch switch circuit, BCM ground
INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY
circuit, or keyless receiver.
SYSTEM]
3 Transmitter ID code cannot be x Malfunction in transmitter battery, See 09-03C-7 NO.3 TRANSMITTER
reprogrammed transmitter, keyless receive bracket, ID CODE CANNOT BE
keyless receive bracket ground screw, or REPROGRAMMED [KEYLESS
BCM circuit. keyless receive circuit. ENTRY SYSTEM]
End Of Sie
09-03C–1
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2800900
B+ IG2
LIFTGATE OPENER
RELAY(3HB,5HB) /
F.WIP 20 A TRUNK LID OPENER
2F RELAY(4SD)
3A
RWIP 10 A LIFTGATE OPENER
MOTOR(3HB,5HB) /
2N TRUNK LID OPENER
MOTOR(4SD)
R.DEF 20 A
3C M
1C LIFTGATE OPENER
HAZARD 10 A RELAY(3HB,5HB) /
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
TRUNK LID OPENER
1J RELAY(4SD)
ROOM 15 A 3O WITHOUT
DOUBLE
LOCKING
M M M
1O M
SYSTEM
TAIL 15 A 3M
1E
IG1 BCM M M M M WITH

2M DOUBLE
LOCKING
IGNITION SWITCH 2P SYSTEM
4SD
METER 10 A 3E
2G
DOOR KEY
CYLINDER
6U 7C SWITCH
TRUNK LID
7K DOOR
B+ OPENER SWITCH LOCK LINK
7A
7Q SWITCH
KEYLESS 7G
RECIEVER 6W
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH(LR)
4S
7O
4Q
4U DOOR LATCH
SWITCH(RR)
4W 7M
CAN RELATED 4V DOOR LATCH
MODULE 4X SWITCH(LF)
7I
7X
7V DOOR LATCH
SWITCH(RF)
6X
THEFT-DETERRENT
6V CONTROL MODULE
SYSTEM
am2zzw0000510
End Of Sie
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2801000
x Refer to the general information and check the basic troubleshooting procedure.
x The keyless entry system is controlled by the BCM.
x The phrase “All doors” includes the liftgate (3HB, 5HB)/trunk lid (4SD).
End Of Sie
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM CHECK SHEET [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2871400
x Use the sheet below as a customer interview sheet when accepting a vehicle for service.
x If the symptom is “Power door lock system does not operate with transmitter at all,” find out how the customer
uses the keyless entry system by following the check sheet below.
09-03C–2
Perform the following inspection with customer.

Q1. What's the customer's complaint?
Power door lock system does not operate with transmitter (door does not lock/unlock).
Other
Q2. Is system factory-installed or after-market?

Factory-installed system
GO to Q3.
After-market system
Perform troubleshooting according to after-market keyless entry system manual.
Q3. Operate transmitter with customer from 2.5 m {8.2 ft} away from center of vehicle. (Make sure the ignition
key is either in the LOCK position or removed.)
Does keyless entry system work?
Yes
Explain the following to the customer.
Keyless entry system does not work when ignition switch is in ON position.
Keyless entry system does not work form excessive distances (more than 2.5 m {8.2 ft} away from
center of vehicle).
No
Go to Q4.
Q4. Check location where customer uses keyless entry system.

Does a particular area, such as being near TV towers, power plants, power lines, or factories, have an
effect on malfunction?
Yes Place
Area of operation is bad. Explain effect of outside interference on transmitter to customer.
No
Go to Q5.
Q5. Make sure there are no after-market electrical parts installed on vehicle.
Are there any of the following present?
Cellular phone
Radio-wave equipment
Remote engine starter
TV, etc.
Yes Parts
No
Perform the keyless entry system preliminary inspection.
am2zzw0000200
End Of Sie
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2800300
x Perform the following preliminary inspection before troubleshooting.
1 x Is system an after-market one? Yes Perform troubleshooting according to after-market keyless
entry system manual.
No Go to next step.
2 x Did customer activate keyless entry system Yes Go to next step.
when ignition switch was in LOCK position? No x Explain to customer that system does not work when
ignition is in ON position.
x Turn ignition switch to LOCK position, then go to next
step.
3 x Did customer use keyless entry system in Yes Attempt to lock/unlock doors with transmitter in non-
particular area, such as being near TV interference area.
towers, power plants, power lines, or If system operates:
factories? x Area of operation is bad. Explain effect of outside
interference on transmitter to customer.
If system does not operate:
x Go to next step.
No Go to next step.
09-03C–3
4 x Are any of the following after-market Yes Disconnect after-market electrical part connectors and
electrical parts on the vehicle? attempt to lock/unlock doors with transmitter.
— Cellular phone If system operates:
— Radio-wave equipment x After-market electrical parts are interfering with keyless
— Remote engine starter entry system.
— TV, etc. If system does not operate:
x Go to next step.
No Go to next step.
5 x Perform on-board diagnostic function. Yes Go to next step.
(See 09-03C-4 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC No x Go to Step 1 of NO. 1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD
FUNCTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].) DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE.
x Does on-board diagnostic function work? x Go to Step 1 of NO. 2 ALL ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE.
6 x Attempt to reprogram transmitter ID code. Yes System is normal now.
x Can transmitter ID code be reprogrammed? No Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting NO. 3 TRANSMITTER ID
CODE CANNOT BE REPROGRAMMED.
End Of Sie
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2871500
START
1. Remove ignition key from steering lock.

2. Close all doors.
Open driver-side door.
Perform the following procedures within 24 seconds.

1. Insert ignition key into steering lock.
2. Repeat the following 4 time.
Turn ignition switch to ON position, then back to LOCK
position.
3. Push driver-side door switch 3 times.
Confirm the following operations:

All doors lock.
Driver-side door unlocks.
Yes On-board diagnostic function is operated properly.
Passenger-side and rear doors unlock.
Horn sounds twice hazard flash. On-board diagnostic is competed.
Are above operations okay?
No
Yes On-board diagnostic function is inoperative.

Did you conduct on-board diagnosis properly?
Perform symptom troubleshooting.
No
Wait for 40 seconds.

Return
am2zzw0000468
09-03C–4
End Of Sie
NO.1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2800600
1 One or more on-board diagnostic functions inoperative

x BCM power supply, ground, or input/output signal error
— Power supply (IG1)
— Power supply (B+)
— Key reminder switch
Possible Cause
— Ground
— Door latch switch
— Turn light system malfunction
— Door lock actuator malfunction
1 Did any of the following operate during the Yes Go to the next step.
malfunction diagnosis? No Inspect the connection of the BCM connectors, then go
x All doors lock/unlock to Step 4.
x Hazard warning lights flash
2 Did the following operate during the malfunction Yes Go to the next step.
diagnosis? No Go to Step 7.
x All doors lock/unlock
3 Did the following operate during the malfunction Yes Go to the next step.
diagnosis? No Go to Step 9.
x Hazard warning lights flash
4 Are the BCM power supply voltages normal? Yes Go to the next step.
x Power supply (IG1) (Terminal 2G) No x Inspect for a burnt fuse (METER 10A, ROOM 15A,
x Power supply (B+) (Terminals 1J, 1O, and 1P) D/L 20 A).
x Inspect the power supply system wiring harness for
an open or short circuit.
5 Is the BCM ground voltage normal? Yes Go to the next step.
x 0 V (Terminals 2M and 2P) No Inspect the ground system wiring harness for an open
circuit.
6 Are the BCM and each door latch switch normal? Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect each terminal (7G, 7O, 7M, and 7I) No x Inspect the door latch switch.
under the following conditions. (See 09-40-4 (See 09-14-74 FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.) (See 09-14-83 REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH
— When the door is closed: 1.0 V or less INSPECTION.)
— When the door is open: Wave pattern x Inspect the door latch switch system wiring harness
for an open or short circuit.
7 Is the signal voltage transmitted from the key Yes Go to the next step.
reminder switch to the BCM normal? No x Inspect the wiring harness between the BCM and
— When the key is inserted into the steering lock: the key reminder switch for an open or short circuit.
B+ (Terminal 6R) x Replace the key reminder switch.
— When the key is not inserted into the steering
lock: 1.0 V or less (Terminal 6R)
8 Are the signal voltages transmitted from the BCM to Yes Troubleshooting completed.
the door lock actuator normal? No x Inspect the wiring harness between the BCM and
x Do the signal voltages transmitted to the door the door lock actuator for an open or short circuit.
lock actuator change as follows when the x Inspect the door lock actuator.
malfunction diagnosis inspection procedure is (See 09-14-72 FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
performed. INSPECTION.)
— When the doors are unlocked: 1.0 V or
lessoB+o1.0V or less (Terminal 3O)
— When the doors are locked (Vehicles with
double locking system): 1.0 V or
lessoB+o1.0V or less (Terminal 3E)
— When the doors are locked (Vehicles without
double locking system): 1.0 V or
lessoB+o1.0V or less (Terminal 3M)
9 Is the signal voltage transmitted to the BCM and Yes Troubleshooting completed.
each turn light normal? No x Inspect the wiring harnesses between the BCM and
x Does the signal voltage transmitted to each turn each turn light for an open or short circuit.
light change as follows when the malfunction x Inspect each turn light.
diagnosis inspection procedure is performed. (See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION.)
— B+ 1.0 V or less (Terminals 1K, 1L, 3J,
and 3L)
09-03C–5
End Of Sie
NO.2 ALL ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]

id0903d2800700
2 All on-board diagnostic functions inoperative

x Transmitter malfunction (battery or other parts)
x Customer's mis-operation or misunderstanding
x Effect of non-standard equipment (any control unit with built-in micro computer such as radio set,
Possible Cause mobile telephone, and TV)
x Mistakes in previous services
x BCM malfunction
1 Does the on-board diagnosis function operate? Yes Go to the next step.
No Perform symptom troubleshooting No.1
(See 09-03C-5 NO.1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
2 Can any operation be performed using the Yes Replace the transmitter, then go to Step 24.
transmitter? No Go to the next step.
3 Did the customer operate the transmitter within Yes Go to the next step.
the operation range (7.5 m {25 ft} from the No System is normal. (Explain to the customer to operate
vehicle)? the transmitter within the operation range.)
4 Did the customer operate at a place where Yes System is normal. (Explain to the customer to operate
extrinsic noise is received such as a TV tower, the transmitter away from extrinsic noise.)
electric power station, or a broadcast station. No Go to the next step.
5 Did the customer operate the transmitter with the Yes System is normal. (Explain to the customer that the
key inserted in the ignition key cylinder? system does not operate due to the cancel function
with the key in the ignition key cylinder.)
6 Has the customer ever updated the transmitter Yes Go to the next step.
ID number before? No Go to Step 9.
7 Did the malfunction occur after the ID number Yes Go to the next step.
updating? No Go to Step 9.
8 Does the malfunction occur only when the Yes Update the ID number of the transmitter which cause
transmitter which had been used before the ID the malfunction, then go to Step 24.
number updating is used? No Go to the next step.
9 Did the malfunction occur after any non- Yes Go to the next step.
standard equipment (any control unit with built-in No Go to Step 11.
micro computer such as radio set, mobile
telephone, and TV) was installed?
10 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes System is normal. (Explain to the customer that noise
Disconnect the negative battery cable. from the equipment affected the operation.)
Was the malfunction corrected when the No Go to the next step.
connector of the equipment was disconnected?
11 Is there repair record of the customer's keyless Yes Go to the next step.
entry system? No Go to Step 14.
12 Does the malfunction occur after the repair? Yes Go to the next step.
No Go to Step 14.
13 Connect the negative battery cable. Yes System is normal. (Explain to the customer that the
Is the malfunction corrected when the ID malfunction occurred because all the transmitter ID
numbers for all the customer's transmitters are numbers were not updated even though the body
updated? control module or a transmitter was replaced in the
(See 09-14-120 TRANSMITTER ID CODE previous servicing.)
REGISTRATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].) No Go to the next step.
14 Is lock/unlock possible only near the keyless Yes Go to the next step.
receivers when the transmitter is operated? No Go to Step 16.
15 Verify the keyless and start system operation Yes Replace the battery, then go to Step 26.
using another normal battery. (See 09-14-118 TRANSMITTER BATTERY
Does the keyless system operate normally? REPLACEMENT [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
09-03C–6
16 Visually inspect the transmitter battery. Yes Go to the next step.
Are the following correct? No Properly install the battery or replace the battery with a
x Battery direction (polarity) specified one (CR1620), then go to Step 26
x Battery type
— CR1620
17 Visually inspect the transmitter. Yes Replace the transmitter or repair the battery terminals,
x Is there any rust on the battery terminals (+), then go to Step 23.
(-)? No Go to the next step.
x Is there any poor contact between the
battery terminals and the battery when the
battery is inserted?
18 Inspect the battery. Yes Go to Step 20.
Is it normal? No Go to the next step.
19 Verify the keyless and start system operation Yes Replace the battery, then go to Step 26.
using another normal battery. (See 09-14-118 TRANSMITTER BATTERY
Does the keyless system operate normally? REPLACEMENT [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
No Replace the transmitter, then go to Step 26.
20 Inspect the keyless receiver installation Yes Go to the next step.
condition. No Install the bracket securely, then go to the next step.
Is the bracket installed securely?
21 Perform ID number updating using another Yes Replace the transmitter, then go to Step 26.
normal transmitter. No Go to the next step.
After the updating, does the keyless entry
system operate normally?
22 Inspect the keyless receiver. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is the keyless receiver power supply voltage No x Inspect for a burnt fuse (ROOM 15 A).
normal? x Inspect the power supply system wiring harness for
4-pin connector type an open or short circuit.
— Power supply (+B) (terminal B)
6-pin connector type
— Power supply (+B) (terminal A)
x Is the keyless receiver ground normal? No x Inspect the ground system wiring harness for an
4-pin connector type open circuit.
— 0 V (terminal D) x Inspect the ground tightening screw and nut for
6-pin connector type looseness.
— 0 V (terminal E)
24 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the
Disconnect the keyless receiver connector and keyless receiver connector and the BCM.
the BCM connector.
following terminals for an open or short
circuit.
— Terminal C to 6W
— Terminal D to 6W
x Is it normal?
25 Replace the keyless receiver. Yes Troubleshooting completed.
(See 09-14-109 KEYLESS RECEIVER No Replace the BCM, then go to the next step.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
SYSTEM].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
x Does the keyless entry system operate
normally?
26 Does the keyless entry system operate normal? Yes Troubleshooting completed.
No Verify the malfunction, then go to Step 1 if it recurs.
End Of Sie
NO.3 TRANSMITTER ID CODE CANNOT BE REPROGRAMMED [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2800800
3 Transmitter ID code cannot be reprogrammed

Possible Cause x Mis-operation in ID number updating or BCM malfunction
09-03C–7
1 Is the customer's keyless entry system standard Yes Go to the next step.
equipment? No Perform troubleshooting following the separate service
manual.
2 Does the on-board diagnosis function operate? Yes Go to the next step.
No Perform symptom troubleshooting No.1.
(See 09-03C-5 NO.1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
3 Do all doors lock/unlock using the transmitter? Yes Go to the next step.
No Perform symptom troubleshooting No.2.
(See 09-03C-6 NO.2 ALL ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
4 Perform ID number updating following the Yes System is normal.
procedure. No Go to the next step.
(See 09-14-120 TRANSMITTER ID CODE
REGISTRATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
Can the ID number be updated?
x Is the keyless receiver power supply voltage No x Inspect for a burnt fuse (ROOM 15 A)
normal? x Inspect the power supply system wiring harness for
4-pin connector type an open or short circuit.
— Power supply (+B) (terminal B)
— Power supply (+B) (terminal A)
x Is the keyless receiver grounded normally? No Inspect the ground system wiring harness for an open
4-pin connector type circuit.
— 0 V (terminal D)
— 0 V (terminal E)
7 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Go to the next step.
Disconnect the negative battery cable. No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the
Disconnect the keyless receiver connector (4- keyless receiver connector and the BCM connector,
pin/6-pin) and the BSM connector (24-pin). then go to the next step.
following terminals for an open or short
circuit.
— Terminal C to 6W
— Terminal D to 6W
x Is it normal?
8 Connect the negative battery cable. Yes Replace the BCM, then go to the next step.
Is the signal voltage transmitted from the keyless (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
receiver to the BCM is normal when the REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
transmitter is operated with the key not inserted No Replace the keyless receiver, then go to the next step.
into the ignition key cylinder. (See 09-14-109 KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/
x B+o1.0V or less (Terminal 6W) INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
9 Can the ID number be updated? Yes Troubleshooting completed.
(See 09-14-120 TRANSMITTER ID CODE No Verify the malfunction, then go to Step 1 if it recurs.
REGISTRATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
End Of Sie
09-03C–8
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
09-03D SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING NO.1 THE SECURITY LIGHT DISPLAY
CHART [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] . . . . 09-03D–1 IS NOT NORMAL
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03D–1
09
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]

WM: IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
id0903f5814200
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM PAGE

1 The security light display is not normal 09-03D-1 NO.1 THE SECURITY LIGHT DISPLAY IS NOT
NORMAL [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
End Of Sie
NO.1 THE SECURITY LIGHT DISPLAY IS NOT NORMAL [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM]
id0903f5900400
1 The security light display is not normal

x The security light remains illuminated 2 min or more after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position
x The security does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position
DESCRIPTION x The security light remains illuminated while the ignition switch is at the LOCK position
x The security light does not flash or the flashing interval is abnormal while the ignition switch is at the
LOCK position
x Keyless control module malfunction (with advanced keyless and start system)
Note
x If the security light continues to remain illuminated or flashing even after 1 min has elapsed since the
ignition switch was turned to the ON position and a DTC is displayed, perform the immobilizer
system malfunction diagnosis according to that DTC. (See 09-02B-3 DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].)(See 09-02C-3 DTC TABLE
POSSIBLE
x While performing immobilizer system security access using the M-MDS, the security light does not
CAUSE
illuminate even if the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. Verify the illumination condition of
the security light by disconnecting the DLC-2 to release security access.
x The flashing security light conditions while the ignition switch is in the LOCK position are as follows:
ILLUMINATED
APPROX.1.9 S APPROX.1.9 S
SECURITY LIGHT
GOES OUT
APPROX. 0.1 S
Note
x Normal operation of the security light is as follows. The light starts flashing every 2 s when the ignition
switch is turned from ON to ACC position and the immobilizer system is armed. The light stops flashing
when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the correct ignition key. At this time, the
immobilizer system is disarmed and the security light illuminates for about 3 s and then goes out.
09-03D–1
1 THE MALFUNCTION LOCATION IS SPLIT Yes Go to the next step.
INTO EITHER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER No Refer to the symptom troubleshooting and inspect the
WARNING LIGHT CONTROL CIRCUIT OR instrument cluster.
ELSEWHERE (See 09-22-8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION.)
x Verify that the other warning lights in the
instrument cluster condition.
x Do the warning lights illumination normal?
2 THE MALFUNCTION LOCATION IS SPLIT Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
INTO EITHER SECURITY LIGHT CONTROL (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
(MICRO-COMPUTER ALWAYS ON) OR INSTALLATION.)
ELSEWHERE No Go to the next step.
x Verify that the security light illumination.
x Does the security light remains illuminate
above 2 min?
INTO EITHER SECURITY LIGHT CONTROL (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
CIRCUIT (SHORT CIRCUIT) OR ELSEWHERE INSTALLATION.)
x Verify that the security light illumination.
x Does the security light remain illumination?
4 THE MALFUNCTION LOCATION IS SPLIT Yes Go to the next step.
INTO EITHER IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM OR No If the security light flashes with DTC patterns, perform the
ELSEWHERE applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.
x Verify that the security light is flashing. (See 09-02B-3 DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
x Does the security light flash normally? (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)].
(See 09-02C-3 DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
If the security light does not flash, replace the instrument
cluster.
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
5 VEHICLE SPECIFICATION VERIFICATION Yes Go to the next step.
x Is the advanced keyless and start system No Replace the instrument cluster.
equipped? (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
INTO EITHER THE KEYLESS CONTROL (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
MODULE OR THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. INSTALLATION.)
No Replace the keyless control module.
Note (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
x DTCs could be stored in the keyless INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
control module by performing the following SYSTEM].)
procedure.

connectors.
x Does the security light illuminate normally?
End Of Sie
09-03D–2
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AUDIO]
09-03E SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AUDIO]

FOREWORD [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–1 NO.3 NO SOUND FROM
Troubleshooting Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–1 ALL SPEAKERS [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–6
Quick Diagnostic Chart NO.4 NO SOUND FROM
(Entire Audio System) . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–2 SOME SPEAKERS [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–7
CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO NO.5 SOUND BREAK-UP OR
SWITCH CONFIRMATION [AUDIO] . . . 09-03E–2 POOR SOUND QUALITY [AUDIO] . . . . 09-03E–9
Diagnostic procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–3 NO.6 SOUND BECOMES LOUD OR
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: AUDIO WEAK WHILE DRIVING
CONTROL SWITCH CONFIRMATION THE VEHICLE [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–9
[AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–3 NO.7 ALC FUNCTION IS
Diagnostic procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–3 INOPERATIVE [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–10
NO.1 AF NOISE OR POP NOISE AT ALL NO.8 NO AUDIO SYSTEM
SOURCES (RADIO, CD) [AUDIO] . . . . 09-03E–4 ILLUMINATION [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–10
NO.2 NO POWER TO THE ENTIRE NO.9 LCD DOES NOT DISPLAY
AUDIO SYSTEM [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–6 AT ALL [AUDIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03E–11
FOREWORD [AUDIO]
WM: AUDIO UNIT
id0903e1802700
Note
x Note down all radio programs set by the customer prior to the repairs. Reset all radio programs and adjust
the time after the repairs.
Troubleshooting Index
No. Symptom Possible DTC
1 AF noise or POP noise at all sources (Radio, CD) 09:Er20, 09:Er21
2 No power to the entire audio system 09:Er20
3 No sound from all speakers 09:Er20, 09:Er21, 10:Er07, 22:Er07
4 No sound from some speakers —
5 Sound break-up or poor sound quality 09:Er21
6 Sound becomes loud or weak while driving the vehicle —
7 ALC function is inoperative —
8 No audio system illumination 09:Er20, 21:Er19
9 LCD does not display at all 09:Er20, 21:Er19
09-03E–1
Quick Diagnostic Chart (Entire Audio System)
X: Applicable
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Sound becomes loud or weak while driving the vehicle

AF noise or POP noise on all sources (Radio, CD)
Troubleshooting item
Sound break-up or poor sound quality

No power on the entire audio system
No sound from some speakers
No audio system illumination

No sound from all speakers
LCD does not display at all

ALC function is inoperative
Possible factor
Low vehicle battery voltage X

Jammed radio signals from after market equipment X
Speaker malfunction (e. g., any foreign material, broken) X X X X
Improper speaker installation X X
Poor connection of audio unit connector, terminal damage X X X X
Antenna malfunction (e.g., poor ground) X
Audio unit malfunction X X X X X X X X
Burnt fuse (B+) X
Burnt fuse (ACC) X
Open or short circuit in power supply (B+) wiring harness X
Open or short circuit in power supply (ACC) wiring harness X
Short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker X X
Open circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker X
Short circuit inside speaker X X
Vibration of door trim and/or package trim X
Open or short circuit in vehicle speed signal wiring harness X
Burnt fuse (TNS signal) X
Open or short circuit in TNS signal wiring harness X
Center panel malfunction X
am2zzw0000378
End Of Sie
CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO SWITCH CONFIRMATION [AUDIO]
id0903e1828800
x Verify the customer complaint and identify the malfunction as occurring from either the center panel or the
audio unit.
09-03E–2
1 x Activate the audio switch inspection mode. Yes Verify the customer complaint and then go to the
(See 09-02E-4 DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST appropriate symptom troubleshooting procedure.
FUNCTION [AUDIO].) No Go to the next step.
x Does the buzzer sound when a switch is
pressed?
2 x Disassemble and reassemble the center Yes Go to the next step.
panel and audio unit. No Replace the center panel.
(See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.) ASSEMBLY.)
x Activate the audio switch inspection mode.
(See 09-02E-4 DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST
FUNCTION [AUDIO].)
x Does the buzzer sound when a switch is
pressed?
3 x Does the audio system operate properly? Yes The system is normal.
No Verify the customer complaint and then go to the
appropriate symptom troubleshooting procedure.
End Of Sie
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH CONFIRMATION [AUDIO]
id0903e1802900
x Verify the customer complaint and identify the malfunction as occurring from either the audio control switch or
the audio unit.
1 x Is the symptom related to either the audio Yes Verify the customer complaint and then go to the
control switch or the audio panel operation? appropriate symptom troubleshooting procedure.
No The symptom is related to the audio panel
operation:
x Follow “Confirmation Step 1”.
(See 09-03E-2 CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO
SWITCH CONFIRMATION [AUDIO].)
The symptom is related to the audio control
switch operation:
2 x Disconnect the audio unit connector (24-pin). Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect both the audio unit and the wiring No If the audio unit side connector is malfunctioning:
harness-side connectors for a poor
x Replace the audio unit.
connection. (such as damaged/pulled-out
(See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
pins, corrosion).
ASSEMBLY.)
— Terminal 1N (ST SW1)
— Terminal 1P (ST SW2) If the wiring harness-side connector is
x Are all the pins normal? malfunctioning:
x Repair or replace the pins and/or the connector.
3 x Inspect the continuity between audio unit Yes Verify the customer complaint and then go to the
wiring harness-side connector terminals 1N appropriate symptom troubleshooting procedure.
and 1P while operating the audio control No Go to the next step.
switch.
x Does the resistance change?
4 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Replace the audio control switch.
x Remove the audio control switch. (See 09-20-23 AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH REMOVAL/
(See 09-20-23 AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH INSTALLATION.)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) No Repair or replace the related wiring harnesses.
x Inspect the continuity between the audio unit
wiring harness-side connector (24-pin)
terminal and the audio control switch wiring
harness-side connector (16-pin) terminal.
— Terminal 1N (24-pin) — Terminal K (16-
pin)
— Terminal 1P (24-pin) — Terminal M (16-
pin)
09-03E–3
End Of Sie
NO.1 AF NOISE OR POP NOISE AT ALL SOURCES (RADIO, CD) [AUDIO]

id0903e1817600
1 AF noise or POP noise at all sources (Radio, CD)

Possible DTC 09:Er20, 09:Er21
x Low vehicle battery voltage.
x Jammed radio signals from after market equipment.
x Speaker malfunction (e.g., foreign material penetration, damage)
x Improper speaker installation
x Poor connection of audio unit connector, terminal damage
x Antenna malfunction (e.g., poor ground)
Note
Possible cause x AF noise is a snapping noise that generally occurs during ON/OFF switching operations of electrical
equipment other than the audio unit, or a continual rasping noise that occurs when electrical
equipment is operated. This is caused by noise interference in the power supply wiring, signal wiring,
speaker cable or head of cassette deck. Therefore noise can be heard regardless of radio wave
conditions or the audio volume position. The noise will start after one click from the minimum position
of the POWER/VOLUME switch but normally does not change even when volume is turned to a
higher position.
x POP noise is snapping or popping noise that occurs during ON/OFF switching operation of the audio
unit, or when switching from radio to CD. Even a normal audio unit sometimes emits a little noise
depending on the conditions.
09-03E–4
1 x Inspect the vehicle battery voltage. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is the vehicle battery voltage normal? No Charge the battery, then go to the next step.
Specification:
Ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or more
Idle: 12.5 V or more
2 x Turn the audio system on. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is there any noise? No The system is normal. Explain to the customer that the
vehicle battery voltage was low.
3 x Are any of the following after-market Yes Go to the next step.
equipment installed? (Inspect especially near No Go to Step 5.
the antenna.)
— Radar detector
— Remote engine starter
— Anti-theft device
— Other
4 x Remove the after-market equipment. Yes Go to the next step.
x Turn the audio system on. No The system is normal. The after-market electrical devices
x Is there any noise? might be the cause of the noise.
5 x Is there noise coming from all the speakers? Yes Go to Step 7.
6 x Inspect the suspect speaker. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 09-20-7 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER No If there is any foreign material adhering to the
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-8 REAR DOOR SPEAKER
speaker:
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) x Remove the foreign material from the speaker.
(See 09-20-11 REAR SPEAKER If the speaker is malfunctioning:
INSPECTION [3HB].) x Replace the speaker.
(See 09-20-12 TWEETER INSPECTION.) (See 09-20-6 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
x Is the speaker normal? INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-8 REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-10 REAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(See 09-20-12 TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
If the speaker is not installed properly:
x Install the speaker properly.
7 x Attempt to duplicate the symptom on another Yes Go to the next step.
vehicle. No The system is normal. Explain the noise generation
x Does the noise level improve compared to mechanism to the customer.
the customer’s vehicle?
Note
x The noise level that may be heard varies depending
on the operating speed of the audio power and/or
mode switches.
8 x Remove the center panel unit. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT No If poor connection of audio unit connector:
x Securely connect the audio unit connector.
x Inspect the connection of the audio unit
connector (24-pin).
If the audio unit side connector is malfunctioning:
x Disconnect the audio unit connector and x Replace the audio unit.
inspect both the audio unit and the wiring (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
harness-side connectors for a poor INSTALLATION.)
connection. (such as damaged/pulled-out (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
pins, corrosion). ASSEMBLY.)
x Are all the pins normal? If the wiring harness-side connector is
malfunctioning:
After treating either the above-mentioned, then go to the
next step.
9 x Is there any noise? Yes Go to the next step.
No The system is normal.
10 x Inspect the ground condition of manual Yes Go to the next step.
antenna. No Repair or replace the ground. Go to the next step.
x Is the ground condition normal?
09-03E–5
11 x Is there any noise? Yes x Replace the audio unit.
(See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.2 NO POWER TO THE ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM [AUDIO]
id0903e1817800
2 No power to the entire audio system

Possible DTC 09:Er20
x Burnt fuse (B+)
Possible cause
x Burnt fuse (ACC)
x Open or short circuit in power supply (B+) wiring harness
x Open or short circuit in power supply (ACC) wiring harness
x Inspect the following fuses: No Replace with the appropriate standard fuse.
— MIRROR 7.5 A x If the fuse is melted, inspect the wiring harness for a
— ROOM 15 A short to ground. Repair or replace the wiring harness,
x Are the fuses normal? then replace the fuse.
2 x Remove the center panel unit. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT No If audio unit connector has a poor connection:
x Inspect the connection of the audio unit
connector (24-pin). If the audio unit side connector is malfunctioning:
x Disconnect the audio unit connector and x Replace the audio unit.
inspect both the audio unit and the wiring (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
harness-side connectors for a poor INSTALLATION.)
connection. (such as damaged/pulled-out (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
pins, corrosion). ASSEMBLY.)
x Are all the pins normal? If the wiring harness-side connector is
malfunctioning:
3 x Connect the audio unit connector. Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the voltage for the power supply line No Repair or replace the related wiring harnesses.
(B+, ACC). Charge the battery, if necessary.
Specification:
Ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or more
Idle: 12.5 V or more
4 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Replace the audio unit.
x Remove the audio unit connector (24-pin). (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
x Inspect the continuity between audio unit INSTALLATION.)
wiring harness-side connector terminal 1W (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
and the ground. ASSEMBLY.)
x Is there continuity? No Repair or replace the wiring harness.
End Of Sie
NO.3 NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS [AUDIO]
id0903e1803200
3 No sound from all speakers

Possible DTC 09:Er20, 09:Er21, 10:Er07, 22:Er07
Possible cause
x Short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker
x Short circuit inside speaker
09-03E–6
1 x Press AUDIO CONT switch for 1 s or more. Yes The system is normal.
x Play the CD or Radio. No Go to the next step.
x Adjust the volume between “10” and “15”.
x Is there sound?
Note
x Press the MENU switch for approx. 1 s
or more to initialize the sound
adjustment value, then start the
inspection.
2 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Repair or replace the suspect wiring harness or speaker
x Remove the center panel unit. unit.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) Note
x Disconnect the audio connector (24-pin). x If there is a short circuit between the speaker harness
x Inspect the continuity between the audio unit or speaker lead wire and ground, the protector circuit
wiring harness-side connector terminal and inside the audio unit operates to cut the sound.
ground: No Go to the next step.
For front door speakers
— Terminal 1A (LH+)—ground
— Terminal 1C (LH-)—ground
— Terminal 1D (RH+)—ground
— Terminal 1F (RH-)—ground
For rear door speakers/rear speakers
(3HB)
— Terminal 1S (LH+)—ground
— Terminal 1U (LH-)—ground
— Terminal 1V (RH+)—ground
— Terminal 1X (RH-)—ground
3 x Remove the speaker. Yes Replace the speaker.
(See 09-20-6 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER No Replace the audio unit.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
(See 09-20-8 REAR DOOR SPEAKER INSTALLATION.)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
(See 09-20-10 REAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/ ASSEMBLY.)
x Disconnect the speaker connector (4-pin).
x Inspect the continuity between the speaker
wiring harness-side connector (4-pin)
terminal and ground:
For each speaker
— Terminal B—ground
— Terminal C—ground
End Of Sie
NO.4 NO SOUND FROM SOME SPEAKERS [AUDIO]
id0903e1818100
4 No sound from some speakers

Possible DTC —
Possible cause
x Short circuit inside speaker
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and speaker
09-03E–7
1 x Activate the speaker Inspection mode. Yes If there is no sound from some speakers:
(See 09-02E-4 DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST x Go to the next step.
FUNCTION [AUDIO].) If there is no sound at all:
x Is there any speaker that does not output x Go to the troubleshooting of “No.3 No sound from all
sound? speakers”.
(See 09-03E-6 NO.3 NO SOUND FROM ALL
SPEAKERS [AUDIO].)
No The troubleshooting is completed.
x Remove the center panel unit. unit.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) Note
x Inspect the continuity between the audio unit x If there is a short circuit between the speaker harness
wiring harness-side connector (24-pin) or the speaker lead wire and ground, the protector
terminal and ground. circuit inside the audio unit operates to cut the sound.
x Is there continuity? No Go to the next step.
x Remove the audio unit. unit.
x Disconnect the audio unit connector (24-pin). No Go to the next Step.
x Inspect the continuity between the audio unit
wiring harness-side connector terminal and Note
ground: x If there is a short circuit between the speaker harness
For front door speaker or speaker lead wire and ground, the protector circuit
— Terminal 1A (LH+) GND inside the audio unit operates to cut the sound.
— Terminal 1C (LH-) GND
— Terminal 1D (RH+) GND
— Terminal 1F (RH-) GND
For rear speaker/rear door speaker
— Terminal 1S (LH+) GND
— Terminal 1U (LH-) GND
— Terminal 1V (RH+) GND
— Terminal 1X (RH-) GND
4 x Disconnect the speaker connector (2-pin) Yes Go to the next step.
and inspect the resistance of speaker. No Repair or replace the suspect wiring harness or speaker
x Inspect the continuity between the audio unit unit.
wiring harness-side connector terminal and
speaker wiring harness-side connector:
Audio unit-front door speaker
— Terminal 1A (LH+) terminal C
— Terminal 1C (LH-) terminal B
— Terminal 1D (RH+) terminal C
— Terminal 1F (RH-) terminal B
Audio unit-rear speaker/rear door
speaker
— Terminal 1S (LH+) terminal C
— Terminal 1U (LH-) terminal B
— Terminal 1V (RH+) terminal C
— Terminal 1X (RH-) terminal B
5 x Inspect the suspect speaker. Yes Replace the audio unit.
(See 09-20-7 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
(See 09-20-9 REAR DOOR SPEAKER (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
INSPECTION.) ASSEMBLY.)
(See 09-20-11 REAR SPEAKER No Replace the speaker.
INSPECTION [3HB].) (See 09-20-6 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
(See 09-20-12 TWEETER INSPECTION.) INSTALLATION.)
x Is the speaker normal? (See 09-20-8 REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Note (See 09-20-10 REAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
x If the speaker lead wire contacts to either INSTALLATION [3HB].)
ground or vehicle frame, replace the (See 09-20-12 TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
speaker.
End Of Sie
09-03E–8
NO.5 SOUND BREAK-UP OR POOR SOUND QUALITY [AUDIO]
id0903e1818300
5 Sound break-up or poor sound quality

x Improper speaker installation
Possible cause
x Vibration of door trim and/or package trim
1 x Is there sound break-up or poor sound Yes Go to the next step.
quality from all speakers? No Go to Step 5.
2 x Inspect the sound while adjusting the sound Yes Go to the next step.
volume. No The system is normal.
x Is there sound break-up or poor sound
quality between “15” and “20”?
3 x Inspect the BASS/TREB. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is there poor sound quality between “-3 — No If there is sound break-up between “+6—-6” of BASS/TREB
+3” of “BASS/TREB”? at the maximum volume, the system is normal.
4 x Attempt to duplicate the symptom on another Yes Replace the audio unit.
vehicle. (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
x Is the sound quality better than the INSTALLATION.)
customer’s vehicle? (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
5 x Identify the speaker with sound break-up by Yes Go to the next step.
adjusting BAL/FADE. No Install the speaker properly.
x Is the suspect speaker pointed upward?
6 x Remove the speaker. Yes Repair or replace the suspect speaker.
(See 09-20-6 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER No Go to the next step.
(See 09-20-8 REAR DOOR SPEAKER
(See 09-20-10 REAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
x Is there any foreign material penetration or
damage to the speaker?
7 x Inspect the sound again. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is there sound break-up? No Inspect for vibration from the door trim and/or package trim.
Repair or replace the suspect trim if necessary.
8 x Replace with a speaker known to be Yes Replace the audio unit.
operational. (e.g., swap right and left (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
speakers) INSTALLATION.)
x Does the sound break-up heard at the same (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
location? ASSEMBLY.)
No Replace the speaker.
End Of Sie
NO.6 SOUND BECOMES LOUD OR WEAK WHILE DRIVING THE VEHICLE [AUDIO]
id0903e1803500
6 Sounds becomes loud or weak while driving the vehicle

Possible DTC —
Possible cause
Note
x Inspect the ALC function while driving the vehicle and playing a CD.
09-03E–9
1 x Does the ALC function turn on? Yes Go to the next step.
No Replace the audio unit.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
2 x Turn the ALC function off. Yes Replace the audio unit.
x Does the sound change while driving the (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
vehicle? INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
Explain the ALC function to the customer.
End Of Sie
NO.7 ALC FUNCTION IS INOPERATIVE [AUDIO]
id0903e1803600
7 ALC function is inoperative

Possible DTC —
x Open or short circuit in vehicle speed signal wiring harness (e. g., instrument cluster)
Possible cause
Note
x Inspect the ALC function while driving the vehicle and playing a CD.
1 x Turn the ALC function on. Yes The system is normal.Explain the ALC function to the
x Inspect the ALC function operation while customer.
driving the vehicle. No Go to the next step.
x Does the ALC system operate properly?
2 x Verify that the speedometer operation. Yes Go to the next step.
x Does the speedometer indicate vehicle No Go to the instrument cluster symptom troubleshooting “No.7
speed correctly? Speedometer indication is defective.” procedure.
3 x Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring Yes Repair or replace for open or short circuit.
between the audio unit (24-pin) terminal 1I No Replace the audio unit.
and instrument cluster terminal 2O. (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
x Is the open or short circuit detected? INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.8 NO AUDIO SYSTEM ILLUMINATION [AUDIO]
id0903e1818700
8 No audio system illumination

Possible cause x Burnt fuse (TNS signal)
x Open or short circuit in TNS signal wiring harness
x Center panel malfunction
09-03E–10
1 x Is all the illumination on the audio unit turned Yes Go to the next step.
off? No Replace the center panel.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
2 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Go to the Step 4.
x Inspect the fuse (ILLUMI 7.5 A). No Go to the next step.
3 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Repair or replace the short circuit in the suspect wiring
x Disconnect the audio unit connector (24-pin) harness. After repairing the wiring harness, replace with the
and inspect the continuity between the audio appropriate standard fuse.
unit wiring harness-side connector terminal No Go to the next step.
1E (TNS) and the ground.
4 x Inspect the connection of the audio unit Yes Go to the next step.
connector (24-pin). No If audio unit connector has a poor connection:
x Inspect both the audio unit and wiring
harness-side connector terminal 1E for a
poor connection (such as damaged/pulled- If the audio unit side connector is malfunctioning:
out pins, corrosion). x Replace the audio unit.
x Are all the pins normal? (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
If the wiring harness-side connector is
malfunctioning:
5 x Connect the audio unit connector (24-pin). Yes Replace the audio unit.
x Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position. (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
x Inspect the voltage at the audio unit INSTALLATION.)
connector terminal 1E (TNS). (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
x Is the voltage B+ when the light switch is ASSEMBLY.)
turned to the TNS position? No Repair or replace the related wiring harness (TNS signal).
End Of Sie
NO.9 LCD DOES NOT DISPLAY AT ALL [AUDIO]
id0903e1803800
9 LCD does not display at all

Possible cause
x Center panel malfunction.
1 x Activate the LCD inspection mode. Yes Replace the audio unit.
(See 09-02E-4 DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
FUNCTION [AUDIO].) INSTALLATION.)
x Does the LCD display properly? (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
No Replace the center panel.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
09-03E–11
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [RADIO]
09-03F SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [RADIO]

FOREWORD [RADIO]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–1 NO.3 NOISE FROM RADIO (FM ONLY)
Troubleshooting Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–1 [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–7
Quick Diagnostic Chart (Radio) . . . . . . 09-03F–2 NO.4 CANNOT TUNE
CONFIRMATION STEP 1: (SEEK DOES NOT STOP) [RADIO]. . . . 09-03F–9
RECEPTION CONDITION SYMPTOM NO.5 CANNOT PRESET (PRESET
(EXAMPLE) [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–2 FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE)
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–10
ANTENNA SYSTEM SYMPTOM NO.6 RECEPTION FREQUENCY OF
(EXAMPLE) [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–2 RADIO SLIPS [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–11
CONFIRMATION STEP 3: REFERENCE [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–12
ANTENNA SYSTEM SIMPLE 1. Multipath Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–12
INSPECTION [RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–3 2. Flutter/Skip Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–12
NO.1 NO RADIO RECEPTION (AM/FM)/ 3. Stereo and Monaural
NO OR LOW VOLUME [RADIO] . . . . . . 09-03F–3 Receptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–12
NO.2 NOISE FROM RADIO (AM ONLY) Measures in Audio System . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–12
[RADIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–5 Effect Setting of Separation Control
and High Tone Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03F–12
FOREWORD [RADIO]
WM: AUDIO UNIT
id0903e3802700
Note
x If the case location, time, and broadcasting station etc. can be specified through interview with the
customer, there is the possibility that the signal reception environment is the cause of the problem.
x Perform confirmation of symptom and evaluate under the conditions that customer reported (location,
time, broadcasting station etc.). If this is not possible, perform it under equivalent conditions.
x Before inspection or repair, record the broadcasting stations that customer has preset and reset them
accordingly after the inspection or repair. Adjust the clock too.
No. Symptom Possible DTC
1 No radio reception (AM/FM)/No or low volume 09:Er20, 09:Er22
2 Noise from radio (AM only) 09:Er22
3 Noise from radio (FM only) 09:Er22
4 Cannot tune (SEEK does not stop) 09:Er20, 09:Er22
5 Cannot preset (preset function does not operate) —
6 Reception frequency of radio slips 09:Er22
09-03F–1
Quick Diagnostic Chart (Radio)
X: Applicable
1 2 3 4 5 6
Cannot preset (preset function does not operate)

No radio reception (AM/FM)/No or low volume
Cannot tune (SEEK does not stop)
Reception frequency of radio slips

Noise from radio (AM only)
Noise from radio (FM only)

Possible factor
Jamming from aftermarket electronic equipment (two-way radio, navigation system, mobile phone, etc) X X X
Audio unit X X X X X X
Antenna plug poor connection X X X X
Antenna feeder X X X X
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and antenna (antenna amplifier power supply system) X X X X
Electronic jamming from outside, or inferior condition of broadcasting station radio wave X X X X X
Antenna rod is not installed (standard parts) X X X X
Noise from electrical system on vehicle (e.g. fuel pump) X X
Battery X X
Charging system X X
Antenna installation loosened X X
Center panel X X
am2zzw0000497
End Of Sie
CONFIRMATION STEP 1: RECEPTION CONDITION SYMPTOM (EXAMPLE) [RADIO]
id0903e3804000
Symptom Antenna signal condition Source

Only a buzzing sound from x There is no broadcasting wave. x Electric noise caused by the operation of
the speakers x Signals from antenna to audio unit are not internal circuit from audio unit it self
transmitted. x Atmosphere noise
A buzzing or crunching sound x Though signals are transmitted from x Electrical noise caused by operation of
and normal sound produced antenna to audio unit, electric noise from electrical component on vehicle
at the same time from the other sources is larger. x Electrical noise from high tension wire,
speakers transformer substation (factory), electrical
feeder line (street car), or motorcycle.
A thumping sound and x Noise occurs due to radio wave x Interference between direct and reflected
normal sound produced at the environment at specific places (e.g. in waves of FM signals causes noise
same time from the speakers valleys between buildings). Noise varies (Multipass noise).
(FM only) when own vehicle or surrounding vehicles
moves. (FM only)
End Of Sie
CONFIRMATION STEP 2: ANTENNA SYSTEM SYMPTOM (EXAMPLE) [RADIO]
id0903e3804100
Possible cause AM reception condition FM reception condition

x Antenna feeder axis, open circuit NG: No reception YES: Reception possible.
x Antenna feeder plug not attached (Sensitivity decreases, but reception is
possible under strong electric field.)
x Antenna feeder axis (+) to ground (-), open circuit NG: No reception NG: No reception
09-03F–2
Possible cause AM reception condition FM reception condition
x Antenna feeder and antenna, poor ground YES: Reception possible YES: Reception possible
(Noise may occur) (Sensitivity decreases, but reception is
possible under strong electric field.)
x Antenna feeder, jack and plug poor connection NG: No reception YES: Reception possible
(Depending on connection (Depending on connection conditions)
conditions)
End Of Sie
CONFIRMATION STEP 3: ANTENNA SYSTEM SIMPLE INSPECTION [RADIO]
id0903e3804200
x Because the antenna system is equipped with a capacitor, the continuity cannot be checked. Therefore
proceed to the following simple inspection.
1. Turn the AM radio on.
2. Tune to the frequency with no broadcast and listen for a buzzing sound.
3. Turn a hand-held light on and shake it around the antenna rod (around 10—20 mm{0.40—0.78 in})
4. If a whirring sound from the speaker synchronized to the work light movement is confirmed, the antenna
system is normal.
Note
x Use a fluorescent light type for the inspection. Accurate diagnostic cannot be done with an incandescent
light.
End Of Sie
adejjw00001109
NO.1 NO RADIO RECEPTION (AM/FM)/NO OR LOW VOLUME [RADIO]

id0903e3804300
1 No radio reception (AM/FM) / no or low volume

Possible
09:Er20, 09:Er22
DTC
x Jamming from aftermarket electronic equipment (two-way radio, navigation system, mobile phone, etc.)
Possible x Poor connection of antenna feeder plug
cause x Antenna feeder malfunction
x Electronic jamming from outside, or inferior condition of broadcasting station radio wave
x Antenna rod is not installed
09-03F–3
1 x Turn the audio unit power to on. Yes Go to Step 3.
x Is the LCD indicated correctly? No Go to the next step.
2 x Measure the voltage at B+ and ACC Yes Go to the next step.
terminals. No Follow diagnostic procedure for symptom No. 2 (Audio).
x Is the voltage normal? (See 09-03E-6 NO.2 NO POWER TO THE ENTIRE AUDIO
Specification SYSTEM [AUDIO].)
With ignition switch ON: 11.5 V or more
At idling: 12.5 V or more
3 x Set the volume between 10 and 15. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is a buzzing sound or voice confirmed? No Follow diagnostic procedure for symptom No. 3 (Audio) or
No. 4 (Audio).
(See 09-03E-6 NO.3 NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS
[AUDIO].)
(See 09-03E-7 NO.4 NO SOUND FROM SOME
SPEAKERS [AUDIO].)
4 x Tune to a local broadcasting station and Yes Go to the next step.
check the reception condition. No Go to Step 6.
x Is the reception normal?
5 x Push the Preset switches and check the Yes The system is normal.
preset conditions. No Preset broadcasting stations.
x Have preset stations been stored?
6 x Is aftermarket electronic equipment (two-way Yes Go to the next step.
radio, navigation system, mobile phone, etc.) No Go to Step 8.
installed?
Note
x A TV antenna located close to the audio
antenna can be the cause of noise.
Relocate the TV antenna.
7 x Remove aftermarket electronic equipment. Yes The system is normal.
x Turn the audio unit on and check the (Explain to the customer that aftermarket electronic
reception condition. equipment is the cause of the noise)
x Does reception improve? No Go to the next step.
8 x Refer to confirmation Step 3, and inspect the Yes Replace the audio unit.
antenna system. (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
x Is a whirring sound present? INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
9 x Inspect the antenna feeder plug connection Yes Go to the next step.
condition. No Insert the antenna feeder plug securely.
x Is the connection normal?
10 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Replace the antenna feeder.
x Measure the continuity between the antenna (See 09-20-17 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 REMOVAL/
feeder axis and ground. INSTALLATION.)
x Is there any continuity? (See 09-20-20 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2 REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-03F–4
11 x Compare the reception with another audio Yes The system is normal.
unit on the same model (model/unit) under (It is caused by electronic jamming from outside, or inferior
the same problem conditions. broadcasting station signal condition.)
x Is the reception equivalent to the customer’s No Replace audio unit.
unit? (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Note (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
x Due to the following differences, you may ASSEMBLY.)
sense a difference in reception efficiency.
(Vehicle factor)
— Antenna installation location, height,
feeder wiring routing, optional electrical
equipment
(Audio unit factor)
— High-tone setting: Decreases effective
volume range when signals become
weak. (Noise is easy to be
conspicuous)
— Noise restraint setting: Widens
effective volume range when signals
become weak.
End Of Sie
NO.2 NOISE FROM RADIO (AM ONLY) [RADIO]
id0903e3804400
2 Noise from radio (AM only)

Possible
09:Er22
DTC
x Noise from electrical system on vehicle (e.g. fuel pump)
Possible x Charging system malfunction
cause x Audio unit malfunction
x Poor connection of antenna feeder plug
x Antenna feeder malfunction
x Antenna installation loosened
09-03F–5
1 x Tune to a local broadcasting station and Yes Tune to the correct frequency for the broadcasting station.
check the reception condition. If not preset, preset it.
x Is the reception normal? No Go to the next step.
2 x Inspect the antenna rod condition. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is the antenna rod installed? No Advise the customer to install the antenna rod when the
radio is used.
installed?
Note
x A TV antenna located close to the audio
antenna can be the cause of noise.
Relocate the TV antenna.
4 x Remove aftermarket electronic equipment. Yes The system is normal. (Explain to the customer that
x Turn the audio unit on and check the aftermarket electronic equipment is the cause of the noise)
reception condition. No Go to the next step.
x Does reception improve?
5 x Measure the battery voltage. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is battery voltage normal? No Charge the battery. Inspect the charging system, and repair
Standard or replace if necessary.
Note
x Verify that the battery cables are
connected to the terminals securely.
6 x Does the noise occur only when the vehicle Yes Go to the next step.
electrical system (e.g. fuel pump) operates? No Go to Step 8.
Note
x Identify the suspect electrical component
by disconnecting fuses, turning switches
on & off, or disconnecting & connecting
connectors.
x It is easier to use the simulation function
on the M-MDS.
7 x Verify the condition of the power supply and Yes Go to the next step.
ground of the electric components, and the No Troubleshooting completed.
noise prevention capacitor.
x Is noise present after the inspection? Note
x The audio unit supplies 12 V battery power to the
Note antenna amplifier for AM radio reception in the radio
x Inspect the following: mode. The audio unit cannot receive AM signals
— Power supply to electrical component without the 12 V battery power to the antenna
for voltage drop (compare with battery amplifier. If the AM signals strengthen, the audio unit
voltage) may receive the signals with noise.
— Resistance between ground of
electrical component and body.
(Should be close to 0 ohm)
— Installation condition of noise
prevention capacitor for fuel pump.
9 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Replace antenna feeder.
the feeder axis and ground. INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
09-03F–6
10 Compare the reception with another audio unit Yes The system is normal (It is caused by electronic jamming
on the same model (model/unit) under the same from outside, or inferior broadcasting station signal
problem conditions. condition).
x Is the reception equivalent to the customer’s No Go to the next step.
unit?
Note
x Due to the following differences, you may
sense a difference in reception efficiency.
(Vehicle factor)
— Antenna installation location, height,
feeder wiring routing, optional electrical
equipment
(Audio unit factor)
— High-tone setting: Decreases effective
volume range when signals become
weak. (Noise is easy to be
conspicuous)
— Noise restraint setting: Widens
effective volume range when signals
become weak. (Noise is not
conspicuous.)
11 x Retighten the ground for the antenna and Yes Replace the audio unit.
antenna amplifier. (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
x Retighten the antenna rod. INSTALLATION.)
x Is noise present, after retightening? (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
No Troubleshooting completed.
End Of Sie
NO.3 NOISE FROM RADIO (FM ONLY) [RADIO]
id0903e3804500
3 Noise from radio (FM only)

Possible
09:Er22
DTC
x Noise from electrical system on vehicle (e.g. fuel pump)
x Charging system malfunction
Possible x Antenna feeder malfunction
cause x Electronic jamming from outside, or inferior condition of broadcasting station radio wave
x Antenna installation loosened
Note
x FM broadcasts are known for good sound quality and resistance to noise, but FM broadcasts do carry
characteristic noise. Though the audio unit is designed to reduce noise, there are times when noise
occurs due to reception conditions.
09-03F–7
1 x Tune to a local broadcasting station and Yes Tune to the correct frequency for the broadcasting station.
check the reception condition. If not preset, preset it.
x Is the reception normal? No Go to the next step.
2 x Inspect the antenna rod condition. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is the antenna rod installed? No Advise the customer to install the antenna rod when the
radio is used.
installed?
4 x Remove aftermarket electronic equipment. Yes The system is normal. (Explain to the customer that the
x Turn the audio unit on and check the aftermarket electronic equipment is the cause of the noise)
reception condition. No Go to the next step.
x Does the reception improve?
5 x Measure the battery voltage. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is the battery voltage normal? No Charge the battery. Inspect the charging system, and repair
Standard or replace if necessary.
Note
x Verify that the battery cables are
connected to the terminals securely.
6 x Does the noise occur only when the vehicle’s Yes Go to the next step.
electrical system (e.g. fuel pump) operates? No Go to Step 8.
Note
x Identify the suspect electrical component
by disconnecting fuses, turning switches
on & off, or disconnecting & connecting
connectors.
x It is easier to use the simulation function
on the M-MDS.
7 x Verify the condition of the power supply and Yes Go to the next step.
ground of the electric components, and the No Troubleshooting completed.
noise prevention capacitor.
x Is the noise present after inspection?
Note
x Inspect the following:
— Power supply to electrical component
for voltage drop (compare with battery
voltage)
— Resistance between ground of
electrical component and body.
(Should be close to 0 ohm)
— Installation condition of noise
prevention capacitor for fuel pump.
9 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Replace the antenna feeder.
INSTALLATION.)
10 x Compare the reception with another audio Yes The system is normal (It is caused by electronic jamming
unit on the same model (model/unit) under from outside, or inferior broadcasting station signal
the same problem conditions. condition).
x Is the reception equivalent to the customer’s No Go to the next step.
unit?
09-03F–8
11 x Retighten the ground for the antenna Yes Replace the audio unit.
installation part and antenna amplifier. (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
x Retighten the antenna rod. INSTALLATION.)
x Is the noise present, after retightening? (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
Note No Troubleshooting completed.
x When the antenna is not grounded
properly, FM noise is likely to be noticed.
End Of Sie
NO.4 CANNOT TUNE (SEEK DOES NOT STOP) [RADIO]
id0903e3804600
4 Cannot tune (SEEK does not stop)

Possible
09:Er20, 09:Er22
DTC
Possible x Antenna feeder malfunction
cause x Audio unit malfunction
09-03F–9
1 x Verify that the SEEK switch is normal when Yes Go to the next step.
the switch is pushed and released. No Perform confirmation step 1: audio switch confirmation.
x Is it normal? (See 09-03E-2 CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO SWITCH
CONFIRMATION [AUDIO].)
Replace the center panel if necessary.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
2 x Inspect the indication of LCD. Yes Go to the next step.
x Does the frequency indication increase or No Perform confirmation step 1: audio switch confirmation.
decrease when SEEK switch is pushed? (See 09-03E-2 CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO SWITCH
Replace the center panel if necessary.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
3 x Manually tune to a local broadcasting station Yes Go to Step 6.
and check the reception condition. No Go to the next step.
x Is the reception normal?
5 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Replace antenna feeder.
INSTALLATION.)
6 x Check if the number of broadcasting stations Yes The system is normal. (Explain to customer that SEEK
changes depending on time and place. sometimes does not stop depending on the signal reception
x Does it change? condition.)
Note
x Signals tend to reach longer distances at night. (It is
conspicuous in AM signals, several audio functions
may stop due to foreign broadcasting station or
noise.) Though the audio system restrains sensitivity
of SEEK and SCAN functions at night, the audio
system may select broadcasting stations other than
those desired when signals are considerably strong.
This function is linked to the parking light. When the
parking light or the headlights are turned on, SEEK
and SCAN may not function for weak signals.
No Replace audio unit.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.5 CANNOT PRESET (PRESET FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE) [RADIO]
id0903e3804700
5 Cannot preset (preset function does not operate)

Possible
—
DTC
Possible x Audio unit malfunction
cause x Center panel malfunction
09-03F–10
1 x Tune to the desired station and press Yes Go to the next step.
channel preset switch 1 for about 2 s to No Go to Step 3.
store it.
x Repeat the above for other stations using
channel preset switch 2 to 5.
x Press channel preset switch 1 to 6 one by
one.
x Are the stored stations present?
2 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK and then Yes The system is normal. (Explain preset procedure to
to ACC. customer using Owner’s Manual)
x Check if the preset stations are stored by No Replace the audio unit.
pressing the preset switch. (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
x Are the stations stored? INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
3 x Remove the center panel from the audio unit, Yes Replace the audio unit.
and reinstall the center panel to the audio (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
unit. INSTALLATION.)
x Activate the audio switch inspection mode. (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
(See 09-02E-4 DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST ASSEMBLY.)
FUNCTION [AUDIO].) No Replace the center panel.
x Does the buzzer sound when a switch is (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
pressed? INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.6 RECEPTION FREQUENCY OF RADIO SLIPS [RADIO]
id0903e3804800
6 Reception frequency of radio slip

Possible
09:Er22
DTC
Possible x Audio unit malfunction
cause x Electronic jamming from outside, or inferior condition of broadcasting station radio wave
1 x Press the SEEK switch and check if the Yes Go to Step 3.
desired broadcasting station is tuned. No Go to the next step.
x Is it normal?
2 x Check if another broadcasting station is Yes Go to the next step.
received at a certain location when the No Replace audio unit.
indication of the reception frequency (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
remains. INSTALLATION.)
x Is other station received? (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
Note
x While receiving a weak signal from one
broadcasting station and approaching a
broadcasting antenna which emits a
strong signal, broadcasting from the
strong signal is sometimes received.
3 x Compare the reception with another audio Yes Troubleshooting completed (Audio unit is normal).
unit on the same model (model/unit) under No Replace the audio unit.
the same problem conditions. (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
x Is the reception equivalent to the customer’s INSTALLATION.)
unit? (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
09-03F–11
REFERENCE [RADIO]
id0903e3830000
1. Multipath Noise
x Signals from an FM transmitter are a high frequency and similar to beams of light because they do not bend
around corners, but they do reflect. Since FM signals can be reflected by obstructions, it is possible to receive
both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time. This causes a slight delay in reception and may
be heard as a broken sound or a distortion.
E6U902HWB007
2. Flutter/Skip Noise
x Signals become weak in valleys between mountains, tall buildings, and other obstacles. When the vehicle
passes through such an area, the reception conditions may change suddenly, resulting in annoying noise.
E6U902HWB008
3. Stereo and Monaural Receptions

x As signals become weak, noise may appear more in stereo reception. Compared to stereo reception, noise in
monaural reception is relatively less striking.
Measures in Audio System

Separation control
x Utilizing the characteristic of monaural reception that noise is relatively less striking than stereo reception, the
audio system automatically changes the reception from stereo to monaural and lessens annoying noise when
signals become weak or a multipath phenomenon occurs.
High tone control

x When signals become weak or a multipath phenomenon occurs, the audio system restrains volume level in
high frequency band and lessens annoying noise.
Effect Setting of Separation Control and High Tone Control

x The separation and high tone controls influence sound quality. Therefore they are specifically tuned for
individual model. (Comparison of characteristic must be done on the same models)
High tone setting Less effective range Noise is conspicuous
Noise restraint setting Wider effective range Noise is less conspicuous
DPE903EW1V0A
09-03F–12
Remarks
x Signals tend to reach longer distances at night. It is conspicuous in AM signals, several audio functions may
stop due to foreign broadcasting station or noise. Though the audio system restrains sensitivity of SEEK and
SCAN functions at night, the audio system may select other than desired broadcasting station when signals are
considerably strong. This function is linked to the parking light. When the parking light or the headlight is turned
on, SEEK and SCAN may not function for weak signals.
Daytime
A: The level that AUTO-M, SEEK, SCAN function.
AUTO-M, SEEK, and SCAN tune to 4 broadcasting stations (C, E, H, and J)
Signal strength
530 A st. B st. C st. D st. E st. F st. G st. H st. I st. J st. 1710
Frequency (kHz)
Night
When the TNS is turned on: 4 broadcasting
stations are tuned, same as daytime.
Signal strength
B
A
530 A st. B st. C st. D st. E st. F st. G st. H st. I st. J st. 1710
Frequency (kHz)
When the TNS is turned off: As signal strength is higher at night, AUTO-M, SEEK, and
SCAN tune to 10 broadcasting stations (A to J).
e5u903azw5s03
End Of Sie
09-03F–13
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [CD]
09-03G SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [CD]

FOREWORD [CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G–1 NO.7 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY
Troubleshooting Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G–1 THE MP3-FORMATTED FILE [CD] . . . . 09-03G–7
NO.1 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT NO.8 MP3-FORMATTED FILE FOLDER
LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS SELECTION IS INOPERATIVE/TRACK
THE CD IMMEDIATELY [CD] . . . . . . . . 09-03G–3 SEARCH IS INOPERATIVE [CD] . . . . . . 09-03G–8
NO.2 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT NO.9 CD PLAYER DOES NOT INDICATE
EJECT THE CD [CD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G–3 THE MP3 TITLE TEXT [CD] . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G–9
NO.3 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT NO.10 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY
PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD]. . . . . . 09-03G–4 THE AUDIO DATA (CDDA) [CD] . . . . . . 09-03G–10
NO.4 SOUND JUMPS [CD] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G–5 NO.11 TRACK CHANGE IS
NO.5 CD PLAYER/CHANGER INOPERATIVE [CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G–11
SCRATCHES ON THE CD [CD] . . . . . . 09-03G–6 REFERENCE [CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G–11
NO.6 DISC CHANGE IS MP3-Formatted File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G–12
INOPERATIVE [CD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-03G–6
FOREWORD [CD]
WM: AUDIO UNIT
id090362804900
No. Items Symptom Possible DTC
1 CD player/changer does not load the CD or ejects the 10:Er01, 10:Er10, 22:Er01,
CD immediately 22:Er10
2 CD player/changer does not eject the CD 10:Er01, 10:Er10, 22:Er01,
22:Er10
CD player/changer
3 CD player/changer does not play the CD/No sound 10:Er02, 10:Er07, 10:Er10,
22:Er02, 22:Er07, 22:Er10
4 Sound jumps 10:Er02, 22:Er02
5 CD player/changer scratches on the CD 10:Er01, 22:Er01
6 CD changer Disc changer is inoperative 22:Er01
7 CD player does not play the MP3-formatted file —
8 MP3-formatted file folder selection is inoperative/Track
MP3 applicable —
search is inoperative
CD player/changer
9 CD player does not indicate the MP3 title text —
10 CD player does not play the audio data (CDDA) —
11 CD player/changer Track change is inoperative 10:Er02, 22:Er02
09-03G–1
X: Applicable
CD player/changer
CD changer
MP3 applicable
CD player/changer CD player/changer
Troubleshooting Item
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
CD player/changer dose not play the CD/No sound

CD player/changer dose not load the CD or ejects
MP3-formatted file folder selection is inoperative/
CD player dose not play the audio data (CODA)

CD player dose not play the MP3-formatted file
CD player dose not indicate the MP3 title text

CD player/changer dose not eject the CD
CD player/changer scratches on the CD
Track change is inoperative

Track search is inoperative
Disc change is inoperative
Possible factor
the CD immediately
Sound jumps
CD is inserted upside down X X
Audio unit malfunction X X X X X X X
Defective CD (egg., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty
X X X X X
CD, condensation)
Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) CD, 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter,
X X X X
heart-shaped disc, octagonal disc)
Poor connection of audio unit connector or terminal (e.g., damaged,
X X
bent, pull-out pin, corrosion)
Improper center panel installation X X
Improper CD cover installation X
Improper audio unit installation (e.g., rattle, loose) X
Inadequate tire pressure X
Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness),
X X X
bent disc)
Multiple CDs are inserted into the CD player at the same time X X
Center panel is malfunctioning X X
CD-R/RW written format is out of specification X X
MP3 and other format data are in the CD-R/RW X
File extension for MP3-formatted file is incorrect (Correct: ".mp3",
X
Incorrect: e.g., RIFF)
Defective CD-R/RW (e.g., dirty, scratch) X X X X
CD-R/RW (MP3 files are all written to RIFF format) X
Conflict of ID tag version for CD-R/RW X X
Improper folder and/or music title in CD-R/RW X
The number of characters of folder/music file name in CD-R/RW
X X
exceeds the maximum number of characters
Improper encode in CD-R/RW X X
MP3 applicable CD player malfunction X X X X X
No title input in CD-R/RW X
Input title text by 2-bytes characters X
Data other than the audio data is in CD-R/RW X
am2zzw0000495
End Of Sie
09-03G–2
NO.1 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT LOAD THE CD OR EJECTS THE CD IMMEDIATELY [CD]
id090362826100
1 CD player/changer does not load the CD or ejects the CD immediately

x CD is inserted upside down
x Defective CD (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty CD, condensation)
Possible cause x Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) CD, 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter, heart-shaped disc, octagonal
disc)
x Poor connection of audio unit connector or terminal (e.g., damaged, bent, pulled-out pin, corrosion)
x Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness), bent disc)
1 x Is CD inserted properly, label-side up? Yes Go to the next step.
No Explain to the customer that CD should be inserted into the
slot, label-side up.
2 x Replace with a CD known to be good. Yes Go to the next step.
x Does the CD player/changer load the CD? No Replace the audio unit.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
3 Visually inspect the CD. Yes Explain to the customer that the defective CD or non-
— Is there any dirt, scratch or deformation on conventional disc cannot be used.
the CD? No Go to the next step.
— Is the CD a non-conventional disc?
4 x Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Yes Replace the audio unit.
x Inspect the connection of the audio unit (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
connector (24-pin). INSTALLATION.)
x Inspect both audio unit connector and wiring (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
harness-side connector for a poor ASSEMBLY.)
connection. (such as damaged/bent/pulled- No If the audio unit connector/pin is malfunctioning:
out pins, corrosion)
x Are all the pins and connector normal?
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
If the wiring harness-side connector/pin is
malfunctioning:
End Of Sie
NO.2 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT EJECT THE CD [CD]
id090362826200
2 CD player/changer does not eject the CD

x Defective CD. (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty CD, condensation)
x Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) CD, 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter, heart-shaped disc, octagonal
disc)
x Poor connection of audio unit connector or terminal (e.g., damaged, bent, pulled-out pin, corrosion)
x Improper center panel installation
Possible cause x Improper CD cover installation
x Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness), bent disc).
x Multiple CDs are inserted into the CD player at the same time
Note
x The CD may be malfunctioning if the CD player/changer does not eject the certain CD only. Inspect
the CD player/changer operation using a CD known to be operational.
09-03G–3
1 x Inspect the operation of the audio system Yes Go to Step 3.
other than CD player/changer (e.g. Radio). No Go to the next step.
x Does the other audio system operate?
x Inspect the connection of the audio unit No If the audio unit connector/pin is malfunctioning:
connector (24-pin).
x Inspect both audio unit connector and wiring
harness-side connector for poor connection.
INSTALLATION.)
(such as damaged/bent/pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
ASSEMBLY.)
x Are all the pins and connector normal?
If the wiring harness-side connector/pin is
malfunctioning:
3 x Eject the CD. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is the CD ejected from the CD player/ No Inspect the center panel installation. Securely install the
changer? center panel if necessary.
4 x Insert the CD into the CD player/changer. Yes Replace the audio unit.
x Does the CD insert into the CD player/ (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
changer smoothly? INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
No Install the center panel properly, then go to the next step.
5 x Is the CD ejected from the CD player/ Yes Troubleshooting completed.
changer? Explain repairs to the customers.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.3 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD]
id090362806100
3 CD player/changer does not play the CD/No sound

Possible DTC 10:Er02, 10:Er07, 10:Er10, 22:Er02, 22:Er07, 22:Er10
x CD is inserted upside down
Possible cause x Defective CD (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough edges, scratch, dirty CD, condensation)
x Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) CD, 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter, heart-shaped disc, octagonal
disc)
09-03G–4
1 x Turn the radio on and check for sound. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is there a sound? No Go to the symptom troubleshooting No.3 (audio)
(See 09-03E-6 NO.3 NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS
Note [AUDIO].)
x Check the volume dial position.
2 x Was CD inserted properly, label-side up? Yes Go to the next step.
No Explain to the customer that CD should be inserted into the
slot, label-side up.
3 x Replace with a CD known to be operational. Yes Go to the next step.
x Does the CD player/changer load the CD? No Replace the audio unit.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
4 x Visually inspect the CD. Yes Explain to the customer that the defective CD or non-
— Is there any dirt, scratches or deformation conventional disc cannot be use.
on the CD? No Replace the audio unit.
— Is the CD a non-conventional disc? (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
— Is there a CD in MP3 recording? INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.4 SOUND JUMPS [CD]
id090362806200
4 Sound jumps
x Improper audio unit installation (e.g., rattle, loose)
x Inadequate tire pressure
Possible cause
Note
x The CD may be malfunctioning if the sound jumps on the certain CD only. Inspect the CD player/
changer operation using a CD known to be operational.
09-03G–5
1 x Does the sound jump when the vehicle is Yes Go to Step 6.
stopped? No Go to the next step.
2 x Drive the vehicle. Yes Go to the next step.
x Does the sound jump when driving over No Go to Step 6.
uneven surfaces?
3 x Is the audio unit installed securely? Yes Go to the next step.
No Install the audio unit securely.
4 x Inspect the tire pressure. Yes Replace the audio unit.
x Is the tire pressure normal? (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
5 x Adjust the tire pressure within specification. Yes Replace the audio unit.
x Does the sound jump when driving the (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
vehicle? INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
No Audio system is normal. Explain repairs to the customers.
6 x Replace with a CD other than the one known Yes Replace the audio unit.
to be operational. (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
x Does the sound jump when driving the INSTALLATION.)
vehicle? (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
No Audio system is normal. Explain to the customer that the CD
is malfunctioning.
End Of Sie
NO.5 CD PLAYER/CHANGER SCRATCHES ON THE CD [CD]
id090362806300
5 CD player/changer scratches on the CD

Possible cause x Deformed disc is used (e.g., out of specification (thickness), bent disc)
x Multiple CDs are inserted into the CD player at the same time
1 x Were the multiple CDs inserted into the CD Yes Explain to the customer to insert a CD one by one.
player at the same time? No Go to the next step.
2 x Visually inspect the CD. Yes Audio system is normal. Explain to the customer that the CD
x Is the CD a deformed disc (e.g., out of is malfunctioning.
specification (thickness), bent disc)? No Replace the audio unit.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.6 DISC CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE [CD]
id090362806400
6 Disc change is inoperative

Possible cause x Improper center panel installation
09-03G–6
1 x Inspect the CD changer operation. Yes Go to the next step.
x Does the CD changer operate properly? No Go to the symptom troubleshooting “No.3 CD player/
changer does not play the CD/No sound”.
(See 09-03G-4 NO.3 CD PLAYER/CHANGER DOES NOT
PLAY THE CD/NO SOUND [CD].)
2 x Inspect the followings: Yes Replace the audio unit.
— Is the display shown properly when (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
operating the disc change switch? INSTALLATION.)
— Does the radio band selection operate (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
properly? ASSEMBLY.)
3 x Inspect the center panel installation. Yes Install the center panel securely and properly.
x Does the CD changer change the disc No Go to the “Confirmation step 1: Audio switch confirmation” in
properly after re-installing the center panel? this section. Replace the center panel as necessary.
(See 09-03E-2 CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO SWITCH
End Of Sie
NO.7 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE MP3-FORMATTED FILE [CD]
id090362806500
7 CD player does not play the MP3-formatted file

Possible DTC —
x CD-R/RW written format is out of specification
x MP3 and other format data are in the CD-R/RW
x File extension for MP3-formatted file is incorrect (Correct. “.mp3”, incorrect: e.g., RIFF)
x Defective CD-R/RW (e.g. dirty CD, scratch)
x MP3 applicable CD player malfunction
Note
Possible cause
x Free-software for MP3-formatting available on the market may cause deterioration of sound quality,
or cause noise and defective play, which could result in the CD player not playing the customer-made
MP3-formatted files.
x The CD player may not play the CD-R/RW properly due to the disc condition.
x If there are MP3-formatted files and other files on the same disc, the CD player may not play the disc.
x If there are MP-3-formatted file and audio data on the same disc, the CD player loads and plays the
first session of the data only.
09-03G–7
1 x Inspect the written format of the recorded Yes Go to the next step.
data on the CD-R/RW. No Write the CD-R/RW to the correct specification.
x Is the write format correct?
2 x Inspect the recorded data on the CD-R/RW. Yes Replace with an operational CD-R/RW (MP3-formatted file
x Are there MP3 or other format data on the data only), then inspect the CD player operation.
CD-R/RW. If the CD player plays the MP3-formatted file:
x Audio system is normal. Explain to the customer that the
CD player does not operate properly if MP3 or other
format data are recorded the CD-R/RW.
If the CD player does not play the MP3-formatted
file:
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
3 x Inspect the CD-R/RW written format. Yes Replace with the CD-R/RW using the “.mp3” file extension,
x Is the written format within the specification then inspect the CD player operation.
(“.mp3” is the correct file extension)? If the CD player plays the MP3-formatted file:
CD player does not operate properly if the correct file
extension is not used.
If the CD player does not play the MP3-formatted
file:
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
4 x Visually inspect the CD-R/RW. Yes Clean the disc or replace it within an operational CD-R/RW.
x Is there any dirt or scratches on the CD-R/ No Replace the audio unit.
RW? (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.8 MP3-FORMATTED FILE FOLDER SELECTION IS INOPERATIVE/TRACK SEARCH IS INOPERATIVE
[CD]
id090362806600
8 MP3-formatted file folder selection is inoperative/Track search is inoperative

Possible DTC —
x Conflict of ID tag version for CD-R/RW
x Improper folder and/or music title in CD-R/RW
Possible cause x The number of characters of folder/audio file name in CD-R/RW exceeds the maximum number of
characters
x Improper encode in CD-R/RW
Note
x ID3 is a tagging format for MP3-formatted file. ID3 allows metadata (e.g., title, artist, track number, etc.) to
be added to the MP3-formatted file.
x There are two versions in the ID tag.
— ID3v1: This is the most widespread standard tag formats and most software is compatible with this
version. There is a limitation on the maximum number of characters for the text data.
— ID3v2: There are a variety of version in V2, but there is no interchangeability among the versions.
09-03G–8
Limitation on the maximum number of characters for the text data (ID3v1)
Item Maximum number of characters Description
Title 30 Music title
Artist 30 Artist name
Album 30 Album title
Year 4 Album produced year/CD wholesale year
Genre — Music category selection
Comment 30 Free comment
Track 3 Track number
1 x Visually inspect the CD-R/RW. Yes Clean the disc or replace with the CD-R/RW known to be
x Is there any dirt or scratch on the CD/R/RW? good.
2 x Inspect the ID tag version. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is ID tag correct? No Write the CD-R/RW with the correct ID tag version.
3 x Inspect folder and audio file name. Yes Go to the next step.
x Are all file name input correctly? No Use the CD-R/RW that a folder and audio file name is input
correctly.
4 x Inspect the encode for the folder and audio Yes Go to the next step.
file name in the CD-R/RW. No Use the correct encode.
x Is the encode correct?
Note
x Unreadable characters may be displayed
if incorrect encode is used.
5 x Inspect the number of characters for the Yes Replace the audio unit.
folder and audio file name. (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
x Is the number of characters within the INSTALLATION.)
maximum number of characters? (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
No Input the folder and audio file name within the maximum
number of characters.
End Of Sie
NO.9 CD PLAYER DOES NOT INDICATE THE MP3 TITLE TEXT [CD]
id090362806700
9 CD player does not indicate the MP3 title text

Possible DTC —
x Conflict of ID tag version for CD-R/RW
x The number of characters of folder/audio file name in CD-R/RW exceeds the maximum number of
characters
Possible cause
x Improper encode in CD-R/RW
x No title input in CD-R/RW
x Input title text by 2-bytes characters
09-03G–9
x Is there any dirt or scratch on the CD/R/RW? good.
2 x Inspect the display the LCD. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is the CD (other than MP3 compatible) No Go to the symptom troubleshooting No.9 (audio).
displayed on the LCD? (See 09-03E-11 NO.9 LCD DOES NOT DISPLAY AT ALL
[AUDIO].)
3 x Inspect the ID tag version. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is the ID tag correct? No Write the CD-R/RW with the correct ID tag version.
4 x Is the title text input into the CD-R/RW? Yes Go to the next step.
No Input the title text.
Note
x Do not input the title text by two-bytes character.
5 x Inspect the encode for the folder and audio Yes Go to the next step.
file name in the CD-R/RW. No Use the correct encode.
x Is the encode correct?
6 x Inspect the number of characters for the Yes Replace the audio unit.
folder and audio file name. (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
x Is the number of characters within the INSTALLATION.)
maximum number of characters? (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
No Input the folder and audio file name within the maximum
number of characters.
End Of Sie
NO.10 CD PLAYER DOES NOT PLAY THE AUDIO DATA (CDDA) [CD]
id090362806800
10 CD player does not play the audio data (CDDA)

Possible DTC —
x CD-R/RW written format is out of specification
x Defective CD-R/RW (e.g., dirty CD, scratch)
x Data other than the audio data is in CD-R/RW
Possible cause
Note
x The CD player may not play the CD-R/RW properly due to the disc condition.
x If there are MP-3-formatted file and audio data in the same disc, the CD player loads and plays the
first session of the data only.
09-03G–10
1 x Replace with the audio-CD known to be Yes Go to the next step.
good. No Replace the audio unit.
x Does the CD player play the audio-CD (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
properly? INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
2 x Inspect the written format of the recorded Yes Go to the next step.
data on the CD-R/RW. No Write the CD-R/RW with the correct specification.
x Is the written format correct?
3 x Inspect the recorded data in the CD-R/RW. Yes Replace with the CD-R/RW known to be good (record audio
x Is any data other than the audio data data only), then inspect the CD player operation.
recorded in the CD-R/RW? If the CD-R/RW plays:
CD player does not operate properly if the audio data
and other data are recorded in the CD-R/RW.
If the CD-R/RW does not play:
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
x Is there any dirt or scratch on the CD-R/RW? good.
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
NO.11 TRACK CHANGE IS INOPERATIVE [CD]
id090362806900
11 Track change is inoperative

Possible cause x Non-conventional discs (e.g., 8 cm (3 in) CD, 8 cm (3 in) disc adapter, heart-shaped disc, octagonal disc)
1 x Replace the CD/MD known to be good. Yes Explain to the customer that the defective CD or non-
x Does the CD player/MD player change the conventional disc cannot be used.
track? No Go to the next step.
2 x Inspect the center panel installation. Yes Replace the audio unit.
x Does the CD player change the track number (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
on the display when pressing the track up or INSTALLATION.)
down switch? (See 09-20-4 CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
No Go to the “Confirmation step 1: Audio switch confirmation” in
this section. Replace the center panel as necessary.
(See 09-03E-2 CONFIRMATION STEP 1: AUDIO SWITCH
End Of Sie
REFERENCE [CD]
id090362830000
x The CD player/changer has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo, COMPACT DISC
DIGITAL AUDIO, as shown. No other discs can be played on the CD player/changer other than MP3 applicable
one.
09-03G–11
x The CD player/changer may not play the following
CD:
— Defective CD (e.g., cracked, badly bent, rough
edges, scratch, dirty CD condensation)
— 8 cm (3 in) CDs accessories (e.g., 8 cm (3 in)
disc adapter, sticker, label)
— Nonstandard CD (e.g., Diameter/thickness is
out of specification)
Specification: 119.7—120.3 mm (4.668—
4.692 in) of diameter, 1.2+0.3 or -0.1 mm
(0.047+0.012 or 0.004 in) of thickness
— Do not use non-conventional discs. The CD
am2zzw0000023
player/changer could be damaged.
Examples:
x Although the same physical size as the compact
disc, SACD uses a different kind of digital audio
signal, Direct Stream Digital.
x The CD player/changer may not play the CD-R/
RW properly due to the disc condition (excluding
the MP3).
am2zzw0000023
MP3-Formatted File
Outline of CD-R and CD-RW
x Definition
— CD-R: The CD-R is a non-rewritable version. Once a section of a CD-R is written, it cannot be erased or
rewritten.
— CD-RW: The CD-RW is a re-writable version of CD-ROM and the data can be written an unlimited number
of times.
— Since the reflected laser beam amount of a CD-R/RW is less than the reflected laser beam amount of the
conventional CD media, the CD player/changer may not play the CD-R/RW or the sound may jump.
— Since the recording quality of the CD-R/RWs vary widely, some CD-R/RWs may not play.
Recording method
x There are two methods for recording.
x Classification by recorder
— Record the audio data in the audio-CD by audio recorder
x The price of the audio recorder and original audio-CD include the copyright fee.
— Record the audio data to a conventional data-CD using a personal computer
x The data-CD is cheaper than the audio-CD. But, there are lower quality CDs.
x Classification by audio data extraction/compression
— Extracted audio data
x The CD-R/RW player can play the extracted audio data.
— Compressed audio data
x It is possible to record a large quantity of music to a disc. The sound quality varies depending on the
audio data compression format. The compressed audio data can be played on the applicable player
only.
— Types of compression format:
x MP3: MPEG Audio Layer 3—Mazda genuine MP3 applicable CD player is available.
x WMA: Windows Media Audio
x ATRAC: Adaptive TRansform Acoustic Coding
MP3
x The following conditions should be met in order to record the MP3-formatted data to the MP3 applicable CD
player:
Media Applicable to the CD-R/RW
Logical format ISO 9660 level 1&2 /Joliet /Romeo
Directory hierarchy To 8 levels
09-03G–12
Media Applicable to the CD-R/RW
Maximum 255 as the total number
Number of files of files and folders
Maximum of 155 for folders
ID3 TAG Applicable to Ver1.1, 2.3 and 2.4
File extension MP3
Packet writing Not applicable
Bit rate 8kbps—320 kbps/VBR
Sampling rate 11.025kHz—48 kHz
End Of Sie
09-03G–13
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
09-03H SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [INSTRUMENT

CLUSTER]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING NO. 6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-03H–1 ILLUMINATION DOES NOT
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART ILLUMINATE
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-03H–2 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-03H–11
NO. 1 FUEL GAUGE INDICATION IS NO. 7 SPEEDOMETER INDICATION IS
INCORRECT DEFECTIVE
NO. 2 ALL METERS AND GAUGES NO. 8 TACHOMETER INDICATION IS
DO NOT OPERATE DEFECTIVE
NO. 3 ABS WARNING LIGHT NO. 9 LOW ENGINE COOLANT
ILLUMINATES TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LIGHT/
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-03H–5 HIGH ENGINE COOLANT
NO. 4 MIL ILLUMINATES TEMPERATURE
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-03H–7 WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES OR
NO. 5 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT FLASHES CONTINUOUSLY
ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-03H–16
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] . . . . . . . . . . 09-03H–9

WM: INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
id0903d5807200
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM PAGE

1 (See 09-03H-2 NO. 1 FUEL GAUGE INDICATION IS
Fuel gauge indication is incorrect
INCORRECT [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
2 (See 09-03H-4 NO. 2 ALL METERS AND GAUGES DO NOT
All meters and gauges do not operate
OPERATE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
3 (See 09-03H-5 NO. 3 ABS WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES
ABS warning light illuminates
4 (See 09-03H-7 NO. 4 MIL ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT
MIL illuminates
CLUSTER].)
5 (See 09-03H-9 NO. 5 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT
Brake system warning light illuminates
ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
6 (See 09-03H-11 NO. 6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Instrument cluster illumination does not illuminate ILLUMINATION DOES NOT ILLUMINATE [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
7 (See 09-03H-12 NO. 7 SPEEDOMETER INDICATION IS
Speedometer indication is defective
DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
8 (See 09-03H-14 NO. 8 TACHOMETER INDICATION IS
Tachometer indication is defective
DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
9 (See 09-03H-16 NO. 9 LOW ENGINE COOLANT
Low engine coolant temperature indicator light/High TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LIGHT/HIGH ENGINE
engine coolant temperature warning light illuminates or COOLANT TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT
flashes continuously ILLUMINATES OR FLASHES CONTINUOUSLY
End Of Sie
09-03H–1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
No.
1
End Of Sie
CAUSE
POSSIBLE
09-03H–2
MIL illuminates
ABS warning light illuminates

Fuel gauge indication incorrect
Tachometer indication is defective

Speedometer indication is defective
All meters and gauges do not operate
Brake system warning light illuminates
light illuminates or flashes continuously

Low engine coolant temperature indicator
Possible factor
light/High engine coolant temperature warning

Instrument cluster illumination does not illuminate
x Connector or pin malfunction

Fuel gauge indication is incorrect
X
Poor connection of fuel gauge sender unit connector, terminal damage
x Fuel gauge sender unit malfunction

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Poor connection of instrument cluster connector, terminal damage
X
Fuel gauge sender unit
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Instrument cluster
x Fuel gauge sender unit is improperly installed

X
Fuel gauge sender unit is improperly installed
X
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and ground
X
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and fuel gauge sender unit
X
Fuse malfunction (METER)
X
Open or short circuit in power supply (IG1) wiring harness
X
Open or short circuit in ground wiring harness ABS HU/CM, DSC HU/CM
X
X
X
Poor connection of ABS HU/CM, DSC HU/CM connector, terminal damage
NO. 1 FUEL GAUGE INDICATION IS INCORRECT [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]

X
X
ABS HU/CM, DSC HU/CM
X X
BCM
X
X
X
X
X
X
Short circuit in wiring harness between CAN-L, CAN-H and ground
X
X
X
X
X
X
Open circuit in CAN wiring harness (CAN-L, CAN-H)
X
X
X
X
X
X
CAN wiring harness (CAN-L, CAN-H) short each other
X
X
X
X
Poor connection of PCM connector, terminal damage
X
X
X
X
PCM
X
Poor connection of brake fluid level sensor connector, terminal damage
X
Brake fluid level sensor
x Open or short circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and fuel gauge sender unit
X
Poor connection of Parking brake switch connector, terminal damage
X
X: Applicable
Parking brake switch
X
Fuse malfunction (ROOM, ILLUMI)
id0903d5005000
id0903d5807300
am2zzw0000461
1 x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Troubleshooting completed. (The system is normal.)
x Verify that the fuel gauge needle does not No Go to the next step.
move after ignition switch is turned off, or the
display does not indicate F even though fuel
tank is full.
x Is the fuel gauge normal?
2 x Retrieve the DTC of instrument cluster using Yes Go to applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.
M-MDS. (See 09-02F-2 DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02F-1 DTC INSPECTION No Go to the next step.
x Is the DTC detected?
3 x Inspect the instrument cluster. Yes Go to Step 7.
(See 09-22-8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER No Go to the next step.
INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD
1.6 (Y6)].)
x Is the fuel gauge display normal?
4 x Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Go to the next step.
x Inspect the instrument cluster connector No Repair or replace the terminal.
terminals for poor connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, and corrosion).
x Are the terminals normal?
x Inspect for continuity following the wiring No Repair or replace for open circuit in the wiring harness
harness between instrument cluster and fuel between the instrument cluster and the fuel gauge sender
gauge sender unit. unit.
— 2T terminal—B terminal
— 2R terminal—D terminal
6 x Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for short to ground.
wiring harness.
— 2R terminal—ground
No Replace the instrument cluster.
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Inspect the fuel gauge sender unit connector No If the instrument cluster connector is poor connection:
terminals for poor connection (such as Connect the instrument cluster connector securely.
damaged/pulled-out pins, and corrosion). If malfunction is in the instrument cluster side
x Are the terminals normal? connector:
Replace the instrument cluster.
INSTALLATION.)
If malfunction is in vehicle side connector:
Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
8 x Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Inspect the fuel gauge sender unit.
x Is the fuel gauge sender unit installed (See 09-22-18 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
properly? INSPECTION.)
(See 09-22-18 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT INSPECTION
[MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
No Reinstall the fuel gauge sender unit.
(See 09-22-15 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-22-15 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT REMOVAL/
09-03H–3
End Of Sie
NO. 2 ALL METERS AND GAUGES DO NOT OPERATE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]

id0903d5807500
2 All meters and gauges do not operate

POSSIBLE
x Fuse malfunction
CAUSE
x Open or short circuit in power supply (IG1) wiring harness
x Open or short circuit in ground wiring harness
1 x Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Yes Troubleshooting completed. (The system is normal.)
x Inspect the following: No Go to the next step.
— Does the odometer/tripmeter illuminate?
— Does the fuel gauge operate?
— Does the MIL turn ON?
2 x Inspect the METER fuse. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is the fuse normal? No Replace the fuse.
x If the fuse is melted, inspect the wiring harness for a
short to ground. Repair or replace the wiring harness,
then replace the fuse.
3 x Inspect the DTC for the instrument cluster Yes Perform the recorded DTC’s troubleshooting.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM. (See 09-02F-2 DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
x Have any DTC’s been recorded in memory? No Go to the next step.
x Inspect the voltage between instrument
cluster wiring harness-side connector
terminal 2S and terminal 2A.
No Inspect the suspect wiring harness, then repair or replace.
2W 2U 2S 2Q 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
5 x Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
x Inspect the instrument cluster connector (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
terminals for poor connection (such as INSTALLATION.)
damaged/pulled-out pins, and corrosion). (See 09-22-6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
x Are the terminals normal? INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
No If the instrument cluster connector is poor connection:
Connect the instrument cluster connector securely.
If malfunction is in the instrument cluster side
connector:
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
09-03H–4
NO. 3 ABS WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0903d5807600
3 ABS warning light illuminates

x ABS HU/CM stores DTC
x DSC HU/CM stores DTC
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
x Short circuit in wiring harness between CAN-L, CAN-H and ground
x Open circuit in CAN wiring harness (CAN-L, CAN-H)
x CAN wiring harness (CAN-L, CAN-H) short each other
09-03H–5
1 x Start the engine. Yes Troubleshooting completed. (The system is normal.)
x Does the ABS warning light turn off? No Go to the next step.
2 x Start the engine. Yes Go to Step 5.
x Verify that the warning and indicator lights No Go to the next step.
condition.
x Do two or more lights illuminate at the same
time?
3 x Reactive the DTC of ABS HU/CM or DSC Yes Go to applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.
HU/CM using M-MDS. (See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS].)
(See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS (See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
[ABS].) STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
(See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS No Go to the next step.
4 x Turn off the ABS warning light using M-MDS Yes Verify that the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector is
instrument cluster active command modes connected securely.
WL+IL. If the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector is poor
(See 09-02F-18 ACTIVE COMMAND connection:
MODES INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT Connect the ABS HU/CM connector securely.
CLUSTER].) If malfunction is in the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM side
x Does the ABS warning light turn off connector:
according to active command modes? Replace the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM.
(See 04-13-3 ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
INSTALLATION.)
5 x Reactive the DTC of instrument cluster using Yes Go to the applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.
6 x Disconnect the negative battery cable. Yes Go to the next step.
x Measure the resistance between the DLC-2 No Go to Step 6.
terminals F and E.
x Is the resistance below 60 ohms?
7 x Inspect the DLC-2 terminals F and E for Yes Inspect the wiring harness and CAN system-related module.
short to power supply or ground. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
x Is there any malfunction? No Replace the instrument cluster.
INSTALLATION.)
x Inspect the instrument cluster connector No If the instrument cluster connector is poor connection:
INSTALLATION.)
09-03H–6
9 x Disconnect the negative battery cable. Yes Inspect the wiring harness and CAN system-related module.
x Measure the resistance between the Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
instrument cluster connector terminals 2B
and 2D.
End Of Sie
NO. 4 MIL ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0903d5807700
4 MIL illuminates
x PCM malfunction
x PCM stores DTC
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
09-03H–7
x Does the MIL turn off? No Go to the next step.
condition.
time?
3 x Reactive the DTC of PCM using M-MDS. Yes Go to applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.
(See 01-02A-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (See 01-02A-14 DTC TABLE [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-02B-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (See 01-02C-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
TEST [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].) No Go to the next step.
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
4 x Turn off the MIL using M-MDS instrument Yes Verify that the PCM connector is connected securely.
cluster active command modes WL+IL. If the PCM connector is poor connection:
(See 09-02F-18 ACTIVE COMMAND Connect the PCM connector securely.
MODES INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT If malfunction is in the PCM side connector:
CLUSTER].) Replace the PCM.
x Does the MIL turn off according to active (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ, ZY].)
command modes? (See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
1.4 DI Turbo].)
1.6 (Y6)].)
INSTALLATION.)
terminals F and E.
7 x Inspect the DLC-2 terminals F and E for Yes Inspect the wiring harness and CAN system-related module.
short to power supply or ground. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
x Is there any malfunction? No Replace the instrument cluster.
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
09-03H–8
and 2D.
End Of Sie
NO. 5 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0903d5807800
5 Brake system warning light illuminates

x BCM malfunction
x Brake fluid level sensor malfunction
x Parking brake switch malfunction
POSSIBLE x Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between brake fluid level sensor and BCM
CAUSE x Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between parking brake switch and BCM
09-03H–9
x Release the parking brake. No Go to the next step.
x Does the brake system warning light turn
off?
2 x Does the brake fluid need replenishment? Yes Add brake fluid.
3 x Inspect following: Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
— Brake fluid level sensor No Go to the next step.
— Parking brake switch
— Wiring harness between brake fluid level
sensor and BCM terminal 4A
— Wiring harness between parking brake
switch and BCM terminal 7B
condition.
time?
5 x Reactive the DTC of BCM, ABS HU/CM or Yes Go to applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.
DSC HU/CM using M-MDS. (See 09-02G-3 DTC TABLE [BCM].)
(See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [BCM].) (See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS].)
(See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS (See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
[ABS].) STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
(See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS No Go to the next step.
6 x Turn off the brake system warning light using Yes Verify that the BCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector
M-MDS instrument cluster according to is connected securely.
active command modes WL+IL. If the BCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector is
(See 09-02F-18 ACTIVE COMMAND poor connection:
MODES INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT Connect the BCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector
CLUSTER].) securely.
x Does the brake system warning light turn off If malfunction is in the BCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
active command modes? side connector:
Replace the BCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM.
(See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
INSTALLATION.)
terminals F and E.
09-03H–10
x Inspect the DLC-2 terminals F and E for Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
short to power supply or ground. No Replace the instrument cluster.
x Is there any malfunction? (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
and 2D.
End Of Sie
NO. 6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ILLUMINATION DOES NOT ILLUMINATE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0903d5807900
6 Instrument cluster illumination does not illuminate

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
x Fuse malfunction
09-03H–11
1 x Turn the light switch to the TNS position. Yes Troubleshooting completed. (The system is normal.)
x Does the instrument cluster illumination turn No Go to the next step.
on?
2 x Does the non-illumination include the entire Yes Go to the next step.
instrument cluster? No Replace the instrument cluster.
INSTALLATION.)
3 x Inspect the ROOM and ILLUMI fuse. Yes Go to the next step.
x Are the fuses normal? No Replace the fuse.
x If the fuse is melted, inspect the wiring harness for short
to ground. Repair or replace the wiring harness, then
replace the fuse.
4 x Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Replace the instrument cluster.
x Inspect the instrument cluster connector (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
terminals for poor connection (such as INSTALLATION.)
damaged/pulled-out pins, and corrosion). (See 09-22-6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
x Are the terminals normal? INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
No If the instrument cluster connector is poor connection:
Connect the instrument cluster connector securely.
If malfunction is in the instrument cluster side
connector:
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
NO. 7 SPEEDOMETER INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0903d5808000
7 Speedometer indication is defective

x PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE x Instrument cluster malfunction
CAUSE x Connector or pin malfunction
09-03H–12
1 x Start the engine, and drive the vehicle. Yes Troubleshooting completed. (The system is normal.)
— Does the speedometer needle move No Go to the next step.
smoothly?
— Does the speedometer needle indicate
correct speed?
2 x Reactive the DTC of PCM, ABS HU/CM or Yes Go to applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.
DSC HU/CM using M-MDS. (See 01-02A-14 DTC TABLE [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-02A-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (See 01-02B-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
TEST [ZJ, ZY].) (See 01-02C-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-02B-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS].)
TEST [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].) (See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
(See 01-02C-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].) No Go to the next step.
(See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
[ABS].)
(See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
3 x Start the engine. Yes Go to the next step.
x Verify that the tachometer indication and high No Go to Step 5.
engine coolant temperature warning light
illumination.
x Do the tachometer and high engine coolant
temperature warning light work properly?
4 x Monitor the following PIDs for the ABS HU/ Yes Verify that the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector
CM or DSC HU/CM using the M-MDS: is connected securely.
WSPD_LF, WSPD_LR, WSPD_RF, If the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector is
WSPD_RR poor connection:
Caution Connect the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector
x To prevent an accident, work with securely.
two people when the vehicle is If malfunction is in the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
being driven. (One drives the side connector:
vehicle and the other operates the Replace the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM.
M-MDS.) (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
x Drive the vehicle and compare the M-MDS 1.4 DI Turbo].)
monitored value with the speedometer (See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
indication. 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Does the M-MDS monitored value (See 04-13-3 ABS HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
correspond to the speedometer indication? [L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
[L.H.D.].)
[R.H.D.].)
If malfunction is not detected:
Inspect the ABS wheel-speed sensor and related part.
(See 04-13-14 FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
(See 04-13-16 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
INSTALLATION.)
09-03H–13
terminals F and E.
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
and 2D.
End Of Sie
NO. 8 TACHOMETER INDICATION IS DEFECTIVE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0903d5808100
8 Tachometer indication is defective

x PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE x Connector or pin malfunction
CAUSE x Short circuit in wiring harness between CAN-L, CAN-H and ground
09-03H–14
— Does the tachometer needle move No Go to the next step.
smoothly?
— Does the tachometer needle indicate
correct engine speed?
2 x Reactive the DTC of PCM using M-MDS. Yes Go to applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.
(See 01-02A-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (See 01-02A-14 DTC TABLE [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-02B-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (See 01-02C-8 DTC TABLE [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
TEST [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].) No Go to the next step.
TEST [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
x Verify that the tachometer indication and high No Go to Step 5.
engine coolant temperature warning light
illumination.
x Do the tachometer and high engine coolant
temperature warning light work properly?
4 x Monitor the PCM PID RPM using the M- Yes Verify that the PCM connector is connected securely.
MDS. If the PCM connector is poor connection:
x Start the engine and compare the M-MDS Connect the PCM connector securely.
monitored value with the tachometer If malfunction is in the PCM side connector:
indication. Replace the PCM.
x Does the M-MDS monitored value (See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ, ZY].)
correspond to the tachometer indication? (See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD
1.4 DI Turbo].)
1.6 (Y6)].)
INSTALLATION.)
terminals F and E.
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
09-03H–15
and 2D.
End Of Sie
NO. 9 LOW ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INDICATOR LIGHT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES OR FLASHES CONTINUOUSLY [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0903d5869200
Low engine coolant temperature indicator light/High engine coolant temperature warning light
9
illuminates or flashes continuously.
x PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE x Connector or pin malfunction
CAUSE x Short circuit in wiring harness between CAN-L, CAN-H and ground
09-03H–16
1 x Retrieve the DTC of instrument cluster using Yes Go to applicable DTC troubleshooting procedure.
2 x Cool down the engine. Yes Go to the next step.
x Turn the ignition switch to ON position. No Go to Step 4.
x Verify that the high engine coolant
temperature warning light condition.
x Does the high engine coolant temperature
warning light illuminate or flash while 3— 30
s after the ignition switch is turned to ON
position?
3 x Monitor the PCM PID ECT using the M-MDS. Yes Go to the next step.
x Is the PID ECT monitoring value for following No No Go to Step 5.
value?
— Above 120 qC {248 qF} when high engine
coolant temperature warning light flashes.
— Above 125 qC {257 qF} when high engine
coolant temperature warning light
illuminates.
x Monitor PCM PID ECT using the M-MDS. No Troubleshooting is completed. (The system is normal.)
x Verify that the low engine coolant
temperature indicator light condition when
the ECT monitoring value above 55 qC
{131qF} [ZJ, ZY], 40 qC {104qF} [MZ-CD 1.4
DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].
x Does the low engine coolant temperature
indicator light illuminate?
5 x Do the speedometer and tachometer Yes Go to the next step.
indicate correct? No Go to Step 7.
6 x Turn on and off both low engine coolant Yes Inspect the ECT sensor.
temperature indicator light/high engine (See 01-40A-29 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
coolant temperature warning light using M- (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [ZJ, ZY].)
MDS instrument cluster active command (See 01-40B-23 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
modes WL+IL. (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 09-02F-18 ACTIVE COMMAND (See 01-40C-21 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
MODES INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
CLUSTER].) No Replace the instrument cluster.
x Do the both low engine coolant temperature (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
indicator light/high engine coolant INSTALLATION.)
temperature warning light turn on and off (See 09-22-6 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/
according to active command modes? INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
terminals F and E.
INSTALLATION.)
09-03H–17
INSTALLATION.)
and 2D.
End Of Sie
09-03H–18
BODY PANELS
09-10 BODY PANELS

BODY PANELS LOCATION INDEX FRONT BUMPER
[3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–1 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB] . . . . 09-10–13
BODY PANELS LOCATION INDEX BUMPER REINFORCEMENT
[4SD, 5HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–15
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–2 FRONT FENDER PANEL
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–3 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–17
BONNET SEAL BOAD UPPER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-10–3 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–18
BONNET ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–4 SHROUD PANEL
Gap Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–4 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–18
Height Difference Adjustment . . . . . . . 09-10–5 Upper Mount Rubber Removal Note . . . 09-10–20
TRUNK LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION SHROUD PANEL
[4SD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–6 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TRUNK LID ADJUSTMENT [4SD] . . . . . 09-10–6 [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–20
TRUNK LID STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL Upper Mount Rubber Removal Note . . . 09-10–23
[4SD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–7 COWL PANEL
FUEL-FILLER LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–23
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-10–8 REAR BUMPER
FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT . . . . . 09-10–8 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–23
FRONT BUMPER Rear Bumper Installation Note . . . . . . . 09-10–25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-10–8 REAR BUMPER
Front Bumper Installation Note . . . . . . 09-10–9 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . . 09-10–25
FRONT BUMPER Rear Bumper Installation Note . . . . . . . 09-10–27
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 09-10–10 REAR BUMPER
Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 09-10–27
Manufactured Vehicles. . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–10 REAR BUMPER
AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [4SD] . . . . 09-10–28
Manufactured Vehicles. . . . . . . . . . . . 09-10–11
BODY PANELS
BODY PANELS LOCATION INDEX [3HB]

SOKYU_WM: BODY AND ACCESSORIES
id0910004047z3
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9
am2zzw0000349
1 Bonnet 3 Fuel-filler lid

(See 09-10-3 BONNET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-10-8 FUEL-FILLER LID REMOVAL/
(See 09-10-4 BONNET ADJUSTMENT.) INSTALLATION.)
2 Cowl panel (See 09-10-8 FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT.)
(See 09-10-23 COWL PANEL REMOVAL/ 4 Seal board upper
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-10-18 SEAL BOAD UPPER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-10–1
BODY PANELS
5 Shroud panel
(See 09-10-18 SHROUD PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
6 Bumper reinforcement
(See 09-10-15 BUMPER REINFORCEMENT
7 Front bumper
(See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-10-13 FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY [3HB].)
8 Front fender panel
(See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL
9 Rear bumper
(See 09-10-23 REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-10-27 REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
BODY PANELS LOCATION INDEX [4SD, 5HB]
id0910004047z8
4SD
1 2 3 9
4 5 6 7 8 10
am2zzw0000491
.
1 Bonnet 6 Bumper reinforcement

(See 09-10-3 BONNET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-10-15 BUMPER REINFORCEMENT
(See 09-10-4 BONNET ADJUSTMENT.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2 Cowl panel 7 Front bumper
(See 09-10-23 COWL PANEL REMOVAL/ (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION.)
3 Fuel-filler lid (See 09-10-10 FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/
(See 09-10-8 FUEL-FILLER LID REMOVAL/ ASSEMBLY.)
INSTALLATION.) 8 Front fender panel
(See 09-10-8 FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT.) (See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL
4 Seal board upper REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-10-18 SEAL BOAD UPPER REMOVAL/ 9 Trunk lid
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-10-6 TRUNK LID REMOVAL/
5 Shroud panel INSTALLATION [4SD].)
(See 09-10-18 SHROUD PANEL REMOVAL/ (See 09-10-6 TRUNK LID ADJUSTMENT [4SD].)
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-10-7 TRUNK LID STAY DAMPER
DISPOSAL [4SD].)
09-10–2
BODY PANELS
10 Rear bumper
(See 09-10-25 REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [4SD].)
(See 09-10-28 REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY [4SD].)
5HB
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9
adejjw00001457
.
1 Bonnet Bumper reinforcement

(See 09-10-3 BONNET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) 6 (See 09-10-15 BUMPER REINFORCEMENT
(See 09-10-4 BONNET ADJUSTMENT.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2 Cowl panel Front bumper
(See 09-10-23 COWL PANEL REMOVAL/ (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) 7 INSTALLATION.)
3 Fuel-filler lid (See 09-10-10 FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/
(See 09-10-8 FUEL-FILLER LID REMOVAL/ ASSEMBLY.)
INSTALLATION.) 8 Front fender panel
(See 09-10-8 FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT.) (See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL
4 Seal board upper REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-10-18 SEAL BOAD UPPER REMOVAL/ Rear bumper
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-10-23 REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/
Shroud panel 9 INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-10-18 SHROUD PANEL REMOVAL/ (See 09-10-27 REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/
5 INSTALLATION.) ASSEMBLY.)
(See 09-10-20 SHROUD PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
End Of Sie
BONNET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091000407200
Warning
x Removing the bonnet without supporting it could cause the bonnet to fall and cause serious
injury. Always perform the procedure with at least another person to prevent the bonnet from
falling.
09-10–3
BODY PANELS
1. After loosening bolt A and removing bolt B,
BOLT A,B:19—25 N·m
remove the bonnet in the direction of the arrow {1.9—2.6 kgf·m,14—18 ft·lbf}
shown in the figure.
BOLT A
BOLT B
am2zzw0000158
2. Remove bolt C, and remove the bonnet hinge in BOLT C:19—25 N·m
the direction of the arrow shown in the figure. {1.9—2.6 kgf·m,14—18 ft·lbf}
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
4. When installing the bonnet, adjust the bonnet by
moving the bonnet hinge. (See 09-10-4 BONNET
ADJUSTMENT)
End Of Sie BOLT C
am2zzw0000158
BONNET ADJUSTMENT
id091000407300
Gap Adjustment
1. Measure the gap between the bonnet and body.
a b
e
F
DD
SEC. A—A SEC. B—B SEC. E—E A C

E
B A
d f E B
c
DITAIL C SEC. D—D DITAIL F

am2zzw0000378
Standard clearance
a:2.96.1 mm {0.120.24 in}
b:3.06.0 mm {0.120.23 in}
c:-1.01.0 mm {-0.0390.039 in}
d:2.54.5 mm {0.100.17 in}
e:3.06.0 mm {0.120.23 in}
f:-1.01.0 mm {-0.0390.039 in}
2. Remove the front fender molding. (See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-10–4
BODY PANELS
3. Loosen the bonnet hinge installation bolts and
adjust the gap by moving the bonnet hinge back
and forth, left and right.
4. Tighten the bolts. (See 09-10-3 BONNET
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
5. Install the front fender molding. (See 09-10-17
FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION) BOLT
am2zzw0000503
Height Difference Adjustment

1. Measure the height difference between the bonnet and body.
b
a C
C
SEC. A—A SEC. B—B A
B A
c
B
SEC. C—C
am2zzw0000159
Standard clearance
a:1.94.5mm {0.080.17 in}
b:0.83.7mm {0.040.14 in}
c:-1.00.5mm {-0.030.01 in}
2. Turn the stop rubber to adjust.

BONNET SIDE STOP RUBBER
End Of Sie
DOWN UP
STOP RUBBER
BODY SIDE
UP
DOWN
am2zzw0000160
09-10–5
BODY PANELS
TRUNK LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0910008016z5
Warning
x Removing the stay damper without supporting the trunk lid can be dangerous. The trunk lid may
fall and injure you. Be sure to open the trunk lid completely and support it securely before
removing the stay damper.

2. Disconnect the trunk lid wiring harness connector,
then take the trunk lid wiring harness out from the
vehicle.
TRUNK LID WIRING
HARNESS CONNECTOR
am2ccw0000019
3. Pry off the stay damper band using a flathead

screwdriver.
4. Pry out the connecting part of the stay damper
and the hinge with a flathead screwdriver to BAND BAND
disconnect them, then remove the stay damper.
am2ccw0000019
5. Remove the nuts, then remove the trunk lid.

6. Remove the bolts, then remove the trunk lid
NUT
hinge. 20—28
7. Install in the reverse order of removal. {2.1—2.8,
15—20}
8. Adjust the trunk lid. (See 09-10-6 TRUNK LID
ADJUSTMENT [4SD].) TRUNK LID HINGE
End Of Sie TRUNK LID
BOLT
20—28
{2.1—2.8, 15—20} N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000498
TRUNK LID ADJUSTMENT [4SD]

id0910008017z5
1. Measure the gap and height difference between the trunk lid and the body.
2. Loosen the trunk lid hinge installation bolts and adjust the trunk lid.
x If necessary, loosen the trunk lid lock striker installation bolts and adjust the trunk lid. (See 09-14-98
TRUNK LID LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-10–6
BODY PANELS
TRUNK LID HINGE

INSTALLATION BOLT
TRUNK LID HINGE
TRUNK LID
am3zzw0000223
Standard clearance C
a: 4.0—8.0 mm {0.16—0.31 in} C
b: 2.5—4.5 mm {0.10—0.17 in}
c: -0.5—1.5 mm {-0.019—0.059 in}
d: 3.8—5.8 mm {0.15—0.22 in}
3. Tighten the bolts. (See 09-10-6 TRUNK LID B

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].) B
End Of Sie A
d b
c c
a
SEC. C—C SEC. B—B SEC. A—A
am2zzw0000503
TRUNK LID STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL [4SD]

id0910008027z5
Note
x The gas in the trunk lid stay damper is colorless, odorless, and non-toxic.
1. Wear protective eye wear.

2. Lay the trunk lid stay damper flat.
3. Saw2—3 mm {0.08—0.11 in} into the trunk lid
stay damper using a hacksaw, and allow the gas
to escape from the trunk lid stay damper.
4. Verify that the gas has escaped from the trunk lid
stay damper. HACKSAW TRUNK LID
5. Discard the stay damper. STAY DUMPER
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000491
09-10–7
BODY PANELS
FUEL-FILLER LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091000404800
1. Remove the bolts. FUEL-FILLER LID
2. Remove the fuel filler lid in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure.
4. Adjust the fuel-filler lid. (See 09-10-8 FUEL-
FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT)
End Of Sie
BOLT
3.9—5.9 N·m
{40—60 kgf·cm,
35—52 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000160
FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT

id091000404900
1. Measure the gap and height difference between the fuel-filler lid and the body.
2. Loosen the fuel-filler lid installation bolts and
A
adjust the fuel-filler lid.
Standard clearance b
a: 1.73.7 mm {0.070.14 in} a
b: -0.51.5 mm {-0.010.05 in}
3. Tighten the bolts. (See 09-10-8 FUEL-FILLER

LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
End Of Sie A
SEC. A—A
am2zzw0000383
FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091000405100
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (Vehicles with front fog lights)
2. Remove screw A and screws B, and set the
mudguard out of the way in the direction of the
SCREW A
MUDGUARD
SCREW B
am2zzw0000160
3. Remove screws C.
FRONT BUMPER
SCREW C FRONT
am2zzw0000346
09-10–8
BODY PANELS
4. Remove the fastener D. FASTENER D
5. Remove the bolts from position (1) indicated in
the figure, pull the front bumper in the direction of
arrow (2) shown in the figure to disengage the
both ends from the front bumper slider, then
remove the front bumper in the direction of arrow
(3). RADIATOR
GRILLE
am2zzw0000160
FRONT BUMPER SLIDER
TAB
(1) (1)
BOLT BOLT (2)
FRONT BUMPER
(2) (2)
FRONT BUMPER
TAB
(3)
BOLT:6.9—9.8 N·m FRONT BUMPER

{71—99 kgf·cm,62—86 in·lbf} SLIDER
am2zzw0000178
Caution
x The front bumper and front bumper slider are engaged firmly. If they are disengaged forcibly the
bumper could fall and be damaged. Perform the servicing carefully when disengaging the front
bumper from the front bumper slider.
x When disengaging the front bumper from the front bumper slider, the front bumper could fall and
be damaged. Support the front bumper so that it does not fall.
6. Disconnect the front fog light connector. (Vehicles with front fog lights)
8. Adjust the front fog light aiming for vehicles with front fog lights. (See 09-18-20 FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING)
Front Bumper Installation Note

1. Spread the front bumper ends apart.
2. Assemble the front bumper to the body.
3. Press the front bumper connecting area in the
FRONT BUMPER
direction of the arrow shown in the figure to SLIDER
engage with the front bumper slider.
End Of Sie
FRONT BUMPER
am2zzw0000160
09-10–9
BODY PANELS
FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id091000405200
Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand Manufactured Vehicles
Standard type
1. Remove the front fog light. (see 09-18-16 FRONT FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
2. Remove the radiator grille. (see 09-16-5 RADIATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
7
2
7
C
B
A
4
1
C
B 5
A
6
6
8
am2zzw0000160
1 Front bumper face 6 Fog light hole cover (Vehicles without front fog light)
2 Bracket 7 Front fog light cover (Vehicles with front fog light)
3 Front bumper retainer 8 Rivet
4 Screw 9 Airdam skirt
5 Front bumper mesh
4. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
Sports type
09-10–10
BODY PANELS
7 3
C
B
A
4
1
C
B 5
A
6 8
am2zzw0000257
4 Screw 9 Airdam skirt
5 Front bumper mesh
AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand Manufactured Vehicles

Standard type
1. Remove the front fog light. (Vehicles with front fog light) (see 09-18-16 FRONT FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
09-10–11
BODY PANELS
2
4
5
3
9
4
5
9
6
7
13
12
11
10
8
10
8
am2zzw0000443
1 Fastener A 8 Fog light hole cover (Vehicles without front fog light)
2 Screw B 9 Front fog light cover (Vehicles with front fog light)
3 Radiator grille reinforcement 10 Rivet
4 Screw C 11 Airdam skirt
5 Bracket 12 Ornament
6 Screw D 13 Front bumper face
7 Front bumper mesh
Sports type
09-10–12
BODY PANELS
2
4
5
3
5
6
7
12
11
10
8 9
9
8
am2zzw0000443
1 Fastener A 7 Front bumper mesh

2 Screw B 8 Front fog light cover
3 Radiator grille reinforcement 9 Rivet
4 Screw C 10 Airdam skirt
5 Bracket 11 Ornament
6 Screw D 12 Front bumper face

End Of Sie
FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB]
id0910004052z3
09-10–13
BODY PANELS
Standard Type
7
C
B
A
4
1
C
B 5
A
6
9
A TAB A
A
A
8
A
0.5 mm 6 A
A 10
{0.02 in}
8
am2zzw0000343
4 Screw 9 Airdam skirt RH
5 Front bumper mesh 10 Airdam skirt LH
09-10–14
BODY PANELS
Sport Type
7
3
7
C
B
A
4
1
C
B 5
A
9
A TAB A
A
A
8
A
0.5 mm A
{0.02 in} A 10
6
8
am2zzw0000344
1 Front bumper face 6 Front fog light cover (Vehicles with front fog light)
2 Bracket 7 Fog light hole cover (Vehicles without front fog light)
4 Screw 9 Airdam skirt RH
5 Front bumper mesh 10 Airdam skirt LH

End Of Sie
BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091000405700
Caution
x Because the shroud panel is installed to the bumper reinforcement, support the shroud panel
using a jack before removing the bumper reinforcement so as not to apply excessive force to the
shroud panel.
x Since the servicing is performed with the bonnet open, secure the bonnet using a piece of wood to
prevent it from falling.

2. Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the front combination light. (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
4. Remove the horn. (See 09-22-20 HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
5. Remove the washer tank. (See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-10–15
BODY PANELS
6. Remove bolt A.
BOLT A
FRONT
BOLT A:29—39 N·m

{3.0—4.0 kgf·m,22—29 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000346
7. Remove bolts B.
BOLT B
BOLT B
FRONT
FRONT BUMPER
BUMPER
REINFORCEMENT REINFORCEMENT
BOLT B:8—11 N·m
{82—112 kgf·cm,71—97 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000346
8. Remove bolts C and D then remove the bumper

reinforcement in the direction of the arrow shown
in the figure. BOLT C BOLT D BOLT C
BOLT C
BOLT C:29—39 N·m

{3.0—4.0 kgf·m,22—29 ft·lbf}
BUMPER
BOLT D:8.0—11.0 N·m REINFORCEMENT
{82—112 kgf·cm,71—97 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000344
09-10–16
BODY PANELS
9. Remove the bracket in the direction shown of the
BRACKET
End Of Sie
FRONT
am2zzw0000346
FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091000405900
2. Remove the sail garnish. (See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the front side turn lights. (See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
5. Remove the front combination lights. (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
6. Remove the side step molding. (vehicles with side step molding) (See 09-16-12 SIDE STEP MOLDING
REMOVAL) (See 09-16-14 SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION) (See 09-16-13 SIDE STEP MOLDING
REMOVAL [3HB]) (See 09-16-15 SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION [3HB])
7. Remove fastener A, then remove the front fender
molding in the direction of the arrow shown in the FASTENER A
figure.
FRONT FENDER
MOLDING
am2zzw0000161
8. Remove bolt B and clip C, then remove the front

bumper slider.
CLIP C
FRONT
BUMPER SLIDER
CLIP C
BOLT B
FRONT
BOLT B:8—10 N·m

{80—110 kgf·cm,70—95 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000346
09-10–17
BODY PANELS
9. Remove bolts D, then remove the front fender panel in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
BOLT D
FRONT
BOLT D
FRONT
BOLT D
FRONT
BOLT D
BOLT D
BOLT B:8—10 N·m

{80—110 kgf·cm,70—95 in·lbf} BOLT D
am2zzw0000347

11. Adjust the headlight aiming. (See 09-18-7 HEADLIGHT AIMING)
End Of Sie
SEAL BOAD UPPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091000466600
3. After removing fasteners A, detach hooks B and remove the seal board upper in the direction of the arrow
FRONT
SEAL BOAD UPPER

HOOK B
HOOK B
FRONT
REAR
HOOK B
REAR
FASTENER A
am2zzw0000447

End Of Sie
SHROUD PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091000406300
Caution
shroud panel.
09-10–18
BODY PANELS
(1) Front bumper (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(2) Front combination lights (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(3) Horn (See 09-22-20 HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(4) Washer tank (See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(5) Bumper reinforcement (See 09-10-15 BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(6) Seal board upper (See 09-10-18 SEAL BOAD UPPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(7) Bonnet latch (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove bolts A, then remove the bumper
stiffener lower in the direction of the arrow shown
in the figure.
BOLT A BUMPER STIFFENER LOWER

BOLT A:9—12 N·m
{90—129 kgf·cm,78—112 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000161
4. Remove fasteners B, then remove the closing

plate in the direction of the arrow shown in the
figure.
FASTENER B
CLOSING PLATE
am2zzw0000162
5. Remove bolts C, then set the shroud upper plate

out of the way.
BOLT C FRONT
BOLT C
FRONT
FRONT
BOLT C:8.0—11.0 N·m

{82—112 kgf·cm,71—97 in·lbf} BOLT C
am2zzw0000337
09-10–19
BODY PANELS
6. Remove the upper mount rubber bracket in the
direction of the arrow in the figure, then remove UPPER MOUNT RUBBER
the upper mount rubber. (See 09-10-20 Upper
Mount Rubber Removal Note)
UPPER MOUNT RUBBER BRACKET
FRONT
am2zzw0000447
7. Pull the shroud panel in the direction of arrow (1)

in the figure, and remove it in the direction of
arrow (2).
Caution
x Support the lower surface of the radiator
with a floor jack to prevent the radiator
from falling off after the shroud panel is
removed.
8. Install in the reverse order of removal. (1)
(2)
FRONT
am2zzw0000447
Upper Mount Rubber Removal Note

1. Remove the upper mount rubber bracket while
pressing down the upper mount rubber bracket A
SHROUD PANEL
tab in the direction of the arrow in the figure.
End Of Sie TAB
UPPER MOUNT
BRACKET COVER
FRONT ENGINE
ROOM SIDE
A SEC.A-A
am2zzw0000447
SHROUD PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)]

id0910004063z4
Caution
shroud panel.

(1) Front bumper (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-10–20
BODY PANELS
(2) Front combination lights (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(3) Washer tank (See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(4) Bumper reinforcement (See 09-10-15 BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(5) Seal board upper (See 09-10-18 SEAL BOAD UPPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(6) Bonnet latch (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove bolts A, then remove the bumper
stiffener lower in the direction of the arrow shown
in the figure.
BOLT A BUMPER STIFFENER LOWER

BOLT A:9—12 N·m
{90—129 kgf·cm,78—112 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000161
4. Remove bolts B, then set the shroud upper plate

out of the way.
FRONT
SHROUD UPPER PLATE BOLT B
FRONT
BOLT B
FRONT
BOLT B:8.0—11.0 N·m

{82—112 kgf·cm,71—97 in·lbf}
BOLT B
am2zzw0000398
5. Remove the upper mount rubber bracket in the

direction of the arrow in the figure, then remove UPPER MOUNT RUBBER
the upper mount rubber. (See 09-10-23 Upper
Mount Rubber Removal Note)
UPPER MOUNT RUBBER BRACKET
FRONT
am2zzw0000447
09-10–21
BODY PANELS
6. Remove the nuts C.
7. Set the condenser out of the way.
NUT C
6.9—9.8 N·m {71—99 kgf·cm, 62—86 in·lbf}
FRONT
am2zzw0000448
8. Release the hooks D in the direction of arrow

HOOK D HOOK D
am2zzw0000402
9. Pull the shroud panel in the direction of arrow (1)

in the figure, and remove it in the direction of
arrow (2).
Caution
x Support the lower surface of the radiator
with a floor jack to prevent the radiator
from falling off after the shroud panel is
removed.
(2)
FRONT
am2zzw0000448
09-10–22
BODY PANELS
Upper Mount Rubber Removal Note
1. Remove the upper mount rubber bracket while
pressing down the upper mount rubber bracket A
SHROUD PANEL
tab in the direction of the arrow in the figure.
End Of Sie TAB
UPPER MOUNT
RUBBER BRACKET
FRONT ENGINE
ROOM SIDE
A SEC.A-A
am2zzw0000448
COWL PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091000406200
(1) Windshield wiper arm (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(2) Front fender molding (See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(3) Cowl grille (See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(4) Windshield wiper motor (See 09-19-9 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the washer hose grommet from the cowl panel and disconnect the front washer hose.
4. Remove bolts, and remove the cowl panel in the BOLT BOLT BOLT:8—10 N·m
direction of the arrow shown in the figure. {82—101 kgf·cm,71—88 in·lbf}
End Of Sie
FRONT BOLT
am2zzw0000347
REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091000405300
2. Remove the splash shield. (See 09-16-9 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the rear combination light. (See 09-18-23 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
4. Remove the fastener A.
REAR BUMPER
FASTENER A
am2zzw0000160
09-10–23
BODY PANELS
5. Remove the fasteners B.
REAR BUMPER
FASTENER B
am2zzw0000161
6. Remove the screws C.
SCREW C
REAR BUMPER
am2zzw0000161
7. Pull the rear bumper in the direction of arrow (1)

shown in the figure to disengage the bumper from
the rear bumper slider, then remove the rear
bumper in the direction of arrow (2).
Caution
x When disengaging the rear bumper from (1)
the rear bumper slider, the rear bumper
(2) (1)
could fall and be damaged. Support the
rear bumper so that it does not fall.
REAR BUMPER
am2zzw0000161
09-10–24
BODY PANELS
8. Remove clips D,E and the license plate light bulb, then set aside the wiring harness to the vehicle side.
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BULB REAR BUMPER
WIRING HARNESS
WIRING HARNESS
CLIP E CLIP D
CLIP D
CLIP E REAR BUMPER REAR BUMPER

am2zzw0000178
9. Disconnect the rear fog light connector. (Vehicles with rear fog light)
Rear Bumper Installation Note

1. Spread the rear bumper ends apart.
2. Assemble the rear bumper to the body.
3. Press the rear bumper connecting area in the REAR BUMPER
engage with the rear bumper slider.
End Of Sie
REAR BUMPER
am2zzw0000161
REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id0910004053z5
2. Remove the splash shield. (See 09-16-9 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-10–25
BODY PANELS
3. Remove the screw.
SCREW
REAR BUMPER
am2ccw0000025
4. Remove the fasteners.
REAR BUMPER
FASTENER
am2ccw0000025
5. Remove the screws.
SCREW
REAR BUMPER
am2ccw0000026
6. Pull the rear bumper in the direction of arrow (1)

shown in the figure to disengage the bumper from
the rear bumper slider, then remove the rear
bumper in the direction of arrow (2).
Caution (1)
x When disengaging the rear bumper from
the rear bumper slider, the rear bumper
could fall and be damaged. Support the
(1)
rear bumper so that it does not fall. (2)
REAR BUMPER
am2ccw0000026
09-10–26
BODY PANELS
7. Remove clip and the license plate light, then set aside the wiring harness to the vehicle side.
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BULB REAR BUMPER
WIRING HARNESS
CLIP WIRING HARNESS
CLIP
REAR BUMPER
am2ccw0000026
Rear Bumper Installation Note

1. Spread the rear bumper ends apart.
2. Assemble the rear bumper to the body.
3. Press the rear bumper connecting area in the REAR BUMPER
engage with the bumper slider.
End Of Sie
REAR BUMPER
am2zzw0000161
REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

id091000405600
1. Remove the rear fog light. (Vehicles with rear fog light) (See 09-18-26 REAR FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
09-10–27
BODY PANELS
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table. 1
1 Rear bumper fascia
2 Screw
3 Rear bumper guard

End Of Sie
3
2
3 2
adejjw00003272
REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [4SD]

id0910004056z5
1. Remove in the order indicated in the table. 3
1 Rear bumper fascia
1
2 Screw 3
3 Rear bumper reflector

End Of Sie
2
am2ccw0000019
09-10–28
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
09-11 DOORS AND LIFTGATE

DOOR AND LIFTGATE REAR DOOR
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–15
DOOR AND LIFTGATE Connector Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–16
LOCATION INDEX [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–2 REAR DOOR CHECKER
DOOR AND LIFTGATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–16
LOCATION INDEX [4SD] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–3 REAR DOOR CHECKER
FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . . 09-11–17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-11–4 REAR DOOR HINGE
Connector Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–5 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–18
FRONT DOOR REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-11–5 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–19
Connector Removal Note. . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–6 REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL
FRONT DOOR PAD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . . 09-11–20
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-11–7 DOOR ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–22
FRONT DOOR PAD DOOR ADJUSTMENT [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-11–8 DOOR ADJUSTMENT [4SD] . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–23
FRONT DOOR CHECKER LIFTGATE
FRONT DOOR CHECKER LIFTGATE HINGE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-11–9 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–26
FRONT DOOR HINGE LIFTGATE HINGE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-11–10 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . 09-11–28
FRONT DOOR HINGE LIFTGATE MANUAL OPEN/CLOSE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-11–11 PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–28
FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL Opening the Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–28
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-11–12 STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL . . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–29
FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-11–30
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-11–13
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
DOOR AND LIFTGATE LOCATION INDEX

WM: DOORS AND LIFTGATE(LOCATION INDEX)
id091100520000
3 2 1
7
8 9 10 11 12
am2zzw0000434
1 Liftgate hinge 2 Stay damper

(See 09-11-26 LIFTGATE HINGE REMOVAL/ (See 09-11-29 STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL.)
INSTALLATION.)
09-11–1
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
3 Front door pad
(See 09-11-7 FRONT DOOR PAD REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4 Front door
(See 09-11-4 FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-11-22 DOOR ADJUSTMENT.)
5 Front door module panel
(See 09-11-12 FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL
6 Rear door
(See 09-11-15 REAR DOOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-11-22 DOOR ADJUSTMENT.)
7 Rear door module panel
(See 09-11-19 REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL
8 Front door hinge
(See 09-11-10 FRONT DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
9 Front door checker
(See 09-11-8 FRONT DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
10 Rear door hinge
(See 09-11-18 REAR DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
11 Rear door checker
(See 09-11-16 REAR DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
12 Liftgate
(See 09-11-24 LIFTGATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-11-30 LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT.)
(See 09-11-28 LIFTGATE MANUAL OPEN/CLOSE
PROCEDURE.)
End Of Sie
DOOR AND LIFTGATE LOCATION INDEX [3HB]
id091100520006
3 2 1
6 7 8
am2zzw0000493
1 Liftgate hinge 3 Front door pad

(See 09-11-28 LIFTGATE HINGE REMOVAL/ (See 09-11-8 FRONT DOOR PAD REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [3HB].) INSTALLATION [3HB].)
2 Stay damper
(See 09-11-29 STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL.)
09-11–2
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
4 Front door
(See 09-11-5 FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/
(See 09-11-22 DOOR ADJUSTMENT [3HB].)
5 Front door module panel
(See 09-11-13 FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
6 Front door hinge
(See 09-11-11 FRONT DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/
7 Front door checker
(See 09-11-9 FRONT DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/
8 Liftgate
(See 09-11-24 LIFTGATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-11-30 LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT.)
(See 09-11-28 LIFTGATE MANUAL OPEN/CLOSE
PROCEDURE.)
End Of Sie
DOOR AND LIFTGATE LOCATION INDEX [4SD]
id091100520008
2 1
7 8 9 10
am2zzw0000491
1 Stay damper 5 Rear door

(See 09-11-29 STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL.) (See 09-11-15 REAR DOOR REMOVAL/
2 Front door pad INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-11-7 FRONT DOOR PAD REMOVAL/ (See 09-11-23 DOOR ADJUSTMENT [4SD].)
INSTALLATION.) 6 Rear door module panel
3 Front door (See 09-11-20 REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL
(See 09-11-4 FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/ REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
INSTALLATION.) 7 Front door hinge
(See 09-11-22 DOOR ADJUSTMENT.) (See 09-11-10 FRONT DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/
4 Front door module panel INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-11-12 FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL 8 Front door checker
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-11-8 FRONT DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-11–3
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
9 Rear door hinge
(See 09-11-18 REAR DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
10 Rear door checker
(See 09-11-17 REAR DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100520100
Warning
x Removing the front door without supporting it could cause the front door to fall and cause serious
injury. Always perform the procedure with at least another person to prevent the front door from
falling.

2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
*1: Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT)

18—30 N·m {1.9—3.0 kgf·m, 14—22 ft·lbf} manufactured vehicles
*2: AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT)
4 3 manufactured vehicles
1
20—26 N·m {2.1—2.6 kgf·m, 15—19 ft·lbf} *1
20—28 N·m {2.1—2.8 kgf·m, 15—20 ft·lbf} *2
3
18—30 N·m {1.9—3.0 kgf·m, 14—22 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000480
1 Bolt A 3 Bolt B
2 Connector 4 Front door
(See 09-11-5 Connector Removal Note.)

4. Adjust the front door. (See 09-11-22 DOOR ADJUSTMENT.)
09-11–4
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
Connector Removal Note
1. Pull the rubber boot outward.
RUBBER BOOT
am2zzw0000041
2. Press the tab in the direction of arrow (1) shown

in the figure using a tape-wrapped flathead FLATHEAD
screwdriver, and remove the connector from the SCREWDRIVER
body in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the TAB
figure.
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1) (1)
am2zzw0000041
3. Lower the lever in the direction of arrow (1), and

disconnect the connector in the direction of arrow (2) TAB
(2).
End Of Sie (1)
LEVER
am2zzw0000437
FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id091100520106
Warning
x Removing the front door without supporting it could cause the front door to fall and cause serious
injury. Always perform the procedure with at least another person to prevent the front door from
falling.

09-11–5
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
.
1 Bolt A 18—30 N·m {1.9—3.0 kgf·m, 14—22 ft·lbf}
2 Connector 4 3 2
3 Bolt B
4 Front door
4. Adjust the front door. (See 09-11-22 DOOR
ADJUSTMENT [3HB].)
1
20—26 N·m {2.1—2.6
kgf·m, 15—19 ft·lbf}
3
18—30 N·m {1.9—3.0 kgf·m, 14—22 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000480

1. Pull the rubber boot outward.
RUBBER BOOT
am2zzw0000041
2. Press the tab in the direction of arrow (1) shown

in the figure using a tape-wrapped flathead FLATHEAD
screwdriver, and remove the connector from the SCREWDRIVER
body in the direction of arrow (2) shown in the TAB
figure.
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1) (1)
am2zzw0000041
09-11–6
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
3. Lower the lever in the direction of arrow (1), and
disconnect the connector in the direction of arrow (2) TAB
(2).
End Of Sie (1)
LEVER
am2zzw0000437
FRONT DOOR PAD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091100520300
1. To access the glass installation bolt, position the
front door glass so that the distance from the top
of the front door glass to the upper part of the
front beltline molding is approx. 110 mm {4.33 in}. APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
(1) Inner garnish (See 09-17-34 INNER
GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front door trim (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front door speaker (See 09-20-6 FRONT
DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
am2zzw0000438
INSTALLATION.)
(4) Front door glass (See 09-12-7 FRONT DOOR
GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Front door module panel (See 09-11-12 FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

5. Remove the front door pad.
6. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape on the
front door pad and body using a utility knife. FRONT DOOR PAD
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands can
cause injury. Always wear gloves when
using a razor.

FASTENER
am2zzw0000040
(1) When reusing the front door pad, affix double-

sided adhesive tape to the front door pad as
End Of Sie FRONT DOOR PAD
DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
am2zzw0000040
09-11–7
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
FRONT DOOR PAD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id091100520306
front beltline molding is approx. 110 mm {4.33 in}. APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
am2zzw0000438
INSTALLATION.)
GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(5) Front door module panel (See 09-11-13 FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)

5. Remove the front door pad.
6. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape on the
front door pad and body using a utility knife. FRONT DOOR PAD
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands can
using a razor.

FASTENER
am2zzw0000337
(1) When reusing the front door pad, affix double-

sided adhesive tape to the front door pad as
End Of Sie FRONT DOOR PAD
DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
am2zzw0000338
FRONT DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091100520400
1. Fully close the front door glass.
3. Remove the inner garnish. (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the front door speaker. (See 09-20-6 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-11–8
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
6. Remove the bolt.

manufactured vehicles
FRONT DOOR CHECKER
BOLT
20—26 N·m {2.1—2.6 kgf·m, 15—19 ft·lbf} *1
20—28 N·m {2.1—2.8 kgf·m, 15—20 ft·lbf} *2
am2zzw0000480
7. Remove the bolts.

FRONT DOOR CHECKER
BOLT
8—10 N·m {82—101 kgf·cm, 71—88 in·lbf} *1
4.1—8.3 N·m {42—84 kgf·cm, 37—73 in·lbf} *2
am2zzw0000481
8. Pull out the front door checker from the front speaker installation hole.
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id091100520406
1. Fully close the front door glass.
4. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
09-11–9
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
6. Remove the bolt.
FRONT DOOR CHECKER
BOLT
20—26 N·m {2.1—2.6 kgf·m,
15—19 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000481

FRONT DOOR CHECKER
BOLT
8—10 N·m {82—101 kgf·cm, 71—88 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000481
8. Pull out the front door checker from the front speaker installation hole.
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100520500
(1) Sail garnish (See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side turn light (See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front bumper (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Front combination light (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Side step molding (vehicles with side step molding) (See 09-16-12 SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL.)
(See 09-16-14 SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION.)
(6) Front fender panel (See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Front door (See 09-11-4 FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-11–10
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
18—29 N·m {1.9—2.9 kgf·m, 14—21 ft·lbf} *1
20—28 N·m {2.1—2.8 kgf·m, 15—20 ft·lbf} *2

2 manufactured vehicles
am2zzw0000481
1 Bolt
2 Front door hinge

End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id091100520506
(1) Sail garnish (See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side turn light (See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front bumper (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Front combination light (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Side step molding (vehicles with side step molding) (See 09-16-13 SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL
[3HB].) (See 09-16-15 SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(6) Front fender panel (See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Front door (See 09-11-5 FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
18—29 N·m {1.9—2.9 kgf·m, 14—21 ft·lbf}

1
am2zzw0000040
09-11–11
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
1 Bolt
2 Front door hinge

End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100520200
APPROX.110 mm
front beltline molding is approx. 110 mm {4.33 in}. {4.33 in}
am2zzw0000437
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the clips securing the front door wiring
harness from the front door module panel. FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL
FRONT DOOR HARNESS
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000040
09-11–12
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL
BOLT
2.0—3.0 N·m
{21—30 kgf·cm,
18—26 in·lbf}
BOLT BOLT
2.0—3.0 N·m {21—30 kgf·cm, 2.0—3.0 N·m {21—30 kgf·cm,
18—26 in·lbf} 18—26 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000493
6. Remove the fastener.

7. Remove the front door module panel.
8. Remove the front power window motor. (See 09-
12-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
9. Remove the front power window regulator. (See
09-12-12 FRONT POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
FASTENER
am2zzw0000493
FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id091100520206
APPROX.110 mm
front beltline molding is approx. 110 mm {4.33 in}. {4.33 in}
am2zzw0000437
INSTALLATION.)
09-11–13
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
(4) Front door glass (See 09-12-8 FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Remove the clips securing the front door wiring
harness from the front door module panel. FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL
FRONT DOOR HARNESS
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000338

BOLT
2.0—3.0 N·m
{21—30 kgf·cm,
18—26 in·lbf}
BOLT BOLT
2.0—3.0 N·m 2.0—3.0 N·m
{21—30 kgf·cm, {21—30 kgf·cm,
18—26 in·lbf} 18—26 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000438
09-11–14
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
7. Remove the front door module panel.
8. Remove the front power window motor. (See 09-
12-18 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/ FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL
9. Remove the front power window regulator. (See
09-12-14 FRONT POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
End Of Sie
FASTENER
am2zzw0000493
REAR DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091100520600
Warning
x Removing the rear door without supporting it could cause the rear door to fall and cause serious
injury. Always perform the procedure with at least another person to prevent the rear door from
falling.

18—30 N·m {1.9—3.0 kgf·m, 14—22 ft·lbf}
4 2
20—26 N·m {2.1—2.6 kgf·m, 15—19 ft·lbf} *1

20—28 N·m {2.1—2.8 kgf·m, 15—20 ft·lbf} *2
18—30 N·m {1.9—3.0 kgf·m, 14—22 ft·lbf}
3
am2zzw0000481
1 Bolt A 3 Bolt B
2 Connector 4 Rear door
09-11–15
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
4. Adjust the rear door. (See 09-11-22 DOOR ADJUSTMENT.)

1. While pressing the tab in the direction of arrow (1), disconnect the connector in the direction of arrow (2).
End Of Sie
(1)
TAB
(2)
am2zzw0000042
REAR DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091100520700
1. Fully close the rear door glass.
3. Remove the sail inner garnish. (See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the rear door trim. (See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the rear door speaker. (See 09-20-8 REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the bolt.
BOLT
20—26 N·m {2.1—2.6 kgf·m, 15—19 ft·lbf} *1
20—28 N·m {2.1—2.8 kgf·m, 15—20 ft·lbf} *2
am2zzw0000481
09-11–16
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
8—10 N·m {82—101 kgf·cm, 71—88 in·lbf} *1
4.1—8.3 N·m {42—84 kgf·cm, 37—73 in·lbf} *2
REAR DOOR CHECKER BOLT

am2zzw0000481
8. Pull out the rear door checker from the rear speaker installation hole.
End Of Sie
REAR DOOR CHECKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id091100520708
5. Remove the bolt.
BOLT
20—28 N·m {2.1—2.8
kgf·m, 15—20 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000491
09-11–17
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
7. Pull out the rear door checker from the rear
speaker installation hole. 4.1—8.3 N·m {42—84
kgf·cm, 37—73 in·lbf}
8. Install in the reverse order of removal. REAR DOOR CHECKER BOLT
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000491
REAR DOOR HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091100520800
(1) Rear door (See 09-11-15 REAR DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Rear scuff plate (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) B-pillar lower trim (See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
18—30 N·m {1.9—3.0 kgf·m, 14—22 ft·lbf} *1
18—30 N·m {1.9—3.0 kgf·m, 14—22 ft·lbf} *1
20—28 N·m {2.1—2.8 kgf·m, 15—20 ft·lbf} *2
20—28 N·m {2.1—2.8 kgf·m, 15—20 ft·lbf} *2
2 1
3

1
18—30 N·m {1.9—3.0 kgf·m, 14—22 ft·lbf} *1
20—28 N·m {2.1—2.8 kgf·m, 15—20 ft·lbf} *2
am2zzw0000481
1 Bolt
2 Nut
3 Rear door hinge

End Of Sie
09-11–18
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100520900
rear door glass so that the distance from the top APPROX.
of the rear door glass to the upper part of the rear 210 mm {8.27 in}
beltline molding is approx. 210 mm {8.27 in}.
(1) Sail inner garnish (See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER
(2) Rear door garnish (See 09-16-21 REAR
DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(3) Rear door trim (See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR
am2zzw0000438
(4) Rear door speaker (See 09-20-8 REAR
DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5)Rear door glass (See 09- 12- 9 REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4.Remove the clips securing the rear door wiring
harness from the rear door module panel. REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL
REAR DOOT HARNESS
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000041
09-11–19
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL
BOLT
2.0—3.0 N·m
{21—30 kgf·cm,
18—26 in·lbf}
BOLT
2.0—3.0 N·m {21—30 kgf·cm,
18—26 in·lbf}
BOLT
2.0—3.0 N·m {21—30 kgf·cm,
18—26 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000438

7. Remove the rear door module panel.
8. Remove the rear power window motor. (See 09-
12-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/ FASTENER
INSTALLATION.)
9. Remove the rear power window regulator. (See
09-12-15 REAR POWER WINDOW
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000493
REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id091100520908
of the rear door glass to the upper part of the rear 210mm {8.27 in}
INSTALLATION.)
(3) Rear door glass (See 09-12-9 REAR DOOR
am2zzw0000041
09-11–20
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
4. Remove the clips securing the rear door wiring
harness from the rear door module panel. REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL
REAR DOOT HARNESS
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000041

BOLT
2.0—3.0 N·m
{21—30 kgf·cm,
18—26 in·lbf}
BOLT
2.0—3.0 N·m {21—30 kgf·cm,
18—26 in·lbf}
BOLT
2.0—3.0 N·m {21—30 kgf·cm,
18—26 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000493
09-11–21
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
7. Remove the rear door module panel.8. Remove
the rear power window motor. (See 09-
12-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/ FASTENER
INSTALLATION.)
9. Remove the rear power window regulator. (See 09-
12-15 REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000494
DOOR ADJUSTMENT
id091100521100
1. Loosen the door hinge installation bolts.
2. Adjust the gap and height difference to the standard range by moving the door back and forth, left and right.
C C
B B A A
REAR DOOR REAR DOOR

REAR FENDER PANEL
a )+( FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR FRONT FENDER PANEL
a )+( a
b
b )-(
b
)-(
am2zzw0000042
Standard range
a: 3.0—5.0 mm {0.12—0.19 in}
b: -1.0—1.0 mm {-0.039—0.039 in}
3. Tighten the bolts.

4. If the door does not open/close smoothly, adjust it by loosening the door lock striker installation screw.
End Of Sie
DOOR ADJUSTMENT [3HB]
id091100521106
09-11–22
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
B B A A
REAR FENDER PANEL FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR FRONT FENDER PANEL
a
a
b
b
SEC. B—B SEC. A—A

am2zzw0000337
Standard range
a: 3.0—5.0 mm {0.12—0.19 in}
b: -1.0—1.0 mm {-0.039—0.039 in}

End Of Sie
DOOR ADJUSTMENT [4SD]
id091100521108
C C
B B A A
REAR DOOR REAR DOOR

REAR FENDER PANEL
a )+( FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR FRONT FENDER PANEL
a )+( a
b
b )-(
b
)-(
am2zzw0000485
09-11–23
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
Standard range
a: 3.0—5.0 mm {0.12—0.19 in}
b: -1.0—1.0 mm {-0.039—0.039 in}

End Of Sie
LIFTGATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100521200
Note
x If the liftgate cannot be locked or opened due to a discharged battery or malfunctions in the electrical
system, open the liftgate using the liftgate manual open/close procedure. (See 09-11-28 LIFTGATE
MANUAL OPEN/CLOSE PROCEDURE.)
Warning
x When removing the stay damper, serious injury may occur if the stay damper is removed without
supporting the liftgate. Always perform the procedure with at least another person.

2. Remove the liftgate upper trim. (See 09-17-78 LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the liftgate lower trim. (See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the connectors.
5. Remove the grommets from the liftgate. CONNECTOR
Note
x If the liftgate is to be replaced with a new
one, remove the liftgate wiring harnesses
without tying them with strings.
6. Tie each string to connectors (1) and (2) shown in

the figure. CONNECTOR
Note
x Prepare two strings of 150 cm {59.1 in} or
longer length.
GROMMET
am2zzw0000509
STRING
CONNECTOR(1)
STRING
CONNECTOR(2)
am2zzw0000509
09-11–24
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
7. Pull out the liftgate wiring harness as shown in the figure while grasping the end of the string so that the end of
the string does not enter the liftgate.
STRING
CONNECTOR(1)
CONNECTOR(2)
STRING
am2zzw0000191
8. Untie the strings from connectors (1) and (2).

9. Disconnect the joint pipe of the rear washer hose.
JOINT PIPE
am2zzw0000042
09-11–25
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
10. Remove the stay damper band using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver.
LH RH
BAND BAND
STUD BALL STUD BALL

16—22 N·m {1.7—2.2 kgf·m, 16—22 N·m {1.7—2.2 kgf·m,
12—16 ft·lbf} 12—16 ft·lbf}
STAY DAMPAR STAY DAMPAR
STUD BALL STUD BALL

BAND 16—22 N·m {1.7—2.2 kgf·m, 16—22 N·m {1.7—2.2 kgf·m, BAND
12—16 ft·lbf} 12—16 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000042
11. Remove the stay damper.

12. Remove the stud ball.
LH RH
LIFTGATE LIFTGATE
BOLT BOLT
8—10 N·m {82—101 kgf·cm, 71—88 in·lbf} *1 8—10 N·m {82—101 kgf·cm, 71—88 in·lbf} *1
9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm, 80—97 in·lbf} *2 9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm, 80—97 in·lbf} *2
*1: Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles

*2: AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles
am2zzw0000494
14. Remove the liftgate.

16. Adjust the liftgate. (See 09-11-30 LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie
LIFTGATE HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091100521300
(1) Liftgate (See 09-11-24 LIFTGATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-11–26
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
(3) Rear seat cushion (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Rear seat back (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
Thailand manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-13-27 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except
AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles].)
(5) Lower anchor installation bolts on the rear seat belt. (See 08-11-5 REAR SEAT BELT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Trunk end trim (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Trunk side trim (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) C-pillar trim (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Peel back the seaming welt to the point indicated by the arrow in the figure.
LH RH
FRONT B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM FRONT
SEAMING WELT SEAMING WELT
am2zzw0000043
4. Remove the fasteners on the rear part of the headliner and remove the nut while partially peeling back the
headliner.
Note
x Be careful not to leave a fold-seam.
LH RH
LIFTGATE LIFTGATE
HINGE HINGE
NUT NUT
33—48 N·m {3.4—4.8 kgf·m, 25—35 ft·lbf} *1 33—48 N·m {3.4—4.8 kgf·m, 25—35 ft·lbf} *1
68—92 N·m {7.0—9.3 kgf·m, 51—67 ft·lbf} *2 68—92 N·m {7.0—9.3 kgf·m, 51—67 ft·lbf} *2
HEADLINER
*1: Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles

*2: AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles
FASTENER
am2zzw0000494
5. Remove the liftgate hinge.

End Of Sie
09-11–27
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
LIFTGATE HINGE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id091100521306
(1) Liftgate (See 09-11-24 LIFTGATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(5) Rear seat back (See 09-13-27 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT)
Thailand manufactured vehicles].)
INSTALLATION.)
(7) Trunk side trim (See 09-17-73 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(8) C-pillar trim (See 09-17-52 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
3. Remove the fasteners on the rear part of the headliner and remove the nut while partially peeling back the
headliner.
Note
x Be careful not to leave a fold-seam.
LH RH
LIFTGATE LIFTGATE
HINGE HINGE
NUT NUT
33—48 N·m {3.4—4.8 kgf·m, 25—35 ft·lbf} 33—48 N·m {3.4—4.8 kgf·m, 25—35 ft·lbf}
HEADLINER
FASTENER
am2zzw0000509
4. Remove the liftgate hinge.

End Of Sie
LIFTGATE MANUAL OPEN/CLOSE PROCEDURE
id091100009500
Note
x If the liftgate cannot be unlocked or opened due to a discharged battery or malfunction in the electrical
system, it can be opened using the following procedure.
Opening the Liftgate

1. Fold down the rear seat back.
Caution
x Wear gloves when performing the procedure. The body edge can injure bare hands.
09-11–28
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
3. Move the lever shown in the figure to the left to
unlock the liftgate.
End Of Sie
LEVER
am2zzw0000043
STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL

id091100521000
Note
x The stay damper contains colorless, odorless, nontoxic gas.
1. Wear protective eye wear.

2. Position the stay damper horizontally.
3. Drain gas and oil by cutting the position indicated
in the figure to a 2—3 mm {0.08—0.11 in} depth
using a metal saw.
Caution
x Be careful. The gas and oil may spray out
with force.
40—50mm {1.6—1.9 in}
am2zzw0000043
4. Verify that the gas and oil is drained completely by

pulling and pushing the piston rod several times
with the cut position facing downward.
PISTON ROD
am2zzw0000043
09-11–29
DOORS AND LIFTGATE
5. Cut off the bottom of the stay damper.
6. Dispose of the stay damper.
End Of Sie
STAY DAMPAR
am2zzw0000043
LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT
id091100521400
1. Measure the gap and height difference between the liftgate and the body.
2. Loosen the liftgate hinge installation bolts and adjust the gap by moving the liftgate.
ROOF PANEL a
A
LIFTGATE
B A
B
b
C C
D
SEC. A—A
D E
d
LIFTGATE
c
SEC. B—B
LIFTGATE
LIFTGATE
h LIFTGATE
i
e
REAR BUMPER g
REAR BUMPER
SEC. E—E SEC. D—D SEC. C—C
am2zzw0000043
Standard clearance
a: 5.0—7.0 mm {0.20—0.27 in}
b: -2.0—0.0 mm {0.078—0.000 in}
c: 2.5—6.5 mm {0.10—0.25 in}
d: -0.2—4.2 mm {0.00—0.16 in}
e: 2.8—5.2 mm {0.12—0.20 in}
f: -0.7—1.7 mm {0.02—0.06 in}
g: 2.0—6.0 mm {0.08—0.23 in}
h: -1.5—2.5 mm {0.059—0.098 in}
i: 4.0—8.0 mm {0.16—0.31 in}

End Of Sie
09-11–30
PAGE 1 OF 2 GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS
09-12 GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . 09-12–24
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–24
LOCATION INDEX [4SD] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–4 POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–24
LOCATION INDEX [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–6 Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–24
FRONT DOOR GLASS Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-12–7 POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
FRONT DOOR GLASS INSPECTION [4SD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-12–8 Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–25
REAR DOOR GLASS Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–26
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-12–9 POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
Rear Door Glass Guide Removal Note 09-12–10 INSPECTION [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–26
REAR DOOR GLASS POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . 09-12–10 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . 09-12–27
REAR DOOR QUARTER GLASS TWO-STEP DOWN FUNCTION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . 09-12–11 OPERATIVE/NON-OPERATIVE
REGULATOR HANDLE REMOVAL . . . . 09-12–12 SWITCHING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–27
REGULATOR HANDLE DOOR GLASS POSITION CHANGE
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–12 PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–28
FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR WINDSHIELD REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–29
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-12–12 Not Reusing Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–29
FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR Reusing Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–29
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-12–14 WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . 09-12–30
REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL . . . . 09-12–32
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-12–15 REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL
REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR [4SD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . 09-12–16 Not Reusing Rear Window Glass . . . . . 09-12–35
POWER WINDOW MOTOR Reusing Rear Window Glass . . . . . . . . 09-12–35
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-12–17 REAR WINDOW GLASS
Front Power Window Motor . . . . . . . . . 09-12–17 INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–36
Rear Power Window Motor . . . . . . . . . 09-12–18 REAR WINDOW GLASS
POWER WINDOW MOTOR INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–39
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-12–18 QUARTER WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL
Front Power Window Motor . . . . . . . . . 09-12–18 [3HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–41
POWER WINDOW MOTOR QUARTER WINDOW GLASS
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–19 INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–42
Driver’s Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–19 POWER OUTER MIRROR
Passenger’s Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–19 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–44
Rear Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–19 POWER OUTER MIRROR
POWER WINDOW MOTOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–45
INSPECTION [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–20 Mirror glass adjustment,
Driver's Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–20 retract/return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–45
Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–20 Heated outer mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–45
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL . . . 09-12–46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-12–21 OUTER MIRROR GLASS
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-12–21 OUTER MIRROR GARNISH
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–47
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–21 OUTER MIRROR GARNISH
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) . . . 09-12–22 INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–48
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH
INSPECTION [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–22 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–48
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) . . . 09-12–23 POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . 09-12–48
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-12–24 POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH
Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–24 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–48
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–24 POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH INSPECTION [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–50
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . 09-12–24 FILAMENT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–53
Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–24 FILAMENT REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–53
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–24 REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL . . . . . . . 09-12–54
Vehicles With Rain Sensor . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–54
PAGE 2 OF 2 GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS
Vehicles Without Rain Sensor . . . . . . . 09-12–56 Vehicles Without Rain Sensor . . . . . . . . 09-12–57
REARVIEW MIRROR BASE REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–57
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–57 BASE INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–57
Vehicles With Rain Sensor . . . . . . . . . . 09-12–57
09-12–1
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS LOCATION INDEX

id091200000000
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
13 9
12 11 10
am2zzw0000232
1 Windshield 5 Front door glass

(See 09-12-29 WINDSHIELD REMOVAL.) (See 09-12-7 FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/
(See 09-12-30 WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION.)
2 Rearview mirror 6 Power outer mirror
(See 09-12-54 REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL.) (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR
(See 09-12-57 REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-12-45 POWER OUTER MIRROR
(See 09-12-57 BASE REMOVAL.) INSPECTION.)
(See 09-12-57 BASE INSTALLATION.) (See 09-12-46 OUTER MIRROR GLASS
3 Power window motor REMOVAL.)
(See 09-12-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR (See 09-12-46 OUTER MIRROR GLASS
(See 09-12-19 POWER WINDOW MOTOR (See 09-12-47 OUTER MIRROR GARNISH
INSPECTION.) REMOVAL.)
(See 09-12-48 OUTER MIRROR GARNISH
4 Front power window regulator INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-12-12 FRONT POWER WINDOW
09-12–2
7 Power outer mirror switch
(See 09-12-48 POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
8 Power window main switch
(See 09-12-21 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-12-27 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
(See 09-12-27 TWO-STEP DOWN FUNCTION
OPERATIVE/NON-OPERATIVE SWITCHING
PROCEDURE.)
(See 09-12-28 DOOR GLASS POSITION CHANGE
PROCEDURE.)
9 Power window subswitch
(See 09-12-24 POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
INSPECTION.)
10 Rear power window regulator
(See 09-12-15 REAR POWER WINDOW
11 Rear door glass
(See 09-12-9 REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
12 Rear window glass
(See 09-12-32 REAR WINDOW GLASS
REMOVAL.)
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-12-53 FILAMENT INSPECTION.)
(See 09-12-53 FILAMENT REPAIR.)
13 Regulator handle
(See 09-12-12 REGULATOR HANDLE REMOVAL.)
(See 09-12-12 REGULATOR HANDLE
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
09-12–3
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS LOCATION INDEX [4SD]
id091200000081
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9
13 12 11 10
am2ccw0000021
1 Windshield 6 Power outer mirror

(See 09-12-29 WINDSHIELD REMOVAL.) (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR
(See 09-12-30 WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2 Rearview mirror (See 09-12-45 POWER OUTER MIRROR
(See 09-12-54 REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL.) INSPECTION.)
(See 09-12-57 REARVIEW MIRROR (See 09-12-46 OUTER MIRROR GLASS
INSTALLATION.) REMOVAL.)
(See 09-12-57 BASE REMOVAL.) (See 09-12-46 OUTER MIRROR GLASS
(See 09-12-57 BASE INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-12-19 POWER WINDOW MOTOR
INSPECTION.) 7 Power outer mirror switch
4 Front power window regulator REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-12-12 FRONT POWER WINDOW (See 09-12-48 POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH
REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) INSPECTION.)
5 Front door glass
(See 09-12-7 FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-12–4
INSPECTION.)
PROCEDURE.)
PROCEDURE.)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
INSPECTION [4SD].)
10 Rear power window regulator
(See 09-12-16 REAR POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
11 Rear door glass
(See 09-12-10 REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/
12 Rear door quarter glass
(See 09-12-11 REAR DOOR QUARTER GLASS
(See 09-12-34 REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL
[4SD].)
End Of Sie
09-12–5
GLASS/WINDOWS/MIRRORS LOCATION INDEX [3HB]
id0912000000z3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
11 10 9
am2zzw0000338
1 Windshield 6 Power outer mirror

(See 09-12-29 WINDSHIELD REMOVAL.) (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR
(See 09-12-30 WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2 Rearview mirror (See 09-12-45 POWER OUTER MIRROR
(See 09-12-54 REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL.) INSPECTION.)
(See 09-12-57 REARVIEW MIRROR (See 09-12-46 OUTER MIRROR GLASS
INSTALLATION.) REMOVAL.)
(See 09-12-57 BASE REMOVAL.) (See 09-12-46 OUTER MIRROR GLASS
(See 09-12-57 BASE INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION.)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].) INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-12-20 POWER WINDOW MOTOR
INSPECTION [3HB].) 7 Power outer mirror switch
4 Front power window regulator REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-12-14 FRONT POWER WINDOW (See 09-12-48 POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH
REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].) INSPECTION.)
5 Front door glass
(See 09-12-8 FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/
09-12–6
INSPECTION [3HB].)
PROCEDURE.)
PROCEDURE.)
INSPECTION [3HB].)
10 Quarter window glass
(See 09-12-41 QUARTER WINDOW GLASS
REMOVAL [3HB].)
(See 09-12-42 QUARTER WINDOW GLASS
REMOVAL.)
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091200000100
of the front door glass to the upper part of the APPROX. 110 mm
front beltline molding is approx. 110 mm {4.33 {4.33 in}
in}.
3. Remove the inner garnish. (See 09-17-34 INNER
4. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-58
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the front door speaker. (See 09-20-6
am2zzw0000439
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the hole cover.
Caution
x If the bolts are removed without FRONT HOLE
supporting the front door glass, the front DOOR COVER
GLASS
door glass may fall off and be damaged.
Remove the bolts while inserting your
hand into the front door speaker BOLT
4.5—6.5 N·m
installation hole to support the front door {46—66 kgf·cm,
glass. 40—57 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000046
09-12–7
8. Lift up the front door glass, tilt it in the direction of (2)
arrow (1) shown in the figure, then remove it in the
direction of arrow (2).
(1)
FRONT
Caution DOOR
x If the bolts are installed without GLASS
supporting the front door glass, the front
When installing the front door glass,
align the glass edge with the front door
glass guide by hand through the speaker
am2zzw0000046
installation hole, and then install the
bolts.
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0912000001z3
of the front door glass to the upper part of the APPROX. 110 mm
in}.
3. Remove the inner garnish. (See 09-17-34 INNER
4. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-59
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
5. Remove the front door speaker. (See 09-20-6
am2zzw0000439
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Caution
x If the bolts are removed without FRONT HOLE
supporting the front door glass, the front DOOR COVER
GLASS
Remove the bolts while inserting your
hand into the front door speaker BOLT
4.5—6.5 N·m
installation hole to support the front door {46—66 kgf·cm,
glass. 40—57 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000046
8. Lift up the front door glass, tilt it in the direction of (2)

arrow (1) shown in the figure, then remove it in the
(1)
FRONT
Caution DOOR
supporting the front door glass, the front
When installing the front door glass,
align the glass edge with the front door
glass guide by hand through the speaker
am2zzw0000046
bolts.
End Of Sie
09-12–8
REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091200000300
3. Remove the sail inner garnish. (See 09-17-53
SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the rear door garnish. (See 09-16-21
REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the rear door trim. (See 09-17-65 REAR
am2zzw0000439
DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the rear door speaker. (See 09-20-8
REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the rear door glass guide and glass run channel as a single unit. (See 09-12-10 Rear Door Glass
Guide Removal Note.)
REAR
DOOR
GLASS
COVER
am2zzw0000434
Caution
x If the bolts are removed without
supporting the rear door glass, the rear
door glass may fall off and be damaged. REAR
Remove the bolts while inserting your DOOR
hand into the rear door speaker GLASS
installation hole to support the rear door
glass.
BOLT
4.5—6.5 N·m {46—66 kgf·cm,
40—57 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000434
10. Lift up the rear door glass, tilt it in the direction of

arrow (1) shown in the figure, then remove it in the (2)
REAR
Caution DOOR
supporting the rear door glass, the rear
When installing the rear door glass, align
the glass edge with the rear door glass
guide by hand through the speaker
am2zzw0000047
bolts.
09-12–9
Rear Door Glass Guide Removal Note
1. Pull up the rear door weatherstrip and remove the
screw.
2. Remove the bolt.
SCREW
BOLT
6.9—9.8 N·m
{71—99 kgf·cm,
62—86 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000047
3. Slide the rear door glass guide in the direction of

the arrow shown in the figure.
4. While rotating the rear door glass guide in the (2)
GLASS RUN
direction of the arrow shown in the figure, pull out (1)
CHANNEL
the rear door glass guide and the glass run
channel as a single unit from the rear door.
End Of Sie
REAR DOOR
GLASS GUIDE
am2zzw0000047
REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id091200000381
1. Fully lower the rear door glass.
2. Remove the rear beltline molding. (See 09-16-10 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
rear door glass so that the distance from the top
210mm {8.27 in}
of the rear door glass to the upper part of the rear
5. Remove the sail inner garnish. (See 09-17-53
SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
am2ccw0000020
7. Remove the bolts and screw.

SCREW
BOLT
6.9—9.8 BOLT
{71—99, 62—86} 6.9—9.8
{71—99, 62—86}
HOLE PLUG
N·m {kgf·cm, in·lbf}
am3zzw0000191
09-12–10
8. Remove the rear door glass guide and glass run
channel as a single unit.
9. Remove the hole cover. GLASS RUN
CHANNEL
GLASS
GUIDE
am2ccw0000020

11. Lift the rear door glass up and remove while tilting
it. BOLT
4.5—6.5 N·m
12. Install in the reverse order of removal. {46—66 kgf·cm,
End Of Sie 40—57 in·lbf}
HOLE COVER
am2zzw0000501
REAR DOOR QUARTER GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id091200005681
5. Remove the bolts and screw.
SCREW
BOLT
6.9—9.8 BOLT
{71—99, 62—86} 6.9—9.8
{71—99, 62—86}
HOLE PLUG
N·m {kgf·cm, in·lbf}
am3zzw0000275
6. Remove the rear door glass guide and glass run

channel as a single unit.
GLASS RUN
CHANNEL
GLASS
GUIDE
am2ccw0000020
09-12–11
7. Remove the rear door quarter glass.
End Of Sie
QUARTER WINDOW
GLASS
am3zzw0000275
REGULATOR HANDLE REMOVAL

id091200009600
1. Using a cloth, remove the regulator handle
installation clip and remove the regulator handle. REGULATOR HANDLE
CLOTH
End Of Sie
CLIP
am2zzw0000426
REGULATOR HANDLE INSTALLATION

id091200009700
1. Fully raise the door glass.
2. Install the clip to the regulator handle.
45°
3. Install the regulator handle while tilting it as
shown in the figure and press it onto the shaft.
End Of Sie
VEHICLE FRONT CLIP
MANUAL WINDOW
REGULATOR SHAFT
am2zzw0000347
FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091200001100
APPROX. 110 mm
in}.
am2zzw0000440
INSTALLATION.)
(4) Front door glass (See 09-12-7 FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Front power window motor (See 09-12-17 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-12–12
4. Remove the nuts.
NUT
8—10 N·m {80—110 kgf·cm, 70—95 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000481
5. Insert a hand through the front door speaker installation hole and rotate the drum housing in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure to detach the tabs from the front door module panel.
DRUM HOUSING FRONT DOOR

MODULE PANEL
FRONT DOOR
OUTER PANEL
TAB FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
am2zzw0000501
6. Remove the front power window regulator from

the speaker installation hole.
Caution
x When installing, do not allow the cable to
come out from the drum housing.
End Of Sie FRONT POWER

WINDOW
REGULATOR
am2zzw0000047
09-12–13
FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0912000011z3
APPROX. 110 mm
in}.
am2zzw0000440
INSTALLATION.)
(4) Front door glass (See 09-12-8 FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(5) Front power window motor (See 09-12-18 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Remove the nuts.
5. Insert a hand through the front door speaker
installation hole and rotate the drum housing in
the direction of the arrow shown in the figure to
detach the tabs from the front door module panel. NUT 8—10 N· m
{80—110 kgf· cm,
70—95 in· lbf}
am2zzw0000338
DRUM HOUSING FRONT DOOR

MODULE PANEL
FRONT DOOR
OUTER PANEL
TAB FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
am2zzw0000502
09-12–14
6. Remove the front power window regulator from
the speaker installation hole.
Caution
x When installing, do not allow the cable to
come out from the drum housing.
End Of Sie FRONT POWER

WINDOW
REGULATOR
am2zzw0000047
REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091200001200
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000440
(5) Rear door glass (See 09-12-9 REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the nuts.
NUT
8—10 N·m {80—110 kgf·cm, 70—95 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000481
09-12–15
5. Insert your hand through the rear door speaker installation hole, rotate the drum housing in the direction shown
in the figure and disengage the tabs from the rear door module panel.
REAR DOOR
DRUM HOUSING
MODULE
REAR DOOR
OUTER PANEL
REAR POWER
WINDOW
TAB REGULATOR
am2zzw0000232
6. Remove the rear power window regulator from

the rear speaker installation hole.
Caution REAR POWER

x When installing, do not allow the cable to WINDOW
come out from the drum housing. REGULATOR
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000047
REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id091200001281
1. Fully lower the rear door glass.
rear door glass so that the distance from the top
210mm {8.27 in}
of the rear door glass to the upper part of the rear
4. Remove the sail garnish. (See 09-17-53 SAIL
INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the rear door speaker. (See 09-20-8
REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000496
8. Remove the rear door glass. (See 09-12-9 REAR
DOOR GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-12–16
9. Remove the nuts.
10. Insert your hand through the rear door speaker
installation hole, rotate the drum housing in the
direction shown in the figure and disengage the
tabs from the rear door module panel.
NUT
8—10 N·m {80—110 kgf·cm,
70—95 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000491
REAR DOOR
DRUM HOUSING
MODULE
REAR DOOR
OUTER PANEL
REAR POWER
WINDOW
TAB REGULATOR
am2zzw0000232
11. Remove the rear power window regulator from

the rear speaker installation hole.
Caution REAR POWER

x When installing, do not allow the cable to WINDOW
come out from the drum housing. REGULATOR
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000047
POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091200001400
Front Power Window Motor
2. Remove the inner garnish (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the front door trim (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-12–17
4. Disconnect the front power window motor
connector, remove the bolt, then remove the front FRONT POWER
power window motor from the front power window WINDOW MOTOR
regulator drum in the direction of the arrow shown
in the figure.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. FRONT POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
Note CONNECTOR BOLT
6.2—8.2 N·m
x When installing the front power window {64—83 kgf·cm,
motor to the front power window regulator 55—72 in·lbf}
drum, the drum housing hooks may detach
from the door module panel. If this happens,
am2zzw0000247
remove the front door speaker, insert your
hand in the speaker installation hole,
connect the drum housing hooks, and while supporting the drum housing, install the front power window
motor to the drum.
Rear Power Window Motor

4. Disconnect the rear power window motor
connector, remove the bolt, then remove the
power window motor from the power window
regulator drum. REAR POWER
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. WINDOW MOTOR
REAR POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
Note CONNECTOR
x When installing the rear power window
motor to the rear power window regulator
remove the door speaker, insert your hand in BOLT
the speaker installation hole, connect the 6.2—8.2 N·m
drum housing hooks, and while supporting {64—83 kgf·cm,
the drum housing, install the rear power 55—72 in·lbf}
window motor to the drum.
POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id0912000014z3
Front Power Window Motor
2. Remove the inner garnish (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the front door trim (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Disconnect the front power window motor
connector, remove the bolt, then remove the front FRONT POWER
power window motor from the front power window WINDOW MOTOR
regulator drum in the direction of the arrow shown
in the figure.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. FRONT POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
Note CONNECTOR BOLT
6.2—8.2 N·m
x When installing the front power window {64—83 kgf·cm,
motor to the front power window regulator 55—72 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000338
remove the front door speaker, insert your
hand in the speaker installation hole,
connect the drum housing hooks, and while supporting the drum housing, install the front power window
motor to the drum.
End Of Sie
09-12–18
POWER WINDOW MOTOR INSPECTION
id091200001700
Driver’s Side
4. Disconnect the power window motor connector.
5. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to power window motor terminals E and F, and then
inspect the power window motor operation.
CLOSE
M
E C A
OPEN
F D B
F E A B D C
am2zzw0000446
x If the power window motor does not operate as indicated in the table, replace it.
Terminal
Operation
E F
Open Ground B+
Close B+ Ground
6. Connect the battery positive voltage to power window motor terminal D and connect terminal C to ground.
7. Operate the power window motor and measure the voltage at terminals A and B.
x If there is any malfunction, replace the power window motor.
Voltage
Pulse: max. 5 V/min. 0 V
Passenger’s Side
5. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the
ground to the power window motor terminals, and
CLOSE
then inspect the power window motor operation.
x If the power window motor does not operate M
as indicated in the table, replace it. E * *
OPEN F
Terminal * *
Operation
E F
Open Ground B+
Close B+ Ground
F E
am2zzw0000447
Rear Side
3. Remove the Rear door trim. (See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-12–19
CLOSE
OPEN F
Terminal * *
Operation
E F
Open Ground B+
Close B+ Ground
F E
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000447
POWER WINDOW MOTOR INSPECTION [3HB]

id0912000017z3
Driver's Side
5. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to power window motor terminals E and F, and then
inspect the power window motor operation.
CLOSE
M
E C A
OPEN
F D B
F E A B D C
am2zzw0000447
x If the power window motor does not operate as indicated in the table, replace it.
Terminal
Operation
E F
Open Ground B+
Close B+ Ground
6. Connect the battery positive voltage to power window motor terminal D and connect terminal C to ground.
7. Operate the power window motor and measure the voltage at terminals A and B.
x If there is any malfunction, replace the power window motor.
Voltage
Pulse: max. 5 V/min. 0 V
Passenger's Side
09-12–20
CLOSE
OPEN F
Terminal * *
Operation
E F
Open Ground B+
Close B+ Ground
F E
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000447
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091200002000
3. Remove the driver's side front door trim. (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the power window main switch. (See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0912000020z3
3. Remove the driver's side front door trim. (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
4. Remove the power window main switch. (See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
[3HB].)
End Of Sie
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION
id091200002100
2. Verify that the door glass (driver’s side) can be operated for approx. 43 s after the ignition switch is turned to
the LOCK position.
x If the door glass (driver’s side) cannot be operated for approx. 43 s after the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position, of if the door glass (driver’s side) can still be operated after approx. 43 s, replace the power
window main switch.
6. Remove the switch panel. (See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
7. Connect the power window main switch connector.
8. Connect the negative battery cable.
9. Measure the voltage at each terminal.
x If the voltage is not as specified in the terminal voltage table, inspect the parts under Inspection item(s) and
related wiring harnesses.
10. If the system does not work normally even though the inspection items or related wiring harnesses do not have
any malfunction, replace the power window main switch.
WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
1M 1K 1I 1G 1E 1C 1A 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
1N 1L 1J 1H 1F 1D 1B 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000510
09-12–21
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference)
Ter
min Signal name Connected to Measurement condition Voltage (V) Inspection item (s)
al
x Power window motor
Power window
1A Sensor ground Under any condition 1.0 or less (driver’s side)
motor (driver’s side)
x Related wiring harness
1B GND Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
Window close Power window Door glass (RR) closing B+ x Power window motor (RR)
1C
signal motor (RR) Other 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
Alternates x Power window motor
Power window Door glass (driver’s side)
1D Pulse 1 between 1.0 (driver’s side)
motor (driver’s side) operating
or less and 5 x Related wiring harness
Window open Power window Door glass (RR) opening B+ x Power window motor (RR)
1E
signal motor (RR) Other 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
Switch the ignition to ON B+ x Power window motor
Sensor power Power window
1F (driver’s side)
supply motor (driver’s side) Switch the ignition to off 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
Window open Power window Door glass (LR) opening B+ x Power window motor (LR)
1G
signal motor (LR) Other 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
1H Pulse 2 between 1.0 (driver’s side)
Window close Power window Door glass (LR) closing B+ x Power window motor (LR)
1I
signal motor (LR) Other 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
Door glass (driver’s side)
B+ x Power window motor
Window close Power window closing
1J (driver’s side)
signal motor (driver’s side)
Other 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
Terminal used for communication therefore
Door open/ x BCM
1K BCM determination based on terminal voltage
close signal x Related wiring harness
inspection not possible.
Window open Power window opening
1L (driver’s side)
Switch the ignition to ON B+ x P.WIND 30 A fuse
1M IG1 P.WIND 30 A fuse
Switch the ignition to off 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
x P.WIND 20 A fuse
1N Power supply P.WIND 20 A fuse Under any condition B+
Power window Door glass (passenger’s side) x Power window motor
2A*1 Window open B+
motor (passenger’s opening (passenger’s side)
signal
2B*1 side) Other 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness

2K*2 Window open B+
signal
2L*2 side) Other 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
*1 : L.H.D.
*2 : R.H.D.
End Of Sie
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION [3HB]
id0912000021z3
2. Verify that the door glass (driver’s side) can be operated for approx. 43 s after the ignition switch is turned to
the LOCK position.
x If the door glass (driver’s side) cannot be operated for approx. 43 s after the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position, of if the door glass (driver’s side) can still be operated after approx. 43 s, replace the power
window main switch.
6. Remove the switch panel. (See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB].)
7. Connect the power window main switch connector.
09-12–22
9. Measure the voltage at each terminal.
x If the voltage is not as specified in the terminal voltage table, inspect the parts under Inspection item(s) and
related wiring harnesses.
10. If the system does not work normally even though the inspection items or related wiring harnesses do not have
any malfunction, replace the power window main switch.
1M 1K 1I 1G 1E 1C 1A 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
1N 1L 1J 1H 1F 1D 1B 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
am2zzw0000510

Ter
min Signal name Connected to Measurement condition Voltage (V) Inspection item (s)
al
x Power window motor
Power window
1A Sensor ground Under any condition 1.0 or less (driver’s side)
motor (driver’s side)
1B GND Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
1D Pulse 1 between 1.0 (driver’s side)
Switch the ignition to ON B+ x Power window motor
Sensor power Power window
1F (driver’s side)
supply motor (driver’s side) Switch the ignition to off 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
1H Pulse 2 between 1.0 (driver’s side)
Window close Power window closing
1J (driver’s side)
Door open/ x BCM
1K BCM determination based on terminal voltage
close signal x Related wiring harness
Window open Power window opening
1L (driver’s side)
Switch the ignition to ON B+ x P.WIND 30 A fuse
1M IG1 P.WIND 30 A fuse
Switch the ignition to off 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
x P.WIND 20 A fuse
1N Power supply P.WIND 20 A fuse Under any condition B+
2A*1 Window open B+
signal
2B*1 side) Other 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness

2K*2 Window open B+
signal
2L*2 side) Other 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
*1 : L.H.D.
*2 : R.H.D.
End Of Sie
09-12–23
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091200002200
Passenger's Side
4. Remove the power window subswitch. (See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
Rear
2. Remove the sail garnish. (See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rear door garnish. (See 09-16-21 REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the power window subswitch. (See 09-17-66 REAR DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id091200002281
Passenger's Side
Rear
End Of Sie
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0912000022z3
Passenger's Side
4. Remove the power window subswitch. (See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
[3HB].)
End Of Sie
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH INSPECTION
id091200002300
Passenger's Side
5. Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the
table using a tester.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the D A E
power window subswitch.
F E D C * A
CLOSE OPEN
C F
am2zzw0000247
09-12–24
: Continuity
Switch Terminal
Position A C D E F
CLOSE
OFF
OPEN
am2zzw0000213
Rear
3. Remove the rear door garnish. (See 09-16-21 REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
F E D C * A
CLOSE OPEN
C F
am2zzw0000247
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Switch Terminal
Position A C D E F
CLOSE
OFF
OPEN
am2zzw0000213
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH INSPECTION [4SD]

id091200002381
Passenger's Side
F E D C * A
CLOSE OPEN
C F
am2zzw0000247
09-12–25
: Continuity
Switch Terminal
Position A C D E F
CLOSE
OFF
OPEN
am2zzw0000213
Rear
F E D C * A
CLOSE OPEN
C F
am2zzw0000247
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Switch Terminal
Position A C D E F
CLOSE
OFF
OPEN
am2zzw0000213
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH INSPECTION [3HB]

id0912000023z3
4. Remove the power window subswitch. (See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
[3HB].)
F E D C * A
CLOSE OPEN
C F
am2zzw0000247
09-12–26
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Switch Terminal
Position A C D E F
CLOSE
OFF
OPEN
am2zzw0000213
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE

id091200004100
Note
x If the following operations have been performed, initial setting is reset, and auto up/down and two-step
down operation are disabled. Therefore, performing initial setting is necessary.
— Negative battery cable is disconnected.
— Power window main switch connector is disconnected.
— Power window system power supply fuse is removed.

2. Press the driver's seat switch to fully open the door glass.
3. Pull up the driver's seat switch to the manual-up position to fully close the door glass and keep holding the
switch up at the position for approx. 2 s.
End Of Sie
TWO-STEP DOWN FUNCTION OPERATIVE/NON-OPERATIVE SWITCHING PROCEDURE
id091200004200
Note
x By following the procedure below, the two-step down function is switched to non-operative when it is
operative, and to operative when it is non-operative.
Start
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.

Perform within 5 s. 2. Perform auto open two times.
3. Perform auto close two times.
Turn the ignition switch to OFF position.
Start the following procedure within 43 s.

Perform within 5 s. 2. Perform auto open two times.
3. Perform auto close two times.
Switching completed.
acxuuw00001670
09-12–27
End Of Sie
DOOR GLASS POSITION CHANGE PROCEDURE
id091200004400
Note
x After performing the following procedure, verify that the two-step down function operates normally and the
door glass position has changed. If the two-step down function does not operate or the door glass position
has not changed, the procedure was not performed properly. Repeat the procedure from the beginning.
Start

2. Perform auto close once.
Perform within 5 s.
3. Perform auto open two times.
4. Perform auto close three times.
Note
The door glass is fully closed when the above
procedure is completed.
Turn the ignition switch to OFF position.
Note
The two-step down function will not operate during the
following procedure:

2. Adjust the door glass position from the fully closed position by
moving the power window main switch up or down.
(Approximately 20 —100 mm {0.79 —3.40 in})
Note
The door glass position from the fully closed position is the
change in distance.
The change in distance is approx. 20 mm {0.79 in} when
the door glass is opened less than 20 mm {0.79 in}, and
approximately 100 mm {3.40 in} when the door glass is
opened more than 100 mm {3.40 in}.
3. Turn the ignition switch to OFF position.
Perform within 5 s. 2. Perform auto close once.

3. Perform auto open two times.
4. Perform auto close three times.
Door glass position change completed.
acxuuw00001671
End Of Sie
09-12–28
WINDSHIELD REMOVAL
id091200000500
(1) Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(2) Cowl grille (See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Cowl panel (See 09-10-23 COWL PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Rain sensor (vehicles with rain sensor) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Rear view mirror (See 09-12-54 REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL.)
(6) A-pillar trim (See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Sunvisor (See 09-17-80 SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Assist handle (See 09-17-80 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(9) Interior light (See 09-18-43 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Set the headliner out of the way.
4. Apply protective tape along the edge of the body. BODY SIDE PROTECTIVE TAPE
Note A
x Overlap and adhere the protective tape to
the corners to prevent damage.
5. Remove the windshield molding by pulling it A

outward.
Note
x If the windshield molding is difficult to SEC. A—A
GLASS SIDE
remove, warm the windshield molding using
am2zzw0000208
a hot air blower.
x The windshield molding is a replacement
part.
Not Reusing Windshield
Note
x If it is difficult to cut sealant, use piano wire and follow the procedure under “Reusing Windshield”.
Warning
x Using piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using piano wire.
1. Cut out the sealant all around the glass using a

sealant remover.
2. Remove the windshield.
SEALANT
REMOVER
49 G050 1A0
acxuuw00001522
Reusing Windshield
Warning
x Using piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using piano wire.
Caution
x Because the lens for rainfall/illumination level detection is integrated with the windshield, the auto
09-12–29
wiper/auto light systems may not operate correctly if the lens is damaged. When removing the
windshield, be careful not to damage the lens. If the lens is damaged, replace the windshield.
Note
x Before removing the windshield from the body, mark the position of the windshield by affixing tape to the
windshield and body panel.
1. Avoiding the pin on the inside of the vehicle, insert

piano wire which has been cut to sufficient length. B
A PIN
2. Wind each end of piano wire around a bar. PIN
B
Note
x Use a long sawing action to spread the work A
over the whole length of piano wire to
prevent it from breaking due to localized
heating.
PROTECTIVE TAPE
PIANO WIRE
SEALANT PIN
SEC. A—A SEC. B—B
am2zzw0000233
3. Secure one end of piano wire, and while pulling

the other end, cut the sealant around the
windshield.
4. Pinch the pin from the inside of the vehicle and
detach it.
5. Remove the windshield.
6. If the pin is damaged, remove the pin.
Note
x Before removing the pin from the windshield PIANO WIRE
glass, place an alignment mark on the
windshield.
am2zzw0000209
End Of Sie
WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION
id091200000700
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using a utility
knife.
Caution
x If a door is opened or closed when all the window glass is closed, the resulting change in air
pressure could cause the sealant to crack preventing the proper installation of the windshield.
Keep the door glass opened until the windshield installation is completed.
x If the rain sensor is replaced with a new one, the reflection rate when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position the first time is memorized as a condition that no rainfall is on the windshield.
Therefore, remove water and dirt from the windshield before turning the ignition switch to the ON
position. Perform the rain sensor initial setting in the following cases: (See 09-19-31 RAIN
SENSOR INITIAL SETTING.)
— The windshield is replaced and the rain sensor is reused.
— The auto wiper system does not operate correctly after the windshield is installed.
1. Remove the sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a utility knife. (When reusing the glass)
09-12–30
2. Clean and degrease an approx. 50 mm {2.0 in} wide strip along the perimeter of the windshield.
3. Inspect the glass for cracks. If it is cracked, chamfer it using sandpaper.
4. Align the alignment marks made before removal HOLLOWED MARK IN THE A
and install the pin to the windshield referring to CERAMIC COATING
the figure. (Reusing glass, pin removed) A
PIN
PIN
SEC. A—A
am2zzw0000209
5. Install the windshield molding.

6. Apply glass primer on the glass as shown in the FRONT WIND MOLDING
figure, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
Caution
x To prevent weakening of the primer
adhesion, keep the bonding surface free A
A
of dirt, moisture, and grease. Do not
touch the surface with your hand. SEC. A—A
Note
x Apply primer to the hollowed marks in the
am2zzw0000209
ceramic coating.
9.5 {0.37} 9.5 {0.37} 9.5 {0.37}

A HOLLOWED MAKE IN THE
CERAMIC COATING
B B
PRIMER
HOLLOWED SEC. A—A SEC. B—B SEC. C—C
C MAKE IN THE
CERAMIC
C COATING mm {in}
am2zzw0000247
7. Cut away the old sealant using a utility knife so

that 1—2 mm {0.04—0.07 in} thickness of
sealant remains along the perimeter of the frame.
8. If the sealant has come off completely in any one
place, apply some primer after degreasing, and
allow it approx. 30 min to dry. Then apply 2 mm
{0.08 in} thickness of new sealant.
Caution
adhesion, keep the bonding surface free
avejjw00001067
touch the surface with your hand.
9. Clean and degrease along the perimeter of the bonding area on the body.
10. Apply body primer on the body as shown in the figure, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
Caution
x To prevent weakening of the primer adhesion, keep the bonding surface free of dirt, moisture, and
grease. Do not touch the surface with your hand.
09-12–31
Note
x Apply primer to the hollowed marks in the ceramic coating.
OVER END OF RADIUS

A OVER END OF
RADIUS
A
*2 *2 4.9*2 {0.19}
B 4.4*2 {0.17} 10*1 {0.39} 10.0*1 {0.39}
B 5*2 {0.2} 3.0*2 {0.12}
PRIMER OVER END OF 10.0*1 {0.39}
RADIUS SEC. B—B SEC. C—C
SEC. A—A
C
*1:PRIMER APPLICATION AREA
C *2:POSSIBLE PRIMER APPLICATION AREA mm {in}
am2zzw0000247
11. Apply sealant to the area of the glass surface as

12. Insert the positioning pins to the body and install
the windshield.
11 {0.43}
APPLY SEALANT TO THIS AREA. 5 {0.2}
mm {in}
am2zzw0000247
13. Verify that the clearance between the A-pillar and

the roof is within the range shown in the figure, B 0.24—0.063 6.7—0.11
{0.24—0.063} {0.27—0.43}
and press along the perimeter of the glass.
14. Install the headliner. B
A
15. Install the following parts: A
(1) Interior light (See 09-18-43 INTERIOR LIGHT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) SEC. A—A SEC. B—B
(2) Assist handle (See 09-17-80 ASSIST
HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Sunvisor (See 09-17-80 SUNVISOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) mm {in}
(4) A-pillar trim (See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM
am2zzw0000347
(5) Rearview mirror (See 09-12-57 REARVIEW
MIRROR INSTALLATION.)
(6) Rain sensor (vehicles with rain sensor) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Cowl panel (See 09-10-23 COWL PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Cowl grille (See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(9) Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
16. Allow the sealant to harden completely.
Sealant hardening time: 24 h
End Of Sie
REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL
id091200000600
(1) Rear wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-17 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Liftgate lower trim (See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Rear spoiler (See 09-16-17 REAR SPOILER REMOVAL.)
(4) High-mount brake light (See 09-18-28 HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-12–32
3. Disconnect the filament connector.
FILAMENT
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000439
4. Apply protective tape along the edge of the body.

BODY SIDE PROTECTIVE TAPE
Note
A
x Overlap and adhere the protective tape to
the corners to prevent damage.
A
GLASS SIDE SEC. A—A
am2zzw0000210
5. Avoiding the pin on the inside of the vehicle, insert

piano wire which has been cut to sufficient length.
PIANO WIRE
Warning
x Using piano wire with bare hands can
cause injury. Always wear gloves when PROTECTIVE REAR WINDOW GLASS
using piano wire. TAPE
Note
x Before removing the rear window glass from
the body, mark the position of the glass by SEALANT
affixing tape to the glass and body panel.
am2zzw0000439
6. Wind each end of piano wire around a bar.
Note
x Use a long sawing action to spread the work over the whole length of piano wire to prevent it from
breaking due to localized heating.
7. Secure one end of piano wire, and while pulling

the other end, cut the sealant around the rear
window glass.
PIANO WIRE
am2zzw0000210
09-12–33
8. Pinch the pin from the inside of the vehicle and
detach it. REAR WINDOW GLASS
9. Remove the rear window glass.
End Of Sie PIN PIN
am2zzw0000439
REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL [4SD]

id091200000681
(1) Rear seat back (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
manufactured vehicles].)
(3) Tire house trim (See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
(5) Rear package trim (See 09-17-68 REAR PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
3. Disconnect the filament connector.
5. Apply protective tape along the edge of the body.
6. Cut the rear window glass molding lip using a razor.
A B
A B
SEC. B—B SEC. E—E

C C
D
E
E D
SEC. C—C
SEC. A—A SEC. D—D

am2ccw0000021
Warning
x Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using a razor.
Note
x The rear window glass molding is a replacement part.
09-12–34
Not Reusing Rear Window Glass
Note
x For the areas of the sealant that are difficult to cut, use the piano wire and follow the procedure under
“Reusing Rear Window Glass”.
1. Cut out the sealant all around the glass using a

sealant remover.
2. Remove the sealant by pulling it off.
SEALANT
REMOVER
49 G050 1A0
am3zzw0000282
Reusing Rear Window Glass
Note
x Before removing the rear window glass from the body, mark the position of the glass by affixing tape to the
glass and body panel.
1. Make a hole through the sealant from the inside

of the vehicle using an awl, avoiding the pins.
PIN
am2ccw0000021
2. Pass the piano wire, cut to sufficient length,

through the hole.
Warning PIANO WIRE

x Using the piano wire with bare hands can
using the piano wire.
PROTECTIVE TAPE
3. Wind each end of the piano wire around a bar.
SEALANT
Note
x Use a long sawing action to spread the work
am2ccw0000027
over the whole length of the piano wire to
prevent it from breaking due to localized
heating.
09-12–35
4. Fix one end of the piano wire, and while pulling
the other end, cut the sealant around the rear
window glass.
Note
x As the upper part of the pin adheres to the
sealant, cut it using the piano wire.
PIANO WIRE
am2ccw0000027
5. Cut the pins out.

7. Mark the seating positions of the pins and remove
the pins from the rear window glass.
8. Remove the rear window glass molding from the
rear window glass. CUTTING
End Of Sie LINE
PIN R
am3zzw0000283
REAR WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION

id091200000800
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using a utility
knife.
Caution
x Proper installation of the glass may be difficult if sealant is cracked or the glass is pushed out by
air pressure when a door is opened/closed with all the window glass closed. Keep the door glass
open until the rear window glass installation is completed.
1. Remove sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a utility knife or scraper. (When reusing the glass)
2. Clean and degrease an approx. 50 mm {2.0 in} wide strip along the perimeter of the glass.
4. Install the spacers, fasteners, and pins to the glass as shown in the figure.
When reusing the glass, align it with the SPACER FASTENER SPACER FASTENER SPACER
alignment mark placed before the glass was
removed.
PIN PIN
SPACER SPACER
SPACER
SPACER FASTENER PIN REMOVE

REMOVE MARK REMOVE MARK MARK
am2zzw0000211
09-12–36
5. Install the fastener to the bead on the body side.
6. Apply glass primer on the glass as shown in the
figure then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
FASTENER
Caution
touch the surface with your hand. BEAD
Note
x Apply primer to the hollowed marks in the
am2zzw0000211
ceramic coating.
9.5 *1 {0.37}
PRIMER
A 9.5 *1 {0.37} 32.8 {1.29}
A
14.1 {0.555}
B
B
HOLLOWED MARK IN THE
CERAMIC COATING MAKE 9.5 *1 {0.37}
SURE TO APPLY PRIMER
OVER ALL MARKS. 17.0 {0.669}
C
HOLLOWED MARK IN THE SEC. C—C

C
CERAMIC COATING MAKE SURE mm {in}
TO APPLY PRIMER OVER ALL *1:PRIMER
MARKS. APPLICATION AREA
am2zzw0000247
7. Cut away the old sealant using a utility knife or

scraper so that 1—2 mm {0.04—0.07 in}
thickness of sealant remains along the perimeter
of the frame.
8. Clean and degrease along the perimeter of the
bonding area on the body.
place, apply some primer, and allow it to dry for
approx. 30 min.
Caution
am2zzw0000424
touch the surface with your hand.
Caution
Note
09-12–37
B 17.0 {0.67}
*2
14.1 {0.555}
B A
OVER EBD OF
*2 *2 13*1 {0.516}
RADIUS
*2
11*1 {0.43}
OVER EBD OF RADIUS
SEC. A—A
SEC. C—C
PRIMER 32.8 {1.29}
*1:PRIMER
C APPLICATION AREA
*2 *2:POSSIBLE PRIMER
OVER EBD OF 11*1 {0.43} APPLICATION AREA
RADIUS mm {in}
C SEC. B—B
am2zzw0000247
11. Apply sealant to the area of the glass surface as

12. Install the rear window glass.
13. Verify that the gap at the upper and lower parts of
11
the glass is within the specification shown in the {0.43}
figure, then press along the perimeter of the
glass. APPLY SEALANT TO 5 {0.2}
THIS AREA
mm {in}
am2zzw0000248
A 2.4—5.6 {0.10—0.22} 3.8—7.0

SPORT 1.6—5.6 {0.07—0.22} {0.15—0.27}
SEC. A—A SEC.B—B

B
mm {in}
B
am2zzw0000248
14. Connect the filament connector.

15. Install the following parts:
(1) High-mount brake light (See 09-18-28 HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Rear spoiler (See 09-16-19 REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION.)
(3) Liftgate lower trim (See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Rear wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-17 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
09-12–38
REAR WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION [4SD]
id091200000881
Caution
x Proper installation of the rear window glass may be difficult if sealant is cracked or the glass is
pushed out by air pressure when a door is opened/closed with all the window glass closed. Leave
all the windows open until the rear window glass is installed completely.
1. Cut away the old sealant using a razor so that a 1—2 mm {0.04—0.07 in} thickness of sealant remains along
the perimeter of the frame.
Warning

place, apply some primer after degreasing, and
allow it to dry for approx. 30 min. Then apply a 2
mm {0.08 in} thickness of sealant.
3. Clean and degrease the perimeter approx. 50
mm {1.97 in} from the glass end and the bonding
area on the body.
4. If installing a reused rear window glass, install the
rear window glass molding according to the
following procedure.
(1) Clean and degrease the rear window glass
molding installation area of the rear window
am3zzw0000283
glass.
(2) Apply the glass primer to the rear window
glass molding installation area of the rear REAR WINDOW
window glass. GLASS MOLDING
5. Apply glass primer on the rear window glass, and
body primer on the rear window glass molding as
shown in the figure. Allow it to dry for approx. 30
min.
A A
Caution SEC. A—A
x Keep the area free of dirt and grease, and
do not touch the surface. Otherwise, the
primer may not properly bond to the
am2ccw0000020
surface of the glass and body, which may
cause leakage.
09-12–39
9.5 {0.37}
5 {0.2}*
11 {0.43} 5 {0.2}*
SEC. A—A
A
A
9.5 {0.37}
A 5 {0.2}*
A
B B 5 {0.2}*
B B 11 {0.43}
SEC.B—B
C
C
C 7.46
{0.29}* 9.5 {0.37}
C
BODY SIDE REAR WINDOW GLASS SIDE

11 {0.43}
SEC. C—C
*: POSSIBLE PRIMER APPLICATION AREA

mm {in}
am2ccw0000020
6. Apply sealant to the glass surface as shown in the

figure.
7. Insert the positioning pins into the body, then
install the rear window.
11 {0.43}
APPLY SEALANT TO THIS AREA. 5 {0.2}
mm {in}
am2zzw0000247
8. Press the rear window pins to engage the tabs to

the body.
PIN
am2ccw0000020
09-12–40
9. Press completely along the perimeter of the glass
so that the measurement of the molding lip gap is
within the specification.
10. Connect the filament connector. 1.65—5.65 {0.065—0.222}
(1) Rear package trim (See 09-17-68 REAR
PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION A A
[4SD].)
(2) C-pillar trim (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM
SEC. A—A
(3) Tire house trim (See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE
TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
am2ccw0000020
(4) Rear scuff plate (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF
PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. Apply soapy water to the rear window glass molding side and blow air from the interior, then verify that there
are no bubbles or air leakage.
x If there are any bubbles or air leakage, repair the damaged part of the sealant and verify it again.
End Of Sie
QUARTER WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL [3HB]
id0912000025z3
Warning
x Using the piano wire with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves when using the piano
wire.

(1) Partially peel back the seaming welt.
(2) Rear seat cushion (See 09-13-27 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance
(AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles].)
(3) Rear seat back (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-45 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
2. Apply protective tape along the edge of the body
and the quarter window glass. PROTECTIVE TAPE
BODY SIDE
A
GLASS SIDE
SEC. A—A
am2zzw0000338
09-12–41
3. Cut out the sealant all around the glass from inside the vehicle using a sealant remover and the piano wire.
PIN
SPACER
B
B
A
A SEC. A—A SEC. B—B
C C
D SPACER PIN
FASTENER PRIMER
SEC. C—C SEC. D—D

am2zzw0000338
4. Pull the quarter window glass outward and detach the pins from the body.
Note
x The pin is a replacement part.
End Of Sie
QUARTER WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0912000026z3
Warning
Caution
x If a door is opened or closed when all the window glass is closed, the resulting change in air
pressure could cause the sealant to crack preventing the proper installation of the glass. Keep the
door glass open until the quarter window glass installation is completed.
1. Remove sealant along the perimeter of the glass using a razor or scraper. (when reusing the glass)
2. Clean and degrease the ceramic part along the perimeter of the glass.
4. If the glass is reused, attach the pins, spacers and garnish to the glass as shown in the figure. Align with the
alignment marks marked before removing the glass.
PIN
SPACER
A
A
PIN GARNISH
0.5 {0.02}
SEC. A—A
FASTENER SPACER
mm {in}
am2zzw0000347
5. Apply glass primer along the hollowed marks in the ceramic coating on the new glass, along the sealant tracks
on the reused glass, then allow it to dry for approx. 30 min.
Caution
09-12–42
Note
9.5 {0.37}
9.5 {0.37}
B
A
C C
9.5 {0.37}
D
9.5 {0.37}
mm {in}
am2zzw0000347
6. Cut away the old sealant using a razor or scraper so that 1—2 mm {0.04—0.07 in} thickness of sealant
remains along the perimeter of the frame.
7. If the sealant has come off completely in any one place, apply some primer after degreasing, and allow it
approx. 30 min to dry. Then apply 2 mm thickness of new sealant.
8. Clean and degrease the bonding surface along the perimeter of the body.
Caution
13.5
{0.53}
B 13.5
{0.53}
A B
C C
13.5
PRIMER {0.53} 13.5
{0.53}
*: POSSIBLE PRIMER APPLICATION AREA mm {in}
am2zzw0000347
09-12–43
10. After the primer has dried, apply 13.5 mm {0.53 in} in thickness, 5 mm {0.2 in} in width of sealant using a
sealant gun. Where it is not applied properly, correctly apply it using a spatula.
13.6
4.75 {0.187}
{0.54}
9.5 {0.37}
9.5
{0.37}
B
B
A
C C
9.5 {0.37}
D
9.5
D {0.37}
14.2
{0.56}
90° 90° 11 {0.43}
5 {0.2} SEC. C—C SEC. D—D
mm {in}
am2zzw0000347
11. Insert the positioning pins to the body and install the quarter window glass.
(8) Partially peel back the seaming welt.
End Of Sie
POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091200002400
3. Disconnect the power outer mirror connector.
POWER OUTER
MIRROR
POWER OUTER
MIRROR CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000498
09-12–44
5. Remove the power outer mirror by pulling it in the
direction of the arrow shown in the figure to TAB
release the tab.
POWER OUTER
End Of Sie MIRROR
BOLT
3.5—5.0 N·m
{36—50 kgf·cm,
31—44 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000498
POWER OUTER MIRROR INSPECTION

id091200002700
Mirror glass adjustment, retract/return
3. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-59
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Remove the power outer mirror. (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Apply battery positive voltage to the power outer mirror terminals and inspect the operation of the power outer
mirror.
H I G D
LEFT
A D G
M RETURN RETRACT
E H
RIGHT C F I
M
ADJUSTMENT MOTOR
RETRACTABLE
UP MIRROR
MOTOR
M
DOWN
ADJUSTMENT MOTOR
F
am2zzw0000502
x If not as specified, replace the power outer mirror.

Mirror operation terminal
direction B+ Ground
Up G H
Down H G
Left I H
Right H I
Retract F D
Return D F
Heated outer mirror

3. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-59
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Remove the power outer mirror. (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-12–45
5. Apply battery voltage to power outer mirror
connector terminal A, and connect terminal C to
ground. A A D G
E H
C F I
acxwzw0000082
x If not as indicated in the table, or if the

resistance is not within the specification,
replace the power outer mirror.
End Of Sie : Resistance
Terminal
Mirror operation
A C
Heater
Resistance : 9—15 ohm
acxwzw0000082
OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL

id091200002800
2. Press area A of the outer mirror glass so that area
B moves outward.
OUTER MIRROR GLASS
am2zzw0000255
3. Detach pin A while lifting up the inside of the PIN B PIN A OUTER MIRROR
mirror glass holder. GLASS
4. Pull the outer mirror glass and remove pins B.
5. Disconnect the connector. (Vehicles with heated
outer mirror)
6. Remove the outer mirror glass.
End Of Sie PIN B
CONNECTOR
A
B
B MIRROR GLASS
HOLDER
am2zzw0000255
OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSTALLATION

id091200002900
1. Connect the connector to the outer mirror glass. (Vehicles with heated outer mirror)
09-12–46
2. Press part A on the outer mirror glass and install PIN B PIN A OUTER MIRROR
pin A. GLASS
3. Press part B on the outer mirror glass and install
pins B.
End Of Sie
PIN B
CONNECTOR
A
B
B MIRROR GLASS
HOLDER
am2zzw0000256
OUTER MIRROR GARNISH REMOVAL

id091200003100
2. Remove the outer mirror glass from the power outer mirror. (See 09-12-46 OUTER MIRROR GLASS
REMOVAL.)
3. Pinch the end of the tab which is visible, and release the tab by pressing it toward the vehicle front (4 locations).
MIRROR BODY
TAB
MIRROR BODY
OUTER MIRROR GARNISH

TAB
am2zzw0000498
4. Grasp the upper side of the outer mirror garnish and remove it by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.
End Of Sie
09-12–47
OUTER MIRROR GARNISH INSTALLATION
id091200003200
1. Position the outer mirror garnish against the
mirror body in the direction of the arrow shown in TAB MIRROR BODY
the figure, and insert the outer mirror garnish tabs
(5 locations) into the mirror body.
2. Install the outer mirror garnish so that there are
no gaps around the component.
3. Install the outer mirror glass. (See 09-12-46
OUTER MIRROR GLASS INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
OUTER MIRROR GARNISH

am2zzw0000256
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091200003500
Note
x The power outer mirror switch is integrated with the power window main switch.

3. Remove the front door trim. (driver-side) (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the power outer mirror switch. (See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
End Of Sie
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0912000035z3
Note
x The power outer mirror switch is integrated with the power window main switch.

3. Remove the front door trim. (driver-side) (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
4. Remove the power outer mirror switch. (See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
[3HB].)
End Of Sie
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH INSPECTION
id091200003400
2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and verify that the power outer mirror switch can be operated for
approx. 43 s.
x If the power outer mirror switch cannot be operated for approx. 43 s after the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position, or if the switch can still be operated after approx. 43 s, replace the power outer mirror
switch.
6. Remove the switch panel. (See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
7. Using a tester, verify that the continuity between the power outer mirror switch terminals is as indicated in the
table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the power outer mirror switch.
09-12–48
R.H.D.
+B ACC 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
* * * * * * * *
1N * * * * * * * * 2H 2F 2D 2B
1N 2F 2C 2D 2A 2B 2H 2G 2I
LH RH LH RH
RETURN RETRACT RETURN RETRACT
P/W
CM UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT
IG-OFF
TIMER
RILEY
2E
am2zzw0000502
End Of Sie :Continuity
OPERATION 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 2G 2H 2I
UP
DOWN
LH
LEFT
RIGHT
UP
DOWN
RH
LEFT
RIGHT
RETRACT
RETRACT
SWITCH
RETURN
am2zzw0000383
POWER OUTER MIRROR SWITCH INSPECTION [3HB]

id0912000034z3
2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and verify that the power outer mirror switch can be operated for
approx. 43 s.
09-12–50
x If the power outer mirror switch cannot be operated for approx. 43 s after the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position, or if the switch can still be operated after approx. 43 s, replace the power outer mirror
switch.
6. Remove the switch panel. (See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB].)
7. Using a tester, verify that the continuity between the power outer mirror switch terminals is as indicated in the
table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the power outer mirror switch.
R.H.D.
+B ACC 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
* * * * * * * *
1N * * * * * * * * 2H 2F 2D 2B
1N 2F 2C 2D 2A 2B 2H 2G 2I
LH RH LH RH
RETURN RETRACT RETURN RETRACT
P/W
CM UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT
IG-OFF
TIMER
RILEY
2E
am2zzw0000502
09-12–51
End Of Sie :Continuity
OPERATION 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 2G 2H 2I
UP
DOWN
LH
LEFT
RIGHT
UP
DOWN
RH
LEFT
RIGHT
RETRACT
RETRACT
SWITCH
RETURN
am2zzw0000383
FILAMENT INSPECTION
id091200003600
2. Turn the rear window defroster switch on.
LEAD OF VOLTMETER
Caution
x Directly touching the rear window PUSH
defroster filament with the lead of the
tester could damage it. Wrap aluminum
foil around the end of the lead and
inspect the filament by touching it with FILAMENT
the foil.
ALUMINUM FOIL
3. Connect the positive lead of the tester to the
positive side of each filament and the negative
acxuuw00001514
lead to ground.
4. Gradually slide the positive lead from the positive
side to the negative side and verify that the
voltage decreases accordingly.
x If the voltage changes rapidly, the filament
has a malfunction. Repair the filament.
Measured part Voltage (Reference) (2) (1)
NEGATIVE POSITIVE
(1) to (2) Approx. 11 V to 0 V SIDE SIDE
End Of Sie
acxuuw00001515
FILAMENT REPAIR
id091200003700
1. Clean the filaments using isopropyl alcohol.
09-12–53
2. Affix tape along both sides of the filament to be
repaired. BROKEN FILAMENT TAPE
3. Apply commercially available silver paint using a
fine-tipped tool such as a small brush or a
drawing pen.
4. After 2—3 min, peel off the tape being careful not
to damage the painted area.
Caution
x Do not operate the rear window defroster SECTION TO BE REPAILRED
until the repaired area is completely dried
to prevent a malfunction.
am2zzw0000502
5. Completely dry the repaired area referring the

followings:
x If the room temperature is 25 qC {77 qF}, leave it for 24 h.
x When using a hot air blower, dry for 30 min at 150 qC {302 qF}.
End Of Sie
REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL
id091200004900
Vehicles With Rain Sensor
2. Remove the rain sensor from the windshield. (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Detach the hook in the direction of arrows (1) shown in the figure using a flathead screwdriver.
4. Remove the rain sensor in the direction of arrows (2) shown in the figure.
(1)
HOOK FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
HOOK
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
CONNECTOR
FRONT
(2)
RAIN SENSOR
am2zzw0000363
09-12–54
5. Make a tool as shown in the figure using wire.
APPROX. 2.6 mm {0.10 in}
Caution
x Using the tool with bare hands can cause
injury. Always wear gloves when using
the tool. APPROX. 30 mm {1.2 in}
x To prevent damage to the lens, do not
use a flathead screwdriver.
6. Insert the tool to the position shown in the figure MORE THAN 50 mm {2.0 in}
and press the center part of the spring in the
direction of arrows (1), and then pull out the
am2zzw0000449
rearview mirror toward in the direction of arrows
(2) shown in the figure.
BASE
SPRING
TOOL
SPRING
TOOL
(1)
(2)
REAR VIEW TOOL

am2zzw0000502
09-12–55
Caution
x Perform the procedure while being careful not to damage the lens.
x When removing the rearview mirror, it may hit the headliner and cause a damage. Hold the
rearview mirror with hands and be careful not to contact it with the headliner.
Vehicles Without Rain Sensor

1. Insert a flathead screwdriver between the rearview mirror and base.
2. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver to the position shown in the figure and press the center part of the
spring.
BASE
SPRING
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
SPRING
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
BASE
REARVIEW MIRROR
am2zzw0000441
3. Pull out the rearview mirror toward the vehicle rear.

End Of Sie
09-12–56
REARVIEW MIRROR INSTALLATION
id091200005000
Vehicles With Rain Sensor
1. Install the rearview mirror to the base.
2. Install the rain sensor. (See 09-19-28 RAIN
REARVIEW MIRROR
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
BASE
am2zzw0000235
Vehicles Without Rain Sensor

1. Install the rearview mirror to the base.
End Of Sie
REARVIEW MIRROR
BASE
am2zzw0000235
BASE REMOVAL
id091200005300
2. Remove the rain sensor. (Vehicles with rain sensor.) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rearview mirror. (See 09-12-54 REARVIEW MIRROR REMOVAL)
4. Wind each end of a wire around a bar.
Warning
x Using the piano wire with bare hands can PIANO WIRE
using the piano wire.
Note
x Use a long sawing action to spread the work
over the whole length of the piano wire to
prevent it from breaking.
acxuuw00001981
5. Fix one end of the piano wire, and while pulling
the other end, cut the sealant to remove the base.
End Of Sie
BASE INSTALLATION
id091200005400
1. Cut away all of the original sealant using a razor.
Warning
2. Clean and degrease the ceramic coating on the glass and the base.
Caution
x Keep the area free of dirt and grease, and do not touch the surface. Otherwise, the primer may not
properly bond to the surface of the glass.
3. Apply primer to the bonding area of the glass and the base.
09-12–57
4. Use only glass primer on the glass, and body primer on the base. Allow the primer to dry for approx. 30 min.
5. Apply 3.0 mm {0.12 in} layer of sealant to the
BASE
base.
NOZZLE
3.0 mm
{0.12 in}
SEALANT
acxuuw00001982
6. Center the base in the ceramic coating and press

it onto the glass. 5 mm
{0.2 in} CERAMIC COATING
7. Use isopropyl alcohol to remove any excess
repair sealant.
Hardening time of sealant BASE
Time required
Surface
Temperature until car can be
hardening time
put into service
5 qC {41 qF} Approx. 1.5 h Approx. 12 h
20 qC {68 qF} Approx. 1 h Approx. 4 h
35 qC {95 qF} Approx. 10 min Approx. 2 h
acxuuw00001983
8. Install the rearview mirror.
End Of Sie
09-12–58
SEATS
09-13 SEATS
SEAT LOCATION INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–2 FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–3 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–22
FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER
[AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–22
manufactured vehicles] . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–4 R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–24
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–5 FRONT SEAT RAIL COVER
FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–26
[Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–26
manufactured vehicles] . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–6 REAR SEAT BACK
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–8 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT
manufactured vehicles] . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–26
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES
REAR SEAT BACK
WITH SIDE AIR BAGS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–9
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except
Band Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–10
AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT
manufactured vehicles] . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–27
REAR SEAT BACK FRAME
WITHOUT SIDE AIR BAGS] . . . . . . . . . 09-13–10
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–28
FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM
REAR SEAT CUSHION
WITH SIDE AIR BAGS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–11
REAR SEAT CUSHION TRIM
Band Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–16 REAR SEAT BACK STRIKER
Holder Bracket Installation Note. . . . . . 09-13–16 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–31
FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM SEAT WARMER SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–32
WITHOUT SIDE AIR BAGS] . . . . . . . . . 09-13–19 SEAT WARMER SWITCH
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–20 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-13–32
SEAT WARMER UNIT INSPECTION . . . . 09-13–33
End of Toc
SOKYU_WM: SEATS
09-13–1
SEATS
SEAT LOCATION INDEX
id091300424300
R.H.D.
1 2 3
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4
am2zzw0000511
.
1 Seat warmer switch 7 Front seat side cover

(See 09-13-32 SEAT WARMER SWITCH (See 09-13-22 FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-13-32 SEAT WARMER SWITCH 8 Front seat back component
INSPECTION.) (See 09-13-9 FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT
2 Front seat REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITH SIDE
(See 09-13-4 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/ AIR BAGS].)
INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand (See 09-13-10 FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT
manufactured vehicles].) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITHOUT
(See 09-13-6 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/ SIDE AIR BAGS].)
INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT) 9 Rear seat back
Thailand manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/
3 Rear seat back striker INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
(See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT BACK STRIKER manufactured vehicles].)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-13-27 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/
4 Front seat back trim INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT)
(See 09-13-11 FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM Thailand manufactured vehicles].)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITH SIDE 10 Rear seat cushion
AIR BAGS].) (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/
(See 09-13-19 FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM INSTALLATION.)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITHOUT 11 Rear seat cushion trim
SIDE AIR BAGS].) (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION TRIM
5 Front seat cushion trim REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-13-22 FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM 12 Rear seat back frame
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-13-28 REAR SEAT BACK FRAME
6 Front seat rail cover REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-13-26 FRONT SEAT RAIL COVER
09-13–2
SEATS
FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles]
id0913004244z3
Warning
x Handling a front seat (with built-in side air bag) improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the
air bag, which may seriously injure you. Read the service warnings before handling a front seat
(with built-in side air bag).
Caution
x After removing a front seat, do not operate the slider lever. If the slider lever is operated, the left
and right slide positions will deviate, and the slide adjuster may be damaged after the front seat is
installed.
x Verify that there are no malfunctions in the sliding mechanism after installing a front seat.
x When performing the procedure with a front seat removed from the vehicle, perform the procedure
on a clean rag so as not to damage or soil the seat.
Note
x When removing the front seat out of the vehicle or putting it back in, it can be performed smoothly by
removing the headrest.
R.H.D.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait 1 min or more. (Vehicles with side air bags)
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.(Vehicles without side air bags)
4. Using a fastener remover, widen the front cover in
the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure to
release the tabs, then raise the cover in the
(1) (2)
COVER
(1) (1)
(1)
TAB TAB
am2zzw0000243
5. Remove the front cover in the direction of arrow

(3)
adejjw00003315
09-13–4
SEATS
6. Using a fastener remover, widen the rear inner
cover in the direction of arrow (4) shown in the (6)
figure to release the tabs, then pull the cover in
the direction of arrow (5). (6)
7. Remove the rear inner cover in the direction of (4)
arrow (6) shown in the figure. TAB
(4)
(5)
(4) (4)
TAB TAB
am2zzw0000243
8. Using a fastener remover, widen the rear outer

cover in the direction of arrow (7) shown in the
figure to release the tab, then remove the cover
(7)
by pulling it in the direction of arrow (8). (8)
(7)
HOOK TAB
(8)
am2zzw0000243
9. Disconnect the connector.

10. Remove the bolts, then remove the front seat.
11. Install in the reverse order of removal. BOLT
End Of Sie
CONNECTOR
BOLT
BOLT
BOLT
BOLT :41—55 N·m
{4.2—5.6 kgf·m,31—40 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000444
FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles]

id0913004244z4
Warning
Caution
installed.
Note
x When removing the front seat out of the vehicle or putting it back in, it can be performed smoothly by
removing the headrest.
09-13–6
SEATS
R.H.D.
4. Using a fastener remover, widen the front cover in
the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure to
release the tabs, then raise the cover in the
(1) (2)
COVER
(1) (1)
(1)
TAB TAB
am2zzw0000243
5. Remove the front cover in the direction of arrow

(3)
adejjw00003315
6. Using a fastener remover, widen the rear inner

cover in the direction of arrow (4) shown in the (6)
figure to release the tabs, then pull the cover in
the direction of arrow (5). (6)
7. Remove the rear inner cover in the direction of (4)
arrow (6) shown in the figure. TAB
(4)
(5)
(4) (4)
TAB TAB
am2zzw0000243
09-13–8
SEATS
8. Using a fastener remover, widen the rear outer
cover in the direction of arrow (7) shown in the
figure to release the tab, then remove the cover
(7)
by pulling it in the direction of arrow (8). (8)
(7)
HOOK TAB
(8)
am2zzw0000243

10. Remove the bolts, then remove the front seat.
End Of Sie
CONNECTOR
BOLT
BOLT
BOLT
BOLT :37—54 N·m
{3.8—5.5 kgf·m,28—39 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000444
FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITH SIDE AIR BAGS]
id091300428837
Warning
x Handling a front seat improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag, which may
seriously injure you. Read the service warnings before handling a front seat (with built-in side air
bag).
Caution
installed.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait 1 min or more.
3. Remove the front seat. (See 09-13-4 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-13-6 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT)
4. Remove the headrest.
5. Remove the front seat side cover. (See 09-13-22 FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-13–9
SEATS
6. Detach clip A shown in the figure.
7. Cut clip B shown in the figure.
CLIP A
CLIP B
R
am2zzw0000244
8. Cut the band securing the side air bag wiring

AIR BAG WIRING HARNESS
harness. (See 09-13-10 Band Installation Note.)
BAND
am2zzw0000244
9. Remove the bolts, then remove the front seat

back component.
BILT : 36.3—54.0 N·m

am2zzw0000244
Band Installation Note

1. Install the band with the end pointed to the front.
2. Cut off the end of the band at the position shown
in the figure. CUT
End Of Sie 5 mm {0.2 in}
OR MORE
BAND
am2zzw0000244
FRONT SEAT BACK COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITHOUT SIDE AIR BAGS]
id091300428838
Caution
installed.
09-13–10
SEATS
5. Remove the bolts, then remove the front seat
back component.
End Of Sie
BOLT
BOLT : 37—54 N·m
BOLT {3.8—5.5 kgf·m, 28—39 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000515
FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITH SIDE AIR BAGS]
id091300487737
Warning
Caution
installed.
R.H.D.
09-13–11
SEATS
5. Detach clip A shown in the figure.
6. Cut clip B shown in the figure.
CLIP A
CLIP B
R
adejjw00001860
7. Cut the band securing the side air bag wiring SIDE AIR BAG
harness. (See 09-13-16 Band Installation Note.) WIRING HARNESS
BAND R
am2zzw0000375
8. Slide hook A in the order shown in the figure to

detach it from hook B.
HOOK B
HOOK A
(1) (3)
(2)
am2zzw0000207
9. Open the fastener.

10. Pull out the side air bag wiring harness from the
POLE GUIDE
hole of the seat back trim and seat back pad by
pulling it in the direction of arrow (4) shown in the
figure. (6)
11. Partially peal back the front seat back trim, FASTENER
release the pole guide tabs in the direction of
arrow (5) shown in the figure, then pull the pole
(5) (5) NUT
guide out in the direction of arrow (6). 8—12 N·m
12. Remove the nut. TAB {82—122 kgf·cm,
71—106 in·lbf}
(4)
SIDE AIR BAG

WIRING HARNESS
HOLE
am2zzw0000375
09-13–14
SEATS
13. Press in the holder bracket to the seat back pad
being careful not to catch the frame spring. (See
09-13-16 Holder Bracket Installation Note.)
HOLDER BRACKET
FRAME SPRING
am2zzw0000207
14. Pull out part A shown in the figure to the front.
adejjw00001864
15. Remove the seat back trim and the seat back pad
as a single unit from the seat frame by pulling
them in the direction of the arrow.
SEAT BACK PAD
SEAT BACK TRIM
SEAT FRAM
am2zzw0000207
16. Partially peal back the seat back trim from the
seat back pad, remove rings C in the order of (7),
(8), (9) shown in the figure, then remove the seat (8)
back trim.
(7) (9)
SEAT BACK PAD

RINGS C SEAT BACK TRIM
am2zzw0000207
09-13–15
SEATS
Band Installation Note
R.H.D.
1. Install the band with the end pointed to the front.
2. Cut the band end so that the length of the band
end is 5 mm or less from the securing point.
CUT
5 mm {0.2 in}
OR MORE
BAND
adejjw00003319
Holder Bracket Installation Note

R.H.D.
1. Pass holder bracket A through slit A of the seat
back pad.
Caution
x Set the holder bracket A with the sleeve
not caught in the seat frame spring.
FRONT
SLIT A SEAT BACK PAD
SEAT BACK TRIM

SIDE AIR BAG
MODULE
HOLDER BRACKET A
am2zzw0000245
HOLDER BRACKET A HOLDER BRACKET A
GOOD NO GOOD
am2zzw0000498
09-13–16
SEATS
2. Pass holder bracket B through slit B of the seat
back pad.
Caution
x Install it without twisting the sleeve.
FRONT
SEAT BACK PAD
SEAT BACK TRIM

SIDE AIR BAG
MODULE
FRAM
HOLDER BRACKET B SLIT B
am2zzw0000245
3. Assemble the holder bracket A to the frame.(1) HOLDER BRACKET A HOLDER BRACKET B
4. Assemble the holder bracket B to the frame.(2)
5. Install holder bracket A and B to the frame using
the nut.(3)
End Of Sie
(3)
(1) (2)
NUT
8—12 N·m
{82—122 kgf·cm,
71—106 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000208
FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [VEHICLES WITHOUT SIDE AIR BAGS]
id091300487738
Caution
installed.
R.H.D.
4. Slide hook A in the order of (1), (2), (3) shown in
the figure to detach it from hook B.
HOOK B
HOOK A
(1) (3)
(2)
am2zzw0000246
09-13–18
SEATS
5. Partially peal back the front seat back pad,
release the pole guide tabs in the direction of
arrow (4) shown in the figure, then pull the pole POLE
guide out in the direction of arrow (5). GUIDE
(5)
(4) (4)
TAB TAB
am2zzw0000246
6. Pull out part A of the seat back pad to the front of

the seat.
adejjw00001864
7. Remove the seat back trim and the seat back pad
as a single unit from the seat frame by pulling
them in the direction of the arrow.
SEAT BACK PAD
SEAT BACK TRIM
SEAT FRAME
am2zzw0000378
8. Partially peal back the seat back trim from the

seat back pad, remove rings C in the order of (6),
SURFACE
(7) shown in the figure, remove the surface FASTENER
fastener, then remove the seat back trim.
9. Install in the reverse order of removal. (6) (7)
End Of Sie
FRONT BACK PAD

RINGS C SEAT BACK TRIM
am2zzw0000375
09-13–21
SEATS
FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091300487800
6. Detach hook A by sliding it in the order of (1), (2),
and (3) as shown in the figure.
7. Detach hook B and C in the direction of the arrow
HOOK A
(3)
(2)
(1)
HOOK B
HOOK B
HOOK C
am2zzw0000246
8. Remove the seat cushion trim and the seat

cushion pad from the seat frame as a single unit. SEAT CUSHION TRIM
AND SEAT CUSHION PAD
am2zzw0000498
9. Remove rings C in the order of (4), (5), and (6) as (4) (5) (6) SEAT CUSHION
shown in the figure, then remove the seat cushion TRIM
trim from the seat cushion pad in the direction of RINGS C
End Of Sie
SEAT CUSHION PAD

am2zzw0000375
FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091300433300
R.H.D.
09-13–22
SEATS
5. Operate the lift lever in the direction of arrow (1)

(1)
shown in the figure. (Right side of the driver's
seat) (Vehicles with seat lifter) LIFT LEVER
6. Insert a fastener remover from the position of
arrow (2) shown in the figure, and remove the lift
(2)
lever cover by disengaging the tab. (Right side of LIFT LEVER COVER
the driver's seat) (Vehicles with seat lifter)
TAB
am2zzw0000213
7. Remove the screws, then remove the lift lever in

the direction of the arrow. (Right side of the
driver's seat) (Vehicles with seat lifter)
LIFT LEVER
SCREW
am2zzw0000377
8. After operating the recliner knob in the upward

direction (1), cut the area indicated in the figure,
then remove the recliner knob in the direction of RECLINER KNOB
arrow (2). R
(2) (1)
Caution
x The seat back folds forward when the
recliner knob is operated. Be careful
CUT
when operating the recliner knob.
adejjw00002335
SCREW
am2zzw0000377
09-13–24
SEATS
10. Pull the front seat side cover in the order of (1),
(2), (3) shown in the figure to disengage the clip, SEAT BACK
(2)
hook and tab. REVERSE FRAME
COVER
11. Remove the front seat side cover from the hook
by sliding the front seat side cover in the direction (3)
of arrow (4) shown in the figure.
12. Install in the reverse order of removal. TAB FRONT SEAT
SIDE COVER FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER
End Of Sie
(4)
SEAT FRONT SEAT

HOOK SIDE COVER
CUSHION
FRAME
(1)
CLIP
FRONT SEAT SIDE COVER
am2zzw0000377
09-13–25
SEATS
FRONT SEAT RAIL COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091300555500
R.H.D.
FASTENER FASTENER
SCREW SCREW
am2zzw0000377
2. Slide the front seat rail cover in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure to remove it from the fasteners.
3. Remove the front seat rail cover.
End Of Sie
REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles]
id0913004260z3
1. Remove the rear seat cushion. (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the rear buckle installation bolt.
3. Press the push knob to fold the rear seat back.
PUSH KNOB
am2zzw0000058
4. Remove bolts A.
5. Remove the rear seat back from the rear seat
bracket by pulling the rear seat back in the
direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
BOLT A BOLT A BOLT A
BOLT A• 4• 1—55 N·m {4.2—5.6 kgf·m, 31—40 ft·lbf}

am2zzw0000445
09-13–26
SEATS
6. Remove bolts B and remove the center hinge.
End Of Sie
CENTER HINGE
BOLT B
BOLT B• 4• 1—55 N·m {4.2—5.6 kgf·m, 31—40 ft·lbf}
REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles]
id0913004260z4
3. Press the push knob to fold the rear seat back.
PUSH KNOB
am2zzw0000058
4. Remove bolts A.
5. Remove the rear seat back from the rear seat
bracket by pulling the rear seat back in the
direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
BOLT A BOLT A BOLT A
BOLT A• 3• 7—54 N·m {3.8—5.5 kgf·m, 27—39 ft·lbf}

am2zzw0000445
6. Remove bolts B and remove the center hinge.

End Of Sie
CENTER HINGE
BOLT B
BOLT B• 3• 7—54 N·m {3.8—5.5 kgf·m, 27—39 ft·lbf}

am2zzw0000445
09-13–27
SEATS
REAR SEAT BACK FRAME REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091300450000
3. Remove the rear seat back. (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
4. Remove the bolt, then remove the bushing,
BOLT
washer, hinge, and the cover. WASHER
BUSHING
HINGE
HINGE
BUSHING
COVER
WASHER
COVER BOLT
BOLT• 3• 7—54 N·m {3.8—5.5 kgf·cm, 27—39 in·lbf}
adejjw00001878
5. Remove the child-restraint seat anchor covers.

CHILD-RESTRAINT
6. Slide hooks A in the order of (1), (2), (3) shown in SEAT ANCHOR COVER
the figure to detach them from hooks B.
HOOK B
(1) (2) (3)

HOOK A
adejjw00003478
7. Move the hooks in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure to remove them from the
frame.
FRAME HOOK
am2zzw0000220
8. Peal back the rear seat trim, release the pole

guide tabs in the direction of arrow (4) shown in (5) POLE
the figure, then pull out the pole guides in the GUIDE
(4) (4)
TAB TAB
POLE
GUIDE
SEAT BACK FRAM
SEAT BACK FRAM
am2zzw0000221
09-13–28
SEATS
9. Release the tab of the rod by pulling it in the
direction of arrow (6) shown in the figure.
10. Release the rod from the frame by pulling it in the ROD
direction of arrow (7) shown in the figure.
(7)
TAB
ROD ROD
TAB (6) TAB
ROD
(7)
TAB
(6)
am2zzw0000377
11. While releasing the tabs of the bezel in the

direction of arrow (8) shown in the figure, remove
the bezel, recliner knob, and rod as a single unit TAB (8) (8) TAB
(9) A
by pulling them in the direction of arrow (9). A
TAB(8) (8) TAB

SEC. A—A
am2zzw0000377
12. While releasing the tabs of the recliner knob in the

(11)
direction of arrow (10) shown in the figure, pull the
recliner knob in the direction of arrow (11) to
disassemble the recliner knob, bezel, and the rod. TAB TAB (10)
(10) KNOB
BEZEL
ROD
am2zzw0000221
13. Remove the screws, then remove the belt cover.

SCREW
BELT COVER
am2zzw0000059
09-13–29
SEATS
14. Remove the seat back frame from the seat back
pad by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.
SEAT BACK FRAME
SEAT BACK PAD
am2zzw0000377
15. Remove the bolt, then remove the rear center

seat belt.
BOLT
REAR CENTER
SEAT BELT
am2zzw0000059
16. Remove the seat back trim from the seat back
pad by peeling off the surface fastener while
opening the seat back trim.
End Of Sie
SURFACE FASTENER SURFACE FASTENER

adejjw00001886
09-13–30
SEATS
REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091300555800
1. Detach the hooks from the grommets by pulling
the rear seat cushion in the direction of the arrow
HOOK
GROMMET
am2zzw0000377
2. From the backside of the seat, detach the hook in

the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure, then
remove the rear seat cushion by pulling it in the
End Of Sie (2)
(1)
HOOK
am2zzw0000221
REAR SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091300455800
2. Remove rings C, then remove the seat cushion
trim from the seat cushion pad.
End Of Sie
RINGS C
am2zzw0000221
REAR SEAT BACK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091300426400
2. Remove the rear scuff plate. (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rear seat back. (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
5. Remove the trunk end trim. (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the trunk side trim. (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-73
TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
7. C-pillar trim (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION) (See 09-17-52 C-PILLAR TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
09-13–31
SEATS
8. Remove the bolts, then remove the rear seat back
striker in the direction of the arrow shown in the
figure. BOLT
End Of Sie
REAR SEAT BACK

STRIKER
BOLT:37—54 N·m {3.8—5.5 kgf·cm, 27—39 in·lbf}

am2zzw0000449
SEAT WARMER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091300716000
4. While pressing the tab of the arrow (1) shown in
the figure, remove the seat warmer switch in the SEAT WARMER SWITCH
direction of the arrow (2). (2)
End Of Sie
(1) (1)
TAB TAB
am2zzw0000201
SEAT WARMER SWITCH INSPECTION

id091300716100
2. Remove the seat warmer switch. (See 09-13-32 SEAT WARMER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Inspect for continuity between the seat warmer switch terminals using an ohmmeter.
x If not as specified, replace the seat warmer switch.
: Continuity : Bulb
Terminal
Switch position
B H F A G
ON
OFF
am2zzw0000201
End Of Sie
F G
G A
H F * B
H B A
am2zzw0000203
09-13–32
SEATS
SEAT WARMER UNIT INSPECTION
id091300716200
1. Turn the ignition to the LOCK position.
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (Vehicles without side air bags)
5. Remove the front seat cushion trim. (See 09-13-22 FRONT SEAT CUSHION TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
6. While inspecting for continuity between the
connector terminals A and B, use a dryer to warm
the thermostat of the seat warmer unit on seat
cushion.
HOT AIR
THERMOSTAT
CONNECTOR
B A
am2zzw0000202
7. When the indication on the ohmmeter is no

continuity, turn off the dryer, then use a
thermometer to measure the temperature of the
thermostat.
8. Verify that the temperature is approx. 29 qC {84
qF}.
THERMOMETER
THERMOSTAT
am2zzw0000202
9. Verify that there is continuity between terminals of

the seat warmer unit’s connector using an
ohmmeter when temperature drops to approx. 20 : Continuity
qC {68 qF}. Thermostat Terminal
temperature A B
More than approx. 29 ˚C
{84 ˚F}
Less than approx. 20 ˚C
{68 ˚F}
am2zzw0000202
09-13–33
SEATS
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the
front seat cushion.
End Of Sie B A
B A
am2zzw0000203
09-13–34
PAGE 1 OF 3 SECURITY AND LOCKS
09-14 SECURITY AND LOCKS

SECURITY AND LOCKS LOCATION 5HB, 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–63
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–3 3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–65
Locks and Openers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–3 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
Keyless Entry System and Immobilizer ACTUATOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–67
System [Advanced Keyless and Start R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–70
System] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–9 FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
Keyless Entry System and Immobilizer INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–72
System [Keyless Entry System] . . . . . 09-14–15 FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH
Theft-deterrent System . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–16 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–74
FRONT OUTER HANDLE DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-14–17 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–75
5HB, 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–17 Font Door Lock-link Inspection . . . . . . . 09-14–75
3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–20 Rear Door Lock-link Inspection . . . . . . . 09-14–77
Outer handle bracket DOOR LOCK STRIKER
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–22 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–78
REAR OUTER HANDLE REAR DOOR LATCH AND
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-14–23 LOCK ACTUATOR
Handle Protector Installation Note . . . . 09-14–27 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–79
Outer handle bracket Installation 5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–79
Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–27 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–79
INNER HANDLE REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-14–27 ACTUATOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–80
Front Inner Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–27 Double Locking System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–81
Rear inner handle(5HB, 4SD) . . . . . . . 09-14–27 Power Door Lock System . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–82
BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH
Bonnet latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–28 5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–83
Bonnet release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–29 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–84
BONNET RELEASE CABLE REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
BONNET LATCH SWITCH 5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–85
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–31 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–87
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE LIFTGATE LATCH AND
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . 09-14–32 LOCK ACTUATOR
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . 09-14–36 ACTUATOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–89
Fuel-filler Lid Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–36 LIFTGATE LOCK ACTUATOR
Fuel-filler Lid Opener Lever . . . . . . . . . 09-14–39 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–89
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [5HB] . . . . 09-14–40 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–90
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–40 LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–91
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [5HB] . . . . 09-14–43 LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH
Fuel-filler Lid Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–43 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–92
Fuel-filler Lid Opener Lever . . . . . . . . . 09-14–46 LIFTGATE LOCK STRIKER
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–93
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-14–47 TRUNK LID LATCH MANUAL RELEASE
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–47 PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–93
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER TRUNK LID LATCH AND
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-14–51 RELEASE ACTUATOR
Fuel-filler Lid Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–51 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–94
Fuel-filler Lid Opener Lever . . . . . . . . . 09-14–54 TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER ACTUATOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–94
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-14–55 TRUNK LID RELEASE ACTUATOR
5HB, 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–55 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–95
3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–59 TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–96
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–62 TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–97
LOCK ACTUATOR TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
TRUNK LID LOCK STRIKER CLEARING ADVANCED KEY

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–98 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–124
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED CUSTOMIZED FUNCTION SETTING
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-14–98 PROCEDURE [ADVANCED KEYLESS
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–125
INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS KEYLESS ANTENNA
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–99 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) . . . 09-14–99 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-14–125
Generated pulse (reference) . . . . . . . . 09-14–101 3HB, 5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–125
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–127
CONFIGURATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS BEEPER
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-14–102 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED
THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-14–130
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–102 3HB, 5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–130
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–102 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–131
3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–103 KEYLESS BEEPER INSPECTION
THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–104 SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–131
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–104 REQUEST SWITCH
3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–106 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED
THEFT-DETERRENT HORN KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-14–132
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–107 REQUEST SWITCH INSPECTION
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–107 [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–108 SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–132
KEYLESS RECEIVER COIL ANTENNA
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . 09-14–108 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . 09-14–133
KEYLESS RECEIVER COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [KEYLESS [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-14–133
ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–109 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE
KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
[ADVANCED KEYLESS AND AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–134
START SYSTEM]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–109 INTRUDER SENSOR
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) . . . 09-14–110 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–135
KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION INTRUDER SENSOR INSPECTION. . . . . 09-14–135
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . 09-14–110 Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) . . . 09-14–136
4-pin Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–110 Continuity Inspection Of Short Wiring Harness
6-pin Connector Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–110 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–136
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–111 PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–136
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–112 Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–136
Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer
manufactured vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–112 System-Related Parts
AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) Programming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–137
manufactured vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–116 M-MDS Connecting Procedure . . . . . . . 09-14–137
Generated pulse (reference) . . . . . . . . 09-14–117 No.1 Additional Key Programming
TRANSMITTER BATTERY Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys) . . . 09-14–138
REPLACEMENT [KEYLESS ENTRY No. 2 Additional Key Programming
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–118 Procedure (Using the M-MDS) . . . . . . 09-14–139
TRANSMITTER ID CODE No.3 Additional Key Programming
REGISTRATION [KEYLESS ENTRY Procedure Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–140
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–120 No.4 Programming Procedure Due to
ADVANCED KEY BATTERY PCM Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–141
REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS No.5 Programming Procedure Due to
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–122 Steering Lock Unit Replacement. . . . . 09-14–142
ADVANCED KEY ID CODE No.6 Programming Procedure Due to
REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS Keyless Control Module
AND START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–123 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–144
Two Programmed Advanced Keys No.7 Programming Procedure Due to
Available. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–123 Simultaneous Replacement of Immobilizer
Using the M-MDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–124 System-related Parts (PCM, Keyless
Control Module, and Steering
Lock Unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–147
09-14–1
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS No.3 Additional Key Programming

PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY Procedure Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–153
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–150 No.4 Programming Procedure Due to
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–150 PCM Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-14–154
Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer No.5 Programming Procedure Due to
System-Related Parts Programming . 09-14–150 Instrument Cluster Replacement. . . . . 09-14–155
M-MDS Connecting Procedure . . . . . . 09-14–151 No.6 Programming Procedure Due to
No.1 Additional Key Programming Simultaneous Replacement of
Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys) . . . 09-14–151 Immobilizer System-related Parts
No. 2 Additional Key Programming (PCM and Instrument Cluster) . . . . . . 09-14–156
Procedure (Using the M-MDS). . . . . . 09-14–152 SECURITY ACCESS PROCEDURE . . . . 09-14–158
09
09-14–2
SECURITY AND LOCKS
SECURITY AND LOCKS LOCATION INDEX

SOKYU_WM: SECURITY AND LOCKS
id091400428600
Locks and Openers
5HB
1 3 4 5
14 15
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 1 6
am2zzw0000348
Inner handle
1 (See 09-14-27 INNER HANDLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-14–3
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Bonnet release lever Fuel-filler lid opener
(See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND (See09-14-43 FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER
2 15
RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/ AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION.) [5HB].)
Front outer handle
3 (See 09-14-17 FRONT OUTER HANDLE
Bonnet latch
(See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND
4
RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Bonnet release cable
5 (See 09-14-30 BONNET RELEASE CABLE
Fuel-filler lid opener lever
(See 09-14-43 FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER
6
AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[5HB].)
Fuel-filler lid opener cable
7 (See 09-14-40 FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER
CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [5HB].)
Liftgate lock striker
8 (See 09-14-93 LIFTGATE LOCK STRIKER
Liftgate latch and lock actuator
(See 09-14-88 LIFTGATE LATCH AND
LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
9
LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-90 LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-89 LIFTGATE LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION.)
Rear door latch and lock actuator
(See 09-14-79 REAR DOOR LATCH AND
INSTALLATION.)
10
(See 09-14-83 REAR DOOR LATCH
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Rear outer handle
11 (See 09-14-23 REAR OUTER HANDLE
Door lock striker
12 (See 09-14-78 DOOR LOCK STRIKER
Front door latch and lock actuator
(See 09-14-63 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-14-74 FRONT DOOR LATCH
13
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-72 FRONT DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-75 DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-62 FRONT DOOR KEY
CYLINDER SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Front door key cylinder
14 (See 09-14-55 FRONT DOOR KEY
CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14–4
SECURITY AND LOCKS
3HB
3 4 5
1
12 13
11 10 9 8 7 6
am2zzw0000328
Inner handle Fuel-filler lid opener lever

1 (See 09-14-27 INNER HANDLE REMOVAL/ (See 09-14-51 FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER
6
INSTALLATION.) AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
Bonnet release lever
(See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND Fuel-filler lid opener cable
2 7 (See 09-14-47 FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER
INSTALLATION.) CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
Front outer handle Liftgate lock striker
3 (See 09-14-17 FRONT OUTER HANDLE 8 (See 09-14-93 LIFTGATE LOCK STRIKER
Bonnet latch Liftgate latch and lock actuator
(See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND (See 09-14-88 LIFTGATE LATCH AND
4 LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/
Bonnet release cable 9
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-89 LIFTGATE LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION.)
09-14–5
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Door lock striker
INSTALLATION.)
11
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
Fuel-filler lid opener
13
[3HB].)
09-14–6
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4SD
1 3 4 5
14 15
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 1 6
am2ccw0000017
Inner handle Fuel-filler lid opener lever

1 (See 09-14-27 INNER HANDLE REMOVAL/ (See 09-14-36 FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER
6
INSTALLATION.) AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[4SD].)
(See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND Fuel-filler lid opener cable
2 7 (See 09-14-32 FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER
INSTALLATION.) CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
Front outer handle Trunk lid lock striker
3 (See 09-14-17 FRONT OUTER HANDLE 8 (See 09-14-98 TRUNK LID LOCK STRIKER
Bonnet latch Trunk lid latch and release actuator
(See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND (See 09-14-94 TRUNK LID LATCH AND
4 RELEASE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/
(See 09-14-94 TRUNK LID LATCH AND
Bonnet release cable 9
RELEASE ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-95 TRUNK LID RELEASE
09-14–7
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Rear door latch and lock actuator
INSTALLATION.)
10
(See 09-14-83 REAR DOOR LATCH
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Rear outer handle
11 (See 09-14-23 REAR OUTER HANDLE
Door lock striker
INSTALLATION.)
13
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
Fuel-filler lid opener
15
[4SD].)
09-14–8
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Keyless Entry System and Immobilizer System [Advanced Keyless and Start System]
5HB
1 2 1 3 1 4 5
1 1 8 7 6
am2zzw0000328
Keyless antenna Keyless beeper

(See 09-14-125 KEYLESS ANTENNA (See 09-14-130 KEYLESS BEEPER
1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].) 4 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-14-131 KEYLESS BEEPER
Request switch
(See 09-14-132 REQUEST SWITCH
START SYSTEM].)
2 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].) Advanced key
(See 09-14-132 REQUEST SWITCH (See 09-14-123 ADVANCED KEY ID CODE
INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
START SYSTEM].) AND START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-14-124 CLEARING ADVANCED
Liftgate opener switch 5
KEY [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
(See 09-14-91 LIFTGATE OPENER
SYSTEM].)
3 SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-14-122 ADVANCED KEY BATTERY
REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
AND START SYSTEM].)
09-14–9
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Coil antenna
(See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/
6
INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM].)
Keyless receiver
(See 09-14-108 KEYLESS RECEIVER
7 KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
START SYSTEM].)
Keyless control module
(See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
SYSTEM].)
MODULE INSPECTION [ADVANCED
CODE REGISTRATION [ADVANCED
8 (See 09-14-102 KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE CONFIGURATION [ADVANCED
(See 09-14-125 CUSTOMIZED FUNCTION
SETTING PROCEDURE [ADVANCED
RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-14-158 SECURITY ACCESS
PROCEDURE.)
09-14–10
SECURITY AND LOCKS
3HB
1 2 3 1 4 5
1 1 8 7 6
am2zzw0000328

Request switch
START SYSTEM].)
Liftgate opener switch 5
SYSTEM].)
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
AND START SYSTEM].)
09-14–11
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Coil antenna
6
AND START SYSTEM].)
Keyless receiver
START SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
PROCEDURE.)
09-14–12
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4SD
1 2 1 4 3 1 5
1 1 1 8 7 6
am2ccw0000017

Request switch
START SYSTEM].)
Trunk lid opener switch 5
(See 09-14-97 TRUNK LID OPENER
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-14-97 TRUNK LID OPENER
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
AND START SYSTEM].)
09-14–13
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Coil antenna
6
AND START SYSTEM].)
Keyless receiver
START SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
PROCEDURE.)
09-14–14
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Keyless Entry System and Immobilizer System [Keyless Entry System]
1 2
3
am2zzw0000061
Coil antenna Keyless receiver

(See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/ (See 09-14-109 KEYLESS RECEIVER
1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [KEYLESS
INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].) 3 ENTRY SYSTEM].)
Transmitter
INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY
(See 09-14-118 TRANSMITTER BATTERY
SYSTEM].)
REPLACEMENT [KEYLESS ENTRY
2 SYSTEM].)
(See 09-14-120 TRANSMITTER ID CODE
REGISTRATION [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
09-14–15
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Theft-deterrent System
1 2
3
am2zzw0000220
Theft-deterrent siren Theft-deterrent control module

(See 09-14-102 THEFT-DETERRENT (See 09-14-111 THEFT-DETERRENT
1 SIREN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
3
(See 09-14-104 THEFT-DETERRENT INSTALLATION.)
SIREN INSPECTION.) (See 09-14-112 THEFT-DETERRENT
Intruder sensor
2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.)
09-14–16
SECURITY AND LOCKS
5HB
1
1 4SD
am2zzw0000462
Theft-deterrent horn
1 (See 09-14-107 THEFT-DETERRENT
HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Theft-deterrent control module
CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/
2
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
FRONT OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400432300
5HB, 4SD
APPROX.110 mm
in}.
am2zzw0000517
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Front door key cylinder (See 09-14-55 FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14–17
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4. Disconnect the keyless antenna connector (With
advanced keyless entry system).
FRONT OUTER HANDLE
BRACKET
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000062
5. Press the hook on the front outer handle bracket

in the direction of the arrow.
HOOK
FRONT OUTER
HANDLE BRACKET
am2zzw0000062
6. Maintaining the condition in procedure 5, remove

the front outer handle.
FRONT OUTER HANDLE

am2zzw0000062
09-14–18
SECURITY AND LOCKS
7. Remove the handle protector and handle seat.
8. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape from the
handle protector and body. (See 09-14-22 Outer
handle bracket Installation Note.)
HANDLE SEAT
am2zzw0000352
9. Remove the service hole cover.

10. Remove the screw from the service hole.
Note
x The screw cannot be removed because of
the stopper.
SERVICE HOLE
COVER
am2zzw0000062
SERVICE HOLE
SCREW
am2zzw0000062
09-14–19
SECURITY AND LOCKS
11. Press down the rod holder in the direction of
arrow (1) and remove the front outer handle
bracket in the direction of arrow (2).(See 09-14-22
Outer handle bracket Installation Note.)
FRONT OUTER
HANDLE BRACKET
(1)
(2)
ROD HOLDER
am2zzw0000062
3HB
APPROX.110 mm
in}.
am2zzw0000518
INSTALLATION.)
[3HB].)
09-14–20
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4. Disconnect the keyless antenna connector (With
FRONT OUTER HANDLE
advanced keyless entry system). BRACKET
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000331
5. Press the hook on the front outer handle bracket

in the direction of the arrow.
HOOK
FRONT OUTER
HANDLE BRACKET
am2zzw0000331

the front outer handle.
FRONT OUTER HANDLE

am2zzw0000062
09-14–21
SECURITY AND LOCKS
7. Remove the handle seat.
Note
the stopper.
HANDLE SEAT
am2zzw0000352
SCREW
am2zzw0000352

arrow (1) and remove the front outer handle
FRONT OUTER
HANDLE BRACKET
(1)
(2)
ROD HOLDER
am2zzw0000332
Outer handle bracket Installation Note

1. Hook the outer handle bracket tabs as shown in the figure.
09-14–22
SECURITY AND LOCKS
End Of Sie
TAB
TAB
OUTER HANDLE
BRACKET
am2zzw0000255
REAR OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400432600
5. Remove the rubber.
RUBBER
am2zzw0000062
SERVICE HOLE COVER
am2zzw0000063
09-14–23
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Note
the stopper.
8. Press the tab on the rear outer handle bracket in

the direction of the arrow.
SCREW
am2zzw0000063
REAR OUTER HANDLE BRACKET
TAB
am2zzw0000063
09-14–24
SECURITY AND LOCKS
the outer handle garnish.
OUTER HANDLE GARNISH
am2zzw0000063
10. Press the hook on the rear outer handle bracket in

HOOK
REAR OUTER HANDLE

BRACKET
am2zzw0000063
11. Maintaining the condition in procedure 10,

remove the rear outer handle.
REAR OUTER HANDLE

am2zzw0000063
09-14–25
SECURITY AND LOCKS
12. Remove the handle protector and handle seat.
13. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape from
both surfaces of the handle protector and the
body. (See 09-14-27 Handle Protector Installation
Note.)
HANDLE PROTECTOR
HANDLE SEAT
am2zzw0000063
14. Loosen the screw.
REAR OUTER HANDLE

BRACKET
SCREW
am2zzw0000063

arrow (1) and remove the rear outer handle
REAR OUTER HANDLE
BRACKET •• ••••
•• ••••
ROD HOLDER
am2zzw0000063
09-14–26
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Handle Protector Installation Note
1. If the handle protector is reused, adhere double-
adhesive tape to the both surfaces of the handle DOUBLE -SIDED
protector as shown in the figure. HANDLE PROTECTOR ADHESIVE TAPE
am2zzw0000063
Outer handle bracket Installation Note

1. Hook the outer handle bracket tabs as shown in the figure.
End Of Sie
TAB
TAB
OUTER HANDLE
BRACKET
am2zzw0000255
INNER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400432700
Front Inner Handle
4. Disconnect each cable and remove the front inner
handle.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. DOOR LOCK KNOB CABLE
INNER HANDLE CABLE FRONT INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000064
Rear inner handle(5HB, 4SD)

09-14–27
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4. Disconnect each cable and remove the rear inner
handle.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. DOOR LOCK KNOB CABLE
End Of Sie
INNER HANDLE CABLE REAR INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000064
BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400436800
Bonnet latch
1. Open the bonnet.
3. Disconnect the bonnet latch switch connector.
(vehicles with theft-deterrent system) CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000071
4. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, press

down the shroud seal plate tab in the direction of SHROUD SEAL PLATE
FLATHEAD
the arrows shown in the figure, and remove the SCREWDRI VER
shroud seal plate. (vehicles with theft-deterrent
system)
TAB
am2zzw0000071
09-14–28
SECURITY AND LOCKS
5. Remove the clip.Vehicles with theft-deterrent
system
CLIP CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000071

7. Remove the bonnet latch. Vehicles without theft-deterrent system
8. Install in the reverse order of removal. BONNET LATCH
9. Adjust the bonnet. (See 09-10-4 BONNET
ADJUSTMENT.)
BOLT 8—11 N·m {82—112 kgf·cm, 71—97 in·lbf}

Vehicles with theft-deterrent system
BONNET LATCH
BOLT 8—11 N·m {82—112 kgf·cm, 71—97 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000057

1. Pull the bonnet release lever.
BONNET RELEASE LEVER
am2zzw0000064
09-14–29
SECURITY AND LOCKS
2. While maintaining the condition in procedure 1, insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver as shown in the
figure, press the ends of the tabs with the screwdriver in the direction of the arrows (1), pull the bonnet release
lever in the direction of arrow (2), and then disconnect the lower panel.
LOWER PANEL TAB

BONNET RELEASE
LEVER
LOWER PANEL
(1)
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
BONNET RELEASE (2) TAB
LEVER
CROSS-SECTIONAL
VIEW
am2zzw0000399
Caution
x Remove the bonnet release lever while being careful not to damage the bonnet release cable with
the flathead screwdriver.
3. Pull the latch release lever outward, remove it

from the lower panel, and then disconnect the
bonnet release cable.
End Of Sie
BONNET RELEASE
LOWER PANEL CABLE
BONNET RELEASE
LEVER
am2zzw0000065
BONNET RELEASE CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400456800
1. Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-8 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the seal board upper. (See 09-10-18 SEAL BOAD UPPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the bonnet release lever. (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the bonnet release cable from clips A.
5. Remove the clips B.
6. Disconnect the bonnet latch from the bonnet release cable.
09-14–30
SECURITY AND LOCKS
7. Remove the bonnet release cable from outside of the vehicle.
L.H.D.
BONNET RELEASE
CABLE
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP B
HOOD LATCH CLIP B
R.H.D.
CLIP A
BONNET RELEASE
CABLE
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP B
HOOD LATCH
am2zzw0000071

End Of Sie
BONNET LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION
id091400450000
2. Remove the bonnet latch. (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/
09-14–31
SECURITY AND LOCKS
INSTALLATION.)
3. Press the latch in using a flathead screwdriver to inspect the latch lever condition.
SCREWDRIVER
BONNET LATCH
LATCH LEVER LATCH LEVER
OPEN CLOSE
am2zzw0000045

table.
A
B A
am2zzw0000045

bonnet latch.
End Of Sie
CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
BONNET LATCH
SWITCH A B
OPEN
CLOSE
am2zzw0000046
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id0914004458d3
R.H.D.
(1) Front seat (driver's seat) (See 09-13-4 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
(2) Front scuff plate (driver's side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Rear scuff plate (driver's side) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(9) Trunk side trim (LH) (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14–32
SECURITY AND LOCKS
3. Open the fuel-filler lid opener cable cover.
TAB
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE COVER
am2ccw0000024
4. Disconnect the fuel-filler lid opener cable from the

fuel-filler lid opener cable cover. FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE COVER
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE
am2ccw0000025
5. Flip over the floor mat and remove the cable from FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER LEVER
the fuel-filler lid opener lever.

am2zzw0000065
09-14–35
SECURITY AND LOCKS
6. Remove the fuel-filler lid opener cable.
CLIP CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000509

End Of Sie
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0914004352d3
Fuel-filler Lid Opener
R.H.D.
1. Open the fuel-filler lid.
TAB
am2ccw0000015
09-14–36
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4. Disconnect the release cable from the fuel-filler lid
opener cable cover. FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE COVER
5. Rotate the fuel-filler lid opener in the direction of
the arrow (1) as shown in the figure and pull it out
in the direction of the arrow (2).
am2ccw0000024
(1)
(2)
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER
am2ccw0000015
6. Pull the lift spring in the direction of arrow (1) shown in the figure to remove it from the tab.
7. While keeping the lift spring in the condition of
Step 6, rotate the lift spring in the direction of •• ••••
arrow (2) shown in the figure to remove it. •• ••••
TAB
LIFT SPRING
am2ccw0000015
09-14–38
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Fuel-filler Lid Opener Lever
1. Remove the front scuff plate. (Driver's side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the front side trim. (Driver's side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Partially peel back the floor covering. L.H.D.
FLOOR COVERING
R.H.D.
FLOOR COVERING
am2zzw0000071
4. Remove the bolts. L.H.D.

5. Disconnect the cable and fuel-filler lid opener CABLE
lever. BOLT
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. 9—11 N·m {92—112
End Of Sie
VEHICLE
FRONT
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER LEVER
R.H.D.
CABLE
BOLT
9—11 N·m {92—112
VEHICLE
FRONT

am2zzw0000512
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [5HB]

R.H.D.
(1) Front seat (Driver's seat) (See 09-13-4 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
Thailand manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-13-6 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except
09-14–39
SECURITY AND LOCKS
manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-13-27 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except
TAB
am2zzw0000345

am2zzw0000345

am2zzw0000065
09-14–40
SECURITY AND LOCKS
CLIP CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000071

End Of Sie
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [5HB]
id0914004352d4
R.H.D.
(1) Rear scuff plate (LH) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14–42
SECURITY AND LOCKS
TAB
am2zzw0000345

am2zzw0000345

6. Pull the lift spring in the direction of arrow (1)
shown in the figure to remove it from the tab.
(1)
(2)
am2zzw0000064
09-14–45
SECURITY AND LOCKS
TAB
LIFT SPRING
am2zzw0000064

1. Remove the front scuff plate. (Driver's side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)

4. Remove the bolts. FLOOR COVERING
R.H.D.
FLOOR COVERING
am2zzw0000071
09-14–46
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles
L.H.D. L.H.D.
CABLE CABLE
BOLT BOLT
5.0 N·m {51 kgf·cm, 9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm,
44 in·lbf} 80—97 in·lbf}
VEHICLE VEHICLE
FRONT FRONT
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER LEVER FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER LEVER
R.H.D. R.H.D.
CABLE CABLE
BOLT BOLT
5.0 N·m {51 kgf·cm, 9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm,
44 in·lbf} 80—97 in·lbf}
VEHICLE VEHICLE
FRONT FRONT
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER LEVER FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER LEVER

am2zzw0000512
5. Disconnect the cable and fuel-filler lid opener lever.

FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

R.H.D.
(1) Front seat (driver's seat) (See 09-13-6 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance
(3) Rear seat belt lower anchor installation bolt (See 08-11-5 REAR SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
09-14–47
SECURITY AND LOCKS
TAB
am2zzw0000346

am2zzw0000346

am2zzw0000065
09-14–50
SECURITY AND LOCKS
CLIP A CLIP B
CLI P A CLIP B
am2zzw0000331

End Of Sie
FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0914004352d5
R.H.D.
(4) Front scuff plate (LH) (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
09-14–51
SECURITY AND LOCKS
TAB
am2zzw0000345

am2zzw0000345

6. Pull the lift spring in the direction of arrow (1)
shown in the figure to remove it from the tab.
(1)
(2)
am2zzw0000329
09-14–53
SECURITY AND LOCKS

TAB
LIFT SPRING
am2zzw0000064

1. Remove the front scuff plate. (Driver's side) (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)

FLOOR COVERING
R.H.D.
FLOOR COVERING
am2zzw0000071
09-14–54
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4. Remove the bolts. L.H.D.
5. Disconnect the cable and fuel-filler lid opener CABLE
lever. BOLT
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. 5.0 N·m {51 kgf·cm,
44 in·lbf}
End Of Sie
VEHICLE
FRONT
R.H.D.
CABLE
BOLT
5.0 N·m {51 kgf·cm,
44 in·lbf}
VEHICLE
FRONT

am2zzw0000071
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400429400
5HB, 4SD
front beltline molding is approx. 110 mm {4.33 APPROX. 110 mm
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000517
(3) Front door speaker (See 09-20-6 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-11-13 FRONT DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
09-14–55
SECURITY AND LOCKS
SERVICE HOLE
COVER
am2zzw0000066
5. Remove the tab, then remove the door lock-link

bracket. (Driver’s door).
BRACKET
NUT
7.0—9.0 N·m {72—91 kgf·cm,

62—79 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000066

7. Remove the screw from the service hole. SERVICE HOLE COVER
Note
the stopper.
am2zzw0000332
09-14–56
SECURITY AND LOCKS
SCREW
am2zzw0000066
8. Lift the clip in the direction of the arrow (1), and

pull out the key rod in the direction of the arrow
(2).
CLIP
2
KEY ROD
am2zzw0000066
09-14–57
SECURITY AND LOCKS
9. Press the tab on the front outer handle bracket in the direction of the arrow.
FRONT OUTER HANDLE BRACKET
TAB
am2zzw0000066
10. Maintaining the condition in Step 9, remove the

front key cylinder.
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER
am2zzw0000066
09-14–58
SECURITY AND LOCKS
11. Using a tape-wrapped fastener remover, press up
the collar cap in the direction of the arrow shown TAB
in the arrow, press aside the front door key
cylinder tabs (1), and remove the collar cover (1) FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER
from the front door key cylinder.
TAB
FRONT DOOR KEY

CYLINDER COLLAR CAP
(1)
TAB
am2zzw0000067
3HB
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000517
INSTALLATION.)
[3HB].)
4. Remove the sealing sheet.
5. Remove the nuts.
SEALING
SHEET
am2zzw0000331
09-14–59
SECURITY AND LOCKS
7. Remove the rod protector.
NUT
6.5—9.8 N·m
{67—99 kgf·cm,
58—86 in·lbf}
ROD PROTECTOR
FASTENER
am2zzw0000331

Note
x The screw cannot be removed because of SERVICE HOLE COVER
the stopper.
am2zzw0000332
3.7—5.7 N·m {38—58

SCREW
am2zzw0000332
09-14–60
SECURITY AND LOCKS
10. Lift the clip in the direction of the arrow (1), and
pull out the key rod in the direction of the arrow
(2).
11. Press the tab on the front outer handle bracket in
CLIP
2
KEY ROD
am2zzw0000332
TAB
am2zzw0000332

front key cylinder.
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER
am2zzw0000066
09-14–61
SECURITY AND LOCKS
13. Using a tape-wrapped fastener remover, press up
the collar cap in the direction of the arrow shown TAB
in the arrow, press aside the front door key
cylinder tabs (1), and remove the collar cover (1) FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER
from the front door key cylinder.
End Of Sie
TAB
FRONT DOOR KEY

CYLINDER COLLAR CAP
(1)
TAB
am2zzw0000067
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INSPECTION

id091400801300
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000517
INSTALLATION)
(6) Front door latch and lock actuator (See 09-14-63 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
4. If the door lock condition is to be inspected, pull the door lock-link switch cable, or press it in.
Note
x The door lock-link switch cable locks or unlocks only when the latch lever is locked.
LOCK
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH CABLE
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000181
09-14–62
SECURITY AND LOCKS
5. Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the table.
L.H.D.
UNLOCK
J H
LOCK
J H
R.H.D.
UNLOCK
F D
LOCK
D F
am6zzw0000044

front door latch and lock actuator.
End Of Sie : Continuity
Key cylinder Terminal
position L.H.D. : J L.H.D. : H
R.H.D. : D R.H.D. : F
Unlock
R
Lock
R: 1 kilohm
am6zzw0000044
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400429500
5HB, 4SD
{4.33 in}
in}.
(3) Front inner handle (See 09-14-75 DOOR
am2zzw0000517
LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION.)
09-14–63
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4. Disconnect the key rod from the front outer
handle bracket.
CLIP
2
KEY ROD
am2zzw0000070
5. Remove the screw

6. Detach the clips. SCREW
CLIP
4.2—6.2 N·m
{43—63 kgf·cm,
38—54 in·lbf}
CLIP
am2zzw0000517
09-14–64
SECURITY AND LOCKS
7. Press down the rod holder of the front door latch
and lock actuator in the direction of the arrow. FRONT DOOR LATCH
AND LOOK ACTUATOR
•• ••••
ROD HOLDER
am2zzw0000070

front door latch and lock actuator. CLIP
CLIP FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK

ACTUATOR
am2zzw0000067
3HB
{4.33 in}
in}.
(3) Front inner handle (See 09-14-75 DOOR
am2zzw0000518
LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION.)
[3HB].)
09-14–65
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4. Disconnect the key rod from the front outer
handle bracket.
CLIP
2
KEY ROD
am2zzw0000332
5. Remove the screw

6. Detach the clips.
CLIP
SCREW
4.2—6.2 N·m
{43—63 kgf·cm,
38—54 in·lbf}
CLIP
am2zzw0000518
09-14–66
SECURITY AND LOCKS
7. Press down the rod holder of the front door latch
and lock actuator in the direction of the arrow.
FRONT DOOR LATCH
AND LOOK ACTUATOR
•• ••••
ROD HOLDER
am2zzw0000332

CLIP
front door latch and lock actuator.
End Of Sie
CLIP

ACTUATOR
am2zzw0000332
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION

id091400430500
1. The following actuators and switches are integrated with the front door latch and lock actuator. Inspect the front
door latch and lock actuator according to each inspection procedure for the following items.
x Front door lock actuator (See 09-14-72 FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
x Door lock-link switch(Vehicles with theft-deterrent system) (See 09-14-75 DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
x Door latch switch (See 09-14-74 FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION.)
x Front door key cylinder (See 09-14-62 FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INSPECTION.)
09-14–67
SECURITY AND LOCKS
R.H.D.
LH
DOUBLE LOCKING SYSTEM
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
FRONT DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK
UNLOCK
G A C B D J L
G C A
L J D B
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
FRONT DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK
UNLOCK
G A B D J L
G A
L J D B
am6zzw0000451
09-14–70
SECURITY AND LOCKS
RH
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
DOOR LOCK-LINK KEY CYLINDER

SWITCH SWITCH
FRONT DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
UNLOCK UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK LOCK
UNLOCK
E K I L J D F B
K I E
L J F D B
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH
DOOR LOCK-LINK KEY CYLINDER

SWITCH SWITCH
FRONT DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
UNLOCK UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK LOCK
UNLOCK
E K L J D F B
K E
L J F D B
am6zzw0000451
End Of Sie
09-14–71
SECURITY AND LOCKS
FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION
id091400428700
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000518
INSTALLATION.)
09-14–72
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to each terminal, and then verify the operation.

LH RH
FRONT DOOR LOCK FRONT DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
LOCK G A LOCK K E
M M
UNLOCK UNLOCK
G A E K
LH RH

ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
LOCK LOCK
M M
UNLOCK UNLOCK
G A C E K I
G C A K I E
am2zzw0000085
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the front door latch and lock actuator.
09-14–73
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Power door lock system
Terminal
Operation
B+ Ground
RH K E
LOCK
LH A G
RH E K
UNLOCK
LH G A
Double locking system

Terminal
Operation
B+ Ground
RH I E
LOCK
LH C G
DOUBLE RH K E
LOCK LH A G
RH E K,I
UNLOCK
LH G A,C
End Of Sie
FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION
id091400430800
{4.33 in}
in}.
am2zzw0000518
INSTALLATION.)
FATHEAD SCREW LATCH LATCH

LEVER LEVER FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
DRIVER LATCH LEVER
CLOSE OPEN
am2zzw0000068
09-14–74
SECURITY AND LOCKS
LH RH
DOOR LATCH SWITCH DOOR LATCH SWITCH

L J D B
J L D B
am2zzw0000068
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH LH:L LH:J
RH:B RH:D
OPEN
CLOSE
am2zzw0000068
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION

id091400430200
Font Door Lock-link Inspection
{4.33 in}
in}.
(1) Inner garnish (driver's door) (See 09-17-34
INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
INSTALLATION.)
Note
09-14–75
SECURITY AND LOCKS
table. LOCK
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000067
RH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
UNLOCK
L J D
LOCK
L J D
LH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
UNLOCK
J D B
LOCK
B D J
am2zzw0000349
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
LOCK KNOB
POSITION RH:J RH:D RH:L
LH:D LH:J LH:B
LOCK
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000067
09-14–76
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Rear Door Lock-link Inspection
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
(4) Rear inner handle (See 09-14-27 INNER
HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Rear door speaker (See 09-20-8 REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Rear door module panel (See 09-11-19 REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See
09-11-20 REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
(8) Rear door latch and lock actuator (See 09-14-79 REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Note
LOCK
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000067
09-14–77
SECURITY AND LOCKS
RH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
UNLOCK
L J D
LOCK
L J D
LH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
UNLOCK
J D B
LOCK
B D J
am2zzw0000349
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
LOCK KNOB
POSITION RH:J RH:D RH:L
LH:D LH:J LH:B
LOCK
UNLOCK
am2zzw0000067
DOOR LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400430300
1. Remove the screws, then remove the door lock striker.
Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailnd manufactured vehicles AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailnd manufactured vehicles
DOOR LOCK STRIKER DOOR LOCK STRIKER

18—26 N·m {1.9—2.6 kgf·m, 20—28 N·m {2.1—2.8 kgf·m,
14—19 ft·lbf} 15—20 ft·lbf}
SCREW SCREW
am2zzw0000514

3. Adjust the door lock striker. (See 09-11-22 DOOR ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie
09-14–78
SECURITY AND LOCKS
REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400430400
5HB
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
(6) Rear door module panel (See 09-11-19 REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the rear door latch and lock actuator.
SCREW
4.2—6.2 N·m {43—63 kgf·cm,
38—54 in·lbf}
REAR DOOR LATCH AND
LOCK ACTUATOR
am2zzw0000067
4SD
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
(4) Rear door module panel (See 09-11-20
REAR DOOR MODULE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
INSTALLATION.)
09-14–79
SECURITY AND LOCKS
5. Remove the rear door latch and lock actuator.
End Of Sie
SCREW
4.2—6.2 N·m {43—63 kgf·cm,
38—54 in·lbf}
REAR DOOR LATCH AND
LOCK ACTUATOR
am2zzw0000067
REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION

id091400430600
1. The following actuator and switch are integrated with the rear door latch and lock actuator. Inspect the rear door
latch and lock actuator according to each inspection procedure for the following items.
x Rear door lock actuator (See 09-14-85 REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
x Rear door latch switch (See 09-14-83 REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION.)
x Rear door lock-link switch (Vehicles with theft-deterrent system) (See 09-14-75 DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
09-14–80
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Double Locking System
LH
WITH THEFT-DETERRENT DOOR LATCH
SYSTEM SWITCH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
REAR DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK
UNLOCK
G A C B D J L
G C A
L J D B
RH
SYSTEM SWITCH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
REAR DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK
UNLOCK
E K I L J D B
K I E
L J D B
am2zzw0000378
09-14–81
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Power Door Lock System
LH
SYSTEM SWITCH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
SWITCH
REAR DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK
UNLOCK
G A B D J L
G A
L J D B
RH
SYSTEM SWITCH
DOOR LOCK-LINK
REAR DOOR LOCK SWITCH
ACTUATOR
UNLOCK
LOCK
M
LOCK
UNLOCK
E K L J D B
K E
L J D B
am2zzw0000511
End Of Sie
09-14–82
SECURITY AND LOCKS
REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION
id091400430900
5HB
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
(7) Rear door latch and lock actuator (See 09-14-80 REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION.)

DRIVER
DRIVER LATCH LEVER
CLOSE OPEN
am2zzw0000068

RH LH
DOOR LATCH DOOR LATCH

SWITCH SWITCH
D B L J
D B J L
am2zzw0000068
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the rear door latch and lock actuator.
09-14–83
SECURITY AND LOCKS
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH RH:B RH:D
LH:L LH:J
OPEN
CLOSE
am2zzw0000069
4SD
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
(5) Rear door latch and lock actuator (See 09-14-80 REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
INSPECTION.)

DRIVER
DRIVER LATCH LEVER
CLOSE OPEN
am2zzw0000068

RH LH
DOOR LATCH DOOR LATCH

SWITCH SWITCH
D B L J
D B J L
am2zzw0000068
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the rear door latch and lock actuator.
09-14–84
SECURITY AND LOCKS
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH RH:B RH:D
LH:L LH:J
OPEN
CLOSE
am2zzw0000069
REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION

id091400430700
5HB
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
INSTALLATION.)
09-14–85
SECURITY AND LOCKS

LH RH

ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
LOCK G A LOCK K E
M M
UNLOCK UNLOCK
G A E K
LH RH

ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
LOCK LOCK
M M
UNLOCK UNLOCK
G A C E K I
G C A K I E
am2zzw0000379
09-14–86
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Terminal
Operation
B+ Ground
RH K E
LOCK
LH A G
RH E K
UNLOCK
LH G A
Double Locking System

Terminal
Operation
B+ Ground
RH I E
LOCK
LH C G
DOUBLE RH K E
LOCK LH A G
RH E K,I
UNLOCK
LH G A,C
4SD
INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000518
INSTALLATION.)
09-14–87
SECURITY AND LOCKS
LH RH

ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
LOCK G A LOCK K E
M M
UNLOCK UNLOCK
G A E K
am2zzw0000511
Terminal
Operation
B+ Ground
RH K E
LOCK
LH A G
RH E K
UNLOCK
LH G A
End Of Sie
LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400433100
2. Remove the liftgate lower trim.(See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000069
09-14–88
SECURITY AND LOCKS
5. Remove the liftgate latch and lock actuator.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. LIFTGATE LATCH AND
LOCK ACTUATOR
End Of Sie
BOLT
8—10 N·m {82—101 kgf·cm, 71—88 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000069
LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION

id091400434100
1. The following actuator and switch are integrated with the liftgate latch and lock actuator. Inspect the liftgate
latch and lock actuator according to each inspection procedure for the following items.
x Liftgate latch switch (See 09-14-90 LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION.)
x Liftgate lock actuator (See 09-14-89 LIFTGATE LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
End Of Sie
LIFTGATE LATCH LIFTGATE LOCK

SWITCH ACTUATOR
UNLATCH
A C B D
C A
D B
am2zzw0000379
LIFTGATE LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION

id091400433200
3. Remove the liftgate latch and lock actuator. (See 09-14-88 LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
09-14–89
SECURITY AND LOCKS
LATCH LEVER
FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
LATCH UNLATCH
am2zzw0000260

ground to each terminal, and then verify the
operation.
liftgate latch and lock actuator.
Terminal
Lock actuator operation
B+ Ground
UNLATCH D B
End Of Sie
LIFTGATE LOCK
ACTUATOR
UNLATCH
D B
M
B D
am2zzw0000069
LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION

id091400433300
3. Remove the liftgate latch and lock actuator. (See 09-14-88 LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR
09-14–90
SECURITY AND LOCKS
LATCH LEVER
FATHEAD SCREW
DRIVER
LATCH UNLATCH
am2zzw0000069

table.
liftgate latch and lock actuator.
C A
A C
am2zzw0000379
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
LATCH CONDITION
# %
LATCH (LIFTGAE CLOSE)
UNLATCH (LIFTGAE OPEN)
am2zzw0000069
LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400444200
09-14–91
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4. Pull out the retainer in the direction of the arrow.
CONNECTOR
LIFTGATE OPENER
RETAINER
SWITCH
am2zzw0000070
5. Remove the liftgate opener switch.

LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000070
LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH INSPECTION

id091400444300
3. Remove the liftgate opener switch. (See 09-14-91 LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify the continuity of liftgate opener switch terminals A and B.
A B
am2zzw0000380
09-14–92
SECURITY AND LOCKS
table.
: CONTINUITY
liftgate opener switch.
End Of Sie SWITCH
TERMINAL
POSITION A B
ON (PUSH)
OFF (RELEASE)
am2zzw0000070
LIFTGATE LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400433400
2. Remove the bolts, then remove the liftgate lock
striker. 16—23 N·m {1.7—2.3 kgf·m, 12—16 ft·lbf}
4. Adjust the liftgate lock striker. (See 09-11-30
LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000069
TRUNK LID LATCH MANUAL RELEASE PROCEDURE

id091400827100
Note
x If the trunk lid cannot be opened due to a discharged battery or malfunction in the electrical system, it can
be opened using the following procedure.
1. Fold down the rear seat back.
Caution
x Wear gloves when performing the procedure. The body edge can injure bare hands.
09-14–93
SECURITY AND LOCKS
2. Move the lever shown in the figure to the left to
open the trunk lid.
End Of Sie
am2ccw0000014
TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400828100
2. Remove the trunk lid trim. (See 09-17-77 TRUNK LID TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
5. Remove the trunk lid latch and release actuator.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. 9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm, 80—97 in·lbf}
End Of Sie BOLT
CONNECTOR
TRUNK LID LATCH AND

RELEASE ACTUATOR
am2zzw0000512
TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE ACTUATOR INSPECTION

id091400457300
1. The following actuator and switch are integrated with the trunk lid latch and release actuator. Inspect the trunk
lid latch and release actuator according to each inspection procedure for the following items.
x Trunk lid latch switch (See 09-14-96 TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION.)
x Trunk lid release actuator (See 09-14-94 TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE ACTUATOR INSPECTION.)
09-14–94
SECURITY AND LOCKS
End Of Sie
TRUNK LID LATCH TRUNK LID RELEASE

SWITCH ACTUATOR
RELEASE
A B B A
A B A B
am2ccw0000027
TRUNK LID RELEASE ACTUATOR INSPECTION

id091400457400
3. Remove the trunk lid latch and release actuator. (See 09-14-94 TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE
ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
FATHEAD SCREW
UNLATCH DRIVER LATCH
am2ccw0000015
09-14–95
SECURITY AND LOCKS
ground to each terminal, and then verify the
operation.
trunk lid latch and release actuator.
release actuator Terminal
operation B+ Ground
UNLATCH A B
End Of Sie
TRUNK LID LOCK

ACTUATOR
A B
UNLATCH
B A
am2ccw0000015
TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH INSPECTION

id091400811200
3. Remove the trunk lid latch and release actuator. (See 09-14-94 TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE
ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
FATHEAD SCREW
UNLATCH DRIVER LATCH
am2ccw0000014

table.
A B
A B
am2ccw0000014
09-14–96
SECURITY AND LOCKS
trunk lid latch and release actuator.
End Of Sie : CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
LATCH CONDITION
A B
LATCH (TRUNK LID CLOSE)
UNLATCH (TRUNK LID OPEN)
am2ccw0000014
TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400445400
4. Pull out the retainer in the direction of the arrow.
CONNECTOR
RETAINER
am2ccw0000015
5. Remove the trunk lid opener switch.

6. Install in the reverse order of removal. TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
End Of Sie
am2ccw0000015
TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH INSPECTION

id091400445500
3. Remove the trunk lid opener switch. (See 09-14-97 TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-14–97
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4. Verify the continuity of trunk lid opener switch terminals A and B.
A B
am2ccw0000023

table.
: CONTINUITY
trunk lid opener switch.
End Of Sie SWITCH
TERMINAL
POSITION A B
ON (PUSH)
OFF (RELEASE)
am2zzw0000070
TRUNK LID LOCK STRIKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400811300
2. Remove the bolts, then remove the trunk lid lock
striker.
9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm, 80—97 in·lbf}
BOLT
4. Adjust the trunk lid lock striker. (See 09-10-6
TRUNK LID ADJUSTMENT [4SD].)
End Of Sie
TRUNK LID LOCK STRIKER
am2zzw0000513
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

id0914004384b0
Note
x If the keyless control module is replaced, always perform the following procedure.
— Configuration (See 09-14-102 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION [ADVANCED
— Advanced key programming (See 09-14-123 ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION
— Steering lock unit programming (See 09-14-134 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION
— Immobilizer system-related parts programming (See 09-14-136 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)

09-14–98
SECURITY AND LOCKS
2. Remove the glove compartment. (See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the glove compartment cover. (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
manufactured vehicles manufactured vehicles
2—10 N·m {21—101 kgf·cm, 9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm,

1 18—88 in·lbf} 1 80—97 in·lbf}
3 3
2 2
2—10 N·m {21—101 kgf·cm, 9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm,

1 18—88 in·lbf} 1 80—97 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000512
1 Bolt
2 Connector
3 Keyless control module

End Of Sie
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004385b0
INSTALLATION.)
3. Measure the voltage according to the terminal voltage table.
x If the voltages cannot be verified as indicated in the terminal voltage table, inspect the parts under
“Inspection item(s)”.
— If the system does not work normally even though the inspection items or related wiring harnesses do
not have any malfunction, replace the keyless control module.

3AB 3Y 3V 3P 3G
1E 2I 2G 2C 2A
3AC 3Z 3W 3N 3K
2L 2H 2F 2D 2B
1D 3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 3O 3L 3I 3F 3C
am2zzw0000509
Ter
min Signal name Connected to Measurement condition Voltage (V) Inspection item(s)
al
Under any condition ROOM 15 A fuse
1D Power supply BCM B+ BCM
Battery
09-14–99
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Ter
al
Under any condition P/W 20 A fuse
1E Power supply P/W 20 A fuse B+
Battery
Ignition switch at ACC position B+ Ignition switch
2A Power supply MIRROR 7.5 A fuse Ignition switch at LOCK position MIRROR 7.5 A fuse
1.0 or less Battery
Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
2B Rx-PATS*1 Coil antenna
voltage inspection not possible.
Ignition switch is at ON position B+ Ignition switch
2C Power supply ENG 10 A fuse Ignition switch at LOCK position ENG 10 A fuse
1.0 or less Battery
2D Tx-PATS*1 Coil antenna
BCM Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
2F BCM
communication voltage inspection not possible.
2G HS-CAN+ -
Keyless entry Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
2H Keyless receiver
2I HS-CAN- -
Steering lock
2L unit Steering lock unit
communication
Keyless
Keyless antenna Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
3C antenna
(exterior, rear) voltage inspection not possible.
(exterior, rear)
Keyless Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
3F Keyless antenna (LF)
antenna (LF) voltage inspection not possible.
Liftgate unlock Liftgate opener Liftgate opener switch/Trunk lid
3.0
opener switch pressed Liftgate opener switch*2/
3G input*2/Trunk lid switch*2/Trunk lid
Liftgate opener switch/Trunk lid Trunk lid opener switch*3
unlock input*3 opener switch*3 opener switch released
4.7
Keyless
3I antenna
(interior, rear) voltage inspection not possible.
(interior, rear)
Exterior keyless beeper sounds Wave pattern
(transmitter lock button pressed) (See 09-14-
101 Pattern
1.)
Keyless beeper
3K Keyless beeper Exterior keyless beeper sounds Wave pattern Keyless beeper
power supply
(transmitter unlock button pressed) (See 09-14-
102 Pattern
2.)
Other 1.0 or less
Keyless
*3 antenna Keyless antenna Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
3L (interior, (interior, center) voltage inspection not possible.
center)
3N GND Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less Ground
3O Keyless antenna (RF)
antenna (RF) voltage inspection not possible.
Driver's side door lock switch at
1.0 or less
LOCK
Door lock-link switch Driver's side door lock switch at Wave
3P Lock input Door lock-link switch
(driver's door) UNLOCK pattern (See
09-14-102
Pattern 3.)
Keyless
3R antenna
(interior, front) voltage inspection not possible.
(interior, front)
09-14–100
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Ter
al
Outer handle (RF) side request
1.0 or less
Request switch switch ON
3U Request switch (RF) Front outer handle (RF)
input (RF) Outer handle (RF) side request
B+
switch OFF
Start knob Push switch in pressed condition B+
3V Steering lock unit Steering lock unit
(push switch) Other 1.0 or less
Key reminder Key inserted in steering lock B+
3W Steering lock unit Steering lock unit
switch Other 1.0 or less
Outer handle (LF) side request
1.0 or less
Request switch switch ON
3X Request switch (LF) Front outer handle (LF)
input (LF) Outer handle (LF) side request
B+
switch OFF
Keyless
antenna Keyless antenna Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
3Y*3 (interior, (interior, center) voltage inspection not possible.
center)
Keyless
3Z antenna
(interior, rear) voltage inspection not possible.
(interior, rear)
Keyless
3AA antenna
(interior, front) voltage inspection not possible.
(interior, front)
3AB Keyless antenna (LF)
antenna (LF) voltage inspection not possible.
Keyless
3AC antenna
(exterior, rear) voltage inspection not possible.
(exterior, rear)
3AD Keyless antenna (RF)
antenna (RF) voltage inspection not possible.
*1 : With immobilizer system
*2
: 3HB, 5HB
*3
: 4SD
Generated pulse (reference)

Pattern 1
0V
am2zzw0000510
x Terminal:
— Keyless beeper power supply: 3K (+) body ground (-)
x Oscilloscope setting: 2 V/DIV (Y), 100 ms/DIV (X), DC range
09-14–101
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Pattern 2
0V
am2zzw0000510
x Terminal:
— Keyless beeper power supply: 3K (+) body ground (-)
Pattern 3
Note
x A wave pattern is displayed when keyless control module terminal 3P is measured using an oscilloscope.
However, it may overlap with the output wave pattern of BCM terminal 7K which is displayed
simultaneously.
x Terminal:
— Lock input (Door lock-link switch (driver’s
door): 3P (+) body ground (-)
x Oscilloscope setting: 2 V/DIV (Y), 1 ms/DIV (X),
DC range
End Of Sie
0V
am2zzw0000415
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

id0914004394b0
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE CONFIGURATION.

1. Select “Module Programing”.
3. Then, select items from the screen menu in the
following order.
1. Select “Programmable Module Installation”.
4. Perform the configuration according to the
directions on the screen. DLC-2
THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091400809500
5HB
(1) Rear scuff plate (passenger's side) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14–102
SECURITY AND LOCKS
(5) Trunk side trim (passenger's side) (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
FRONT
9—12 N·m {92—122 kgf·cm,

2 80—106 in·lbf}
2
9—12 N·m {92—122 kgf·cm,
80—106 in·lbf} 3
am2zzw0000044
1 Connector
2 Nut
3 Theft-deterrent siren
3HB
Thailand manufactured vehicles]
09-14–103
SECURITY AND LOCKS
FRONT
9—12 N·m {92—122 kgf·cm,

2 80—106 in·lbf}
2
9—12 N·m {92—122 kgf·cm,
80—106 in·lbf} 3
am2zzw0000328
1 Connector
2 Nut

End Of Sie
THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN INSPECTION
id091400819500
5HB
(1) Rear scuff plate (passenger's side) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Trunk side trim (passenger's side) (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the theft-deterrent siren with the connector connected.
09-14–104
SECURITY AND LOCKS
3. Measure the theft-deterrent siren terminal voltage
using the short wiring harness connector in the
position shown in the figure.
Note
x The theft-deterrent siren cannot be
connected to a tester due to its water-
resistance processing, therefore the short
wiring harness connector is used for FRONT
measuring the terminal voltage.
x If the terminal voltage is not as indicated in
the table, inspect the short wiring harness
connector for continuity. (See 09-14-105
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference).)If the
short wiring harness connecter is normal,
inspect the parts under "Inspection items”.
— If the system does not work properly
even though the parts or related wiring SHORT WIRING
harnesses do not have any malfunction, HANESS
replace the theft-deterrent siren. CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000157

THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN
SHORT WIRING
HANESS CONNECTOR
A
B D
am2zzw0000348
Measurement
Terminal Signal name Connected to Voltage (V) Inspection item(s)
condition
Under any
A Power supply BCM B+ BCM
condition
theft-deterrent Terminal used for communication therefore determination
B DATA
control module based on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
Under any
D Ground Body ground 1.0 or less Ground
condition
Continuity Inspection Of Short Wiring Harness Connector

1. Verify that the continuity between the short wiring harness connector terminals is as indicated in the table.
x If the continuity is not as indicated in the table, replace the short wiring harness connector.
09-14–105
SECURITY AND LOCKS
THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN

WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR SHORT WIRING
HANESS CONNECTOR
C B A
A
B D
: Continuity
Test THEFT-DETERRENT
SHORT HARNESS
condition SIREN CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR SIDE
SIDE
C B A A B D
Under any
condition
am2zzw0000044
3HB
3. Remove the theft-deterrent siren with the connector connected.
4. Measure the theft-deterrent siren terminal voltage
position shown in the figure. FRONT
Note
x The theft-deterrent siren cannot be
connected to a tester due to its water-
resistance processing, therefore the short
wiring harness connector is used for
measuring the terminal voltage.
x If the terminal voltage is not as indicated in
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference).)If the
short wiring harness connecter is normal,
inspect the parts under "Inspection items”.
— If the system does not work properly
even though the parts or related wiring
SHORT WIRING
harnesses do not have any malfunction,
HANESS
replace the theft-deterrent siren. CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000478
09-14–106
SECURITY AND LOCKS
THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN
SHORT WIRING
HANESS CONNECTOR
A
B D
am2zzw0000348
Measurement
condition
Under any
A Power supply BCM B+ BCM
condition
theft-deterrent Terminal used for communication therefore determination
B DATA
control module based on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
Under any
D Ground Body ground 1.0 or less Ground
condition

THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN THEFT-DETERRENT SIREN

WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR SHORT WIRING
HANESS CONNECTOR
C B A
A
B D
: Continuity
SHORT HARNESS
CONNECTOR SIDE
SIDE
C B A A B D
Under any
condition
am2zzw0000044
End Of Sie
THEFT-DETERRENT HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400525100
5HB
09-14–107
SECURITY AND LOCKS
2 9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm,
1 Connector 80—97 in·lbf}
2 Bolt

FRONT
3
am2zzw0000446
4SD
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table. 2 9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm,
80—97 in·lbf}
1 Connector
2 Bolt

End Of Sie
3
FRONT
am2zzw0000494
KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

id0914004383b0
INSTALLATION.)
09-14–108
SECURITY AND LOCKS
1 Connector 1
2 Nut
3 Keyless receiver
3
End Of Sie
9— ·m
— · 2
80— ·lbf}
am2zzw0000054
KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]

id0914004383b3
INSTALLATION.)
1 Connector 1
2 Nut
3 Keyless receiver
3
End Of Sie
9— ·m
— · 2
80— ·lbf}
am2zzw0000054
KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

id0914004378b0
INSTALLATION.)
— If the system does not work normally even though the parts or related wiring harnesses do not have any
malfunction, replace the keyless receiver.
09-14–109
SECURITY AND LOCKS
KEYLESS RECEIVER WIRING

D C B
am2zzw0000379
Ter
min Signal name Connected to Measurement condition Voltage (V)/ Inspection item(s)
al
B GND Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less Ground
C DATA Keyless control module determination based on terminal voltage Keyless control module
x ROOM 15 A fuse
D Power supply BCM Under any condition B+ x BCM
x Battery
End Of Sie
KEYLESS RECEIVER INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0914004378b3
4-pin Connector Type
INSTALLATION.)
Terminal voltage table (reference)

D C B
am2zzw0000379
Ter
al
B GND Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less Ground
C DATA BCM determination based on terminal voltage BCM
x ROOM 15 A fuse
D Power supply BCM Under any condition B+ x BCM
x Battery
6-pin Connector Type

09-14–110
SECURITY AND LOCKS
INSTALLATION.)
Terminal voltage table (reference)

E D A
am2zzw0000384
Ter
al
x ROOM 15 A fuse
A Power supply BCM Under any condition B+ x BCM
x Battery
D DATA BCM determination based on terminal voltage BCM
E GND Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less Ground
End Of Sie
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400820800
(2) Front scuff plate (driver's side)(3HB) (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
(3) Front side trim (driver's side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION [F35M-R].)(See 05-16B-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
(7) Bonnet release lever (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Lower panel (Driver’s side) (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14–111
SECURITY AND LOCKS
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table. .
1 Connector
2 Bolt
3 Theft-deterrent control module

End Of Sie
2
1
am2zzw0000045
THEFT-DETERRENT CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION

id091400820900
(2) Front scuff plate (driver's side)(3HB) (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
(3) Front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Shift lever knob (See 05-16A-1 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[F35M-R].)(See 05-16B-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [B65M-
R].)
(8) Lower panel (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
— If the system does not work normally even though the inspection items or related wiring harnesses do
not have any malfunction, replace the theft-deterrent control module.

W U S Q O M K I G E C
X V T R P N K J H
am2zzw0000059
09-14–112
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Termin
Signal name Connected to Measurement condition Voltage (V) Inspection item(s)
al
x Intruder sensor
x Intruder sensor
signal Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on
C x Theft-deterrent
x Theft-deterrent terminal voltage inspection not possible.
siren
siren signal
Start knob is pushed B+ x Steering lock unit
Steering lock unit (with (with advanced
Start knob (push
E advanced keyless keyless system)
switch) Other 1.0 or less
system) x Related wiring
harnesses
Key inserted B+ x Key reminder
switch (with
Key reminder switch
Key reminder switch keyless entry
(with keyless entry
signal Key removed 1.0 or less system)
system)
x Related wiring
G harnesses
Start knob is pressed B+ x Steering lock unit
Push switch signal advanced keyless keyless system)
system) Start knob is not pressed 1.0 or less x Related wiring
harnesses
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
09-14-115
Bonnet open (Bonnet latch
Inspection x Bonnet latch
Bonnet latch switch switch off) switch
H Bonnet latch switch Using An
signal Oscilloscop x Related wiring
e harnesses
(Reference).
)
Bonnet closed (Bonnet latch
1.0 or less
switch on)
Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on
I CAN_L -
terminal voltage inspection not possible.
x Related wiring
J GND Ground Under any condition 1.0 or less
harnesses
K CAN_H -
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
Front door (passenger-side) 09-14-115
open (Front door switch Inspection x Front door switch
Front door latch
Front door latch switch (passenger' door) off) Using An (passenger' door)
M switch (passenger's Oscilloscop x Related wiring
(passenger's door)
door) signal e harnesses
(Reference).
)
Front door (passenger's door)
closed (Front door switch 1.0 or less
(passenger's door) on)
09-14–113
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Termin
al
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
09-14-115
Any rear doors open (Rear
Inspection x Rear door
Rear door latch Rear door latch switch door switch off) switches
N Using An
switch (RH) signal*1 (RH) Oscilloscop x Related wiring
e harnesses
(Reference).
)
All rear doors closed (Rear
1.0 or less
door switch on)
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
Front door (driver' door) open 09-14-115
(Front door switch (driver' Inspection x Front door switch
Front door latch
Front door latch switch door) off) Using An (driver' door)
O switch (driver's door) Oscilloscop x Related wiring
(driver' door)
signal e harnesses
(Reference).
)
Front door (driver' door)
closed (Front door switch 1.0 or less
(driver' door) on)
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
09-14-115
Any rear door open (Rear
Inspection x Rear door
Rear door latch Rear door latch switch door switch off) Using An switches
P
switch (LH) signal*1 (LH) Oscilloscop x Related wiring
e harnesses
(Reference).
)
All rear doors closed (Rear
1.0 or less
door switch on)
x Keyless control
module (with
advanced keyless
Q Serial communication system)
x Keyless receiver
(with keyless entry
system)
Liftgate is open. (Liftgate latch
1.0 or less
switch on)
Inspect
using the
wave x Liftgate latch
Liftgate latch switch Profile. (See switch
R Liftgate latch switch 09-14-115
signal Liftgate is closed. (Liftgate x Related wiring
Inspection harnesses
latch switch off)
Using An
Oscilloscop
e
(Reference).
)
Security light on 1.0 or less x Instrument
cluster
S Security light on/off Instrument cluster
Security light off B+ x Related wiring
harnesses
09-14–114
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Termin
al
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
All doors except the driver's
09-14-115 x Door lock link
Inspection switch (Except
door are locked
T Lock/unlock signal Door lock link switch Using An driver's side)
Oscilloscop x Related wiring
e harnesses
(Reference).
)
Any door except the driver's
1.0 or less
door is unlocked
IG ON B+ x METER 10 A
fuse
U IG 1 METER 10 A fuse x Ignition switch
IG OFF 1.0 or less x Related wiring
harnesses
Inspect
using the
wave
Profile. (See
09-14-115 x Driver's door
Unlock input (Driver's Driver's door lock-link Driver's door locked Inspection lock-link switch
V
door lock-link switch) switch Using An x Related wiring
Oscilloscop harnesses
e
(Reference).
)
Driver's door unlocked 1.0 or less
x Related wiring
harnesses
W Power supply BCM Under any condition B+
x BCM
x Room 15 A fuse
Hazard flash 1.0 or less x BCM
Hazard warning
X BCM x Related wiring
switch signal Other 5 harnesses
*1 : 5HB
Inspection Using An Oscilloscope (Reference)
0V
am2zzw0000349
x Oscilloscope setting: 1 V/DIV (Y): 2 ms/DIV (X), DC range
09-14–115
SECURITY AND LOCKS
W U S Q K I E
X V T J H F
am2zzw0000440
Termin
al
Start knob is pushed B+ x Steering lock unit
Start knob (push
E advanced keyless keyless system)
switch) Other 1.0 or less
system) x Related wiring
harnesses
Theft-deterrent siren not x Theft-deterrent
B+
Theft-deterrent horn Theft-deterrent horn sounded horn relay
F
signal relay x Related wiring
Theft-deterrent siren sounded 1.0 or less harnesses
Wave
Bonnet open (Bonnet latch pattern (See x Bonnet latch
Bonnet latch switch switch off) 09-14-117 switch
H Bonnet latch switch
signal Pattern1.) x Related wiring
Bonnet closed (Bonnet latch harnesses
1.0 or less
switch on)
I CAN_L -
x Related wiring
J GND Ground Under any condition 1.0 or less
harnesses
K CAN_H -
x Keyless control
module (with
advanced keyless
Q Serial communication system)
x Keyless receiver
(with keyless entry
system)
Security light on 1.0 or less x Instrument
cluster
S Security light on/off Instrument cluster
Security light off B+ x Related wiring
harnesses
Wave
All doors except the driver's pattern (See x Door lock link
door are locked 09-14-117 switch (Except
T Lock/unlock signal Door lock link switch Pattern1.) driver's side)
x Related wiring
Any door except the driver's harnesses
1.0 or less
door is unlocked
IG ON B+ x METER 10 A
fuse
U IG 1 METER 10 A fuse x Ignition switch
IG OFF 1.0 or less x Related wiring
harnesses
09-14–116
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Termin
al
Wave
pattern (See x Driver's door
Unlock input (Driver's Driver's door lock-link Driver's door locked lock-link switch
V 09-14-117
door lock-link switch) switch Pattern1.) x Related wiring
harnesses
x Related wiring
harnesses
W Power supply BCMF Under any condition B+
x BCM
x Room 15 A fuse
Hazard flash 1.0 or less
Wave x BCM
Hazard warning
X BCM pattern (See x Related wiring
switch signal Other
09-14-117 harnesses
Pattern2.)

Pattern1
0V
am2zzw0000349
Pattern2
0V
am2zzw0000462

End Of Sie
09-14–117
SECURITY AND LOCKS
TRANSMITTER BATTERY REPLACEMENT [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0914004374b3
Step Procedure Action after procedure

Disconnecting key from transmitter
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the transmitter notch and remove the key
from the transmitter by pressing the tab.
TAB
1 Go to the next step.
TRANSMITTER
KEY
Notch position verification
1. Verify the position of the transmitter notch.
A-TYPE B-TYPE
x For the A-type notch, go to Step 3.

2
x For the B-type notch, go to Step 6.
NOTCH
NOTCH
Opening transmitter
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the transmitter notch and open the
transmitter.
09-14–118
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Battery removal
1. Press the hook in the direction of the arrow and remove the battery using
the flathead screwdriver.
HOOK
BATTERY
Battery installation
1. Install the new battery (CR1620) with the positive (+) pole facing up.
HOOK
5 Go to Step 9.
Opening transmitter
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the transmitter notch and open the
transmitter.
Battery removal
1. Remove the battery by pressing it in the direction of the arrow shown in
the figure.
BATTERY
09-14–119
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Battery installation
1. Install the new battery (CR1620) with the plus pole facing down.
Battery removal
1. Align the upper and lower covers and close the transmitter.
Battery type
9 — Lithium battery CR1620 Go to the next step.
Battery life
— Approx. 2 years (when used approx. 10 times/day)
2. Install the key to the transmitter.
Verification of key and transmitter connection
1. When connecting the key to the transmitter, grip the key and the
transmitter as shown in the figure and connect until a click sound is heard.
Note
x If the key is not completely connected to the transmitter, they may
come apart.
10 Procedure is completed
End Of Sie
TRANSMITTER ID CODE REGISTRATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0914004376b3
Note
x Verify that the other transmitter is not being operated around the servicing area while updating the ID
code.
x After completing the work, remove the key from the steering lock and verify that all the door lock/unlock
operation using the transmitter is correct.
09-14–120
SECURITY AND LOCKS
START
Remove the key from the steering lock.

Close all doors and liftgate/trunk lid.
Open the driver-side door.
Insert the key into the steering lock.
Repeat the following three times.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON position,
Perform these then back to the LOCK position.
procedures Note
within 24 s. Do not remove the key from the steering lock.
Open and close the driver-side door three times.

Note
Then leave the door open
NO
Verify that the door lock actuators
lock, then unlock.
YES
Push any button on any single transmitter
twice.
NO
lock, then unlock.
YES
If you have only one transmitter, push any
button twice.
If you have two or three transmitters, push any
button on any of the other transmitters twice.
NO
lock, then unlock.
YES
If you have one or two transmitters, push any
button on either transmitter twice.
If you have three transmitters, push any button
on the last transmitter twice.
NO YES
Verify that the door lock actuators END
lock, then unlock.
am2zzw0000513
End Of Sie
09-14–121
SECURITY AND LOCKS
ADVANCED KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004477b0
1. Pull out the auxiliary key.
adejjw00001676
2. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the notch in the

transmitter and rotate it in the direction shown in
the figure to open the transmitter.
adejjw00001677
3. Remove the battery.
adejjw00001678
4. Install the new battery (CR1620) with the positive

pole facing down.
5. Align the upper and lower covers and close the
transmitter.
adejjw00001679
09-14–122
SECURITY AND LOCKS
6. Insert the auxiliary key.
End Of Sie
adejjw00001705
ADVANCED KEY ID CODE REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

id0914004493b0
Caution
x Do not place the following devices in the vehicle while programming, otherwise programming
cannot be performed:
— M-MDS
— Personal computer
— Devices that can send/receive radio waves
x Verify that the other transmitter is not being operated around the servicing area during advanced
key programming.
Note
x Use the M-MDS and start programming if the condition corresponds to the following:
— No programmed advanced keys (two or more)
— Keyless control module is replaced
x If six advanced keys are already programmed, the programming mode does not launch. If programming is
needed, use the M-MDS to erase the unnecessary advanced key programming.
Two Programmed Advanced Keys Available

1. Bring two programmed advanced keys and one unprogrammed advanced key into the vehicle.
VALID KEY
ADVANCED KEY 1 ADVANCED KEY 2
KEY FOR REGISTRATION

ADVANCED KEY
ADVANCED KEY
am2zzw0000053
2. Close all doors.

3. Insert the auxiliary key into the ignition key cylinder.
Note
x Complete the procedures up to Step 7 within 30 s after the auxiliary key is inserted.

5. Wait until the keyless indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates. (Turns off 3 s after ignition switch is
turned to ON)
6. Press the UNLOCK button of advanced key 1.
7. Press the UNLOCK button of advanced key 2.
8. From the ignition switch in the ON position, turn the ignition switch in the order indicated below.
x ACC_ONoACC_ONoACC_ON
9. Open/close the driver's door 3 times.
09-14–123
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Note
x After Step 9 is completed and the advanced key programming is activated, the door lock actuator operates
to lock, and then operates to unlock.
x If the door lock actuator does not operate, repeat the procedure from Step 2.
10. Press the UNLOCK button of the unprogrammed advanced key and wait approx. 5 s.
Note
x After Step 10 is completed and the advanced key is programmed, the door lock actuator operates to lock,
and then operates to unlock.
11. If programming more advanced keys, remove the auxiliary key once, and then repeat the procedure from Step
2.
Using the M-MDS

1. Fully lower the driver-side door glass.
3. Set the M-MDS outside the vehicle with its cable
passing through the door glass opening.
Caution
x Cover the vehicle body with a clean rag
so as not to damage the vehicle body
with the cable.

items from the initial screen of the M-MDS. DLC-2
am2zzw0000216
2. Select “Security”.
3. Select "PATS Functions".
x Using a PDS (Pocket PC):
1. Select "All Tests and Calibrations".
5. Select the following from the screen menu.
1. Select “Program Additional Advanced Key”.
6. Perform the security access according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
End Of Sie
CLEARING ADVANCED KEY [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004496b0
3. Pull out the M-MDS cable from the door glass
opening and set the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
Caution
x Protect the cable and body contact area
with a clean rag, otherwise they could be
damaged.

items from the initial screen of the M-MDS. DLC-2
am2zzw0000153
1. Select "Body".
2. Select "Security".
5. Then, select items from the screen menu in the following order.
1. Select “Advanced Key Code Erase and Program”.
End Of Sie
09-14–124
SECURITY AND LOCKS
CUSTOMIZED FUNCTION SETTING PROCEDURE [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004397b0
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the CUSTOMIED FUNCTION
SETTING PROCEDURE.

1. Select "Module Programming".
following order.
1. Select "Programmable Parameters".
2. Select "RKE".
4. Select the item name, and then select option.
Item
x Advanced Keyless Function (Disabled / DLC-2
Enabled)
x Answer Back Buzzer Volume (Disabled / 5 —
am2zzw0000216
10)
x Advanced Key Battery Low Warning (Disabled / Enabled)
x Prevention Function of Key Containment in Trunk or Liftgate (Disabled / Enabled)
x Warning Buzzer Volume (5 — 10)
End Of Sie
KEYLESS ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004405b0
3HB, 5HB
Vehicle Interior, Front
2. Remove the side wall. (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the front console component. (See 09-17-36 FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the keyless antenna (2) in the direction
of the arrow shown in the figure while pressing
the keyless antenna tabs (1).
KEYLESS ANTENNA CONNECTOR

am2zzw0000054
Vehicle Interior, Rear

09-14–125
SECURITY AND LOCKS
3HB,5HB (Except AutoAlliance (AAT) manufactured vehicles) 5HB (AutoAlliance (AAT) manufactured vehicles)
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
NUT NUT
2.0—8.0 N·m 9—11 N·m
{21—81 kgf·cm, {92—112 kgf·cm,
18—70 in·lbf} 80—97 in·lbf}
KEYLESS ANTENNA KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2zzw0000515

5. Remove the keyless antenna.
Vehicle Exterior, Rear

KEYLESS ANTENNA
CONNECTOR
SCREW SCREW
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2zzw0000329
Vehicle Exterior, Driver's Door/Passenger's Door
Note
x The keyless antenna (vehicle exterior, driver's door/passenger's door) is built into the front outer handle.
(See 09-14-17 FRONT OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14–126
SECURITY AND LOCKS
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2zzw0000055
4SD
Vehicle Interior, Front
2. Remove the side wall. (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the keyless antenna (2) in the direction
of the arrow shown in the figure while pressing
the keyless antenna tabs (1).
KEYLESS ANTENNA CONNECTOR

am2zzw0000054
Vehicle Interior, Center

09-14–127
SECURITY AND LOCKS
CONNECTOR
NUT
9—11 N·m
{92—112 kgf·cm,
80—97 in·lbf}
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2zzw0000512
Vehicle Interior, Rear

3. Remove the tire house trim. (See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
4. Remove the C-pillar trim. (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the rear package trim. (See 09-17-68 REAR PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
CONNECTOR
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2ccw0000022
09-14–128
SECURITY AND LOCKS
SCREW
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2ccw0000022
Vehicle Exterior, Rear

KEYLESS ANTENNA
SCREW
CONNECTOR
KEYLESS ANTENNA
SCREW
am2ccw0000022
Vehicle Exterior, Driver's Door/Passenger's Door
Note
x The keyless antenna (vehicle exterior, driver's door/passenger's door) is built into the front outer handle.
(See 09-14-17 FRONT OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14–129
SECURITY AND LOCKS
End Of Sie
KEYLESS ANTENNA
am2zzw0000055
KEYLESS BEEPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

id0914004406b0
3HB, 5HB
2. Remove the rear combination light. (See 09-18-23 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the rear bumper. (See 09-10-23 REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the nuts.
2.0—8.0 N·m
— ·
18— ·lbf}
NUT
KEYLESS BEEPER BRACKET

am2zzw0000055
7. Press the keyless beeper tab aside using a tape-

wrapped flathead screwdriver. BRACKET A
8. Remove the keyless beeper from the bracket. B
B
A
KEYLESS BEEPER
KEYLESS BEEPER
FLAT HEAD
SCREW
DRIVER
TAB
BRACKET BRACKET

am2zzw0000055
09-14–130
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4SD
6. Remove the nuts.
9—11 N·m
{92—112 kgf·cm,
80—97 in·lbf}
NUT
KEYLESS BEEPER BRACKET

am2zzw0000513
7. Press the keyless beeper tab aside using a tape-

wrapped flathead screwdriver.
8. Remove the keyless beeper from the bracket. A
BRACKET
End Of Sie
B B
A
KEYLESS BEEPER
KEYLESS BEEPER
FLAT HEAD
SCREW
DRIVER
TAB
BRACKET BRACKET

am2ccw0000022
KEYLESS BEEPER INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

id0914004416b0
5. Remove the keyless beeper. (See 09-14-130 KEYLESS BEEPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED
6. Apply battery positive voltage and connect the ground to each terminal and verify the keyless beeper sound
operation.
x If the beep sound cannot be verified, replace the keyless beeper.
09-14–131
SECURITY AND LOCKS
㪙㪘
adejjw00003254
End Of Sie
REQUEST SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004400b0
Note
x The request switches are built into the front
outer handles. (See 09-14-17 FRONT REQUEST SWITCH
OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000054
REQUEST SWITCH INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

id0914004401b0
APPROX. 110 mm
in}.
am2zzw0000519
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Front door key cylinder (Driver’s side) (See 09-14-55 FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(7) Front outer handle (See 09-14-17 FRONT OUTER HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-14–132
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4. Verify the continuity of request switch terminals A and D.
A D A
am2zzw0000379

table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the front
CONTINUITY
outer handle.
End Of Sie REQUEST TERMINAL
SWITCH A D
PUSH (ON)
NOT PUSH (OFF)
am2zzw0000379
COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]

id0914004359b0
2. Remove the column cover. (See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the coil antenna connector.
4. Detach the coil antenna hooks and remove the STEERING LOCK
coil antenna from the steering lock.
End Of Sie
COIL ANTENNA
CONNECTOR
COIL ANTENNA
TAB
am2zzw0000057
COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]

id0914004359b3
09-14–133
SECURITY AND LOCKS
3. Disconnect the coil antenna connector.
4. Detach the coil antenna hooks and remove the STEERING LOCK
coil antenna from the steering lock.
End Of Sie
COIL ANTENNA
CONNECTOR
COIL ANTENNA
TAB
am2zzw0000053
STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004395b0
Caution
x Do not place the following devices in the vehicle while programming, otherwise programming
cannot be performed:
— M-MDS
Note
x The steering lock unit and steering lock component are a single unit. Therefore, replace the steering lock
component when replacing steering lock unit. (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.])
x For this procedure, a programmed card key is necessary. If there is no programmed card key, perform the
steering lock unit programming after the card key programming.
1. Bring the programmed card key into the vehicle.

4. Pull out the M-MDS cable from the door glass
opening and set the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
Caution
with the cable.

items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS. DLC-2
am2zzw0000153
2. Select "Security".
6. Then, select items from the screen menu in the following order.
1. Select “Steering Lock Unit Programming”.
09-14–134
SECURITY AND LOCKS
End Of Sie
INTRUDER SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091400809400
2. Using a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver, press
the tabs in the direction of the arrows (1) shown in
the figure, and remove the cover in the direction of
the arrow (2).
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
COVER
TAB
FLATHEAD
COVER SCREWDRIVER
(2)
(1)
am2zzw0000046
3. Remove the connector under the condition from

procedure 2.
End Of Sie
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000075
INTRUDER SENSOR INSPECTION

id091400819400
1. Remove the intruder sensor with the connector connected.
2. Measure the intruder sensor terminal voltage
position shown in the figure.
Note
x The intruder sensor cannot be connected to
a tester due to its water-resistance
processing, therefore the short wiring
harness connector is used for measuring the
terminal voltage.
x If the terminal voltage is not as indicated in CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000260
Continuity Inspection Of Short Wiring
Harness Connector.)If the short wiring harness connecter is normal, inspect the parts under "Inspection
items”.
— If the system does not work properly even though the parts or related wiring harnesses do not have
any malfunction, replace the intruder sensor.
09-14–135
SECURITY AND LOCKS
INTRUDER SENSOR
D C B
am2zzw0000348
Measurement
condition
Under any
B GND Body ground 1.0 or less Ground
condition
Theft-deterrent Terminal used for communication therefore determination based
C DATA
control module on terminal voltage inspection not possible.
Under any
D Power supply BCM B+ BCM
condition

INTRUDER SENSOR
INTRUDER SENSOR SHORT WIRING
WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR HANESS CONNECTOR
D C B
E C
B
: Continuity
SHORT HARNESS
CONNECTOR SIDE
SIDE
D C B E C B
Under any
condition
am2zzw0000348
End Of Sie
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id0914004419b0
Foreword
x When replacing immobilizer system-related parts or programming an additional key, program the immobilizer
system-related parts so that the system operates normally. For immobilizer system-related parts programming,
Select programming procedures according to the service. (See 09-14-137 Selection of Procedure for
Immobilizer System-Related Parts Programming.)
Caution
x If any metallic or magnetic object is near the key, communication between the key and the vehicle
09-14–136
SECURITY AND LOCKS
may be obstructed, resulting in a failure to program the immobilizer system-related parts. Remove
any metallic or magnetic objects, such as key holders, from the key when programming
immobilizer system-related parts.
x If any of the following devices are inside the vehicle, programming of immobilizer system-related
parts may fail. Do not bring any of the following devices or similar products inside the vehicle
when programming immobilizer system-related parts.
— Advanced key
— M-MDS
x If the engine is started during immobilizer system-related parts programming, the programming
mode cancels. Therefore, do not start the engine unless indicated in the procedure. Repeat the
procedure from the beginning if the engine is started during the immobilizer system-related parts
programming.
x If an advanced key is near the vehicle during immobilizer system-related parts programming, it
may be programmed mistakenly. Keep advanced keys 1 m away from the vehicle unless indicated
in the procedure.
Note
x The “Valid key” or “Valid advanced key” referred to in this manual indicates the key that can start the
engine.
x Two or more key ID numbers must be programmed for the engine to start.
x A maximum of eight key ID numbers can be programmed for one vehicle.
x The number of programmed key ID numbers can be verified using the M-MDS.
x Do not select any screen menu other than the ones indicated in the procedure during M-MDS operation.
Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer System-Related Parts Programming

1. Verify that the room fuse is equipped.
2. Select applicable programming procedure from the service content of the immobilizer system-related parts.
Immobilizer System-Related Parts Service and Programming Procedure Table
No. Service Programming procedure
(See 09-14-138 No.1 Additional Key
1 Have two or more valid keys Programming Procedure (Using Two
Valid Keys).)
Additional key programming
(See 09-14-139 No. 2 Additional Key
2 Have one valid key or valid advanced key Programming Procedure (Using the M-
MDS).)
Additional key programming Disable programming using valid keys (See 09-14-140 No.3 Additional Key
3
procedure setting Enable programming using valid keys Programming Procedure Changing.)
(See 09-14-141 No.4 Programming
4 Programming due to PCM replacement
Procedure Due to PCM Replacement.)
5 Programming due to steering lock unit replacement Procedure Due to Steering Lock Unit
Replacement.)
6 Programming due to keyless control module replacement Procedure Due to Keyless Control
Module Replacement.)
Programming due to simultaneous replacement of immobilizer system-related (See 09-14-147 No.7 Programming
parts Procedure Due to Simultaneous
7 x PCM Replacement of Immobilizer System-
x Keyless control module related Parts (PCM, Keyless Control
x Steering lock unit Module, and Steering Lock Unit).)
Programming of immobilizer system-
8 Programming due to coil antenna replacement
related parts is not necessary
9 Programming after keyless receiver replacement
M-MDS Connecting Procedure
Note
x Do not place the M-MDS in the vehicle while programming the immobilizer system.
1. Fully lower the door glass.
09-14–137
SECURITY AND LOCKS
3. Place the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
Caution
with the cable.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000210
No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys)

Conditions
x Have two or more valid keys.
Note
x If a key ID number cannot be programmed and DTC 15 is displayed, the maximum number of
programmed keys may have been reached. Verify the number of programmed keys using the M-MDS.
x If eight keys have already been programmed and it is necessary to program other keys, the previously
programmed key ID numbers must first be cleared.
x If “Customer spare key programming disable” is selected, perform additional key programming using the
M-MDS. (See 09-14-139 No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS).)
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1 KEY 2
KEY FOR
REGISTRATION
KEY 3
am2zzw0000379

1 START ENGINE
1. Start the engine using key 1.
2. Verify that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
2 LAUNCH PROGRAMMING MODE
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using key 1.
2. After verifying that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and turns off, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK position within approx. 4 s using key 1.
3. Remove key 1. Go to the next step.
6. Remove key 2.
3 PERFORM ADDITIONAL KEY PROGRAMMING Yes Go back to Step 2.
3. Remove key 3. No Go to the next step.
4. Are there other keys to be programmed?
09-14–138
SECURITY AND LOCKS
4 VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMED CORRECTLY
x Verify that the engine can start and run for approx. 5 s or more using all the
programmed keys.
Procedure is completed
Note
x When verifying that the engine starts, wait at least approx. 5.s or more before
starting the engine using the next key.
No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS)

Conditions
x There is only one valid key. Or, there is an advanced key which can start the engine.
Note
Procedure
VALID KEY
OR OR
ADVANCED KEY
KEY 1 ADVANCED KEY
KEY FOR
RESISTRATION
KEY 2
am2zzw0000055

1 START ENGINE
1. Start the engine using the key 1 or the advanced key.
Caution
x When starting the engine with key 1, key programming may not be
performed correctly if the advanced key is inside the vehicle. Do not
place the advanced key in the vehicle when starting the engine with Go to the next step.
key 1.
x When starting the engine with the advanced key, remove the
advanced key from the vehicle after the engine is started.
09-14–139
SECURITY AND LOCKS
2 PERFORM ADDITIONAL KEY PROGRAMMING Change the key and
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. repeat Step 2.
(See 09-14-137 M-MDS Connecting Procedure.)
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using key 2. Note
x Additional key
Note programming
x Although the security light starts flashing and DTC 15 is displayed after can be
approx. 1 min, this does not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to Yes performed
perform the procedure as indicated. using the
procedure in
3. After vehicle identification, Select following from the M-MDS initial screen. No.1 Additional
— Using an IDS (laptop PC) Key
1. Select “Body”. Programming
2. Select “Security”. Procedure
3. Select “PATS function”. (Using Two
— Using a PDS (Pocket PC): Valid Keys).
1. Select “All Tests and Calibrations”.
2. Select “PATS Functions”.
4. Then, select an item from the screen menu.
x Program Additional Ignition Key
Note
x After executing the above menu, “The operation is successful” is No Go to the next step.
displayed. This indicates that the programming of the key currently in the
ignition switch ON position has been completed.
6. After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M-MDS
screen, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
7. Remove key 2.
3 CLOSE THE M-MDS
1. After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M-MDS Go to the next step.
screen, select “Finish (this menu)”.
4 VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMED CORRECTLY
Verify that the engine can be started with the programmed key.
Note
No.3 Additional Key Programming Procedure Changing
Note
x This procedure is performed for disabling the No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two
Valid Keys).
x The setting is “Customer spare key programming enable” when the vehicle is new or the keyless control
module is replaced with a new one.
09-14–140
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Procedure
1 CHANGE CUSTOMER SPARE KEY PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using a key (The key can be either the
valid key or an unprogrammed key).
Note
x If an unprogrammed key is used, the security light starts flashing and DTC
15 is displayed after approx. 1 min. However, this does not indicate an
improper procedure. Continue to perform the procedure as indicated.
3. After vehicle identification, Select following from the M-MDS initial screen.
— Using an IDS (laptop PC)
2. Select “Security”. Procedure is completed
3. Select “PATS function”.
— Using a PDS (Pocket PC):
4. Select either of the following from the M-MDS menu to change the additional key
programming procedure.
— When “Customer Spare Key Programming Enable” is selected: The additional
key programming procedure using valid keys is enabled.
— When “Customer Spare Key Programming Disable” is selected: The additional
key programming procedure using valid keys is disabled.
No.4 Programming Procedure Due to PCM Replacement

Conditions
x Prepare a valid key or an advanced key that can start the engine.
Procedure
VALID KEY
OR OR
ADVANCED KEY
KEY 1 ADVANCED KEY
am2zzw0000055

1 REPLACE THE PCM
Refer to PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to perform PCM replacement and
configuration.
(See 01-40A-8 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ZJ, ZY].)
(See 01-40C-5 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
09-14–141
SECURITY AND LOCKS
2 PERFORM PARAMETER RESET
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using the valid key or the valid
advanced key.
Note
x Although the security light remains illuminated and DTC 23 is displayed
after approx. 1 min, continue to perform the procedure as indicated.
3. Verify that the keyless warning light illuminates for approx 3 s, and then turns off.
— Using an IDS (laptop PC):
3. Select “PATS function”. Go to the next step.
— Using a PDS (pocket PC):
x Parameter Reset
7. Select replaced parts (PCM) according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
Caution
x At this time, do not Select other parts from the M-MDS menu.
10.Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
11.Verify that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
12.Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
3 VERIFY PROGRAMMING IS PERFORMED CORRECTLY Procedure is
Yes
1. Verify that the engine can be started with all the keys. completed
2. Can the engine be started? Perform the
corresponding DTC
No inspection to repair
the malfunctioning
part.
No.5 Programming Procedure Due to Steering Lock Unit Replacement
Note
x Since two or more keys need to be programmed to start the engine, program two or more keys after the
replacement.
Conditions
x Have two or more keys to be programmed after the replacement.
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1 KEY 2
am2zzw0000379
09-14–142
SECURITY AND LOCKS

1 REPLACE STEERING LOCK UNIT
Replace the steering lock unit. (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].) Go to the next step.
2 CLEAR IGNITION KEY ID NUMBERS

Note
x Although the security light starts flashing and DTC 15 is displayed after
approx. 1 min, this does not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to
perform the procedure as indicated.
3. After vehicle identification, Select following from the M-MDS initial screen. Go to the next step.
x Ignition Key Code Erase and Program
3 PERFORM IGNITION KEY ID NUMBER PROGRAMMING
1. Program two keys according to the directions on the M-MDS. Go to the next step.
2. Verify that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M-MDS screen.
4 PERFORM Steering Lock Unit Programming
1. Select “Steering Lock Unit Programming” from the M-MDS screen menu.
2. Complete the Steering Lock Unit Programming according to the directions on the M-
MDS.
(See 09-14-134 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION [ADVANCED
KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].) Go to the next step.
3. After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M-MDS screen,
select “Finish (this menu)”.
5. Disconnect the M-MDS from the DLC-2.
6. Remove the programmed card key from the vehicle.
5 VERIFY KEY 1 PROGRAMMING PERFORMED CORRECTLY
2. Verify that the security light and keyless warning light operate as shown in the
following figure.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove key 1.
START EXAMPLE
(ENGINE NUMBER OF
DISPLAY
IGNITION START) PROGRAMMED
METHOD
SWITCH ON KEYS
LOCK a
Approx. 1
ON
SECURITY 3s Go to the next step.
LIGHT b
OFF
a
ON
KEYLESS 2
WARNING
LIGHT OFF
Approx. 1 s b
DISPLAY a
METHOD
3
b
a : Approx. 0.3 s
b : Approx. 0.9 s
09-14–143
SECURITY AND LOCKS
6 VERIFY KEY 2 PROGRAMMING PERFORMED CORRECTLY Repeat Step 6
1. Start the engine using key 2. Yes using each
2. Verify that the security light and keyless warning light operate as shown in the programmed key.
following figure.
START EXAMPLE
(ENGINE NUMBER OF
DISPLAY
METHOD
SWITCH ON KEYS
LOCK a
Approx. 1
SECURITY ON 3s
LIGHT Go to the next
b No
OFF step.
a
ON
KEYLESS 2
WARNING
LIGHT OFF
Approx. 1 s b
DISPLAY a
METHOD
3
b
a : Approx. 0.3 s
b : Approx. 0.9 s
7 VERIFY ADVANCED KEY PROGRAMMING PERFORMED CORRECTLY
1. Bring the programmed advanced key into the vehicle.
2. Close all doors.
3. Remove the key from the key cylinder and place it on the front passenger's seat.
4. Start the engine using the advanced key.
following figure.
6. After verifying that the keyless warning light turns off, turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK position.
START
(ENGINE START)
IGNITION ON
SWITCH
LOCK
Approx.
ON
SECURITY 3s
LIGHT
OFF
KEYLESS ON
WARNING
LIGHT OFF
Approx. 1 s
No.6 Programming Procedure Due to Keyless Control Module Replacement
Note
x Before beginning the procedure, verify that the customer has turned in all of the advanced keys and keys
for the vehicle.
x The engine cannot be started unless an advanced key and two or more keys are programmed after the
replacement.
Conditions
x Have one or more advanced keys to be programmed after the replacement.
09-14–144
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1 KEY 2
KEY FOR
RESISTRATION
am2zzw0000056

1 REPLACE KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
Replace the keyless control module. (See 09-14-98 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE Go to the next step.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
Note
x Although the security light starts flashing and DTC 15 is displayed after
approx. 1 min, this does not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to
perform the procedure as indicated.
— Using an IDS (laptop PC): Go to the next step.
x Parameter Reset
6. Select replaced part “RKE” according to the directions on the M-MDS.
Caution
1. Select “Ignition Key Code Erase and Program” from the M-MDS screen menu. Go to the next step.
2. Clear the ignition key ID number according to the directions on the M-MDS.
5 PERFORM ADVANCED KEY PROGRAMMING
1. Select “Program Additional Advanced Key” from the M-MDS screen menu. Go to the next step.
2. Program the advanced key according to the directions on the M-MDS.
09-14–145
SECURITY AND LOCKS
MDS.
following figure.
START EXAMPLE
(ENGINE NUMBER OF
DISPLAY
METHOD
SWITCH ON KEYS
LOCK a
Approx. 1
ON
LIGHT b
OFF
a
ON
KEYLESS 2
WARNING
LIGHT OFF
Approx. 1 s b
DISPLAY a
METHOD
3
b
a : Approx. 0.3 s
b : Approx. 0.9 s
following figure.
START EXAMPLE
(ENGINE NUMBER OF
DISPLAY
METHOD
SWITCH ON KEYS
LOCK a
Approx. 1
SECURITY ON 3s
b No
OFF step.
a
ON
KEYLESS 2
WARNING
LIGHT OFF
Approx. 1 s b
DISPLAY a
METHOD
3
b
a : Approx. 0.3 s
b : Approx. 0.9 s
09-14–146
SECURITY AND LOCKS
2. Close all doors.
following figure.
START
(ENGINE START)
IGNITION ON Procedure is completed
SWITCH
LOCK
Approx.
ON
SECURITY 3s
LIGHT
OFF
KEYLESS ON
WARNING
LIGHT OFF
Approx. 1 s
No.7 Programming Procedure Due to Simultaneous Replacement of Immobilizer System-related Parts

(PCM, Keyless Control Module, and Steering Lock Unit)
Caution
x The menu and execution sequence of the M-MDS vary depending on the type of replaced unit and
parts. Perform the procedures referring to the following table.
M-MDS menu
(1): Parameter Reset
(2): Ignition Key Code Erase and Program
(3): Program Additional Advanced Key
(4): Steering Lock Unit Programming
M-MDS execution menu/

Replacement part Conditions
sequence
Keyless control module and PCM x Have two or more keys to be
*1 programmed after the
Keyless control module and steering lock unit
replacement.
(1)o(2)o(3)o(4)
x Have one or more advanced
*1 keys to be programmed after
Keyless control module, PCM, and steering lock unit
the replacement.
Have two or more keys to be
PCM and steering lock unit *1 (1)o(2)o(4) programmed after the
replacement.
*1 : Because the steering lock unit is integrated with the ignition key cylinder, the key must also be replaced when
replacing the steering lock unit.
09-14–147
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1 KEY 2
KEY FOR
RESISTRATION
am2zzw0000056

1 REPLACE UNITS OR PARTS
Replace the unit or parts.
Note
x Although the security light flashes or illuminates and DTC 15 or 23 is
displayed after approx. 1 min, continue to perform the procedure.
2. Select “Security”. Go to the next step.
x Parameter Reset
6. Select replaced parts according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
— If the PCM is replaced: Select “PCM”.
— If the keyless control module is replaced: Select“ RKE”.
Caution
5 PERFORM ADVANCED KEY PROGRAMMING
1. Select “Program Additional Advanced Key” from the M-MDS screen menu. Go to the next step.
2. Program the advanced key according to the directions on the M-MDS.
09-14–148
SECURITY AND LOCKS
MDS.
following figure.
START EXAMPLE
(ENGINE NUMBER OF
DISPLAY
METHOD
SWITCH ON KEYS
LOCK a
Approx. 1
ON
LIGHT b
OFF
a
ON
KEYLESS 2
WARNING
LIGHT OFF
Approx. 1 s b
DISPLAY a
METHOD
3
b
a : Approx. 0.3 s
b : Approx. 0.9 s
following figure.
START EXAMPLE
(ENGINE NUMBER OF
DISPLAY
METHOD
SWITCH ON KEYS
LOCK a
Approx. 1
SECURITY ON 3s
b No
OFF step.
a
ON
KEYLESS 2
WARNING
LIGHT OFF
Approx. 1 s b
DISPLAY a
METHOD
3
b
a : Approx. 0.3 s
b : Approx. 0.9 s
09-14–149
SECURITY AND LOCKS
2. Close all doors.
following figure.
START
(ENGINE START)
IGNITION ON Procedure is completed
SWITCH
LOCK
Approx.
ON
SECURITY 3s
LIGHT
OFF
KEYLESS ON
WARNING
LIGHT OFF
Approx. 1 s
End Of Sie
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0914004419b3
Foreword
x When replacing immobilizer system-related parts or programming an additional key, program the immobilizer
system-related parts so that the system operates normally. For immobilizer system-related parts programming,
Select programming procedures according to the service. (See 09-14-150 Selection of Procedure for
Immobilizer System-Related Parts Programming.)
Caution
x If any metallic or magnetic object is near the key, communication between the key and the vehicle
may be obstructed, resulting in a failure to program the immobilizer system-related parts. Remove
any metallic or magnetic objects, such as key holders, from the key when programming
immobilizer system-related parts.
x If any of the following devices are inside the vehicle, programming of immobilizer system-related
parts may fail. Do not bring any of the following devices or similar products inside the vehicle
when programming immobilizer system-related parts.
— M-MDS
x If the engine is started during immobilizer system-related parts programming, the programming
mode cancels. Therefore, do not start the engine unless indicated in the procedure. Repeat the
procedure from the beginning if the engine is started during the immobilizer system-related parts
programming.
Note
x The “Valid key” referred to in this manual indicates the key that can start the engine.
x Two or more key ID numbers must be programmed for the engine to start.
x A maximum of eight key ID numbers can be programmed for one vehicle.
x The number of programmed key ID numbers can be verified using the M-MDS.
x Do not select any screen menu other than the ones indicated in the procedure during M-MDS operation.
Selection of Procedure for Immobilizer System-Related Parts Programming

1. Verify that the room fuse is equipped.
2. Select applicable programming procedure from the service content of the immobilizer system-related parts.
09-14–150
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Immobilizer System-Related Parts Service and Programming Procedure Table
No. Service Programming procedure
(See 09-14-151 No.1 Additional Key
1 Have two or more valid keys Programming Procedure (Using Two
Valid Keys).)
Additional key programming
(See 09-14-152 No. 2 Additional Key
2 Have one valid key or none Programming Procedure (Using the M-
MDS).)
Additional key programming Disable programming using valid keys (See 09-14-153 No.3 Additional Key
3
procedure setting Enable programming using valid keys Programming Procedure Changing.)
4 Programming due to PCM replacement
Procedure Due to PCM Replacement.)
5 Programming due to instrument cluster replacement Procedure Due to Instrument Cluster
Replacement.)
Programming due to simultaneous replacement of immobilizer system-related
Procedure Due to Simultaneous
parts
6 Replacement of Immobilizer System-
x PCM
related Parts (PCM and Instrument
Cluster).)
7 Programming due to coil antenna replacement
M-MDS Connecting Procedure
Note
x Do not place the M-MDS in the vehicle while programming the immobilizer system.
1. Fully lower the door glass.

3. Place the M-MDS outside the vehicle.
Caution
with the cable.
DLC-2
am2zzw0000214
No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two Valid Keys)

Conditions
Note
x If “Customer spare key programming disable” is selected, perform additional key programming using the
M-MDS. (See 09-14-152 No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS).)
09-14–151
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1 KEY 2
KEY FOR
RESISTRATION
KEY 3
am2zzw0000056

1 LAUNCH PROGRAMMING MODE
3. Remove key 1. Go to the next step.
6. Remove key 2.
2 PERFORM ADDITIONAL KEY PROGRAMMING Yes Go back to Step 1.
3. Remove key 3. No Go to the next step.
3 VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMING IS CORRECT
x Verify that the engine can start and run for approx. 5 s or more using all the
programmed keys.
Note
No. 2 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using the M-MDS)

Conditions
x There is only one valid key , or none.
Note
09-14–152
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1
KEY FOR
RESISTRATION
KEY 1
am2zzw0000214

1 PERFORM ADDITIONAL KEY PROGRAMMING Change the key and
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. repeat Step 1.
(See 09-14-151 M-MDS Connecting Procedure)
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using key 1. Note
x Additional key
Note programming
x Although the security light starts flashing and DTC 15 is displayed after can be
approx. 1 min, this does not indicate an improper procedure. Continue to Yes performed
perform the procedure as indicated. using the
procedure in
3. After vehicle identification, Select following from the M-MDS initial screen. No.1 Additional
— Using an IDS (laptop PC) Key
1. Select “Body”. Programming
2. Select “Security”. Procedure
3. Select “PATS function”. (Using Two
— Using a PDS (Pocket PC): Valid Keys).
Note
x After executing the above menu, “This operation is successful” is No Go to the next step.
displayed. This indicates that the programming of the key currently in the
ignition switch ON position has been completed.
screen, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
7. Remove key 1.
2 CLOSE THE M-MDS
3 VERIFY KEY PROGRAMMING IS CORRECT
Verify that the engine can be started with the programmed key.
Note
No.3 Additional Key Programming Procedure Changing
Note
x This procedure is performed for disabling the No.1 Additional Key Programming Procedure (Using Two
Valid Keys).
09-14–153
SECURITY AND LOCKS
x The setting is “Customer spare key programming enable” when the vehicle is new or the keyless control
module is replaced with a new one.
Procedure
1 CHANGE CUSTOMER SPARE KEY PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using a key (The key can be either the
valid key or an unprogrammed key).
Note
x If an unprogrammed key is used, the security light starts flashing and DTC
15 is displayed after approx. 1 min. However, this does not indicate an
improper procedure. Continue to perform the procedure as indicated.
— Using an IDS (laptop PC)
2. Select “Security”. Procedure is completed
— Using a PDS (Pocket PC):
4. Select either of the following from the M-MDS menu to change the additional key
programming procedure.
— When “Customer Spare Key Programming Enable” is selected: The additional
key programming procedure using valid keys is enabled.
— When “Customer Spare Key Programming Disable” is selected: The additional
key programming procedure using valid keys is disabled.
No.4 Programming Procedure Due to PCM Replacement

Conditions
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY
am2zzw0000379

1 REPLACE PCM
configuration.
(See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].) Go to the next step.
(See 01-40C-16 PCM CONFIGURATION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-40B-19 PCM CONFIGURATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-40A-28 PCM CONFIGURATION [ZJ, ZY].)
09-14–154
SECURITY AND LOCKS
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position using a valid key.
Note
3. Verify that the keyless warning light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns
off.
3. Select “PATS function”. Go to the next step.
x Parameter Reset
7. Select replaced parts “PCM” according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
Caution
10.Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
11.Verify that the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
12.Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Yes
corresponding DTC
the malfunctioning
part.
No.5 Programming Procedure Due to Instrument Cluster Replacement
Note
replacement.
Conditions
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1 KEY 2
am2zzw0000380
09-14–155
SECURITY AND LOCKS

1 REPLACE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Refer to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to perform instrument
cluster replacement and configuration. Go to the next step.
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-22-7 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION.)
Note
off.
1. Select “Body”. Go to the next step.
x Parameter Reset
7. Select replaced parts “IC” according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
Caution
1. Program two keys according to the directions on the M-MDS.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Go to the next step.
Yes
corresponding DTC
the malfunctioning
part.
No.6 Programming Procedure Due to Simultaneous Replacement of Immobilizer System-related Parts

(PCM and Instrument Cluster)
Note
replacement.
Conditions
09-14–156
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Procedure
VALID KEY
KEY 1 KEY 2
am2zzw0000380

1 REPLACE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
Refer to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to perform instrument
cluster replacement and configuration. Go to the next step.
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-22-7 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION.)
2 REPLACE PCM
configuration.
(See 01-40B-6 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].) Go to the next step.
(See 01-40C-16 PCM CONFIGURATION [MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)].)
(See 01-40B-19 PCM CONFIGURATION [MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo].)
(See 01-40A-28 PCM CONFIGURATION [ZJ, ZY].)
Note
off.
2. Select “Security”. Go to the next step.
x Parameter Reset
7. Select replaced parts according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
— If the instrument cluster is replaced: Select “IC”.
— If the PCM is replaced: Select “PCM”.
Caution
1. Program two keys according to the directions on the M-MDS.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. Go to the next step.
09-14–157
SECURITY AND LOCKS
Yes
corresponding DTC
the malfunctioning
part.
End Of Sie
SECURITY ACCESS PROCEDURE
id091400436400
1. Select the "Body"
2. Select the "Security"
3. Select the “PATS Functions”
1. Select the "All Tests and Calibrations"
2. Select the "PATS Functions"
3. Then, select items from the screen menu in the DLC-2
following order.
x Program Additional Advanced Key
am2zzw0000219
x Advanced Key Code Erase and Program

x Steering Lock Unit Programming
x Ignition Key Code Erase and Program
x Customer Spare Key Programming Enable
x Customer Spare Key Programming Disable
x Parameter Reset
End Of Sie
09-14–158
EXTERIOR TRIM
09-16 EXTERIOR TRIM

EXTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX REAR BELTLINE MOLDING
[4SD, 5HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–10
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–2 ROOF MOLDING REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–10
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–3 REAR FLAP
EXTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–11
[3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–4 ROOF MOLDING INSTALLATION . . . . . . 09-16–12
COWL GRILLE SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL . . . . . . 09-16–12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-16–5 SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL
RADIATOR GRILLE [3HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-16–5 SIDE STEP MOLDING
Standard Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–5 INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–14
Sport Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–6 SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION
SAIL GARNISH [3HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-16–7 REAR SPOILER REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–17
EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REAR SPOILER REMOVAL [4SD] . . . . . 09-16–18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-16–7 REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION. . . . . . . 09-16–19
MUDGUARD REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-16–8 [4SD]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–20
SPLASH SHIELD REAR DOOR GARNISH
FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . 09-16–22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-16–9 DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL [3HB] . . . 09-16–22
FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION . . . . 09-16–22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-16–10 DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION
[3HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-16–23
End of Toc
SOKYU_WM: EXTERIOR TRIM
09-16–1
EXTERIOR TRIM
EXTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX [4SD, 5HB]
id0916004454a1
4SD
1 2 4 5
3
8 9
11 10
am2zzw0000499
.
1 Radiator grille 7 Mudguard

(See 09-16-5 RADIATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/ (See 09-16-8 MUDGUARD REMOVAL/
2 Cowl grille 8 Rear beltline molding
(See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/ (See 09-16-10 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING
INSTALLATION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3 Sail garnish 9 Door sash film
(See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/ (See 09-16-22 DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL.)
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-22 DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION.)
4 Roof molding 10 Extractor chamber
(See 09-16-10 ROOF MOLDING REMOVAL.) (See 09-16-7 EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REMOVAL/
(See 09-16-12 ROOF MOLDING INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION.)
5 Front beltline molding 11 Rear spoiler
(See 09-16-9 FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING (See 09-16-18 REAR SPOILER REMOVAL [4SD].)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-20 REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION
6 Splash shield [4SD].)
(See 09-16-9 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-16–2
EXTERIOR TRIM
5HB
1 2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
8 7 6
13
am2zzw0000250
.
1 Radiator grille 8 Mudguard

(See 09-16-5 RADIATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/ (See 09-16-8 MUDGUARD REMOVAL/
2 Cowl grille 9 Rear spoiler
(See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/ (See 09-16-17 REAR SPOILER REMOVAL.)
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-19 REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION.)
3 Sail garnish 10 Rear door garnish
(See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/ (See 09-16-21 REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/
4 Roof molding 11 Rear beltline molding
(See 09-16-10 ROOF MOLDING REMOVAL.) (See 09-16-10 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING
(See 09-16-12 ROOF MOLDING INSTALLATION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5 Front beltline molding 12 Door sash film
(See 09-16-9 FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING (See 09-16-22 DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL.)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-22 DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION.)
6 Splash shield 13 Extractor chamber
(See 09-16-9 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/ (See 09-16-7 EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REMOVAL/
7 Side step molding
(See 09-16-12 SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL.)
(See 09-16-14 SIDE STEP MOLDING
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
09-16–3
EXTERIOR TRIM
EXTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX [3HB]
id0916004454z3
1 2 3 4 5
9 10
8 7 6
11
am2zzw0000339
1 Radiator grille 7 Side step molding

(See 09-16-5 RADIATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/ (See 09-16-13 SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL
2 Cowl grille (See 09-16-15 SIDE STEP MOLDING
(See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION [3HB].)
INSTALLATION.) 8 Mudguard
3 Sail garnish (See 09-16-8 MUDGUARD REMOVAL/
(See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.) 9 Rear spoiler
4 Roof molding (See 09-16-17 REAR SPOILER REMOVAL.)
(See 09-16-10 ROOF MOLDING REMOVAL.) (See 09-16-19 REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-16-12 ROOF MOLDING INSTALLATION.) 10 Door sash film
5 Front beltline molding (See 09-16-22 DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL
(See 09-16-10 FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING [3HB].)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].) (See 09-16-23 DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION
[3HB].)
6 Splash shield
(See 09-16-9 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/ 11 Extractor chamber
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-7 EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
09-16–4
EXTERIOR TRIM
COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600444000
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
2. Remove the front fender molding. (See 09-10-17 FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Disconnect the windshield washer hose and the connector.
COWL GRILLE
TAB
WINDSHIELD
FASTENER
TAB
(2)
COWL GRILLE
TOP END OF COWL PANEL

FASTENER A (1) FASTENER A
am2zzw0000373
Note
x A screwdriver or other tool cannot be used to remove fasteners from the vehicle body panel. Therefore,
insert a hand into the back side of the cowl panel, rotate fasteners A in the direction of the arrow (1), and
press them up in the direction of the arrow (2).
5. Pull the cowl grille and remove it while detaching tabs.

End Of Sie
RADIATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600468000
Standard Type
09-16–5
EXTERIOR TRIM
TAB FASTENER
B B
A A
RADIATOR GRILLE
TAB
FRONT BUMPER
am2zzw0000189
3. Press the tab in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and detach the front bumper from the radiator
grille.
4. Remove the radiator grille.
Sport Type
2. Remove the screws, and remove the radiator grille.
SCREW
RADIATOR GRILLE
FRONT BUMPER
am2zzw0000189
09-16–6
EXTERIOR TRIM
RADIATOR GRILLE REINFORCEMENT FASTENER
TAB
TAB
FRONT BUMPER
am2zzw0000189
4. Press the tab in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and detach the front bumper from the radiator
grille reinforcement.
5. Remove the radiator grille reinforcement.
End Of Sie
SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600451200
1. Open the front door.
2. Pull the sail garnish in the direction shown in the
figure and remove it while detaching the clips.
End Of Sie
CLIP
CLIP
SAIL GARNISH
am2zzw0000189
EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091600449500
1. Remove the rear combination light. (See 09-18-23 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
2. Remove the splash shield. (See 09-16-9 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the rear bumper. (See 09-10-23 REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION) (See 09-10-25 REAR
BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
4. Pull the extractor chamber in the direction of the
arrow (1), (2) shown in the figure using a fastener
remover and remove the extractor chamber.
End Of Sie (1)
EXTRACTOR CHAMBER
(2)
am2zzw0000192
09-16–7
EXTERIOR TRIM
MUDGUARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600467600
1. Remove screw A joined to the front bumper.
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW A
am2zzw0000190
2. Remove fastener B.
FRONT
FENDER
PANEL MUDGUARD
FRONT
FRONT BUMPER
FASTENER B
am2zzw0000499
3. After removing screw C and fastener D, insert a

fastener remover in the position indicated by the FRONT
arrow in the figure and detach the mudguard from FENDER
PANEL
the front fender panel.
MUDGUARD
SCREW C
FRONT
MUDGUARD FASTENER D FENDER
PANEL
am2zzw0000499
09-16–8
EXTERIOR TRIM
4. Remove fasteners E, then remove the mudguard in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
FASTENER E FASTENER E
FASTENER E
FASTENER E
FRONT REAR
am2zzw0000499

End Of Sie
SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600461200
1. Remove the screws A and B, then remove the
splash shield in the direction of the arrow shown
in the figure. REAR
End Of Sie
SCREW B
SCREW A
am2zzw0000451
FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091600447700
1. Fully open the front door glass.
3. Remove the inner garnish. (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
4. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
5. Remove the power outer mirror. (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-16–9
EXTERIOR TRIM
6. Remove clip A using a fastener remover and pull
the front beltline molding in the direction of the
FRONT
arrow (1) shown in the figure.
7. Rotate the front beltline molding in the direction of
the arrow (2) shown in the figure and remove it
(1) B
while detaching tab B. B
8. Install in the reverse order of removal. B
B (2)
End Of Sie B
A FRONT BELTLINE
MOLDING
CLIP • • TAB • •
adejjw00003032
FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id0916004477z3
1. Fully open the front door glass.
4. Remove the front door trim. (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
5. Remove the power outer mirror. (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
6. Remove clip A using a fastener remover and pull
the front beltline molding in the direction of the
7. Rotate the front beltline molding in the direction of
the arrow (2) shown in the figure and remove it (1)
while detaching tab B.
(2)
End Of Sie
A B B B B B B
FRONT BELTLINE
MOLDING
CLIP A TAB B
am2zzw0000339
REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091600447900
1. Fully open the rear door glass.
2. Remove clip A using a fastener remover and pull REAR BELTLINE
up the rear beltline molding in the direction of the MOLDING
3. Remove clip C using a fastener remover and pull (1)
CLIP • •
up the rear beltline molding in the direction of the (2)
arrow (2) shown in the figure. A
4. Rotate the rear beltline molding in the direction of B B B
B (3) TAB • •
the arrow (3) shown in the figure and remove it C
while detaching tabs B.

End Of Sie
CLIP C
am2zzw0000189
ROOF MOLDING REMOVAL

id091600447800
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver in the position shown in the figure.
2. Rotate the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and remove the roof molding
from the T-stud (figure A).
09-16–10
EXTERIOR TRIM
3. Rotate the roof molding in the direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure, pull up the roof molding in the
direction of the arrow (3) while detaching it from the clip (figure B), and then remove the roof molding.
R ROOF MOLDING
CLIP
FRONT
T-STUD
T-STUD
TOP VIEW
(3)
CLEAN RAG
(2)
(2)
(1) R ROOF MOLDING B
(1) A
CLIP
FLATHEAD R ROOF MOLDING
SCREWDRIVER (2)
T-STUD
CLIP
am2zzw0000373
End Of Sie
REAR FLAP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091600806600
2. Remove the bolts A and B.
REAR
REAR FLAP
BOLT A
0.8—1.2 N· m
{8.2—12 kgf· cm, 7.1—10 in· lbf}
FASTENER
BOLT B
0.8—1.2 N· m
{8.2—12 kgf· cm, 7.1—10 in· lbf}
am2zzw0000340
3. Remove the rear flap.

End Of Sie
09-16–11
EXTERIOR TRIM
ROOF MOLDING INSTALLATION
id091600447600
1. Install the roof molding to the front T-stud.
FRONT R ROOF MOLDING
b
a
T-STUD
T-STUD
b CLIP
a
TOP VIEW
T-STUD CLIP
SEC. a—a SEC. b—b
am2zzw0000189
2. Hook the roof molding to the clip and attach the roof molding while pressing it in the direction of the arrow
3. Install the roof molding to the rear T-stud.
End Of Sie
SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL
id091600717600
1. Remove the rivet.
2. Cut the double-sided adhesive tape shown in the
figure using a utility knife and pull clips A and B in
the direction of the arrow to remove them. DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands SIDE STEP MOLDING
could cause injury. Always wear gloves RIVET
when using a utility knife.
FRONT CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP A, B
am2zzw0000450

figure using a utility knife and pull clip B in the
direction of the arrow to remove it. SIDE STEP MOLDING DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
CLIP B
REAR
CLIP B
am2zzw0000450
09-16–12
EXTERIOR TRIM
4. Slide the side step molding in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure and remove the side SIDE STEP MOLDING
step molding from clips B and C.
5. After removing the side step molding, remove
clips B and C from the body using a fastener
remover.
End Of Sie CLIP B REAR
FRONT
FRONT
CLIP C
SIDE STEP
MOLDING REAR
CLIP B CLIP C
am2zzw0000450
SIDE STEP MOLDING REMOVAL [3HB]

id0916007176z3
1. Remove the rivet.
figure using a utility knife and pull clips A and B in DOUBLE-SIDED
the direction of the arrow to remove them. ADHESIVE TAPE
Warning SIDE STEP MOLDING

x Using a utility knife with bare hands RIVET
could cause injury. Always wear gloves
FRONT
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP A CLIP B
am2zzw0000451

figure using a utility knife and pull clip B in the SIDE STEP MOLDING DOUBLE-SIDED
direction of the arrow to remove it. ADHESIVE TAPE
CLIP B
CLIP B
REAR
am2zzw0000451
09-16–13
EXTERIOR TRIM
4. Slide the side step molding in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure and remove the side
step molding from clips B and C. SIDE STEP MOLDING CLIP B
5. After removing the side step molding, remove
clips B and C from the body using a fastener
remover.
End Of Sie
REAR
FRONT
CLIP C SIDE STEP
MOLDING
CLIP B CLIP C CLIP C
am2zzw0000451
SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION

id091600717700
Note
x Double-sided adhesive tape has already been adhered to a new side step molding for installation.
x When a side step molding is to be reused, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove any grease or dirt from the affixing surface of the side step molding.
2. Affix double-sided adhesive tape to the
position shown in the figure. DOUBLE-SIDED DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE ADHESIVE TAPE
1. Install new clips A, B, C to the side step molding.
REAR-SIDE FRONT-SIDE
am2zzw0000190
CLIP B
CLIP A, B CLIP C
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP C
am2zzw0000451
09-16–14
EXTERIOR TRIM
2. Peel the tape backing of double-sided adhesive
BACKING OF BACKING OF
tape to the position shown in the figure. DOBLE-SIDED DOBLE-SIDED
FRONT-SIDE REAR-SIDE
am2zzw0000190
3. Install the side step molding while pushing the clip

A, B and C installation area shown in the figure.
SIDE STEP MOLDING
CLIP A
CLIP B
REAR
FRONT
FRONT
CLIP C
SIDE STEP
MOLDING
REAR
am2zzw0000451
4. Press the position shown in the figure.
am2zzw0000191
5. Install the rivet.

End Of Sie
RIVET
FRONT
am2zzw0000451
SIDE STEP MOLDING INSTALLATION [3HB]

id0916007177z3
Note
x Double-sided adhesive tape has already been adhered to a new side step molding for installation.
x When a side step molding is to be reused, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove any grease or dirt from the affixing surface of the side step molding.
09-16–15
EXTERIOR TRIM
position shown in the figure. DOUBLE-SIDED DOUBLE-SIDED
1. Install new clips A, B, C to the side step molding.
REAR-SIDE FRONT-SIDE
am2zzw0000340
CLIP B
CLIP B
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP C
am2zzw0000340
2. Peel the tape backing of double-sided adhesive

BACKING OF BACKING OF
tape to the position shown in the figure. DOBLE-SIDED DOBLE-SIDED
am2zzw0000340
09-16–16
EXTERIOR TRIM
3. Install the side step molding while pushing the clip
A, B and C installation area shown in the figure.
SIDE STEP MOLDING CLIP B
REAR
FRONT CLIP A CLIP C SIDE STEP
MOLDING
CLIP A CLIP B CLIP C CLIP C
am2zzw0000451
4. Press the position shown in the figure.
am2zzw0000340
5. Install the rivet.

End Of Sie
RIVET
FRONT
am2zzw0000451
REAR SPOILER REMOVAL

id091600451500
1. Remove the liftgate upper trim. (See 09-17-78 LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
2. Remove the nuts.
NUT
am2zzw0000192
09-16–17
EXTERIOR TRIM
3. Peel off double-sided adhesive tape from the
position shown in the figure using a utility knife. REAR SPOILER
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands DOUBLE-SIDED
ADHESIVE TAPE
am2zzw0000192
4. Pull up the end of the rear spoiler in the direction

of the arrow shown in the figure and remove the
clips. CLIP
CLIP
END OF THE
REAR SPOILER
adejjw00003311
5. Pull up the rear spoiler in the direction of the

arrow shown in the figure and remove it while
detaching the guide pins.
GUIDE PIN
End Of Sie
GUIDE PIN
am2zzw0000192
REAR SPOILER REMOVAL [4SD]

id0916004515z7
1. Peel off double-sided adhesive tape from the
position shown in the figure using a utility knife. DOUBLE-SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands
DOUBLE-SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE
am2zzw0000508
09-16–18
EXTERIOR TRIM
2. Pull up the rear spoiler in the direction of the
arrow (1), (2), (3 ) shown in the figure and remove
the clips.
3. Remove the rear spoiler.
End Of Sie
REAR SPOILER CLIP

(3)
(2)
(1)
CLIP
am2zzw0000508
REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION

id091600451600
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands could cause injury. Always wear gloves when using a utility
knife.
Note
x Double-sided adhesive tape has already been adhered to a new rear spoiler for installation.
1. When installing a new rear spoiler, perform the following procedure:

1. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape on the liftgate.
2. Remove any grease or dirt from the affixing surface of the liftgate.
2. If the rear spoiler is to be reused, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape remaining on the rear spoiler and liftgate after removal.
2. Remove any grease and dirt from the double-sided adhesive tape affixing area.
position shown in the figure. DOUBLE-SIDE ADHESIVE TAPE
Note
x Use the 3M 5079-type of double-sided
adhesive tape, or the equivalent.
am2zzw0000192
09-16–19
EXTERIOR TRIM
3. Install the rear spoiler in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure while inserting the guide pins
in the vehicle side.
GUIDE PIN
GUIDE PIN
am2zzw0000192
4. Press the end of the rear spoiler and affix double- DOUBLE-SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE
sided adhesive tape while installing the clips.
CLIP
CLIP
END OF THE
REAR SPOILER
adejjw00003325
5. Tighten the nuts.

6. Install the liftgate upper trim. (See 09-17-78
LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
End Of Sie
NUT
7.8—9.8 N·m
{80—90 kgf·cm,70—86 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000193
REAR SPOILER INSTALLATION [4SD]

id0916004516z7
Warning
x Using a utility knife with bare hands could cause injury. Always wear gloves when using a utility
knife.
Note
x Double-sided adhesive tape has already been adhered to a new rear spoiler for installation.
1. When installing a new rear spoiler, perform the following procedure:

1. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape on the trunk lid.
2. Remove any grease or dirt from the affixing surface of the trunk lid.
2. If the rear spoiler is to be reused, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape remaining on the rear spoiler and trunk lid after removal.
2. Remove any grease and dirt from the double-sided adhesive tape affixing area.
09-16–20
EXTERIOR TRIM
position shown in the figure. DOUBLE-SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE
Note
x Use the 3M GT7116-type of double-sided
adhesive tape, or the equivalent.
am2zzw0000497
3. Install the rear spoiler in the direction of the arrow

(1), (2), (3) shown in the figure while inserting the
clips in the vehicle side.
REAR SPOILER CLIP

(1)
(2)
(3)
CLIP
am2zzw0000497
4. Press the rear spoiler and affix double-sided

adhesive tapes. DOUBLE-SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000498
REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091600445700
1. Remove the sail inner garnish. (See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-16–21
EXTERIOR TRIM
2. Remove the screw from the inside of the vehicle.
3. Pull the rear door garnish in the direction of the REAR DOOR GARNISH
arrow shown in the figure and remove it while
detaching the clip. SCREW
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. CLIP
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000192
DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL

id091600445500
1. Partially peel back the glass run channel.
2. Partially peel back the door weatherstrip.
(1) Inner garnish (See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front door trim (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Power outer mirror (See 09-12-44 POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Sail inner garnish (See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Rear door trim (See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) Front beltline molding (See 09-16-7 EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Rear beltline molding (See 09-16-10 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Rear door garnish (See 09-16-21 REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Peel off the door sash film by pulling it outward
from one end.
Note
x Slowly remove the door sash film because it
could tear easily.
End Of Sie
DOOR SASH FILM
am2zzw0000192
DOOR SASH FILM REMOVAL [3HB]

id0916004455z3
1. Partially peel back the glass run channel.
2. Partially peel back the door weatherstrip.
(2) Front door trim (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(5) Front beltline molding (See 09-16-10 FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Peel off the door sash film by pulling it outward
from one end.
Note
x Slowly remove the door sash film because it
could tear easily.
End Of Sie
DOOR SASH FILM
am2zzw0000192
DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION

id091600445600
1. Remove any grease or dirt from the affixing surface of the door.
09-16–22
EXTERIOR TRIM
2. Cut away the unused portion along the dotted
lines.
3. Peel off the tape backing and attach the door
sash film onto the door as shown in the figure.
UNUSED
DOTTED
PORTION
LINES
am2zzw0000192
C
A
B C
B
A
b
c a a
b c
a
a
SEC. B—B
SEC. C—C
SEC. A—A
adejjw00003343
Standard clearance
a: 4.0 mm {0.16 in}
b: 3.0—5.0 mm {0.12—0.19 in}
c: 3.0 mm {0.12 in} or more
4. Peel off the transparent protective film on the door sash film.
(1) Rear door garnish (See 09-16-21 REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Rear beltline molding (See 09-16-10 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front beltline molding (See 09-16-9 FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Rear door trim (See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Front door trim (See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
DOOR SASH FILM INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0916004456z3
1. Remove any grease or dirt from the affixing surface of the door.
09-16–23
EXTERIOR TRIM
2. Cut away the unused portion along the dotted
lines.
3. Peel off the tape backing and attach the door
sash film onto the door as shown in the figure.
UNUSED
DOTTED
PORTION
LINES
am2zzw0000192
A B B
a b
am2zzw0000339
Standard clearance
a: 4.0 mm {0.16 in}
b: 3.0—5.0 mm {0.12—0.19 in}
c: 3.0 mm {0.12 in} or more
4. Peel off the transparent protective film on the door sash film.
(1) Front beltline molding (See 09-16-10 FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(4) Front door trim (See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
End Of Sie
09-16–24
PAGE 1 OF 2 INTERIOR TRIM
09-17 INTERIOR TRIM

INTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT
[4SD, 5HB]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–2 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 09-17–38
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–3 ATX/CVT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–38
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–5 MTX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–39
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–6 REAR CONSOLE
5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–7 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–41
INTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–41
[3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–7 A-PILLAR TRIM
DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–42
[3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–10 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM
Dashboard Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–13 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–44
Bolt I Removal/Installation Note . . . . . . 09-17–14 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM
Dashboard Installation Note. . . . . . . . . 09-17–14 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . 09-17–45
DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM
[AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–46
manufactured vehicles] . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–14 C-PILLAR TRIM
Bolt I Removal/Installation Note . . . . . . 09-17–18 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–46
Dashboard Installation Note. . . . . . . . . 09-17–18 5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–51
DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION C-PILLAR TRIM
[Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . 09-17–52
manufactured vehicles] . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–18 SAIL INNER GARNISH
Bolt I Removal/Installation Note . . . . . . 09-17–22 FRONT SIDE TRIM
Dashboard Installation Note. . . . . . . . . 09-17–22 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–53
DASHBOARD Driver-side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–53
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 09-17–22 Passenger-side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–54
METER HOOD FRONT SIDE TRIM
COLUMN COVER FRONT SIDE GARNISH
GLOVE COMPARTMENT FRONT SCUFF PLATE
GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER FRONT SCUFF PLATE
LOWER PANEL REAR SCUFF PLATE
Driver's Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–29 FRONT DOOR TRIM
Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–30 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–58
LOWER PANEL FRONT DOOR TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-17–30 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . 09-17–59
Driver's Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–30 FRONT DOOR TRIM
Passenger's Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–31 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 09-17–60
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE FRONT DOOR TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-17–32 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB] . . . . 09-17–63
VENTILATOR GRILLE REAR DOOR TRIM
SIDE WALL REAR DOOR TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-17–33 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 09-17–66
Right-side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–33 TIRE HOUSE TRIM
Left-side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–33 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . . 09-17–66
INNER GARNISH Tire House Trim Installation Note . . . . . 09-17–68
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-17–34 REAR PACKAGE TRIM
SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . . 09-17–68
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-17–34 TRUNK SIDE TRIM
DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–70
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-17–35 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–70
CENTER PANEL 5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–72
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-17–35 TRUNK SIDE TRIM
Center Panel Removal Note. . . . . . . . . 09-17–36 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . 09-17–73
FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT TRUNK END TRIM
09-17–1
PAGE 2 OF 2 INTERIOR TRIM
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–75 HEADLINER
5HB, 3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–76 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–81
TRUNK LID TRIM 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–81
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]. . . . . 09-17–77 5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–84
LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM HEADLINER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–78 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . 09-17–86
LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM SHOCK ABSORBING PAD
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–79 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–88
LIFTGATE RECESS 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–88
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–79 5HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–89
SUNVISOR SHOCK ABSORBING PAD
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–80 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . 09-17–90
ASSIST HANDLE FLOOR COVERING
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–80 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–91
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–80 FLOOR COVERING
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-17–81 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . 09-17–93
INTERIOR TRIM
INTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX [4SD, 5HB]
WM: INTERIOR TRIM
id0917004542a1
R.H.D.
1 2 3 4
10 9 8 7 6 5
am2zzw0000446
1 Glove compartment 5 Front side trim

(See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/
2 Dashboard 6 Lower panel
(See 09-17-18 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT) INSTALLATION.)
Thailand manufactured vehicles].) 7 Center panel (vehicles without audio unit)
(See 09-17-14 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-17-22 DASHBOARD DISASSEMBLY/ 8 Glove compartment cover
ASSEMBLY.) (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER
3 Meter hood
(See 09-17-24 METER HOOD REMOVAL/ 9 Dashboard under cover
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-35 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER
4 Inner garnish
(See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/ 10 Front side garnish (Vehicles with CVT)
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE GARNISH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-17–2
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 9 10 11 12
EXCEPT
DRIVER SIDE
1
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
am2zzw0000491
1 Assist handle 11 C-pillar trim

(See 09-17-80 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/
2 Sunvisor 12 Headliner
(See 09-17-80 SUNVISOR REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-81 HEADLINER REMOVAL/
3 Column cover 13 Rear package trim
(See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-68 REAR PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION [4SD].)
4 A-pillar trim 14 Rear scuff plate
(See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
5 Front door trim 15 Floor covering
(See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-91 FLOOR COVERING REMOVAL/
(See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM 16 Front scuff plate
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
6 Shock-absorbing pad INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-17-88 SHOCK ABSORBING PAD 17 Rear console
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-41 REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/
7 B-pillar upper trim INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-17-44 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/ 18 Front console component
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-36 FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT
8 B-pillar lower trim REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-38 FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT
INSTALLATION.) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
9 Rear door trim 19 Side wall
(See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/
(See 09-17-66 REAR DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ 20 Side panel
ASSEMBLY.) (See 09-17-34 SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/
10 Tire house trim INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/
09-17–4
INTERIOR TRIM
5HB
R.H.D.
2 3 4 5 6 7 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
PASSENGER-SIDE
ONLY
1
21 20 19 18 17 16 15
am2zzw0000222
1 Assist handle 7 B-pillar upper trim

(See 09-17-80 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-44 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/
2 Sunvisor 8 B-pillar lower trim
(See 09-17-80 SUNVISOR REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/
3 Column cover 9 Rear door trim
(See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-65 REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/
4 A-pillar trim (See 09-17-66 REAR DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/
(See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/ ASSEMBLY.)
INSTALLATION.) 10 Sail inner garnish
5 Front door trim (See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/
(See 09-17-58 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.) 11 C-pillar trim
(See 09-17-60 FRONT DOOR TRIM (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.) INSTALLATION.)
6 Shock absorbing pad 12 Trunk side trim
(See 09-17-88 SHOCK ABSORBING PAD (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/
09-17–5
INTERIOR TRIM
13 Headliner
(See 09-17-81 HEADLINER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
14 Trunk end trim
(See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
15 Rear scuff plate
(See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
16 Floor covering
(See 09-17-91 FLOOR COVERING REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
17 Front scuff plate
(See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
18 Rear console
(See 09-17-41 REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
19 Front console component
(See 09-17-36 FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT
(See 09-17-38 FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT
20 Side wall
(See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
21 Side panel
(See 09-17-34 SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4SD
am2ccw0000014
.
1 Trunk lid trim 3 Trunk side trim

(See 09-17-77 TRUNK LID TRIM REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [4SD].) INSTALLATION.)
2 Trunk end trim
(See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-17–6
INTERIOR TRIM
5HB
adejjw00003361
.
1 Liftgate recess 3 Liftgate upper trim

(See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE RECESS REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-78 LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/
2 Liftgate lower trim
(See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM
End Of Sie
id0917004542z3
09-17–7
INTERIOR TRIM
INTERIOR TRIM LOCATION INDEX [3HB]
R.H.D.
1 2 3 4
9 8 7 6 5
am2zzw0000348
1 Glove compartment 5 Front side trim

(See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/
2 Dashboard 6 Lower panel
(See 09-17-10 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [3HB].) INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(See 09-17-22 DASHBOARD DISASSEMBLY/ 7 Center panel (vehicles without audio unit)
ASSEMBLY.) (See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/
3 Meter hood INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-17-24 METER HOOD REMOVAL/ 8 Glove compartment cover
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER
4 Inner garnish REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-17-34 INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/ 9 Dashboard under cover
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-35 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER
09-17–8
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
2 3 4 5 6 7 6 8 9 10 11
PASSENGER-SIDE
ONLY
1
17 16 15 14 13 12
am2zzw0000222
1 Assist handle 10 Headliner

(See 09-17-80 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-81 HEADLINER REMOVAL/
2 Sunvisor 11 Trunk end trim
(See 09-17-80 SUNVISOR REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/
3 Column cover 12 Floor covering
(See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-93 FLOOR COVERING REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4 A-pillar trim 13 Front scuff plate
(See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) INSTALLATION [3HB].)
5 Front door trim 14 Rear console
(See 09-17-59 FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-41 REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [3HB].) INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-17-63 FRONT DOOR TRIM 15 Front console component
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB].) (See 09-17-36 FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT
6 Shock absorbing pad REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-17-90 SHOCK ABSORBING PAD (See 09-17-38 FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
7 B-pillar upper trim 16 Side wall
(See 09-17-45 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [3HB].) INSTALLATION.)
8 Trunk side trim 17 Side panel
(See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-34 SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/
9 C-pillar trim
(See 09-17-52 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/
09-17–9
INTERIOR TRIM
1
2
adejjw00003362
1 Liftgate recess 3 Liftgate upper trim

(See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE RECESS REMOVAL/ (See 09-17-78 LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/
2 Liftgate lower trim
(See 09-17-79 LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM
End Of Sie
DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004535z3
(2) Glove compartment cover (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Dashboard under cover (See 09-17-35 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Heat duct (passenger side).
(9) Front side trim (See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(10)Bonnet release lever (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(11)Driver-side lower panel (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(12)Driver-side air bag module.
(13)Steering wheel (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].)
(14)Column cover (See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(15)Meter hood (See 09-17-24 METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(16)Instrument cluster (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(17)Combination switch (See 09-18-32 COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(18)Center panel unit (vehicles with audio unit) (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(19)Center panel (vehicles without audio unit) (See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(20)Climate control unit
09-17–10
INTERIOR TRIM
(21)Shift lever (MTX) (See 05-16A-1 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[F35M-R].) (See 05-16B-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[B65M-R].)
(22)Selector lever (ATX)
(23)Interlock cable (ATX)
(24)Passenger-side lower panel (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(25)Side panel (See 09-17-34 SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(26)A-pillar trim (See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(27)Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(28)Cowl grille (See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(29)Windshield wiper motor (L.H.D.)
(30)Sail garnish (See 09-16-7 SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(31)Steering shaft cover (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[R.H.D.].)
(32)Steering shaft (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].)
3. Disconnect antenna feeder No.2 from the antenna feeder No.1. (See 09-20-20 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2
4. Disconnect antenna feeder No.1 clip from the A-pillar inner panel.
5. Disconnect the dashboard wiring harness connectors.
6. Remove nuts A and bolts B then remove the
dashboard bracket.
7. Remove nut C and bolt D from the outside of the
vehicle (upper dashboard area).
L.H.D. NUT A
BOLT B
NUT A
BOLT B
DASHBOARD
BRACKET
adejjw00003087
BOLT D
NUT C
BOLT D:16—22 N·m {1.7—2.2 kgf·m,12—16 ft·lbf}

am2zzw0000025
09-17–11
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
8. Remove nuts E and F shown in the figure.
NUT C BOLT D

am2zzw0000149
L.H.D.
A/C UNIT GLOVE COMPARTMENT DAMPER
NUT F A/C UNIT NUT E
DRIVER'S SIDE PASSENGER'S SIDE

am2zzw0000026
R.H.D.
9. Disconnect the A/C unit related connector. GLOVE COMPARTMENT DAMPER A/C UNIT
10. Remove the caps, remove bolts I and J. (See 09-
17-14 Bolt I Removal/Installation Note)
NUT E A/C UNIT NUT F
PASSENGER'S SIDE DRIVER'S SIDE

am2zzw0000149
09-17–12
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
(1) BOLT I
16—22 N·m
{1.7—2.2 kgf·m,
BOLT J 12—16 ft·lbf}
16—22 N·m CAP
{1.7—2.2 kgf·m,
12—16 ft·lbf}
BOLT I
16—22 N·m
(2) {1.7—2.2 kgf·m,
12—16 ft·lbf}
BOLT J
16—22 N·m
{1.7—2.2 kgf·m,
12—16 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000180
11. Lift the dashboard in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, disconnect the A/C unit, and then rotate
the dashboard in the direction of the arrow (2) and remove it from the vehicle. (See 09-17-13 Dashboard
Removal Note)
Dashboard Removal Note
Warning
x When the dashboard is removed from the vehicle, it could fall and cause injury. Always perform
the procedure with at least another person to prevent the dashboard from falling.
Caution
x When the dashboard is removed from the vehicle, be careful not to damage the door and
surrounding area.
1. Take the dashboard out through the opened front door.
09-17–13
INTERIOR TRIM
Bolt I Removal/Installation Note
1. If the bolt falls off during the removal and
installation procedure, remove it from the service
hole shown in the figure.
DROPPED BOLT
SERVICE HOLE
am2zzw0000150
Dashboard Installation Note

1. When inserting the bolt on the dashboard side, verify that the through-hole positions of the air intake duct and
A/C unit are aligned.
L.H.D.
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
THROUGH-HOLE
DASHBOARD
am2zzw0000150
R.H.D.
End Of Sie AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
THROUGH-HOLE
DASHBOARD
am2zzw0000150
DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles]

id0917004535z5
(4) Heat duct (passenger side)
INSTALLATION.)
(12)Driver-side air bag module
09-17–14
INTERIOR TRIM
INSTALLATION.)
(20)Climate control unit (See 07-40A-32 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].) (See 07-40B-24 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL
AIR CONDITIONER].)
[B65M-R].)
(22)Selector lever (ATX/CVT)
(23)Interlock cable (ATX/CVT)
INSTALLATION.)
(30)Windshield wiper motor (L.H.D.) (See 09-19-9 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
[R.H.D.].)
dashboard bracket.
NUT A
BOLT B
NUT A
BOLT B
DASHBOARD
BRACKET
NUT A, BOLT B:9—15 N·m {92—152 kgf·cm, 80—132 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000500
09-17–15
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
NUT C BOLT D
BOLT D:20—28 N·m {2.1—2.8 kgf·m, 15—20 ft·lbf}

am2zzw0000500
R.H.D.

am2zzw0000149
R.H.D.
(1) BOLT I
20—28 N·m
{2.1—2.8 kgf·m,
15—20 ft·lbf}
BOLT J
20—28 N·m CAP
{2.1—2.8 kgf·m,
15—20 ft·lbf}
BOLT I
20—28 N·m
(2) {2.1—2.8 kgf·m,
15—20 ft·lbf}
BOLT J
20—28 N·m
{2.1—2.8 kgf·m,
15—20 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000500
Removal Note)
09-17–17
INTERIOR TRIM
Warning
Caution
surrounding area.

DROPPED BOLT
SERVICE HOLE
am2zzw0000150

L.H.D.
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
THROUGH-HOLE
DASHBOARD
am2zzw0000150
R.H.D.
A/C UNIT
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
THROUGH-HOLE
DASHBOARD
am2zzw0000150
DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles]

id0917004535z6
09-17–18
INTERIOR TRIM
(4) Heat duct (passenger side)
INSTALLATION.)
(12)Driver-side air bag module
INSTALLATION.)
AIR CONDITIONER].)
[B65M-R].)
(22)Selector lever (ATX)
(23)Interlock cable (ATX)
INSTALLATION.)
[R.H.D.].)
dashboard bracket.
NUT A
BOLT B
NUT A
BOLT B
DASHBOARD
BRACKET
adejjw00003087
09-17–19
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
NUT C BOLT D

am2zzw0000149
R.H.D.

am2zzw0000149
R.H.D.
(1) BOLT I
16—22 N·m
{1.7—2.2 kgf·m,
BOLT J 12—16 ft·lbf}
16—22 N·m CAP
{1.7—2.2 kgf·m,
12—16 ft·lbf}
BOLT I
16—22 N·m
(2) {1.7—2.2 kgf·m,
12—16 ft·lbf}
BOLT J
16—22 N·m
{1.7—2.2 kgf·m,
12—16 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000180
Removal Note)
09-17–20
INTERIOR TRIM
Warning
Caution
surrounding area.

DROPPED BOLT
SERVICE HOLE
am2zzw0000150

L.H.D.
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
THROUGH-HOLE
DASHBOARD
am2zzw0000150
R.H.D.
A/C UNIT
AIR INTAKE DUCT
A/C UNIT
THROUGH-HOLE
DASHBOARD
am2zzw0000150
DASHBOARD DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id091700453600
09-17–22
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
1
••
••
••
•• A
••
B
••
••
••••
A
B
am2zzw0000150
1 Dashboard wiring harness 8 Glove compartment damper

2 Dashboard bracket Glove compartment striker (See 08-10-7
3 Upper garnish 9 PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
4 Duct
Passenger-side airbag module (See 08-10-7
5 Dashboard member 10 PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/
6 Dashboard INSTALLATION)
7 Center ventilator grille

End Of Sie
METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700454300
1. Pull the meter hood in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching the clips.
09-17–24
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
CLIP
End Of Sie
METER
HOOD
CLIP CLIP
am2zzw0000151
COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700453700
1. Pull down the steering wheel.
2. Remove the key cylinder cap. (Vehicles with advanced keyless and start system)
3. Pull the upper column cover in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), then remove the upper
column cover while detaching the tabs and pin.
R.H.D.
4. Rotate the steering wheel to the left and right until (1) (2)
it reaches the positions shown in the figure and UPPER
remove screws A. COLUMN
COVER
PIN
TAB
TAB
adejjw00003368
R.H.D.
5. Pull up the steering wheel. PROTECTIVE SCREW A
SCREW A PROTECTIVE
6. Remove screw B, then remove the lower column TAPE TAPE
cover in the direction of the arrow (4) while
keeping it open in the direction of the arrow (3)
LOWER COLUMN COVER LOWER COLUMN COVER

adejjw00003094
09-17–25
R.H.D.
End Of Sie
(3)
(3)
(4) LOWER
COLUMN
COVER
SCREW B
adejjw00003369
GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700453800
1. Move the hook in the direction of the arrow in the order of remove them.
R.H.D.
GLOVE COMPERTMENT HOOK

am2zzw0000150
2. Push both ends of the inner-side glove compartment in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, detach
the pins from the dashboard, and remove the glove compartment in the direction of the arrow (2).
09-17–26
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
(1) (1)
PIN PIN
(2)
GLOVE COMPERTMENT
am2zzw0000150

End Of Sie
GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700466700
1. Remove the glove compartment. (See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
2. Remove the fasteners, then remove the glove compartment cover in the direction of the arrow shown in the
figure.
R.H.D.
Caution FASTENER
x Be careful not to damage the guide FASTENER
during removal.
GUIDE
End Of Sie
FASTENER
am2zzw0000028
LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700453900
Driver's Side
(1) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(2) Front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(4) Side wall (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(6) Bonnet release lever (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the screw, pull the lower panel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), and remove the
lower panel while detaching the clips.
09-17–27
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
4. Disconnect the switch connector.
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
(2) (1) LOWER PANEL
CLIP
GUIDE
SCREW
GUIDE
adejjw00003103
Passenger's Side
1. Remove the front scuff plate. (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
2. Remove the front side trim. (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Pull the lower panel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), then remove it while detaching the
clips.
L.H.D.
CLIP
CLIP (2)
LOWER PANEL
(1)
am2zzw0000444
R.H.D.
CLIP
End Of Sie
(2) CLIP
LOWER PANEL
(1)
am2zzw0000444
LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id0917004539z3
Driver's Side
(1) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
(2) Front side trim (See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
(4) Side wall (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-17–30
INTERIOR TRIM
(6) Bonnet release lever (See 09-14-28 BONNET LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the screw, pull the lower panel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), and remove the
lower panel while detaching the clips.
L.H.D.
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
LOWER PANEL (1) (2)
CLIP
GUIDE
SCREW
GUIDE
am2zzw0000180
R.H.D.
4. Disconnect the switch connector.
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
(2) (1) LOWER PANEL
CLIP
GUIDE
SCREW
GUIDE
adejjw00003103
Passenger's Side
1. Remove the front scuff plate. (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
2. Remove the front side trim. (See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
3. Pull the lower panel in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), then remove it while detaching the
clips.
L.H.D.
CLIP
CLIP (2)
LOWER PANEL
(1)
am2zzw0000180
09-17–31
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
CLIP
End Of Sie
(2) CLIP
LOWER PANEL
(1)
am2zzw0000180
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700454800
1. Route the wiring harness as shown in the figure and pull on the center ventilator grille in the direction of the
arrow to remove it.
L.H.D.
CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE
WIRING HARNESS
am2zzw0000151
R.H.D.
2. When installing the center ventilator grille, press it CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE
in the dashboard.
End Of Sie
WIRING HARNESS
am2zzw0000151
VENTILATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700454100
1. Remove the side panel. (See 09-17-34 SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-17–32
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Rotate the ventilator grille to the notch in the NOTCH
direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and
pull it in the direction of the arrow (2) to remove it.
End Of Sie •• ••••
VENTILATOR
GRILLE
NOTCH
•• ••••
VENTILATOR
GRILLE
am2zzw0000151
SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700454400
Right-side
FASTENER
SIDE WALL
adejjw00003381
2. Pull the side wall in the direction of the arrow in

the order of (1) and (2), then remove it while CLIP A
detaching clips A and tab B.
TAB B
CLIP A
(1) FRONT
CONSOLE
TAB B
(2)
SIDE WALL SIDE WALL
am2zzw0000151
Left-side
FASTENER
SIDE WALL
am2zzw0000151
09-17–33
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Pull the side wall in the direction of the arrow in CLIP A
the order of (1) and (2), then remove it while
detaching clips A and B and tab C.
CLIP B TAB C
End Of Sie
CLIP B
CLIP A
FRONT (1)
CONSOLE
TAB C
(2)
SIDE WALL SIDE WALL
am2zzw0000151
INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700460500
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable (vehicles with tweeter).
2. Pull the inner garnish in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure and remove it while detaching
the clips. INNER GARNISH
3. Disconnect the tweeter connector (vehicles with
tweeter). CLIP
End Of Sie
adejjw00002979
SIDE PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700454000
1. Partially peel back the seaming welt.
(1) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-57
FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(2) Front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-55 FRONT
SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(7) Lower panel (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Pull the side panel in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching clips A and B.
L.H.D.
CLIP A
CLIP A
CLIP B
SIDE PANEL
CLIP A
CLIP B
am2zzw0000180
09-17–34
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
End Of Sie CLIP A
CLIP A
CLIP B
SIDE PANEL
CLIP A
CLIP B
am2zzw0000180
DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700470000
1. While pressing the hook inside the service hole in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, pull the
dashboard under cover in the direction of the arrow (2), and then remove the hook and the guide pin.
L.H.D.
HOOK HOOK
GUIDE PIN
GUIDE PIN DASHBOAD

UNDER COVER
HOOK (2)
(1) SERVICE HOLE

am2zzw0000151
R.H.D.
2. Remove the dashboard under cover. HOOK HOOK
3. Install in the reverse order of removal. GUIDE PIN
End Of Sie
DASHBOAD GUIDE PIN

UNDER COVER
(2) HOOK
SERVICE HOLE (1)

am2zzw0000151
CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700455200
Note
x For vehicles with the audio unit, refer to the CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. (See 09-
20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)

2. Remove the shift lever knob. (MTX) (See 05-16A-1 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [B65M-R])
3. Remove the side wall. (See 09-17-33 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the screw, pull the center panel in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure, and remove the center
panel while detaching the clips A and B. (See 09-17-36 Center Panel Removal Note)
09-17–35
INTERIOR TRIM
L.H.D.
CLIP B CLIP B CLIP B CLIP A
CLIP A
CENTER PANEL CLIP A
SCREW
am2zzw0000374
R.H.D.
6. Disconnect the hazard warning switch connector. CLIP A CLIP B CLIP B CLIP B
7. Disconnect the passenger-side seat belt reminder
indicator connector. (vehicles with passenger-side
seat belt reminder indicator)
CLIP A
CLIP A CENTER PANEL
SCREW
am2zzw0000374
Center Panel Removal Note

1. When the center panel is removed, clips A could interfere with the climate control unit bracket and cause
damage. Pull the center panel in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure (upward at a approx. 20°angle)
when removing it.
CENTER PANEL
CLIP A
APPROX. 20°
BRACKET

am2zzw0000326
End Of Sie
FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700458500
1. Shift lever to neutral position.
09-17–36
INTERIOR TRIM
3. Remove the screws, pull the lower side of the front console component in the direction of the arrow, and
remove the clips.
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
SCREW SCREW
am2zzw0000500
Caution
x Affix protective tape to the ATX/CVT shift panel to prevent scratches or damage. (ATX/CVT)
PROTECTIVE
TAPE
am2zzw0000265
09-17–37
INTERIOR TRIM
4. Pull the front console assembly in the direction of the arrow in the figure and remove it while detaching the
clips.
CLIP
CLIP
CLIP
am2zzw0000500
5. Install the boot panel and front console as a single unit.

End Of Sie
FRONT CONSOLE COMPONENT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id091700458600
ATX/CVT
09-17–38
INTERIOR TRIM
am2zzw0000265
1 Boot panel
2 Front console
MTX
09-17–39
INTERIOR TRIM
am2zzw0000502
1 Boot panel 4 Boot

2 Screw 5 Front console
3 Set panel
09-17–40
INTERIOR TRIM
End Of Sie
REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700457500
L.H.D.
2. Pull the console in the direction of the arrow CONSOLE
CLIP A
clips A, hooks B, and the tab. TAB
3. Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector and
auxiliary jack connector (vehicles with auxiliary
jack). HOOK B HOOK B
CLIP A
HOOK B CLIP A
adejjw00003123
4. Remove nut C.
PIN D
NUT C
PIN D
am2zzw0000245
5. Pull up the rear console in the direction of the CLIP E

arrow (1) shown in the figure, remove clips E, PIN F
move the rear console in the direction of the arrow
(2), and remove it avoiding the parking brake REAR CONSOLE
lever.
CLIP E
Caution
x When moving the rear console in the REAR CONSOLE PIN F
BRACKET
direction of the arrow (2), be careful not
to damage pins D and F.
REAR CONSOLE REAR CONSOLE
(1) (2)
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. CLIP E
CLIP E REAR CONSOLE BRACKET

adejjw00003125
R.H.D.
09-17–41
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Pull the console in the direction of the arrow CONSOLE CLIP A
clips A, hooks B, and the tab. TAB
3. Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector and
auxiliary jack connector (vehicles with auxiliary
jack). HOOK B
HOOK B
CLIP A
CLIP A HOOK B
adejjw00003120
4. Remove nut C.
NUT C
PIN D
PIN D
am2zzw0000181
5. Pull up the rear console in the direction of the CLIP E

arrow (1) shown in the figure, remove clips E, PIN F
move the rear console in the direction of the arrow
(2), and remove it avoiding the parking brake REAR CONSOLE
lever.
CLIP E
Caution
x When moving the rear console in the PIN F REAR CONSOLE
BRACKET
direction of the arrow (2), be careful not
to damage pins D and F.
REAR CONSOLE REAR CONSOLE
(1) (2)
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. CLIP E
End Of Sie
CLIP E REAR CONSOLE BRACKET

adejjw00003122
A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700458700
09-17–42
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Pull the upper end of the A-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove clips A and B.
R GROMMET
R CLIP B
R CLIP B
A-PILLAR TRIM
CLIP A
CLIP A
am2zzw0000181
3. Cut the lead wire connecting clip B and grommet using a nipper and pull out the A-pillar trim in the direction of
R GROMMET
R CLIP B
LEAD WIRE
R CLIP B
A-PILLAR TRIM
TAB
am2zzw0000181
Caution
x When pulling out the A-pillar trim, be careful not to damage the tabs.
09-17–43
INTERIOR TRIM
4. Move the hook in the direction of arrows (1) and (2) shown in the figure using a flathead screwdriver and detach
it from the A-pillar inner panel.
A-PILLAR INNER PANEL
HOOK
R GROMMET
(1)
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
R GROMMET
(3)
(2)
HOOK
A-PILLAR INNER PANEL
am2zzw0000231
5. Remove the grommet in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure.
6. When installing the A-pillar trim, install the new clip B and grommet to the A-pillar trim in advance.
End Of Sie
B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700459000
1. Remove the adjuster anchor cover.
2. Remove the upper anchor installation bolts of the front seat belt.
4. Remove the rear scuff plate. (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
6. Remove the B-pillar lower trim. (See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
7. Grasp the lower end of the B-pillar upper trim, pull
it in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure, CLIP D
and remove hook A, guide pin B, pin C, and clip D.
CLIP D
B-PILLAR UPPER
TRIM
PIN C
PIN C
HOOK A GUIDE PIN B GUIDE PIN B
HOOK A
am2zzw0000181
09-17–44
INTERIOR TRIM
8. Remove the B-pillar upper trim in the direction of TAB
Caution
x When removing the B-pillar upper trim,
be careful not to damage the tabs. B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM
adejjw00003390
9. If there is a remaining clip D, rotate it 90° in the

direction of the arrow shown in the figure and
remove it.
10. Remove clip D and install it to the B-pillar upper
CLIP D
trim.
End Of Sie
CLIP D
am2zzw0000182
B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id0917004590z3
(1) Front seat belt adjuster anchor cover
(2) Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt
3. Remove the trunk side trim. (See 09-17-73 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
4. Remove the C-pillar trim. (See 09-17-52 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
6. Grasp the lower end of the B-pillar upper trim, pull CLIP B
CLIP A CLIP B
it in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure, CLIP A
and remove clip A, clip B, tab C, and pin D.
TAB C FASTENER
B-PILLAR PIN D
UPPER TRIM
CLIP A
TAB C PIN D PIN D
CLIP B
am2zzw0000341
09-17–45
INTERIOR TRIM
7. Remove the B-pillar upper trim in the direction of
TAB E
Caution
x When removing the B-pillar upper trim,
be careful not to damage the tabs E. B-PILLAR
UPPER TRIM
am2zzw0000341
8. If there is a remaining clip A, rotate it 90° in the

direction of the arrow shown in the figure and
remove it.
9. Remove clip A and install it to the B-pillar upper
CLIP A
trim.
End Of Sie
CLIP A
am2zzw0000341
B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700458900
4. Pull the B-pillar lower trim in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure, detach tab A, pin B, clip
C, pin D, then remove the B-pillar lower trim.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. TAB A PIN B
End Of Sie TAB A
PIN B PIN D
B-PILLAR
LOWER TRIM PIN D
PIN D
CLIP C CLIP C
CLIP C
CLIP C DITAIL
FRONT
am2zzw0000182
C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700459100
4SD
Removal
2. Remove the rear seat cushion. (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the tire house trim. (See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD])
09-17–46
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Pull the C-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove clip A.
R GROMMET
R CLIP A
CLIP A
C-PILLAR TRIM
am2ccw0000010
09-17–47
INTERIOR TRIM
6. Cut the lead wire connecting clip A and grommet using a nipper.
R
GROMMET
LEAD WIRE
CLIP A
R
CLIP A
C-PILLAR TRIM
am2ccw0000016
09-17–48
INTERIOR TRIM
7. Slide the C-pillar trim in the direction shown by the arrow in the figure and remove the C-pillar trim from clip B.
CLIP B
TAB
TAB
TAB
C-PILLAR TRIM
am2ccw0000010
8. Remove the C-pillar trim.

9. Remove clip B from the positions shown in the
figure using a fastener remover and install the C-
pillar trim. CLIP B
CLIP B
FASTENER REMOVER
am2zzw0000503
09-17–49
INTERIOR TRIM
it from the rear pillar inner panel.
REAR PILLAR INNER PANEL
HOOK
R GROMMET (1)
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
R GROMMET
(3)
(2)
HOOK
am2ccw0000016
12. When installing the C-pillar trim, install the new clip and new grommet to the C-pillar trim in advance.
Installation
1. Insert the tabs into the rear package trim in the positions shown in the figure.
CLIP B REAR PACKAGE TRIM

CLIP A
CLIP A
CLIP B
C-PILLAR TRIM
TAB B
am2zzw0000503
09-17–50
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Install clip A and B to the body.
3. Install the tire house trim. (See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
4. Install the rear seat cushion. (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
5. Install the rear scuff plate. (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
5HB
(1) Rear scuff plate (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(3) Rear seat cushion (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(4) Lower anchor installation bolts of the rear seat belt (See 08-11-5 REAR SEAT BELT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
(5) Trunk end trim (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the trunk side trim. (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
4. Pull the C-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching clips A and
B.
R GROMMET
R
CLIP B CLIP A
R CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP A
am2zzw0000182
09-17–51
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Cut the lead wire connecting clip B and grommet using a nipper.
R
GROMMET
LEAD WIRE C-PILLAR TRIM
R
CLIP B
am2zzw0000374
6. Pull out the rear seat belt lower anchor and remove the C-pillar trim.
it from the rear pillar inner panel.
HOOK
R GROMMET (1)
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
R GROMMET
(3)
(2)
HOOK
am2zzw0000181
9. When installing the C-pillar trim, install the new clip and new grommet to the C-pillar trim in advance.
End Of Sie
C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004591z3
09-17–52
INTERIOR TRIM
(3) Lower anchor installation bolts of the rear seat belt (See 08-11-5 REAR SEAT BELT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the trunk side trim. (See 09-17-73 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
4. Pull the C-pillar trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching tab A, clips
B, pin C, pin D and tab E.
TAB A
TAB A TAB E CLIP B PIN C
CLIP B
CLIP B
PIN D
CLIP B CLIP B
PIN C
PIN D
TAB E C-PILLAR TRIM
am2zzw0000341
5. Pull out the rear seat belt lower anchor and remove the C-pillar trim.
End Of Sie
SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700467100
1. Grasp the upper end of the sail inner garnish, pull
the sail inner garnish in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure, and remove it while detaching CLIP
the clips.
End Of Sie
CLIP
am2zzw0000184
FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700459600
Driver-side
09-17–53
INTERIOR TRIM
L.H.D.
CLIP
FRONT
SIDE
TRIM
CLIP
FASTENER
REAR
am2zzw0000459
R.H.D.
4. Pull the front side trim in the direction of the arrow
the clips. CLIP FRONT
SIDE
TRIM
CLIP
FASTENER REAR
am2zzw0000459
Passenger-side
Vehicles without CVT
L.H.D.
CLIP FRONT
SIDE
TRIM
CLIP
FASTENER REAR
adejjw00001828
R.H.D.
the clips. CLIP
FRONT
SIDE
TRIM
CLIP
REAR FASTENER
adejjw00001829
Vehicles with CVT

09-17–54
INTERIOR TRIM
shown in the figure and remove it while detaching GUIDE
CLIP
the clips. FRONT SIDE TRIM
End Of Sie CLIP
FASTENER
REAR
am2zzw0000446
FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id0917004596z3
1. Remove the front scuff plate. (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB])
L.H.D.
CLIP
FRONT
SIDE
TRIM
CLIP
FASTENER
REAR
am2zzw0000459
R.H.D.
the clips. CLIP FRONT
SIDE
End Of Sie TRIM
CLIP
FASTENER REAR
am2zzw0000460
FRONT SIDE GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700467400
2. Remove the front side trim. (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Pull the front side garnish in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure while remove the clips CLIP
4. Remove the front side garnish.
End Of Sie
FRONT SIDE
GARNISH
am2zzw0000442
09-17–55
INTERIOR TRIM
FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700457900
1. Detach tab A while pulling the front scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, then detach
tab B, pin C, and clip D while pulling in the direction of the arrow (2).
FRONT
TAB B (1)
(2)
TAB A
TAB B
PIN C
TAB A CLIP D
FRONT SCUFF PLATE

PIN C CLIP D
am2zzw0000460
2. Detach tab A while pulling the front scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure, pull the front
scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (4), and remove it while detaching tab B, pin C, and clip D.
REAR
TAB B (4)
TAB B
(3)
TAB A PIN C
FRONT
SCUFF
PLATE
TAB A
PIN C CLIP D CLIP D

am2zzw0000460

End Of Sie
09-17–56
INTERIOR TRIM
FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004579z3
1. Detach tab A while pulling the front scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, then detach
tab B, pin C, and clip D while pulling in the direction of the arrow (2).
FRONT
TAB B (1)
(2)
TAB A
TAB B
PIN C
TAB A
CLIP D
FRONT SCUFF PLATE
PIN C CLIP D
am2zzw0000460
2. Detach tab A while pulling the front scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure, pull the front
scuff plate in the direction of the arrow (4), and remove it while detaching tab B, pin C, clip D, and pin E.
REAR
TAB B
(4)
TAB B
PIN E
TAB A
TAB A CLIP D
(3)
PIN C
PIN C CLIP D
FRONT SCUFF
PLATE
PIN E
am2zzw0000460

End Of Sie
09-17–57
INTERIOR TRIM
REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700458000
1. Detach tab A while pulling the rear scuff plate in FRONT
the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure,
then detach clip B, and pin C while pulling in the TAB A
CLIP B
TAB A
(2)
PIN C CLIP B
PIN C
REAR SCUFF PLATE

am2zzw0000460
2. Detach tab A while pulling the rear scuff plate in

the direction of the arrow (3) shown in the figure, REAR
pull the rear scuff plate in the direction of the TAB A
arrow (4), and remove it while detaching clip B, (3)
TAB A
pin C and tab D. (4)
3. Install in the reverse order of removal. TAB D
End Of Sie
PIN C
PIN C CLIP B
CLIP B
REAR SCUFF PLATE

TAB D
am2zzw0000460
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700459700
3. Pull the cover of inner handle while remove the
COVER SCREW
tabs.
4. Remove the cover. SCREW
COVER
TAB
am2zzw0000261
6. Pull in the direction of the arrow shown in the FRONT DOOR TRIM
figure and remove clips A from the door inner
panel using a fastener remover.
CLIP A
CLIP A
CLIP A
adejjw00003404
09-17–58
INTERIOR TRIM
7. Remove the front door trim in the direction of the
a
a
SEC. a—a
am2zzw0000249
8. Remove the inner handle and move the front door

trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the
figure.
TAB • •
TAB • •
TAB • •
TAB • •
INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000249
9. Turn the inner handle 90q in the direction of the

arrow and remove it from the front door trim.
10. Disconnect the driver-side power outer mirror
switch connector, driver-side power window main
switch connector, and passenger-side power
window subswitch connector.
End Of Sie
INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000249
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id0917004597z3
COVER SCREW
tabs.
4. Remove the screw. SCREW
COVER
TAB
am2zzw0000341
09-17–59
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Pull in the direction of the arrow shown in the FRONT DOOR TRIM
figure and remove clips A and B from the door
inner panel using a fastener remover.
CLIP A
CLIP B FRONT DOOR

TRIM
CLIP B
CLIP A CLIP A
am2zzw0000341
6. Remove the front door trim in the direction of the

a
a
SEC. a—a
am2zzw0000341
7. Remove the inner handle and move the front door

figure.
TAB B
TAB A
TAB A
TAB B
INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000342

arrow and remove it from the front door trim.
9. Disconnect the driver-side power outer mirror
switch connector, driver-side power window main
switch connector, and passenger-side power
window subswitch connector.
End Of Sie
INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000342
FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

id091700720000
1. Disassemble in the order shown in the figure.
09-17–60
INTERIOR TRIM
L.H.D.
DRIVER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
8
PASSENGER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
9
am2zzw0000195
09-17–61
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
DRIVER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
8
PASSENGER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
9
am2zzw0000196
1 Front door trim 6 Switch panel

2 Screw A 7 Screw D
3 Front door decoration panel 8 Power window main switch
4 Screw B 9 Power window subswitch
5 Screw C

End Of Sie
09-17–62
INTERIOR TRIM
FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [3HB]
id0917007200z3
1. Disassemble in the order shown in the figure.
L.H.D.
DRIVER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
8
PASSENGER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
9
am2zzw0000342
09-17–63
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
DRIVER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
8
PASSENGER-SIDE
2
5
6
4
9
am2zzw0000342
1 Front door trim 6 Switch panel

2 Screw A 7 Screw D
3 Front door decoration panel 8 Power window main switch
4 Screw B 9 Power window subswitch
5 Screw C

End Of Sie
09-17–64
INTERIOR TRIM
REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700460000
2. Remove the sail inner garnish. (See 09-17-53 SAIL INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
SCREW
tabs. SCREW
COVER
TAB
am2zzw0000261
5. Pull in the direction of the arrow shown in the

REAR DOOR TRIM
figure and remove clips A from the door inner
panel using a fastener remover.
CLIP A
CLIP A
CLIP A
adejjw00003405
6. Remove the rear door trim in the direction of the

a
a
SEC. a—a
am2zzw0000249
7. Remove the inner handle and move the rear door

figure.
TAB • •
TAB • •
TAB • •
TAB • •
INNER HANDLE
adejjw00003399
09-17–65
INTERIOR TRIM
arrow and remove it from the rear door trim.
9. Disconnect the power window subswitch
connector.
End Of Sie
INNER HANDLE
am2zzw0000184
REAR DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

id091700463300
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the figure.
am2zzw0000252
1 Rear door trim 4 Screw B

2 Screw A 5 Power window subswitch
3 Power window subswitch panel

End Of Sie
TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0917008027a3
3. Lower the rear seatbacks.
09-17–66
INTERIOR TRIM
4. Remove the fasteners in the positions shown in the figure.
FASTENER
FASTENER
TIRE HOUSE TRIM
am2ccw0000016

6. Pull the tire house trim in the direction of the arrow and remove the tab and pin.
TAB
TAB PIN
PIN
am2ccw0000016
09-17–67
INTERIOR TRIM
7. Set the rear seat backs out of the way while removing the tire house trim.
8. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See 09-17-68 Tire House Trim Installation Note.)
Tire House Trim Installation Note

1. Verify that part A is inserted into the trunk side trim as shown in the figure.
TIRE HOUSE TRIM
am2ccw0000024
End Of Sie
REAR PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0917008028a3
3. Remove the tire house trim. (See 09-17-66 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
4. Remove the C-pillar trim. (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Pull out the left and right rear seat belts from the
slit areas of the rear package trim.
REAR PACKAGE
TRIM
REAR SEAT BELT
am2ccw0000016
09-17–68
INTERIOR TRIM
REAR PACKAGE TRIM
FASTENER
am2ccw0000016
7. Lift up the position shown in the figure in the direction of the arrow and remove the clips and pin.
CLIP PIN CLIP CLIP
PIN
REAR PACKAGE TRIM

CLIP
am2ccw0000016
09-17–69
INTERIOR TRIM
8. Slide the rear package trim in the direction shown by the arrow in the figure and remove the pins from the body.
PIN
PIN
REAR PACKAGE TRIM
am2ccw0000016
9. Remove the rear package trim.

End Of Sie
TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700462300
4SD
1. Open the trunk lid.
(4) Trunk mat.
(5) Trunk board.
(6) Trunk end trim. (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
09-17–70
INTERIOR TRIM
3. Remove the fasteners in the positions shown in the figure.
FASTENER FASTENER
FASTENER
TRUNK SIDE TRM

am2ccw0000012
4. Lower the rear seat backs and make the trunk

side trim visible from the vehicle interior.
TRUNK SIDE
TRIM
am2ccw0000012
5. Set the trunk side trim away from the rear seat
back frame cover.
6. Remove the trunk side trim.
TRUNK SIDE
TRIM REAR SEAT BACK
FRAME COVER
am2ccw0000012
09-17–71
INTERIOR TRIM
5HB
(1) Rear scuff plate (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
3. Remove the screw A and fastener B.
SCREW A
FASTENER B
am2zzw0000374
09-17–72
INTERIOR TRIM
4. Pull the trunk side trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), then remove the clips C.
TRUNK SIDE TRIM
CLIP C
CLIP C
(2)
(1)
am2zzw0000182
5. Pull the trunk side trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (3) and remove it while detaching pins D, tabs
E, and pin F.
PIN D PIN D
TAB E
TAB E
TAB E
(3) PIN D
PIN F
TAB E
PIN F
am2zzw0000182
6. Disconnect the cargo compartment light connector.

End Of Sie
TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004623z3
09-17–73
INTERIOR TRIM
3. Remove the screw A and fastener B.
SCREW A
FASTENER B
am2zzw0000348
4. Pull the trunk side trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (1) and (2), then remove the clips C and clip
D.
TRUNK SIDE TRIM
CLIP C
CLIP C
CLIP C
CLIP D
CLIP C
(2)
(1)
CLIP D
am2zzw0000348
09-17–74
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Pull the trunk side trim in the direction of the arrow in the order of (3) and remove it while detaching hooks E,
and pins F.
HOOK E
HOOK E
HOOK E
PIN F
(3)
PIN F
am2zzw0000460
6. Disconnect the cargo compartment light connector.

End Of Sie
TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700462400
4SD
2. Remove the trunk mat.
3. Remove the trunk board.
09-17–75
INTERIOR TRIM
TAB PIN A CLIP
TAB CLIP TRUNK END TRIM CLIP

TAB
PIN A
PIN A
FASTENER
FASTENER
PIN B
PIN B
FASTENER
PIN B
am2zzw0000519
5. Pull the trunk end trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching the tabs,
clips, and pins A, B.
5HB, 3HB
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the trunk mat.
09-17–76
INTERIOR TRIM
HOOK TRUNK END TRIM HOOK
CLIP
CLIP
PIN CLIP
PIN
TAB
PIN
TAB TAB
FASTENER
HOOK FASTENER
am2zzw0000184
5. Pull the trunk end trim in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove it while detaching the hooks,
tabs, clips, and pins.
End Of Sie
TRUNK LID TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]
id0917008035a3
TRUNK LID TRIM
FASTENER FASTENER
FASTENER
am2ccw0000016
3. Remove the trunk lid trim.
09-17–77
INTERIOR TRIM
End Of Sie
LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700462900
Caution
x Do not remove the liftgate upper trim by rotating as shown in the figure as it could damage clip A
and F.
NO GOOD
LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM
am2zzw0000357
1. Pull the end of liftgate upper trim outward and detach clip A, tabs B, C, pins D, and clips E.
TAB B
PIN D TAB C PIN D
CLIP A
CLIP E
TAB B
CLIP A TAB B TAB C PIN D CLIP E

am2zzw0000357
09-17–78
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Remove the clip F then remove the liftgate upper trim.
CLIP F
LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM CLIP F

am2zzw0000357

End Of Sie
LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700463100
2. Remove the liftgate lower trim.
End Of Sie FASTENER
FASTENER
am2zzw0000185
LIFTGATE RECESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700467500
1. Insert a fastener remover in the position indicated
by the arrow in the figure and detach tabs A.
TAB A
TAB A
am2zzw0000185
09-17–79
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Remove the liftgate recess in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure avoiding tabs B.
LIFTGATE RECESS
End Of Sie
TAB B
TAB B
am2zzw0000503
SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700458100
1. Remove the screw, move the sunvisor in the
direction of the arrow, and remove the sunvisor.
SCREW
SUNVISOR
adejjw00002681
2. Remove the center adaptor (sunvisor stopper)

from the body using a fastener remover.
End Of Sie
CENTER ADAPTER
(SUNVISOR STOPPER)
am2zzw0000186
ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091700458200
Removal
1. Insert a fastener remover into the assist handle SERVICE HOLE
service hole and remove the assist handle cover.
ASSIST HANDLE
COVER
ASSIST HANDLE
am2zzw0000186
09-17–80
INTERIOR TRIM
2. Insert the fastener remover in the position
indicated by the arrow shown in the figure, push
down the clip by moving the fastener remover in
the direction of the arrow, and remove the assist
handle from the assist handle bracket while
shaking the assist handle up and down.
Caution
x When inserting a fastener remover, be
careful not to damage the tabs. ASSIST HANDLE
TAB
CLIP
TAB
HEADLINER
ASSIST HANDLE BRACKET
am2zzw0000186
Installation
1. Insert the assist handle in the assist handle bracket.
2. Push the assist handle cover in the direction of
the arrow shown in the figure to install the assist
handle.
End Of Sie
ASSIST HANDLE
adejjw00002680
HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700458300
4SD
(6) B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-44 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(10)Sunvisor (See 09-17-80 SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(11)Assist handle (See 09-17-80 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-17–81
INTERIOR TRIM
4. Disconnect the roof wire link wiring harness and remove the clip.
ROOF WIRING HARNESS CONNECT
FASTENER
CLIP
FASTENER
CLIP
ROOF WIRING HARNESS CONNECT

ROOF WIRING HARNESS
HEADLINER
am2zzw0000503
09-17–82
INTERIOR TRIM
6. Open all the doors and rotate the headliner in the vehicle so that it is as shown in the figure.
PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT
HEADLINER
PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT
HEADLINER
FRONT
DRIVER SIDE
HEADLINER
am2ccw0000009
09-17–83
INTERIOR TRIM
7. Remove the headliner from the vehicle through the front passenger door opening.
FRONT
HEADLINER
am2ccw0000014
5HB
(5) Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt.
(10)Trunk end trim (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(11)Trunk side trim (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(12)C-pillar trim (See 09-17-46 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(14)Rain sensor cover (Vehicles with auto light / wiper system) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the rain sensor connector (vehicles with auto light / wiper system).
09-17–84
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Disconnect the rear window washer hose.
ROOF WIRING HARNESS CONNECTOR FASTENER
FASTENER
ROOF WIRING HARNESS

REAR WINDOW
WASHER HOSE
RAIN SENSOR HEADLINER

CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000374
6. Disconnect the roof wiring harness connector.

09-17–85
INTERIOR TRIM
8. Take the headliner out from the opened liftgate.
am2zzw0000491

End Of Sie
HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004583z3
(10)B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-45 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the rain sensor connector (vehicles with auto light / wiper system).
09-17–86
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Disconnect the rear window washer hose.
ROOF WIRING HARNESS CONNECTOR FASTENER
FASTENER
ROOF WIRING HARNESS

REAR WINDOW
WASHER HOSE
RAIN SENSOR HEADLINER

CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000341
6. Disconnect the roof wiring harness connector.

09-17–87
INTERIOR TRIM
8. Take the headliner out from the opened liftgate.
am2zzw0000341

End Of Sie
SHOCK ABSORBING PAD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700453300
4SD
(12)Headliner (See 09-17-81 HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-17–88
INTERIOR TRIM
3. Pinch the tab using pincers, remove clips A and B, then remove the shock-absorbing pad in the direction of the
TAB
TAB CLIP A
TAB CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP B
SHOCK ABSORBING PAD
am2ccw0000003
5HB
(11)Trunk side trim (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(16)Headliner (See 09-17-81 HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-17–89
INTERIOR TRIM
TAB
TAB CLIP A
TAB CLIP B
CLIP A CLIP B
CLIP A
CLIP B
SHOCK ABSORBING PAD
am2zzw0000187

End Of Sie
SHOCK ABSORBING PAD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004533z3
(10)B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-45 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
INSTALLATION.)
(14)Headliner (See 09-17-86 HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
09-17–90
INTERIOR TRIM
TAB
TAB CLIP A
TAB CLIP B
CLIP B CLIP A CLIP B

CLIP A
SHOCK ABSORBING
am2zzw0000340

End Of Sie
FLOOR COVERING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091700461900
(1) Front seat (See 09-13-4 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-13-6 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance
(9) Rear console (See 09-17-41 REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
[R.H.D.].)
(11)Front side garnish (CVT) (See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(12)B-pillar lower trim (See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(13)Lower anchor installation bolts on the front seat belt.
09-17–91
INTERIOR TRIM
3. Remove the nuts, then remove the rear console
bracket in the direction of the arrow shown in the NUT
figure.
4. Cut the floor covering at the position indicated by
the arrow (1) in the figure using scissors, detach
the fasteners, then remove the floor covering in
the direction of the arrow (2). REAR CONSOLE
BRACKET
am2zzw0000187
L.H.D.
FASTENER
A/C UNIT
(2)
(1)
FLOOR COVERING
am2zzw0000187
R.H.D.
FASTENER
A/C UNIT
(2)
(1)
FLOOR COVERING
am2zzw0000187
Note
x The cut part does not need to match up when installing the floor covering.
09-17–92
INTERIOR TRIM
5. Take the floor covering out from the opened liftgate.
End Of Sie
FLOOR COVERING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0917004619z3
(1) Front seat (See 09-13-6 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
(4) Front side trim (See 09-17-55 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
INSTALLATION [F35M-R]
.) (See 05-16B-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [B65M-R].)
(8) Rear console (See 09-17-41 REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(9) Steering shaft cover (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[R.H.D.].)
(10)Rear seat back (See 09-13-27 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance (AAT)
(12)Trunk side trim (See 09-17-73 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(13)Lower anchor installation bolts on the front seat belt
3. Remove the nuts, then remove the rear console
bracket in the direction of the arrow shown in the NUT
figure.
4. Cut the floor covering at the position indicated by
the arrow (1) in the figure using scissors, detach
the fasteners, then remove the floor covering in
the direction of the arrow (2). REAR CONSOLE
BRACKET
am2zzw0000342
09-17–93
INTERIOR TRIM
R.H.D.
FASTENER
A/C UNIT
(2)
(1)
FLOOR COVERING
am2zzw0000342
Note
x The cut part does not need to match up when installing the floor covering.
5. Take the floor covering out from the opened liftgate.

End Of Sie
09-17–94
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
09-18 LIGHTING SYSTEMS

LIGHTING SYSTEMS LOCATION LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BULB
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–29
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–4 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–29
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-18–5 5HB/3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–29
HEADLIGHT BULB 4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–30
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-18–6 BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
2-Beam Type Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–6 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–30
4-Beam Type Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–6 F35M-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–30
HEADLIGHT AIMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–7 B65M-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–31
2-Beam Type Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–8 BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
4-Beam Type Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–12 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–31
PARKING LIGHT BULB COMBINATION SWITCH
FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-18–16 Combination Switch
FRONT FOG LIGHT Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-18–16 COMBINATION SWITCH
Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 09-18–34
Manufactured Vehicles. . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–16 LIGHT SWITCH
AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–35
Manufactured Vehicles. . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–18 LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . 09-18–35
FRONT FOG LIGHT BULB Vehicles Without Auto Light
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-18–19 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–36
Front Fog Light Bulb Installation Vehicles With Auto Light System. . . . . . 09-18–37
Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–20 FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING . . . . . . . . . 09-18–20 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–38
FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT HAZARD WARNING SWITCH
5HB/3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–23 HAZARD WARNING SWITCH
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–24 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–41
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT BULB HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH
5HB/3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–25 HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–25 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–42
INBOARD LIGHT AUTO LIGHT ILLUMINATION LEVEL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . 09-18–25 SETTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–43
Inboard Light Installation Note . . . . . . . 09-18–26 INTERIOR LIGHT
INBOARD LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–43
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . 09-18–26 Vehicles With Intruder Sensor. . . . . . . . 09-18–43
REAR FOG LIGHT Vehicles Without Intruder Sensor . . . . . 09-18–44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-18–26 INTERIOR LIGHT BULB
5HB/3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–26 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–44
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–27 Vehicles With Intruder Sensor. . . . . . . . 09-18–44
REAR FOG LIGHT BULB Vehicles Without Intruder Sensor . . . . . 09-18–44
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-18–27 INTERIOR LIGHT INSPECTION . . . . . . . 09-18–44
5HB/3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–27 Vehicles With Intruder Sensor. . . . . . . . 09-18–44
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–28 Vehicles Without Intruder Sensor . . . . . 09-18–45
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT
5HB/3HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–28 CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT BULB
4SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–28 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–46
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT BULB CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . 09-18–29 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-18–46
TRUNK COMPARTMENT LIGHT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD] . . . . . 09-18–47
End of Toc
WM: LIGHTING SYSTEMS
09-18–1
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
LIGHTING SYSTEMS LOCATION INDEX
R.H.D.
5
1
9 8 7
3
5
9
4 10
6
12
13 14
8 11
16 15
am2zzw0000483
.
1 Front combination lights 4 Back-up light switch

(See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (See 09-18-30 BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
(See 09-18-7 HEADLIGHT AIMING.) (See 09-18-31 BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
(See 09-18-6 HEADLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/ INSPECTION.)
INSTALLATION.) 5 High-mount brake light
(See 09-18-16 PARKING LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/ (See 09-18-28 HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT
(See 09-18-16 FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB (See 09-18-29 HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT BULB
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].)
2 Front side turn light 6 Rear combination light
(See 09-18-23 FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT (See 09-18-23 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT
3 Front fog light (See 09-18-25 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT BULB
(See 09-18-16 FRONT FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/ REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-19 FRONT FOG LIGHT BULB
(See 09-18-20 FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING.)
09-18–4
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
7 Cargo compartment light
(See 09-18-46 CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT
BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.)
8 License plate light
(See 09-18-29 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-29 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BULB
9 Rear fog light
(See 09-18-26 REAR FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-27 REAR FOG LIGHT BULB
10 Inboard light
(See 09-18-25 INBOARD LIGHT REMOVAL/
(See 09-18-26 INBOARD LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/
11 Trunk compartment Light
(See 09-18-47 TRUNK COMPARTMENT LIGHT
12 Interior light
(See 09-18-43 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-44 INTERIOR LIGHT INSPECTION.)
(See 09-18-44 INTERIOR LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
13 Hazard warning switch
(See 09-18-40 HAZARD WARNING SWITCH
(See 09-18-41 HAZARD WARNING SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
14 Light switch
(See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION.)
(See 09-18-38 FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-18-39 REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
15 Headlight leveling switch
(See 09-18-41 HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH
(See 09-18-42 HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
16 Combination switch
(See 09-18-32 COMBINATION SWITCH
(See 09-18-34 COMBINATION SWITCH
End Of Sie
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800800700
09-18–5
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
.
1 Connector 1 3 2 4
2 Bolt
3 Fastener
4 Front combination light
5. Adjust the headlight aiming.(See 09-18-7
HEADLIGHT AIMING.)
End Of Sie
BOLT: 6.9—9.8 N·m {71—99 kgf·cm, 62—86 in·lbf}

am2zzw0000499
HEADLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800800500
2-Beam Type Headlight
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000248
3. Remove the rubber cover.

RETAINING WIRE
4. Press the bulb retaining wire in the direction of the
arrow to release the lock.
5. Remove the headlight bulb.
Caution
x A bulb generates extremely high heat
HEAD
when it is illuminated.If the surface of the LIGHT
bulb is soiled, heat of higher temperature BULB
than normal will build, shortening the life
of the bulb. When replacing the bulb,
RUBBER COVER
hold the metal flange, not the glass.
am2zzw0000248

Low-beam
09-18–6
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000248
3. Remove the rubber cover.

RETAINING WIRE
4. Press the bulb retaining wire in the direction of the
arrow to release the lock.
Caution
HEAD
when it is illuminated.If the surface of the LIGHT
bulb is soiled, heat of higher temperature BULB
than normal will build, shortening the life
RUBBER COVER
am2zzw0000248
High-beam
2. Rotate the socket in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure to remove it. SOCKET
Caution
when it is illuminated.If the surface of the HEAD CONNECTOR
bulb is soiled, heat of higher temperature LIGHT
than normal will build, shortening the life BULB
am2zzw0000371

End Of Sie
HEADLIGHT AIMING
id091800800400
Note
x The reflectors for the low and high beams are integrated. Therefore, perform the headlight aiming
adjustment on either the low or high beam.
09-18–7
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Low-beam Adjustment
1. Point the headlight beams to a wall and verify that
the headlight beams are as shown in the figure. L.H.D.
LH RH
BRIGHTNESS BORDERLINE
R.H.D.
LH RH
am2zzw0000335
2. Make a headlight adjustment screen as shown in L.H.D.

the figure using double-weight, white paper.
3. Adjust the tire pressure to the specification. CENTER OF HEAD LIGHT
4. Park the vehicle on level ground, in an unloaded 15°
condition. ELBOW POINT
5. Sit on the driver-side seat alone.
6. Put the white screen in front of the vehicle.
30 mm {1.2 in}
7. Line up the headlights with the white screen at a
distance of 3 m {9.8 ft} apart.
BRIGHTNESS
BORDER LINE
R.H.D.
CENTER OF HEAD LIGHT
15°
ELBOW POINT
30 mm {1.2 in}
BRIGHTNESS
BORDER LINE
am2zzw0000335
09-18–8
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
8. Measure the height at the center of the headlight.
ACTUAL CENTER
Note OF THE HEADLIGHT
x Since the height of the vehicle varies
depending on the vehicle situation, measure
the height of the center of the headlight
using the actual vehicle.
9. Align the center of the adjustment screen with the MEASURED

position indicated in the figure, then affix the HEADLIGHT
screen to the wall.
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
90°
90°
am2zzw0000371
WALL WALL
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT SCREEN
610 mm
{24.0 in}
CENTER OF
HEADLIGHT VEHICLE ACTUAL VEHICLE
CENTER CENTER OF CENTER
THE
HEADLIGHT
MEASURED
HEIGHT 610 mm
{24.0 in}
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
WALL
3 m {9.8 ft}
am2zzw0000335
10. Start the engine and charge the battery.

11. Turn on the headlight low beams.
12. Block the light of the headlight which is not adjusted.
13. Switch the headlight leveling switch at “0” position.
09-18–9
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
14. Verify that the elbow point of the headlight is at the position indicated by the adjustment screen.
x If the elbow point is not at the position
indicated by the adjustment screen, turn the
adjustment screw as shown in the figure to INWARD OUTWARD
UPWARD DOWNWARD
adjust the elbow point to the position
indicated by the adjustment screen.
am2zzw0000335
High-beam Adjustment
1. Make a headlight adjustment screen as shown in
3. Park the vehicle on level ground, in an unloaded
condition.
5. Put the wall in front of the vehicle.
6. Line up the headlights with the wall at a distance
of 3 m {9.8 ft} apart.
am2zzw0000335

ACTUAL CENTER
MEASURED
HEADLIGHT
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
90°
90°
am2zzw0000371
09-18–10
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
8. Align the center of the adjustment screen with the position indicated in the figure, then affix the screen to the
wall.
WALL WALL
610 mm
{24.0 in}
CENTER OF
THE
HEADLIGHT
MEASURED
HEIGHT 610 mm
{24.0 in}
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
WALL
3 m {9.8 ft}
am2zzw0000335

10. Turn on the headlight high beams.
11. Block the light of the headlight which is not adjusted using a partition.
13. Verify that the center of the hot zone (the bright
part of high beam) is at the center of the headlight
on the adjustment screen.
(CENTER OF HOT ZONE)
HOT ZONE
am2zzw0000335
09-18–11
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
x If the center of the hot zone is not at the
center of the headlight on the adjustment
screen, turn the adjustment screw to adjust INWARD OUTWARD
UPWARD DOWNWARD
the center of the hot zone.
am2zzw0000336

Low-beam Adjustment
1. Point the headlight beams to a wall and verify that
the headlight beams are as shown in the figure. L.H.D.
LH RH
R.H.D.
LH RH
am2zzw0000335
2. Make a headlight adjustment screen as shown in L.H.D.

4. Park the vehicle on level ground, in an unloaded 15°
condition. ELBOW POINT
6. Put the white screen in front of the vehicle.
30 mm {1.2 in}
7. Line up the headlights with the white screen at a
distance of 3 m {9.8 ft} apart.
BRIGHTNESS
BORDER LINE
R.H.D.
15°
ELBOW POINT
30 mm {1.2 in}
BRIGHTNESS
BORDER LINE
am2zzw0000335
09-18–12
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
ACTUAL CENTER
9. Align the center of the adjustment screen with the MEASURED

position indicated in the figure, then affix the HEADLIGHT
screen to the wall.
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
90°
90°
am2zzw0000372
WALL WALL
560 mm
{22.0 in}
CENTER OF
THE
HEADLIGHT
MEASURED
HEIGHT 560 mm
{22.0 in}
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
WALL
3 m {9.8 ft}
am2zzw0000371

11. Turn on the headlight low beams.
12. Block the light of the headlight which is not adjusted.
09-18–13
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
14. Verify that the elbow point of the headlight is at the position indicated by the adjustment screen.
x If the elbow point is not at the position
indicated by the adjustment screen, turn the
adjustment screw as shown in the figure to OUTWARD
INWARD UPWARD DOWNWARD
adjust the elbow point to the position
indicated by the adjustment screen.
am2zzw0000372
High-beam Adjustment
1. Make a headlight adjustment screen as shown in
3. Park the vehicle on level ground, in an unloaded
condition.
5. Put the wall in front of the vehicle.
6. Line up the headlights with the wall at a distance
of 3 m {9.8 ft} apart.
am2zzw0000335

ACTUAL CENTER
MEASURED
HEADLIGHT
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
90°
90°
am2zzw0000372
09-18–14
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
8. Align the center of the adjustment screen with the position indicated in the figure, then affix the screen to the
wall.
WALL WALL
683 mm
{26.9 in}
CENTER OF
THE
HEADLIGHT
MEASURED
HEIGHT 683 mm
{26.9 in}
ACTUAL CENTER OF
THE HEADLIGHT
WALL
3 m {9.8 ft}
am2zzw0000371

10. Turn on the headlight high beams.
11. Block the light of the headlight which is not adjusted using a partition.
13. Verify that the center of the hot zone (the bright
part of high beam) is at the center of the headlight
on the adjustment screen.
(CENTER OF HOT ZONE)
HOT ZONE
am2zzw0000335
09-18–15
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
x If the center of the hot zone is not at the
center of the headlight on the adjustment
screen, turn the adjustment screw to adjust UPWARD DOWNWARD
the center of the hot zone. OUTWARD
INWARD
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000372
PARKING LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800804200
2. Rotate the socket in the direction of the arrow (1)
and remove it.
3. Remove the parking light bulb from the socket in
the direction of the arrow (2).
SOCKET
PARKING
End Of Sie (2)
LIGHT BULB
(1)
am2zzw0000248
FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800805000
2. Rotate the socket in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure and remove it.
3. Remove the front turn light bulb.
End Of Sie
FRONT TURN
LIGHT BULB
am2zzw0000239
FRONT FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800802100
Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) Manufactured Vehicles
Standard type
2. Lift up the vehicle.
09-18–16
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
3. Remove the screws shown in the figure and bend
back the mudguard in the direction of the arrow.
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000250

5. Remove the screws, then remove the front fog FRONT FOG
SCREW
light component. LIGHT
COMPONENT
SCREW
CONNECTOR
SCREW
am2zzw0000248
6. Remove the aiming adjustment bolt. FRONT FOG LIGHT

7. Remove the screw. BRACKET
8. Remove the front fog light.
10. Adjust the front fog light aiming. (See 09-18-20 FRONT
FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING.) FOG LIGHT
AIMING
ADJUSTMENT
BOLT
1.0—3.4 N·m
SCREW
{11—34 kgf·cm,
8.9—30 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000446
Sport type
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000250
09-18–17
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
5. Remove the screws, then remove the front fog
light component.
SCREW
FRONT FOG LIGHT
COMPONENT
SCREW CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000446
6. Remove the aiming adjustment bolt. FRONT FOG LIGHT

8. Remove the front fog light. FRONT FOG
LIGHT BRACKET
10. Adjust the front fog light aiming. (See 09-18-20
FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING.)
SCREW AIMING
ADJUSTMENT
BOLT
1.0—3.4 N·m
{11—34 kgf·cm,
8.9—30 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000446
AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) Manufactured Vehicles

Standard Type
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000250

light component.
SCREW
FRONT FOG LIGHT

COMPONENT
CONNECTOR
SCREW
am2zzw0000446
09-18–18
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
6. Remove the aiming adjustment bolt.
7. Remove the screw. FRONT FOG LIGHT
8. Remove the front fog light. BRACKET
FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING.) FRONT
FOG LIGHT
SCREW
AIMING ADJUSTMENT BOLT

1.0—3.4 N·m
{11—34 kgf·cm, 8.9—30 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000443
Sport Type
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000250

light component.
SCREW
FRONT FOG LIGHT

COMPONENT
SCREW CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000446
6. Remove the aiming adjustment bolt. FRONT FOG LIGHT FRONT FOG LIGHT
7. Remove the screw. BRACKET
8. Remove the front fog light.
FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING.)
End Of Sie
AIMING
ADJUSTMENT
BOLT
1.0—3.4 N·m
SCREW {11—34 kgf·cm,
8.9—30 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000446
FRONT FOG LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800802300
09-18–19
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000382

4. Rotate the front fog light bulb in the direction of
the arrow (1) and pull it out.
CONNECTOR
Caution
when it is illuminated.If the surface of the FRONT
bulb is soiled, heat of higher temperature FOG
than normal will build, shortening the life LIGHT
of the bulb. When replacing the bulb, BULB
hold the metal flange, not the glass. (1)
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See 09-

18-20 Front Fog Light Bulb Installation Note.)
am2zzw0000382
Front Fog Light Bulb Installation Note

1. Install the front fog light bulb by turning it in the direction of the arrow.
LH RH
FRONT FOG LIGHT

BULB FTONT FOG LIGHT
BULB
am2zzw0000217
End Of Sie
FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING
id091800802200
1. Make a front fog light adjustment screen as
shown in the figure using double-weight, white SAME FOR BOTH
paper. RIGHT AND LEFT CENTER OF
2. Adjust the tire pressure to the specification. FRONT FOG LIGHT
3. Position the unloaded vehicle on a flat, level
surface.
4. Seat one person in the driver’s seat. 60 mm {2.4 in}
BRIGHTNESS
BORDERLINE
am2zzw0000444
09-18–20
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
5. Line up the vehicle with the wall so that the center of the front fog light is 3 m {9.8 ft} away from the wall.
ACTUAL CENTER OF THE
WALL FRONT FOG LIGHT
3 m {9.8 ft}
am2zzw0000444
6. Measure the height at the center of the front fog

light. ACTUAL CENTER
OF THE FRONT
Note FOG LIGHT
the height of the center of the front fog light
MEASURED
HEIGHT
ACTUAL CENTER
OF THE FRONT
FOG LIGHT
90°
90°
am2zzw0000496
09-18–21
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
7. Align the center of the front fog light with the center of the screen.
WALL WALL
FRONT FOG LIGHT

ADJUSTMENT SCREEN *1 *1
ACTUAL
VEHICLE CENTER OF VEHICLE
CENTER THE FRONT CENTER
CENTER OF FOG LIGHT
FRONT FOG
LIGHT
MEASURED
HEIGHT
*1
STANDARD TYPE : 652.7 mm {25.7 in}
SPORT TYPE : 652.7 mm {25.7 in}
STANDARD TYPE : 654.1 mm {25.75 in}
SPORT TYPE : 655.5 mm {25.81 in}
am2zzw0000444
8. Block the light of the other front fog light using a partition.
9. Start the engine so that the battery remains charged.
10. Turn the front fog lights on.
11. Verify that brightness border line of the front fog light is at the position indicated on the adjustment screen.
x If the brightness border line is not at the position indicated on the adjustment screen, perform the following
adjustment.
FRONT BUMPER
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000250
09-18–22
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
13. Loosen the aiming adjustment bolt, adjust the
center of the front fog light to the position shown
in the figure, and tighten the screws.
End Of Sie
SCREW
UP WARD
DOWN WARD
AIMING ADJUSTMENT BOLT

1.0—3.4 N·m
{11—34 kgf·cm, 8.9—30 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000444
FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800800900
2. Move the front side turn light in the direction of the FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT
arrow (1) (toward the vehicle rear) and detach the CONNECTOR
tab.
3. Pull area A of the front side turn light in the FRONT SIDE TURN
direction of the arrow (2) and remove the front LIGHT
side turn light.
4. Disconnect the front side turn light connector. TAB
A
Caution (1) REAR
x Always assemble the front side turn light (2)
with the tab towards the vehicle rear.
am2zzw0000336
End Of Sie
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800801000
5HB/3HB
2. Remove the screws. REAR
COMBINATION
LIGHT
SCREW
am2zzw0000218
09-18–23
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
3. Slide the rear combination light to the vehicle rear,
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT
avoiding the clip.
CLIP
A A
SEC. A—A
am2zzw0000336
4. Disconnect the connectors in the direction of the

arrow shown in the figure and remove the rear CONNECTOR
combination light.
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000219
4SD
3. Remove the fasteners and slightly bend back the trunk side trim. (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM
4. Disconnect the connector in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure and remove the rear
combination light.
BRAKE/TAILLIGHT BULB
REAR TURN LIGHT BULB
am2zzw0000496
5. Remove the nuts and slide the rear combination

light to the vehicle rear, avoiding the clip. REAR
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. COMBINATION
End Of Sie LIGHT
CLIP
NUT
4.1—6.1 N·m
{42—62 kgf·cm,
37—53 in·lbf}
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT

am2zzw0000497
09-18–24
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800805900
5HB/3HB
3. Remove the rear combination light bulbs.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. BULB POSITION
REAR TURN LIGHT
BULB
BRAKE / TAILLIGHT BULB
BACK-UP LIGHT BULB
BULB
SOCKET BULB
am2zzw0000497
4SD
3. Remove the socket.
4. Remove the rear combination light bulbs.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. BULB POSITION
End Of Sie
BRAKE / TAILLIGHT BULB
REAR TURN LIGHT BULB
BULB SOCKET BULB
am2zzw0000497
INBOARD LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id0918008061a5
09-18–25
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
1 Nut
2 Bracket 4
3 Connector
4 Inboard light
(See 09-18-26 Inboard Light Installation Note.)
2
3
1
2.9—4.9 N·m
{30—49 kgf·cm, 26—43 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000494
Inboard Light Installation Note

1. Insert the inboard light into the trunk lid as shown
in the figure, then pivot it inward and fix in place.
End Of Sie
TRUNK LID
INBOARD
LIGHT
am2zzw0000482
INBOARD LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id0918008060a5
With rear fog light
1 Connector
3
2 Socket
3 Rear fog light bulb (driver-side) / back-up light bulb
(passenger-side)
Without rear fog light

1 Connector
2 Socket
3 Back-up light bulb
1 2
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. am2ccw0000021
End Of Sie
REAR FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800805100
5HB/3HB
2. Remove the rear fog light bulb. (See 09-18-27 REAR FOG LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-18–26
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
L.H.D.
REAR FOG LIGHT
REAR BUMPER SCREW

am2zzw0000373
R.H.D.
5. Remove the rear fog light in the direction of the
REAR FOG LIGHT
SCREW REAR BUMPER

am2zzw0000373
4SD
Note
x Rear fog light is integrated with the inboard light (RH).
1. Refer to 09-18-25 INBOARD LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD].

End Of Sie
REAR FOG LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800851300
5HB/3HB
2. Rotate the rear fog light socket in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, then remove the rear fog
light socket and rear fog light bulb in the direction of the arrow (2).
L.H.D.
REAR FOG LIGHT SOCKET
(1)
(2)
am2zzw0000337
09-18–27
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
R.H.D.
REAR FOG LIGHT SOCKET
(1)
(2)
am2zzw0000337
3. Remove the rear fog light bulb from the rear fog
light socket in the direction of the arrow shown in
the figure. REAR FOG LIGHT SOCKET
REAR FOG LIGHT BULB
am2zzw0000029
4SD
Note
x Rear fog light is integrated with the inboard light (RH).
1. Refer to 09-18-26 INBOARD LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

End Of Sie
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800802000
5HB/3HB
3. Remove tabs A (4 locations).
4. Remove the high-mount brake light while
removing tabs B (4 locations).
CONNECTOR TAB B
A A A A
HIGH MOUNT
BRAKE LIGHT
am2zzw0000228
4SD
09-18–28
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
3. Disconnect the socket. HIGH MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT
4. Remove the nuts.
NUT
NUT
2.9—6.9 N·m 2.9—6.9 N·m
{30—70 kgf·cm, {30—70 kgf·cm,
26—61 in·lbf} 26—61 in·lbf}
SOCKET
am2zzw0000483
5. Disengage the tabs by pressing both ends of the

lens in the directions indicated by the arrows and
remove the high-mount brake light. HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE RIGHT
TAB TAB
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000491
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id0918008664a5
HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT
1 Socket
2 Bulb
End Of Sie 2
1
am2zzw0000491
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800857800
2. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into
the service hole, push it in the direction of the
arrow, and remove the lens.
3. Remove the license plate light bulb from the
socket.
End Of Sie
LICENSE PLATE
LIGHT BULB
LENS
am2zzw0000250
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800801100
5HB/3HB
(1) Front scuff plate (3HB) (See 09-17-57 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(2) Rear scuff plate (5HB) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-18–29
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
(6) Trunk side trim (LH) (See 09-17-70 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-73
TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
4. Pull the tabs shown in the figure in the direction of
the arrow (1) and remove them in the direction of
the arrow (2).
5. Remove the license plate light.
LICENSE PLATE
LIGHT
(2)
(1)
am2zzw0000249
4SD
3. Pull the tabs shown in the figure in the direction of
the arrow (1) and remove them in the direction of
the arrow (2).
4. Remove the license plate light.
End Of Sie
LICENSE PLATE
LIGHT
(2)
(1)
am2ccw0000021
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800800200
F35M-R
09-18–30
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
2. Drain the transaxle oil.
1 Connector
2 Back-up light switch
2
GASKET R
20—29 N·m {2.1—2.9 kgf·cm, 15—21 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000337
B65M-R
1 Connector 20—29 N·m {2.1—2.9 kgf·cm, 15—21 ft·lbf}
2 Back-up light switch 2
GASKET R
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000337
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION

id091800800300
2. Drain the transmission oil (F35M-R).
3. Remove the back-up light switch. (See 09-18-30 BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the continuity between the back-up
light switch terminals is as indicated in the table F35M-R B65M-R
using a circuit tester.
A
A
B A
B
am2zzw0000496
09-18–31
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
back-up light switch.
End Of Sie : Continuity
Terminal
Shift lever position
A B
Reverse
Other
PUSH
am2zzw0000240
COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

R.H.D.
(1) Driver-side air bag module.
(2) Steering wheel (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [R.H.D.].)
(3) Column cover (See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Clock spring.
4. Remove the bolt.
CONNECTOR
BOLT
CONNECTOR
BOLT: 4—12 N·m {41—129 kgf·cm, 36—112 in·lbf}

am2zzw0000351
09-18–32
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
5. Detach the tab.
6. Remove the combination switch. (See 09-18-34
Combination Switch Installation Note.)
TAB
am2zzw0000219
Combination Switch Installation Note

1. Align the combination switch rib with the steering
shaft guide and press the combination switch until
it contacts.
End Of Sie GUIDE
COMBINATION
SWITCH
RIB
STEERING SHAFT
am2zzw0000219
COMBINATION SWITCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

id091800802600
(1) Driver-side air bag module.
(2) Steering wheel (See 06-13- 10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[R.H.D.].)
(3) Column cover (See 09-17-25 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Clock spring
3. Remove the combination switch. (See 09-18-32 COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Press the tabs in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, then remove the light switch, and the wiper
and washer switch.
VEHICLES WITH LIGHT SWITCH ON LEFT SIDE VEHICLES WITH LIGHT SWITCH ON RIGHT SIDE
WIPER AND WIPER AND

WASHER SWITCH LIGHT SWITCH LIGHT SWITCH WASHER SWITCH
(2) (2)
(2) (2)
(1) (1)
(1) (1)
am2zzw0000336

End Of Sie
09-18–34
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800802800
LIGHT SWITCH
(2) TAB
(1)
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000220

4. Release the tab in the direction of the arrow (1)
shown in the figure and remove the light switch in LIGHT SWITCH
the direction of the arrow (2). TAB (2)
End Of Sie
(1)
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000220
LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION

id091800802900
3. Remove the light switch. (See 09-18-35 LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the continuity between the light switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the light switch.
09-18–35
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Vehicles Without Auto Light System
Headlight switch
VEHICLES WITH LIGHT SWITCH ON LEFT SIDE
: Continuity
D F H J
Switch position Terminal
Flash-to-
TNS FLASH-TO-PASS HI Light Dimmer pass B D F H J
OFF
OFF HEAD LIGHT LO OFF -
ON
OFF
TNS -
ON
B
OFF
Head- LO
ON
light
* * * * * * HI -
* J H F D B
VEHICLES WITH LIGHT SWITCH ON RIGHT SIDE

: Continuity
L J H F
Flash-to-
TNS FLASH-TO-PASS HI Light Dimmer pass F H J L N
OFF
OFF LO OFF -
HEAD LIGHT
ON
OFF
TNS -
ON
N
OFF
Head- LO
ON
light
* * * * * * * * HI -
* N L J H F * *
am2zzw0000483
09-18–36
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Turn switch
LEFT RIGHT : Continuity

Terminal
Switch position
E G E G I
Left
OFF
* I G E * * Right
* * * * * *

Terminal
Switch position
I G G I E
Left
OFF
* * * I G E * * Right
* * * * * * * *
am2zzw0000515
Vehicles With Auto Light System

Headlight switch
: Continuity
K D F H J Flash-to-
Light Dimmer pass B D F H J K
AUTO TNS
FLASH-TO-PASS HI
LO
OFF
OFF -
ON
OFF
HEAD LIGHT OFF
TNS -
ON
OFF
B Head- LO
ON
light
HI -
K * * * * * OFF
* J H F D B LO
ON
Auto
HI -
am2zzw0000380
09-18–37
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Turn switch

Terminal
Switch position
E G E G I
Left
OFF
* I G E * * Right
* * * * * *
am2zzw0000380
End Of Sie
FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION
id091800803200
4. Verify that the continuity between the front fog light switch terminals is as indicated in the table using a circuit
tester.
09-18–38
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
: Continuity
A
Terminal
Switch position
FRONT A B
OFF FOG
LIGHT OFF
FRONT FOG LIGHT
* * * * * A
* * * * * B
: Continuity
M
Terminal
Switch position
FRONT M N
OFF FOG
LIGHT
OFF
FRONT FOG LIGHT
* M * * * * * *
* N * * * * * *
am2zzw0000515
End Of Sie
REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION
id091800475500
4. Verify that the continuity between the front fog light switch terminals is as indicated in the table using a tester.
09-18–39
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
WITHOUT FRONT FOG LIGHT

: Continuity
C
REAR Terminal
FOG
Switch position
OFF B C
LIGHT
OFF
REAR FOG LIGHT
* * * * C *
* * * * * B
WITH FRONT FOG LIGHT

: Continuity
A C
FRONT Terminal
FOG Switch position
LIGHT A B C
OFF
REAR
OFF
FOG FRONT FOG LIGHT
LIGHT
REAR FOG LIGHT
B
* * * * C A
* * * * * B
am2zzw0000515
End Of Sie
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800803000
(4) Glove compartment (Vehicles with center panel unit) (See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Center panel unit (Vehicles with center panel unit) (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Center panel (Vehicles without center panel unit) (See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-18–40
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
3. Remove the hazard warning switch in the
direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while
pressing the hazard warning switch tabs in the HAZARD WARNING SWITCH PANEL
End Of Sie (1)
(1)
HAZARD SWITCH
am2zzw0000249
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH INSPECTION

id091800803100
(4) Glove compartment (Vehicles with center panel unit) (See 09-17-26 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Center panel unit (Vehicles with center panel unit) (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Center panel (Vehicles without center panel unit) (See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(7) Hazard warning switch (See 09-18-40 HAZARD WARNING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Verify that the continuity between the hazard
warning switch terminals is as indicated in the
C A
table.
hazard warning switch.
D C B A
B D
am2zzw0000482
End Of Sie
: Continuity : Bulb
Terminal
Switch position
A D C B
ON
OFF
am2zzw0000482
HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800803600
(1) Front scuff plate (driver-side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side trim (driver-side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-18–41
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
(7) Lower panel (driver-side) (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Press the tabs in the direction of the arrow (1)
shown in the figure and remove the auto leveling
switch in the direction of the arrow (2).
(1)
(1)
End Of Sie TAB HEADLIGHT
LEVELING SWITCH
(1)
(1)
(2)
TAB
am2zzw0000254
HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH INSPECTION

id091800803700
(1) Front scuff plate (driver-side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side trim (driver-side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Lower panel (driver-side) (See 09-17-29 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Headlight leveling switch (See 09-18-41 HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Verify that the resistance and continuity between
the headlight leveling switch terminals is as
indicated in the table using a tester. E J
x If not as indicated in the table, or if the 0 E * A
* * *
resistance is not within the specification, L J D *
1 * *
replace the headlight leveling switch. L
2
3
A D
am2zzw0000348
09-18–42
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
End Of Sie
: Resistance : Bulb
Terminal
Switch position
H J D A E
0
R1 R2
1
R3 R4
2 R5 R6
3 R7 R8
R1: 910 Ω R2: 3785 Ω R3: 1716 Ω R4: 2979 Ω
R5: 2276 Ω R6: 2419 Ω R7: 2895 Ω R8: 1800 Ω
am2zzw0000228
AUTO LIGHT ILLUMINATION LEVEL SETTING

id091800803300
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the AUTO LIGHT
ILLUMINATION LEVEL SETTING.

1. Select “Module Programming”.
following order.
1. Select "Programmable Parameters".
2. Select "Exterior Lighting".
4. Select the item name, and then select option.
DLC-2
Items
am2zzw0000251
x Autolamp On Setting (Standard (Other) / Low

(Other))
End Of Sie
INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091800801500
Vehicles With Intruder Sensor
2. Remove the intruder sensor. (See 09-14-135 INTRUDER SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the lens. (See 09-18-44 INTERIOR LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the interior light.
6. Disconnect the interior light connector.
INTERIOR LIGHT
SCREW
am2zzw0000224
09-18–43
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Vehicles Without Intruder Sensor
(4) Rain sensor cover (vehicles with rain sensor) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Release the tabs in the direction of the arrow (1)
shown in the figure and remove the interior light in INTERIOR LIGHT
the direction of the arrow (2). CONNECTOR
5. Disconnect the interior light connector. INTERIOR LIGHT
End Of Sie
TAB TAB
(1) (1)
(2)
am2zzw0000213
INTERIOR LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800801400
INTERIOR SERVICE
the service hole, push it in the direction indicated
LIGHT HOLE
by the arrow, and remove the lens.
3. Remove the interior light bulbs.
INTERIOR LIGHT
BULB
LENS
am2zzw0000225

2. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into INTERIOR
the service hole, push it in the direction indicated LIGHT
by the arrow, and remove the lens.
3. Remove the interior light bulb.
End Of Sie INTERIOR LIGHT
BULB
SERVICE
HOLE
LENS
am2zzw0000250
INTERIOR LIGHT INSPECTION

id091800801600
2. Remove the intruder sensor. (See 09-14-135 INTRUDER SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the lens. (See 09-18-44 INTERIOR LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-18–44
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
4. Remove the interior light. (See 09-18-43 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Verify that the continuity between the interior light
terminals is as indicated in the table.
C
MAP MAP
LIGHT LIGHT
SWITCH SWITCH
INTERIOR
LIGHT
SWITCH
ON OFF
DOOR
H F
H * F * * C * *
am2zzw0000496

: Bulb
interior light.
Terminal
Switch Position
H F C
Map Light OFF

Switch ON
OFF
Interior Light
DOOR
Switch
ON
am2zzw0000496

2. Remove the interior light. (See 09-18-43 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the continuity between the interior light D
terminals is as indicated in the table.
interior light.
D C B *
INTERIOR
LIGHT SWITCH
OFF
ON
DOOR
C B
am2zzw0000496
09-18–45
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
End Of Sie
: Bulb
Terminal
Switch Position
D C B
OFF
DOOR
ON
am2zzw0000496
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800801700
2. Insert hand through the service hole, release the tab in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure, and
pull area A in the direction of the arrow (2) to remove the cargo compartment light.
3. Disconnect the cargo compartment light
connector.
End Of Sie
CONNECTOR
CARGO
(2)
COMPARTMENT
A LIGHT
(1)
TAB
am2zzw0000227
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091800807800
2. Remove the cargo compartment light. (See 09-18-46 CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the cargo compartment light bulb.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT BULB
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000227
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT INSPECTION

id091800801800
2. Remove the cargo compartment light. (See 09-18-46 CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
09-18–46
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
3. Verify that the continuity between the cargo A
compartment light terminals is as indicated in the
table.
cargo compartment light.
B A
OFF
ON
B
am2zzw0000482
End Of Sie
: Bulb
Terminal
Switch position
A B
ON
OFF
am2zzw0000482
TRUNK COMPARTMENT LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [4SD]

id0918008507a5
2. Disengage the tabs by pressing both ends of the
lens in the directions indicated by the arrows and
remove the lens.
TAB
End Of Sie
TRUNK
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT BULB
LENS
am2zzw0000483
09-18–47
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
09-19 WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM

WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE
LOCATION INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–16
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM LOCATION REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE
INDEX [3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–5 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–17
WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE Rear Wiper Arm Installation Note . . . . . 09-19–18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-19–7 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE
Windshield Wiper Arm ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–18
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–8 REAR WIPER MOTOR
WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–18
ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–8 REAR WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION . . . 09-19–19
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REAR WASHER NOZZLE
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REAR WASHER NOZZLE
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 09-19–11 ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–20
Ball Joint Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–11 REAR WASHER HOSE
Windshield Wiper Motor REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–20
Assembly Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–11 REAR WASHER HOSE
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . . 09-19–22
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–12 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
WASHER TANK Vehicles With Wiper and Washer Switch
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-19–13 on Left Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–24
Washer Hose Installation Note. . . . . . . 09-19–14 Vehicles With Wiper and Washer Switch
WASHER MOTOR on Right Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-19–14 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
WASHER MOTOR INSPECTION . . . . . . 09-19–14 SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–25
WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE RAIN SENSOR
ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–16 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–28
RAIN SENSOR INITIAL SETTING . . . . . . 09-19–31
Rain Sensor Initialization. . . . . . . . . . . . 09-19–31
Rain Sensor Re-initialization . . . . . . . . . 09-19–31
End of Toc
SOKYU_WM: WIPER/WASHER SYSTEMS
09-19–1
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
id091900910000
R.H.D.
VEHICLES WITH WIPER AND WASHER

1 2 SWITCH ON LEFT SIDE
12 11
3
4 VEHICLES WITH WIPER AND WASHER
SWITCH ON RIGHT SIDE
11
5 12
5HB 7
8
9
10
am2zzw0000495
.
1 Windshield wiper motor 4 Windshield washer hose

(See 09-19-9 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR (See 09-19-16 WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE
(See 09-19-11 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR 5 Washer tank
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.) (See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/
(See 09-19-12 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.)
6 Washer motor
2 Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-9 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
(See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-19-11 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
(See 09-19-8 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
BLADE ADJUSTMENT.)
7 Rear washer hose
3 Windshield washer nozzle (See 09-19-20 REAR WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/
(See 09-19-15 WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-19-16 WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE
ADJUSTMENT.)
09-19–2
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
8 Rear washer nozzle
(See 09-19-20 REAR WASHER NOZZLE
ADJUSTMENT.)
9 Rear wiper arm and blade
(See 09-19-17 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ADJUSTMENT.)
10 Rear wiper motor
(See 09-19-18 REAR WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-19-19 REAR WIPER MOTOR
INSPECTION.)
11 Wiper and washer switch
(See 09-19-24 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
(See 09-19-25 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
12 Rain sensor
(See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-19-31 RAIN SENSOR
INITIAL SETTING.)
End Of Sie
09-19–4
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [3HB]
id0919009100z3
R.H.D.
VEHICLES WITH WIPER AND WASHER

1 2 SWITCH ON LEFT SIDE
12 11
3
4 VEHICLES WITH WIPER AND WASHER
SWITCH ON RIGHT SIDE
11
5 12
8
9
10
am2zzw0000495
1 Windshield wiper motor 4 Windshield washer hose

(See 09-19-9 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR (See 09-19-16 WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE
(See 09-19-11 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR 5 Washer tank
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.) (See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/
(See 09-19-12 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR INSTALLATION.)
INSPECTION.)
6 Washer motor
2 Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-9 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
(See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-19-11 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
(See 09-19-8 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
BLADE ADJUSTMENT.)
7 Rear washer hose
3 Windshield washer nozzle (See 09-19-22 REAR WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/
(See 09-19-15 WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(See 09-19-16 WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE
ADJUSTMENT.)
09-19–5
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
8 Rear washer nozzle
ADJUSTMENT.)
9 Rear wiper arm and blade
ADJUSTMENT.)
10 Rear wiper motor
(See 09-19-18 REAR WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-19-19 REAR WIPER MOTOR
INSPECTION.)
11 Wiper and washer switch
(See 09-19-24 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
(See 09-19-25 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
12 Rain sensor
(See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-19-31 RAIN SENSOR
INITIAL SETTING.)
End Of Sie
WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900474600
Warning
x When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, and the wiper and washer switch is in the
AUTO position, the windshield wipers could operate accidentally under the following conditions.
Always turn the ignition switch, and the wiper and washer switch off before handling the
windshield wipers; otherwise a pinched hand or fingers could result in injury or a wiper system
malfunction:
— The windshield in the rain sensor installation area is touched.
— The windshield is subjected to an impact.
— The rain sensor is subjected to an impact from inside the vehicle.
— Water is poured on the windshield.

R.H.D.
.
1
1 Cap
2 Nut 2
3 Windshield wiper arm
(See: 09-19-8 Windshield Wiper Arm Installation 3
Note.)
4 Windshield wiper blade 4
5 Backing plate 5
6 Rubber brush
3. Adjust the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See 4
09-19-8 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE 5
ADJUSTMENT.)
6
NUT : 24—27 N·m {2.5—2.7 kgf·m, 18—19 ft·lbf}
am2zzw0000506
09-19–7
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Windshield Wiper Arm Installation Note
1. Clean the serrated connecting part with a wire
brush before installing the windshield wiper arm.
End Of Sie
SERRATED
CONNECTING PART
am2zzw0000212
WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT

id091900474700
1. Turn off the windshield wiper switch while operating the windshield wiper motor to stop the windshield wiper at
the auto-stop position.
2. Slide the serrated connecting part and position the windshield wiper arm and blade as shown in the figure.
R.H.D.
End Of Sie
29.5—33.5 mm
{1.17—1.31 in}
28—32 mm
MOLDING
{1.11—1.25 in}
END LINE
COWL GRILL
COWL GRILL
END LINE
END LINE
id091900474800
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION am2zzw0000213

2. Remove the windshield wiper arm. (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the cowl grille. (See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
am2zzw0000432
R.H.D. (Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)
1 1 2
3
1
BOLT:4.0—6.8 N·m {41—69 kgf·cm, 36—60 in·lbf}
09-19–8 am2zzw0000216
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
R.H.D. (AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)
.
1 Bolt
1 1 2
2 Windshield wiper motor
3 Connector
6. Adjust the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See
09-19-8 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie
BOLT: 4.5—6.3 N·m {46—64 kgf·cm, 40—55 in·lbf}

1
am2zzw0000216
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

id091900474900
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the figure. .
GREASE
GREASE
2 6 4 1 1
TAB A
A
A
A
A
A
A
GREASE
A
A
GREASE
GREASE
5 3
adejjw00003084
1 Cover 4 Windshield wiper motor (See 09-19-11 Windshield

2 Bolt Wiper Motor Assembly Note.)
3 Wiper link No.1 (See 09-19-11 Ball Joint Assembly 5 Wiper link No.2 (See 09-19-11 Ball Joint Assembly
Note.) Note.)
6 Main link (See 09-19-11 Ball Joint Assembly Note.)
09-19–10
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Ball Joint Assembly Note

1. Use a clean cloth to protect the link and squeeze BALL JOINT
using pliers. CLEAN RAG
LINK
am2zzw0000218
Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Note

1. Connect the windshield wiper motor to the vehicle wiring harness connector, operate the windshield wipers,
and then stop them at the auto-stop position.
2. Adjust the motor crank and wiper link No.1 so that
MOTOR CLANK
they are parallel as shown in the figure.
WIPER LINK No.1
End Of Sie
PARALLEL
am2zzw0000218
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION

id091900475000
R.H.D.
1. Disconnect windshield wiper motor connector.
2. After connecting the windshield wiper motor CI RCUI T
terminal D or E to the positive battery terminal, BREAKER • • • •
and terminal C to the negative battery terminal, M
verify that the windshield wipers operate as • • • • E C
B A
shown in the table. AUTO STOP
SWITCH D BB
windshield wiper motor.
Terminal applied to battery Operation
Battery negative Battery positive condition
voltage voltage C B A D E
D HI
C adejjw00003085
E LO
09-19–11
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
3. Disconnect the positive battery from terminal E while the wipers are operating, then verify that the wipers do not
stop at the auto-stop position.
4. Connect windshield wiper motor terminals E and A, and apply battery positive voltage to terminal B.
5. Verify that the windshield wipers operate at low speed again and they are at the auto-stop position.
x If there is any malfunction, replace the windshield wiper motor.
End Of Sie
WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900476100
3. Remove the front combination light on the left side. (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table..
3 5
2
adejjw00004723
1 Connector 4 Clip
2 Washer hose 5 Washer tank
3 Bolt (See 09-19-14 Washer Hose Installation Note.)
09-19–13
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Washer Hose Installation Note
1. Install the washer hoses by inserting them in the washer tank grooves as shown in the figure.
FRONT
GROOVE
GROOVE
WINDSHIELD WASHER TANK

WASHER
HOSE
REAR
WASHER
HOSE
am2zzw0000226
End Of Sie
WASHER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900477100
3. Remove the front combination light on the left side. (See 09-18-5 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the washer tank. (See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table..
1 Washer motor
2 Grommet 1

End Of Sie
2
adejjw00002618
WASHER MOTOR INSPECTION

id091900477200
3. Remove the washer tank. (See 09-19-13 WASHER TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the washer motor. (See 09-19-14 WASHER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-19–14
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
6. After connecting washer motor terminal A to the
positive battery terminal, and terminal B to the A
negative battery terminal, verify that washer fluid
flows to the windshield washer hose.
x If there is any malfunction, replace the washer B A
motor.
M
7. After connecting washer motor terminal B to the
positive battery terminal, and terminal A to the
negative battery terminal, verify that washer fluid
flows to the rear washer hose.
x If there is any malfunction, replace the washer B
motor.
adejjw00002688
End Of Sie
WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900476300
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm. (See 09-19-7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the cowl grille. (See 09-16-5 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the windshield washer hose from the windshield washer nozzle.
4. Press the windshield washer nozzle tab in the
FRONT WASHER NOZZLE
direction of the arrow shown in the figure to
detach it.
5. Pull out the windshield washer nozzle from the TAB
cowl grille and remove.
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000220
09-19–15
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT
id091900476400
1. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the windshield washer nozzle and adjust the area washer fluid
is sprayed as shown in the figure.
CERAMIC END LINE
535.5 mm {21.08 in}
535.5 mm {21.08 in}

491.9 mm {19.37 in}
489.6 mm {19.28 in}

146.0 mm
{5.75 in}
170.2 mm
{6.701 in}
98.8 mm
115.7 mm
{3.89 in}
{4.555 in}
94.5 mm 95.1 mm
{3.72 in} {3.74 in}
194.6 mm 220.4 mm
{7.661 in} {8.677 in}
346.6 mm {13.65 in} 353.8 mm {13.93 in}
436.1 mm {17.17 in} 437.0 mm {17.2 in}
am2zzw0000225
End Of Sie
WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900476500
1. Remove the mudguard on the left side. (See 09-16-8 MUDGUARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove windshield washer hose No.1 from the FRONT
washer tank.
3. Detach clip A. CLIP A
WASHER
TANK
WINDSHELD WASHER
HOSE No.1
WINDSHELD
WASHER
HOSE No.1
am2zzw0000224
09-19–16
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
4. Remove windshield washer hose No.1 from clip B
WINDSHELD WASHER
and joint pipe A in the direction of the arrow HOSE No.1
5. Remove the windshield washer base No.1 from
joint pipe A.
6. Remove windshield washer hose No.1 from joint CLIP B
pipe A.
7. Remove the cowl grille. (See 09-16-5 COWL JOINT PIPE A
GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8. Remove the windshield wiper arm. (See 09-19-7 CLIP B
WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE WINDSHELD WASHER
HOSE No.1
am2zzw0000224
9. Remove the windshield washer nozzle. (See 09-
19-15 WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE
10. Remove the windshield washer hose from the
hook. WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE No.3
11. Remove windshield washer hoses No.2, No.3 and
No.4 from joint pipes B and C.
WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE No.2
End Of Sie JOINT PIPE B
HOOK
WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSE No.3
JOINT PIPE• •
WINDSHIELD WASHER
HOOK HOSE No.4
REVERSE SIDE OF COWL GRILL

am2zzw0000373
REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091900910100
5
3 6
1
2
NUT : 5.9—9.8 N·m

{60—100 kgf·cm, 53—86 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000496

.
5
1 Cap
2 Nut 4
3 Rear wiper arm
(See 09-19-18 Rear Wiper Arm Installation Note.) 3 6
4 Rear wiper blade 1
5 Backing plate 2
6 Rubber brush
2. Install in the reverse order of removal. NUT : 6.7—9.0 N·m
3. Adjust the rear wiper arm and blade. (See 09-19- {69—91 kgf·cm, 60—79 in·lbf}
17 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/ am2zzw0000432
INSTALLATION.)
09-19–17
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Rear Wiper Arm Installation Note
1. Clean the serrated connecting part with a wire
brush before installing the rear wiper arm.
End Of Sie
SERRATED
CONNECTING PART
am2zzw0000225
REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT

id091900910200
1. Turn off the rear wiper switch while operating the rear wiper motor to stop the rear wiper at the auto-stop
position.
2. Slide the serrated connecting part and position the rear wiper arm and blade as shown in the figure.
FILAMENT
25 mm {0.98 in}
CERAMIC END LINE
10 mm {0.39 in}
am2zzw0000225
End Of Sie
REAR WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900475500
3. Remove the rear wiper arm. (See 09-19-17 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-19–18
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
2
3
BOLT:3.0—5.8 N·m {30—59 kgf·cm, 27—52 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000225

.
2
1 Connector
2 Bolt 1
3 Rear wiper motor
6. Adjust the rear wiper arm and blade. (See 09-19- 2
18 REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie 3
BOLT: 9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm, 80—97 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000433
REAR WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION

id091900475600
3. Remove the rear wiper motor connector.
4. Apply battery positive voltage to rear wiper motor connector terminal C, and connect terminals B and D to the
ground.
5. Verify that the rear wiper motor operates
smoothly.
C *
M
D B
AUTO
STOP
SWITCH
D B C
adejjw00003442
09-19–19
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
6. Disconnect the ground connecting rear wiper
motor connector terminal D and the negative
battery terminal while the rear wipers are
operating, then verify that the rear wipers stop at
C *
the auto-stop position. M
x If there is any malfunction, replace the rear D B
wiper motor.
AUTO
End Of Sie STOP
SWITCH
D
A B C
D
am2zzw0000225
REAR WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id091900476700
2. Release the tabs in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure and remove the rear washer
nozzle.
4. Adjust the spray area of the rear washer nozzle.
(See 09-19-20 REAR WASHER NOZZLE TAB
ADJUSTMENT.)
End Of Sie
TAB
am2zzw0000225
REAR WASHER NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT

id091900476800
1. Insert a needle or similar thin tool into the rear washer nozzle and adjust the area where washer fluid is sprayed
as shown in the figure.
18.3 {0.720}
259.6 {10.22}
2.9 {0.11}
226.0 {8.898}
183.1 {7.209} CERAMIC END LINE
164.3 {6.469}
mm {in}
adejjw00002289
End Of Sie
REAR WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900475700
09-19–20
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
3. Disconnect the rear washer hose from the washer
tank. FRONT CLIP A
4. Remove rear washer hose No.1 from clip A.
WASHER
TANK
REAR WASHER HOSE
CLIP A
am2zzw0000226
JOINT PIPE A
a
CLIP D
CLIP C
REAR WASHER
HOSE No.2
CLIP B
CLIP A
JOINT PIPE A
REAR WASHER
HOSE No.1
REAR WASHER
HOSE No.1
CLIP A CLIP B CLIP C CLIP D
am2zzw0000226
5. Remove the A-pillar trim on the left side. (See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the grove compertment cover. (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
8. Remove rear washer hose No.2 from clips B, C, and D.
9. Remove rear washer hose No.2 and joint pipe B.
09-19–21
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
(12)Rain sensor cover (vehicles with rain sensor) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11. Remove joint pipe C.
12. Remove the headliner. (See 09-17-81 HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. Peel off the tape and remove rear washer hose No.3.
REAR WASHER HOSE No.3 CLIP F
JOINT PIPE B TAPE TAPE

CLIP G
JOINT PIPE D
REAR WASHER HOSE No.5
JOINT PIPE E
CLIP E
REAR WASHER
NOZZLE
CLIP E
CLIP F
CLIP G JOINT PIPE C REAR WASHER HOSE No.6
am2zzw0000226
14. Remove rear washer hose No.4 from clips E, F, and G.

15. Remove rear washer hose No.4 from joint pipe D.
16. Remove rear washer hose no.5 from joint pipe E.
17. Remove the rear washer nozzle. (See 09-19-20 REAR WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
18. Remove rear washer hose No.6.
End Of Sie
REAR WASHER HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]
id0919004757z3
09-19–22
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
3. Disconnect the rear washer hose from the washer
tank. FRONT CLIP A
4. Remove rear washer hose No.1 from clip A.
WASHER
TANK
REAR WASHER HOSE
CLIP A
am2zzw0000343
JOINT PIPE A
a
CLIP D
CLIP C
REAR WASHER
HOSE No.2
CLIP B
CLIP A
JOINT PIPE A
REAR WASHER
HOSE No.1
REAR WASHER
HOSE No.1
CLIP A CLIP B CLIP C CLIP D
am2zzw0000343
5. Remove the A-pillar trim on the left side. (See 09-17-42 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the grove compertment cover. (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
8. Remove rear washer hose No.2 from clips B, C, and D.
9. Remove rear washer hose No.2 and joint pipe B.
09-19–23
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
(11)Rear seat back (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
11. Remove joint pipe C.
12. Remove the headliner. (See 09-17-81 HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. Peel off the tape and remove rear washer hose No.3.
REAR WASHER HOSE No.3 CLIP F
CLIP E CLIP G
TAPE TAPE
JOINT PIPE
JOINT PIPE D
JOINT PIPE
CLIP H REAR WASHER HOSE No.6
REAR WASHER
CLIP I
NOZZLE
CLIP E
CLIP F

CLIP J
CLIP G JOINT PIPE C
CLIP H CLIP H
CLIP I
HEAD IMPACT PAD
(VEHICLES WITH AIR BAG CURTAIN
HEAD IMPACT PAD) (VEHICLES WITH CLIP J
AIR BAG CURTAIN)
am2zzw0000343
14. Remove rear washer hose No.4 from clips E, F, G, H, I, and J.

15. Remove rear washer hose No.4 from joint pipe D.
16. Remove rear washer hose no.5 from joint pipe E.
17. Remove the rear washer nozzle. (See 09-19-20 REAR WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
18. Remove rear washer hose No.6.
End Of Sie
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900910300
Vehicles With Wiper and Washer Switch on Left Side
09-19–24
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
4. Release the tab in the direction of the arrow (1) (1)
shown in the figure, pull up the wiper and washer WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
(2) TAB
switch in the direction of the arrow (2), and
remove it.
WIPER AND WASHER

SWITCH
CONNECTOR
adejjw00002490
Vehicles With Wiper and Washer Switch on Right Side

4. Release the tab in the direction of the arrow (1) (1) WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
shown in the figure, pull up the wiper and washer TAB (2)
switch in the direction of the arrow (2), and
remove it.
End Of Sie
WIPER AND WASHER

SWITCH
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000050
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION

id091900910400
3. Remove the wiper and washer switch. (See 09-19-24 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the resistance and continuity between the windshield wiper and washer switch terminals as indicated
in the table.
x If the continuity is not as indicated in the table, or if the resistance is not within the specification, replace the
windshield wiper and washer switch.
09-19–25
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Vehicles With Wiper and Washer Switch on Left Side
D K E F
1 * OFF FRONT WASHER

SWITCH
2
MIST
3 4
2
5
1
6
J H C
*• V
• EHICLES WITH AUTO LIGHT• W
• IPER SYSTEM• A
• UTO K * * E C *
• V
• EHICLES WITHOUT AUTO LIGHT• W
• IPER SYSTEM• I•NT J H F D
* *
am2zzw0000226
:CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
SWITCH POSITION
C D E F K
OFF
MIST
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AUTO/INT
SWITCH
1
2
WINDSHIELD
WASHER ON
SWITCH
am2zzw0000226
: RESISTANCE
TERMINAL
SWITCH POSITION
J H
1 R1
2 R2
3 R3
4 R4
5 R5
6
R1: 4010 • • R4: 300 • •

R2: 1310 • • R5: 120 • •
R3: 630 • •
am2zzw0000226
09-19–26
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Vehicles With Wiper and Washer Switch on Right Side
L C I J
1 * OFF FRONT WASHER

SWITCH
2
MIST
3 4
2
5
1
6
F H K
*• V
• EHICLES WITH AUTO LIGHT• W
• IPER SYSTEM• A
• UTO
K I C
* * * * *
• V
• EHICLES WITHOUT AUTO LIGHT• W
• IPER SYSTEM• I•NT
* * L J H F * *
am2zzw0000038
:CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
SWITCH POSITION
C I J K L
OFF
MIST
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AUTO/INT
SWITCH
1
2
WINDSHIELD
WASHER ON
SWITCH
am2zzw0000038
End Of Sie
: RESISTANCE
TERMINAL
SWITCH POSITION
F H
1 R1
2 R2
3 R3
4 R4
5 R5
6
R1: 4010 • • R4: 300 • •

R2: 1310 • • R5: 120 • •
R3: 630 • •
am2zzw0000038
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION

id091900910500
3. Remove the wiper and washer switch. (See 09-19-24 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the continuity between the rear wiper and washer switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
09-19–27
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the wiper and washer switch.
VEHICLES WITH WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH ON LEFT SIDE

: CONTINUITY
G I
TERMINAL
SWITCH POSITION
C G I
REAR WIPER OFF

ON REAR SWITCH
WASHER ON
OFF
REAR WIPER AND ON
WASHER SWITCH
REAR
WASHER
C
* I G * C *
* * * * * *
VEHICLES WITH WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH ON RIGHT SIDE

: CONTINUITY
G E
TERMINAL
SWITCH POSITION
E G K
OFF
ON REAR REAR WIPER
SWITCH ON
WASHER
OFF
REAR WIPER AND ON
WASHER SWITCH
REAR
WASHER
K
* * K * G E * *
* * * * * * * *
am2zzw0000431
End Of Sie
RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id091900474200
Caution
x The reflection rate at the moment the ignition switch is first turned to the ON position after
replacing the rain sensor with a new one is stored as the condition indicating no precipitation on
the windshield. Therefore, remove water and dirt from the windshield before turning on the
ignition switch.
x Perform the rain sensor initialization in the following cases: (See 09-19-31 RAIN SENSOR INITIAL
SETTING.)
— The windshield is replaced and the rain sensor is reused
— The auto wiper system operates incorrectly
09-19–28
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
the notch on the rain sensor cover, turn it in the NOTCH
direction of the arrow shown in the figure, and
REARVIEW
detach the tab A. MIRROR A
A
A
A
TAB A
adejjw00003446
3. Remove the rain sensor cover in the direction

4. Disconnect the rain sensor connector.
FRONT
RAIN SENSOR
COVER
adejjw00003422
(1)
HOOK FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
HOOK
FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
CONNECTOR
FRONT
(2)
RAIN SENSOR
am2zzw0000363
09-19–29
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
5. Slide the tab B in the direction of the arrow and remove the rain sensor while supporting it with the hand.
RIGHT-SIDE
TAB B TAB B
LEFT-SIDE
TAB B TAB B
am2zzw0000262
09-19–30
WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
6. Remove the rain sensor in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
FRONT
RAIN SENSOR
am2zzw0000262

End Of Sie
RAIN SENSOR INITIAL SETTING
id091900474300
Caution
x Rain sensor initialization is performed when it is newly replaced and when its previously
programmed setting is modified due to the reflection rate change caused by the replacement of
the windshield.
Rain Sensor Initialization

x The reflection rate at the moment the ignition switch is first turned to the ON position after replacing the rain
sensor with a new one is stored as the condition indicating no precipitation on the windshield. Therefore,
remove water and dirt from the windshield before turning on the ignition switch.
Rain Sensor Re-initialization

1. Remove water and dirt from the windshield surface.
2. Turn the ignition switch off.
3. Move the windshield wiper switch to the AUTO position.
4. Perform the windshield wiper switch operation (AUTOoOFFoAUTO) five times within 10 s after turning the
ignition switch to the ON position.The windshield wiper will operate once at low speed when the reinitialization
setting is performed correctly.
Caution
x If the operation is too fast, the windshield wiper switch position cannot be detected and the
initialization may not be performed. Operate the windshield wiper switch one cycle every 1 s.
End Of Sie
09-19–31
ENTERTAINMENT
09-20 ENTERTAINMENT
ENTERTAINMENT ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–17
CENTER PANEL UNIT ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1
Center Panel Unit Removal Note . . . . . 09-20–4 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2
CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–20
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 09-20–4 Antenna Feeder No.2 (Type B)
Hazard Warning Switch Panel Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–21
Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–5 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-20–6 AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH
Front Door Speaker Removal Note . . . 09-20–7 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–23
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER Cover Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–24
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–7 Cover Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–24
REAR DOOR SPEAKER AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH
Rear Door Speaker Removal Note . . . 09-20–9 ACCESSORY SOCKET
REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–25
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–9 Accessory Socket Removal Note . . . . . 09-20–26
REAR SPEAKER Cap Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–27
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB] . . . . 09-20–10 ACCESSORY SOCKET
Rear Speaker Removal Note . . . . . . . . 09-20–11 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–27
REAR SPEAKER INSPECTION AUXILIARY JACK
[3HB] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–11 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–27
TWEETER AUXILIARY JACK INSPECTION . . . . . . . 09-20–27
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-20–12 Except Auto Alliance Thailand (AAT)
TWEETER INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–12 Manufactured Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–27
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA Auto Alliance Thailand (AAT)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-20–13 Manufactured Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–28
Center Roof Antenna (Type B) CIGARETTE LIGHTER
Installation Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–15 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–29
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA Socket Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–30
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–15 Ring Removal Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-20–30
ANTENNA FEEDER LOCATION . . . . . . 09-20–16 CIGARETTE LIGHTER INSPECTION . . . 09-20–30
End of Toc
WM: AUDIO
09-20–1
ENTERTAINMENT
ENTERTAINMENT LOCATION INDEX
id092000800100
1
2 3 4
3HB
5
6
11 10 9 8
am2zzw0000328
1 Center roof antenna Accessory socket

(See 09-20-13 CENTER ROOF ANTENNA (See 09-20-25 ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/
(See 09-20-15 CENTER ROOF ANTENNA (See 09-20-27 ACCESSORY SOCKET
INSPECTION.) INSPECTION.)
7
2 Tweeter Cigarette lighter
(See 09-20-12 TWEETER REMOVAL/ (See 09-20-29 CIGARETTE LIGHTER REMOVAL/
(See 09-20-12 TWEETER INSPECTION.) (See 09-20-30 CIGARETTE LIGHTER
3 Antenna feeder No.2 INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-16 ANTENNA FEEDER LOCATION.) 8 Auxiliary jack
(See 09-20-20 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2 (See 09-20-27 AUXILIARY JACK REMOVAL/
(See 09-20-21 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2 (See 09-20-27 AUXILIARY JACK INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.) 9 Front door speaker
4 Audio control switch (See 09-20-6 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
(See 09-20-23 AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH INSTALLATION.)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-20-7 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
(See 09-20-24 AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.) 10 Rear door speaker
5 Antenna feeder No.1 (See 09-20-8 REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
(See 09-20-16 ANTENNA FEEDER LOCATION.) INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-20-17 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 (See 09-20-9 REAR DOOR SPEAKER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-19 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 11 Rear speaker (3HB)
INSPECTION.) (See 09-20-10 REAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/
6 Center panel unit INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/ (See 09-20-11 REAR SPEAKER INSPECTION
09-20–2
ENTERTAINMENT
End Of Sie
CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id092000800600
Caution
x If the wiring harness or the antenna feeder is caught between the center panel unit and dashboard,
it could cause a malfunction. When installing the center panel unit, make sure that the wiring
harness and antenna feeders are not caught between the center panel unit and dashboard.
FRONT
2
1.0—6.0 N·m
{11—61 kgf·cm,
8.9—53 in·lbf}
1
am2zzw0000030
1 Screw 4 Connector
2 Bolt 5 Antenna feeder plug
3 Center panel unit
(See 09-20-4 Center Panel Unit Removal Note.)
09-20–3
ENTERTAINMENT
Center Panel Unit Removal Note
1. Remove the center panel unit tabs A and clips B,
C from the dashboard.
A A
Caution B B
TAB A
x When the center panel unit is removed,
clips C could interfere with the climate
control unit bracket and cause damage.
Pull the center panel unit in the direction B B
of the arrow shown in the figure (upward CLIP B
at a approx. 20 °angle) when removing it.
C C
CLIP C
am2zzw0000277
CENTER PANEL UNIT
CLIP C
APPROX. 20°
BRACKET

am2zzw0000318
End Of Sie
CENTER PANEL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id092000800700
Note
x When disassembling the center panel unit, it could get scratched if it is placed directly on the ground.
When disassembling the center panel unit, spread a soft cloth underneath to perform the work.
09-20–4
ENTERTAINMENT
10
9 8
2
7
6
2
6
6
6 3
7 4
5
4
5
am2zzw0000331
1 Hazard warning switch panel 6 Screw

(See 09-20-5 Hazard Warning Switch Panel 7 Screw
Removal Note.) 8 Bracket B
2 Screw 9 Knob
3 Audio unit 10 Center panel
4 Screw
5 Bracket A
Hazard Warning Switch Panel Removal Note

1. Press the hazard warning switch panel upward in
the direction of the arrow shown in the figure
using a tape-wrapped fastener remover while HAZARD WARNING SWITCH
avoiding the center panel tabs. PANEL
TAB
HAZARD WARNING
CENTER PANEL SWITCH PANEL
TAB
TAB
am2zzw0000039
09-20–5
ENTERTAINMENT
2. Remove the hazard warning switch panel in the HAZARD WARNING
direction of the arrow (2) shown in the figure while (2)
SWITCH PANEL
pressing the hazard warning switch panel clips
indicated by the arrow (1).
End Of Sie
(1)
(1)
am2zzw0000039
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id092000802200
1 Connector
2 Screw 1 3
3 Front door speaker
(See 09-20-7 Front Door Speaker Removal Note.)
am2zzw0000029
09-20–6
ENTERTAINMENT
Front Door Speaker Removal Note
1. Remove the front door speaker in the direction of
End Of Sie
(1)
(2)
HOOK
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
TAB
am2zzw0000035
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION

id092000802300
5. Verify the resistance between the front door
VEHICLES WITH TWEETER
speaker terminals.
A
B D C B A
C
D
VEHICLES WITH TWEETER

am2zzw0000035
x If not within the specification, replace the front

door speaker.
:Resistance
Resistance Terminal
3.4—4.6 ohms Test
condition A B C D
6. Have a 1.5 V battery ready. Under any *
09
condition
*:VIEHICLES WITH TEETER
am2zzw0000035
09-20–7
ENTERTAINMENT
7. Connect the battery positive (+) pole to front door
speaker terminal C, and the negative (-) pole to
terminal B.
8. Verify that sound is output from the front door
speaker.
D C B A
x If sound is not output, replace the front door
speaker.
End Of Sie
adejjw00004089
REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id092000805000
1 Connector
2 Screw 1 3
3 Rear door speaker
(See 09-20-9 Rear Door Speaker Removal Note.)
am2zzw0000029
09-20–8
ENTERTAINMENT
Rear Door Speaker Removal Note
1. Remove the rear door speaker in the direction of
End Of Sie
(1)
(2)
HOOK
REAR DOOR
SPEAKER
TAB
am2zzw0000035
REAR DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION

id092000804900
5. Verify the resistance between the rear door
speaker terminals.
B C B
* *
adejjw00001161
x If not within the specification, replace the rear

door speaker.
Resistance
: Resistance
3.4—4.6 ohms
Taeminal
Test condition
6. Have a 1.5 V battery ready. B C
Under any condition
am2zzw0000497
09-20–9
ENTERTAINMENT
7. Connect the battery positive (+) pole to rear door
terminal B.
8. Verify that sound is output from the rear door
speaker. C B
* *
x If sound is not output, replace the rear door
speaker.
End Of Sie
adejjw00004090
REAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB]

id0920008024z3
1 Connector
2 Screw 3
3 Rear speaker
(See 09-20-11 Rear Speaker Removal Note.)
am2zzw0000328
09-20–10
ENTERTAINMENT
Rear Speaker Removal Note
1. Remove the rear speaker in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure. TAB
REAR
End Of Sie SPEAKER
HOOK
(2)
(1)
am2zzw0000328
REAR SPEAKER INSPECTION [3HB]

id0920008025z3
(6) Rear speaker (See 09-20-10 REAR SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
3. Verify the resistance between the rear speaker
terminals.
B C B
* *
adejjw00001161
x If not within the specification, replace the rear

speaker.
Resistance
: Resistance
3.4—4.6 ohms
Taeminal
Test condition
4. Have a 1.5 V battery ready. B C
Under any condition
am2zzw0000468
09-20–11
ENTERTAINMENT
5. Connect the battery positive (+) pole to rear
terminal B.
6. Verify that sound is output from the rear speaker.
x If sound is not output, replace the rear C B
* *
speaker.
End Of Sie
adejjw00004090
TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092000808000
3. Remove the tweeter in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure. (2)
End Of Sie TWEETER
(1)
INNER GARNISH
TAB
am2zzw0000030
TWEETER INSPECTION
id092000808100
3. Remove the tweeter. (See 09-20-12 TWEETER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify the resistance between tweeter terminals.
x If not within the specification, replace the
tweeter.
A B
A B A
adejjw00000750
09-20–12
ENTERTAINMENT
Resistance
3.4—4.6 ohms
: Resistance
5. Have a 1.5 V battery ready.
Terminal
Test condition
A B
Under any condition
am2zzw0000030
6. Connect the battery positive (+) pole to tweeter

terminal B, and the negative (-) pole to terminal A.
7. Verify that sound is output from the tweeter.
x If sound is not output, replace the tweeter.
End Of Sie
B A
adejjw00004091
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id092000801600
(5) Rear scuff plate (5HB,4SD) (See 09-17-58 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) B-pillar lower trim (5HB,4SD) (See 09-17-46 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Rear seat cushion (3HB) (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Rear seat back (3HB) (See 09-13-26 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT)
(9) Trunk end trim (3HB) (See 09-17-75 TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(10)Trunk side trim (3HB) (See 09-17-73 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(11)C-pillar trim (3HB) (See 09-17-52 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
(12)Front seat belt adjuster anchor cover.
(13)Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt
(14)B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-44 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-17-45 B-
PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the rain sensor connector. (vehicles with auto light/wiper system) (See 09-19-28 RAIN SENSOR
5. Partially peel back the headliner.
09-20–13
ENTERTAINMENT
TYPE A
3
1
0.98—2.9 N·m
{10—29 kgf·cm, 8.7—25 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000278
1 Nut
2 Antenna feeder No.2
3 Antenna rod
4 Center roof antenna
TYPE B
3
1
0.98—2.9 N·m
{10—29 kgf·cm, 8.7—25 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000278
1 Nut
2 Antenna feeder No.2
3 Antenna rod
4 Center roof antenna
(See 09-20-15 Center Roof Antenna (Type B)
Installation Note.)

09-20–14
ENTERTAINMENT
8. After installation, verify that the rubber of the center roof antenna is installed to the roof panel with no space
between the two.
Center Roof Antenna (Type B) Installation Note

1. Install the antenna feeder No.2 stopper to the pin
of the center roof antenna. CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
End Of Sie
PIN
STOPPER
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA FEEDER

ANTENNA No.2
STOPPER
PIN
ANTENNA FEEDER No.2

am2zzw0000373
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA INSPECTION

id092000801700
(13)Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt.
INSTALLATION.)
(16)Center roof antenna (See 09-20-13 CENTER ROOF ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-20–15
ENTERTAINMENT
3. Inspect for continuity between center roof
antenna sections A and B.
x If there is no continuity, replace the center roof A
antenna.
End Of Sie
adejjw00001376
ANTENNA FEEDER LOCATION

R.H.D.
ANNTENA FEEDER No.2
ANNTENA FEEDER No.1
am2zzw0000059
09-20–16
ENTERTAINMENT
End Of Sie
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092000812200
(4) Heat duct (passenger side).
INSTALLATION.)
(12)Driver-side air bag module.
INSTALLATION.)
AIR CONDITIONER].)
[B65M-R].)
(22)Selector lever (ATX/CVT)
(23)Interlock cable (ATX/CVT).
INSTALLATION.)
[R.H.D.].)
(33)Dashboard (See 09-17-14 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AutoAlliance (AAT) Thailand
manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-17-18 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [Except AutoAlliance
(AAT) Thailand manufactured vehicles].) (See 09-17-10 DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [3HB].)
3. Remove clips A and B.
4. Remove the antenna feeder No.1 from the dashboard hook.
5. Remove antenna feeder No.1.
09-20–17
ENTERTAINMENT
R.H.D.
DASHBOARD
FRONT
ANTENNA FEEDER No.1
B FRONT
CLIP A
HOOK
A A
B
A
CLIP B
ANTENNA FEEDER No.1

B
A
A
am2zzw0000250
End Of Sie
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1 INSPECTION
id092000812400
(5) Center panel unit (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect antenna feeder No.2. ANNTENA FEEDER No.2
ANNTENA FEEDER No.1
am2zzw0000159
4. Verify that the continuity between antenna feeder

No.1 terminals is as indicated in the table. A B
x If not as indicated in the table, replace
antenna feeder No.1.
D C
adejjw00000959
09-20–19
ENTERTAINMENT
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Test Terminal
condition A B C D
Under any
condition
am2zzw0000031
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id092000812300
INSTALLATION.)
ANNTENA FEEDER No.1
am2zzw0000159
09-20–20
ENTERTAINMENT
5
4 2
3
0.98—2.9 N·m
CLIP A
{10—29 kgf·cm,
8.7—25 in·lbf}
CLIP B
1
am2zzw0000278
1 Clip A
2 Clip B
3 Nut
4 Antenna feeder No.2 (Type A)
5 Antenna feeder No.2 (Type B)
(See 09-20-21 Antenna Feeder No.2 (Type B)
Installation Note.)
Antenna Feeder No.2 (Type B) Installation Note

1. Install the antenna feeder No.2 (Type B) stopper
to the pin of the center roof antenna (Type B). CENTER ROOF ANTENNA (TYPE B)
End Of Sie
PIN
STOPPER
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA FEEDER

ANTENNA (TYPE B) No.2 (TYPE B)
STOPPER
PIN
ANTENNA FEEDER No.2 (TYPE B)

am2zzw0000277
ANTENNA FEEDER NO.2 INSPECTION

id092000812500
09-20–21
ENTERTAINMENT
INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the nut.
ANNTENA
FEEDER No.2
NUT
0.98—2.9 N·m
(10—29 kgf·cm,
8.7—25 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000159
ANNTENA FEEDER No.1
am2zzw0000159
8. Verify that the continuity between antenna feeder

No.2 terminals is as indicated in the table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace A B
antenna feeder No.2.
D C
adejjw00000960
09-20–22
ENTERTAINMENT
End Of Sie
: Continuity
Test Terminal
condition A B C D
Under any
condition
am2zzw0000031
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id092000800200
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more.
2. Remove the driver-side air bag module.
3. Remove the steering wheel. (See 06-13-10 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[R.H.D.].)
2
4
4 8
5
3 6
1
am2zzw0000024
1 Screw 5 Panel
2 Cover 6 Screw
(See 09-20-24 Cover Removal Note.) 7 Audio control switch
(See 09-20-24 Cover Installation Note.) 8 Cruise control switch (vehicles with cruise control
3 Wiring harness system)
4 Screw
09-20–23
ENTERTAINMENT
Cover Removal Note
1. Remove the cover tabs and pins from the steering
wheel.
PIN PIN
TAB TAB
am2zzw0000024
2. Remove the cover in the direction of the arrow

COVER
TAB
am2zzw0000024
Cover Installation Note

1. Secure the audio control switch wiring harness to
the cover hooks.
End Of Sie
WIRING
HARNESS
HOOK
am2zzw0000024
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION

id092000800300
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more.
2. Remove the driver-side air bag module.
3. Disconnect the clock spring connector.
09-20–24
ENTERTAINMENT
4. Inspect for resistance and continuity between clock spring connector terminals M—K/I using a tester.
CLOCK SPRING
G
E
VOLUME DOWN SWITCH
K
VOLUME UP SWITCH
UP SEEK SWITCH
O M K I G E C A
DOWN SEEK SWITCH
P N L J H F D B
MODE SWITCH
MUTE SWITCH *
M *: PART WIRING HARNESS-SIDE

INFO SWITCH
I
am2zzw0000497
x If not within the specification, replace the

audio control switch.
: Resistance
Terminal
Switch Position Resistance (ohm)
M K I
Volume Down Switch ON 50.9—56.3
Volume Up Switch ON 139—155
Up Seek Switch ON 285—316
Down Seek Switch ON 533—590
Mode Switch ON 984—1,089
Mute Switch ON 1,934—2,139
Info Switch ON 50.9—56.3
OFF 4,794—5,300
am2zzw0000445
5. Apply battery positive voltage to audio control

switch terminal G, and connect terminal E to
ground.
6. Verify that the LED illuminates.
x If the LED does not illuminate, replace the
audio control switch.
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000445
ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id092000800400
2. Remove the console. (See 09-17-41 REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-20–25
ENTERTAINMENT
Type A
CONSOLE
am2zzw0000432
Type B
1 Accessory socket
(See 09-20-26 Accessory Socket Removal Note.) 1
2 Cap
(See 09-20-27 Cap Removal Note.)
2
CONSOLE
am2zzw0000433
Accessory Socket Removal Note

1. Remove the socket in the direction of the arrow
(2) shown in the figure while opening the caps in
the direction of the arrow (1) using a tape- (2)
wrapped fastener remover.
SOCKET
CAP
(1) (1)
PROJECTION PROJECTION
am6zzw0000136
09-20–26
ENTERTAINMENT
Cap Removal Note
1. Remove the cap in the direction of the arrow (2)
shown in the figure while pressing the cap tabs in
(2)
End Of Sie
CAP
(1) (1)
TAB TAB
am6zzw0000136
ACCESSORY SOCKET INSPECTION

id092000800500
1. Connect a tester as shown in the figure and verify
that there is continuity. TERMINAL C
x If the continuity cannot be verified, replace the
accessory socket.
End Of Sie
TERMINAL B
C *
B
C B
B6U0920W005
AUXILIARY JACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id092000809900
3. Remove the auxiliary jack in the direction of the (2)
arrow (2) shown in the figure while pressing the
auxiliary jack tabs in the direction of the arrow (1).
End Of Sie TAB TAB
AUXILIARY JACK
(1) (1)
TAB TAB
CONSOLE
am2zzw0000022
AUXILIARY JACK INSPECTION

id092000812600
Except Auto Alliance Thailand (AAT) Manufactured Vehicles
3. Remove the auxiliary jack. (See 09-20-27 AUXILIARY JACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-20–27
ENTERTAINMENT
4. Connect a commercially-available nonresistant
plug to the auxiliary jack.
5. Verify that the continuity between the auxiliary PLUG
jack terminals is as indicated in the table.
Type A
AUXILIARY JACK F E D C B *
TYPE A TYPE B
WITHOUT WHITE WITH WHITE
am2zzw0000492
: Continuity
Terminal
Test condition
C D E F
Plug is connected
Plug is not connected
am2zzw0000202
Type B
auxiliary jack.
: Continuity
Terminal
Test condition
A B C D E F
Plug is connected
acxuuw00003306
Auto Alliance Thailand (AAT) Manufactured Vehicles

3. Remove the auxiliary jack. (See 09-20-27 AUXILIARY JACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-20–28
ENTERTAINMENT
4. Connect a commercially-available nonresistant
PLUG
plug to the auxiliary jack.
AUXILIARY JACK F E D C B *
am2zzw0000432
5. Verify that the continuity between the auxiliary

jack terminals is as indicated in the table.
auxiliary jack. : Continuity
End Of Sie Terminal
Test condition
A B C D E F
Plug is connected
acxuuw00003306
CIGARETTE LIGHTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id092000803100
1 Cigarette lighter plug
2 Socket
(See 09-20-30 Socket Removal Note.)
3 Ring 1
(See 09-20-30 Ring Removal Note.)
2
CONSOLE
am2zzw0000022
09-20–29
ENTERTAINMENT
Socket Removal Note
1. Remove the socket in the direction of the arrow
(2) shown in the figure while opening the caps in (2)
the direction of the arrow (1) using a tape-
wrapped fastener remover. SOCKET
RING
CONSOLE
(1) (1)
PROJECTION PROJECTION
am2zzw0000023
Ring Removal Note

1. Remove the ring in the direction of the arrow (2)
shown in the figure while pressing the ring tabs in (2)
End Of Sie
RING
CONSOLE
(1) (1)
TAB TAB
am2zzw0000023
CIGARETTE LIGHTER INSPECTION

id092000803200
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
2. Press the cigarette lighter into the socket and
verify that it returns to its original position in 10—
20 s.
x If the cigarette lighter does not operate
normally, replace the cigarette lighter and the
socket.
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000023
09-20–30
POWER SYSTEMS
09-21 POWER SYSTEMS

POWER SYSTEM LOCATION IGNITION SWITCH
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–6
FUSE SERVICE CAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–3 IGNITION SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . 09-21–7
MAIN FUSE RELAY LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–8
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-21–3 Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT)
KEY REMINDER SWITCH manufactured vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–8
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [WITHOUT AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT)
ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START manufactured vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–9
SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–5 RELAY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–10
KEY REMINDER SWITCH INSPECTION Relay Type (Except AutoAlliance
[WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS AND Thailand (AAT) manufactured
START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–5 vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–10
STEERING LOCK UNIT INSPECTION Relay Type (Except AutoAlliance
[WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS AND Thailand (AAT) manufactured
START SYSTEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–6 vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–12
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) . . . 09-21–6 Relay Type (AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT)
manufactured vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-21–13
POWER SYSTEMS
POWER SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
SOKYU_WM: KEY REMINDER SWITCH
id092100800700
L.H.D.
3
1 2
4 5
R.H.D. 3
4 5
am2zzw0000404
1 Main fuse 4 Steering lock unit (with advanced keyless and start
(See 09-21-3 MAIN FUSE REMOVAL/ system)
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-21-6 STEERING LOCK UNIT
2 Relay and fuse block INSPECTION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS AND
(See 09-21-8 RELAY LOCATION.) START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-21-10 RELAY INSPECTION.) 5 Key reminder switch (without advanced keyless and
3 Ignition switch start system)
(See 09-21-6 IGNITION SWITCH REMOVAL/ (See 09-21-5 KEY REMINDER SWITCH
INSTALLATION.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [WITHOUT ADVANCED
(See 09-21-7 IGNITION SWITCH INSPECTION.) KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM].)
(See 09-21-5 KEY REMINDER SWITCH
INSPECTION [WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS
AND START SYSTEM].)
09-21–1
POWER SYSTEMS
FUSE SERVICE CAUTIONS
id092100800400
Caution
x If a fuse is burnt out, inspect the cause and repair the malfunctioning part, then replace the fuse
with the specified value. If the fuse is replaced before doing this, it could burn again.
End Of Sie
MAIN FUSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092100801500
2. Remove the main fuse cover in the direction of
the arrow while pressing the tab indicated in the
figure.
TAB
MAIN FUSE
COVER
am2zzw0000199
3. Remove nuts A, B, and C shown in the figure.

4. Remove the main fuse.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. NUT A
End Of Sie 10—15 N·m
{102—152 kgf·cm,
89—132 in·lbf}
MAIN FUSE
NUT B
9—12 N·m NUT C
{92—122 kgf·cm, 4.2—6.3 N·m
80—106 in·lbf} {43—64 kgf·cm,
38—55 in·lbf}
am2zzw0000199
09-21–3
POWER SYSTEMS
KEY REMINDER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START
SYSTEM]
id092100491900
3. Remove the coil antenna. (See 09-14-133 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
4. Insert the key into the key cylinder and turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
5. Disconnect the key reminder switch connector.
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000199
6. Detach the key reminder switch tab.

7. Install the key reminder switch in the direction of
the arrow.
End Of Sie
TAB
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
am2zzw0000193
KEY REMINDER SWITCH INSPECTION [WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id092100492000
3. Disconnect the key reminder switch connector.
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000193
4. Verify that the continuity between the key

reminder switch terminals is as indicated in the
table. A
B A
adejjw00000710
09-21–5
POWER SYSTEMS
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the key
reminder switch.
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
KEY POSITION
A B
KEY INSERTED
KEY REMOVED
am2zzw0000194
STEERING LOCK UNIT INSPECTION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM]
id092100491800
2. Measure each terminal voltage under the measurement condition.
x If the voltage is not as specified in the terminal voltage table, inspect the parts under “Inspection item(s)”.
— If the system does not work normally even though the inspection items are normal, replace the steering
lock unit.
G E C A
H F D B
adejjw00000721
Term Voltage
Signal name Connected to Measurement condition Inspection item(s)
inal (V)
Push switch Keyless control Start knob is pressed B+ x Keyless control module
A
signal module Start knob is not pressed 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
x Fuse
B Power supply Fuse Under any condition B+
Key reminder Keyless control Key is inserted B+ x Keyless control module
C
switch signal module Key is not inserted 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
D
x Fuse
E Power supply Fuse Under any condition B+
F
Serial Keyless control Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
G
communication module voltage inspection not possible.
H Ground Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
End Of Sie
IGNITION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092100800200
09-21–6
POWER SYSTEMS
3. Press tabs A in the direction of the arrow (1)
shown in the figure and pull the ignition switch in IGNITION SWITCH
TAB A
(1)
(2)
TAB A TAB A
(1) (1)
(1)
TAB A
am2zzw0000199
4. Pull the pin in the direction of the arrow shown in

the figure and release the lock.
PIN
CONNECTOR
IGNITION
SWITCH
am2zzw0000200
5. Pull the connector in the direction of the arrow (4) TAB B CONNECTOR
(3)
shown in the figure and remove it while pressing (4)
tab B in the direction of the arrow (3). IGNITION
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. SWITCH
End Of Sie
am2zzw0000200
IGNITION SWITCH INSPECTION

id092100800100
3. Remove the ignition switch. (See 09-21-6 IGNITION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the continuity between the ignition
switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
F E
ignition switch. E C A
START D B
F
START
LOCK LOCK
ON ACC ON ACC
(IG1) (IG2)
D B C A
adejjw00003501
09-21–7
POWER SYSTEMS
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
IGNITION KEY TERMINAL
POSITION
F E D C B A
LOCK
ACC
ON
START
am2zzw0000200
RELAY LOCATION
id092100800600
Except Hong Kong specs.
COOLING FAN RELAY

No.1
BLOWER RELAY
A/C RELAY
HORN FUEL PUMP RELAY
RELAY
STERTER
RELAY REAR FOG LIGHT
RELAY
HEADLIGHT
RELAY (LO)
FRONT FOG LIGHT
RELAY HEADLIGHT
RELAY (HI)
FRONT COOLING FAN MAIN RELAY

RELAY No.2
am2zzw0000200
Hong Kong specs.
A/C COOLING FAN

RELAY RELAY No.1 BLOWER
HORN RELAY
STERTER RELAY
RELAY
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
COOLING FAN
RELAY No.2
FRONT FOG
HEADLIGHT
LIGHT RELAY
RELAY (LO)
HEADLIGHT
RELAY (HI)
FRONT
MAIN
RELAY
am2zzw0000432
09-21–8
POWER SYSTEMS
COOLING FAN
RELAY No.1 THEFT-DETERRENT
A/C RELAY HORN RELAY
HORN
RELAY FUEL PUMP
STERTER RELAY
RELAY
COOLING FAN
FRONT FOG RELAY No.2
LIGHT RELAY
HEADLIGHT
RELAY (LO)
BLOWER
RELAY HEADLIGHT
RELAY (HI)
MAIN
FRONT REAR FOG RELAY
LIGHT RELAY
am2zzw0000432
RELAY INSPECTION
id092100800300
Relay Type (Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)
Connector type Part name
x Front fog light relay
x Rear fog light relay
x Starter relay
x A/C relay
Type A x Horn relay
x Cooling fan relay No.1
4-pin x Headlight relay (LO)
x Headlight relay (HI)
x Blower relay
Type B Cooling fan relay No.2
Type C Main relay
Type D Fuel pump relay
Type A
table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the C E E A
relay.
C
D
D A
am2zzw0000262
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
E A C D
1
2 B+ GROUND
am2zzw0000195
09-21–9
POWER SYSTEMS
Type B
table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the D
C D
relay.
A C
A B
adejjw00003060
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
D B A C
1
2 B+ GROUND
am2zzw0000195
Type C
table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the D A A
relay.
C D
C B
am2zzw0000432
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
A B C D
1
2 B+ GROUND
am2zzw0000195
09-21–10
POWER SYSTEMS
Type D
table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the C E
E A
relay.
C
D
D A
am2zzw0000262
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
E A C D
1
2 B+ GROUND
am2zzw0000195
Relay Type (Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)

Hong Kong specs.
x Starter relay
x A/C relay
Type A
4-pin x Horn relay
x Headlight relay (LO)
x Blower relay
x Fuel pump relay
Type B Main relay
Type A
table.
relay.
C
D
D A
am2zzw0000262
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
E A C D
1
2 B+ GROUND
am2zzw0000195
09-21–11
POWER SYSTEMS
Type B
table.
relay.
C D
C B
am2zzw0000432
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
A B C D
1
2 B+ GROUND
am2zzw0000195
Relay Type (AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)

x Starter relay
x A/C relay
x Horn relay
Type A
4-pin x Headlight relay (LO)
x Theft-deterrent horn relay
x Fuel pump relay
x Blower relay
Type B
x Rear fog light relay
Type C Main relay
Type A
table.
relay.
C
D
D A
am2zzw0000262
09-21–13
POWER SYSTEMS
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
E A C D
1
2 B+ GROUND
am2zzw0000195
Type B
table.
x If not as indicated in the table, replace the D
C D
relay.
A C
A B
adejjw00003060
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
D B A C
1
2 B+ GROUND
am2zzw0000195
Type C
table.
relay.
C D
C B
am2zzw0000432
End Of Sie
: CONTINUITY
TERMINAL
STEP
A B C D
1
2 B+ GROUND
am2zzw0000195
09-21–14
INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO.
09-22 INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO.

INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO. Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22–10
LOCATION INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22–2 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22–11
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CUSTOMIZED
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-22–5 FUNCTION SETTING
PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22–14
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22–7
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . 09-22–8
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22–18
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22–8 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Speedometer (Except AutoAlliance INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22–18
Thailand (AAT) manufactured PASSENGER SEAT BELT REMINDER
vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22–8 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . 09-22–19
Speedometer (AutoAlliance PASSENGER SEAT BELT REMINDER
Thailand (AAT) manufactured INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22–19
vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-22–9 HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . 09-22–20
End of Toc
SOKYU_WM: INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
09-22–1
INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFO. LOCATION INDEX
id092200495000
R.H.D.
5
am2zzw0000086
.
1 Horn 4 Passenger seat belt reminder

(See 09-22-20 HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-22-19 PASSENGER SEAT BELT
2 Oil pressure switch REMINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-22-18 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (See 09-22-19 PASSENGER SEAT BELT
INSPECTION.) REMINDER INSPECTION.)
3 Instrument cluster 5 Fuel gauge sender unit
(See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/ (See 09-22-15 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
(See 09-22-7 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (See 09-22-18 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
CONFIGURATION.) INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
CUSTOMIZED FUNCTION SETTING
PROCEDURE.)
End Of Sie
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092200496
Caution
x When replacing the instrument cluster, always perform the configuration procedure before
removing the instrument cluster. Replacing the instrument cluster without performing the
configuration procedure will result in system malfunction.
09-22–2
1. When replacing the instrument cluster, always perform the configuration procedure. (See 09-22-7
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION.)
3. Remove the meter hood. (See 09-17-24 METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table. .
1 Screw 4
2 Connector
2
3 Instrument cluster
4 Wiring harness clip

6. Program the immobilizer system-related parts
when replacing the instrument cluster. (With
keyless entry system) (See 09-14-150
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS 2
PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM].)
1
Caution
x Place the removed instrument cluster
with the display surface facing upward.
Otherwise grease could leak from the 3
meter unit.
1
1
am2zzw0000260
DISPLAY FACING UPWARD

End Of Sie
GOOD
DISPLAY FACING DOWNWARD
NO GOOD
am2zzw0000189
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION

id092200496200
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CONFIGURATION.
Note
x If all the following conditions are met, the odometer data (total traveled distance) in the previous
instrument cluster is automatically transferred to a new instrument cluster during the configuration. If any
of the conditions are not met, odometer-data transfer cannot be performed.
Previous instrument cluster
— No malfunction (Configuration data can be read using the M-MDS)
New instrument cluster
— Odometer display is less than 100 km
— Odometer has no malfunction
09-22–6
following order.
2. Select “IC”.
directions on the screen.
5. Select “Programmable Parameters“ from the DLC-2
menu.
am2zzw0000251
6. Select “Odometer Write“, and perform the
procedure following the screen.
7. Retrieve DTCs by the M-MDS, then verify that there is no DTC present.
x If a DTC (s) is detected, perform the applicable DTC inspection. (See 09-02F-2 DTC TABLE
End Of Sie
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id092200496300
Caution
x Do not drop the instrument cluster or damage the printed board. This will lead to a system
malfunction.

2. Remove the meter hood. (See 09-17-24 METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the instrument cluster. (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
.
1 Lens
2 Cover
3 Instrument cluster unit
End Of Sie
3
2
1
adejjw00003498
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION

id092200496400
Speedometer (Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)
1. Adjust the tire pressure to the specification.
2. Using a speedometer tester, verify that the tester reading is as indicated in the table.
x If the speedometer does not operate or the indication is not within the allowable range, inspect the PCM,
ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM, and related wiring harnesses.
— If the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM, and related wiring harnesses do not have any malfunction,
replace the instrument cluster.
09-22–7
Hong Kong specs.
Speedometer tester
Allowable range (km/h)
indication (km/h)
20 20—25
40 40—45
60 61—66
80 81—87
100 102—108
120 122—129
140 143—150
U.K. specs.
Speedometer tester
Allowable range (mph)
indication (mph)
10 10—13
20 20—23
30 30—33
40 40—43
50 50—54
60 60—64
70 70—75
80 80—85
Speedometer (AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT) manufactured vehicles)

1. Adjust the tire pressure to the specification.
2. Using a speedometer tester, verify that the tester reading is as indicated in the table.
x If the speedometer does not operate or the indication is not within the allowable range, inspect the PCM,
ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM, and related wiring harnesses.
— If the PCM, ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM, and related wiring harnesses do not have any malfunction,
replace the instrument cluster.
09-22–9
Arab Gulf Cooperation Council, Australian specs.
Speedometer tester
indication (km/h)
20 20—25
40 40—44
60 60—65
80 80—86
100 100—107
120 121—127
140 141—148
Except Arab Gulf Cooperation Council; General (L.H.D. R.H.D.) specs., and Thailand
Speedometer tester
indication (km/h)
20 18—22
40 38—42
60 58—62
80 77—83
100 97—103
120 117—123
140 138—144
Tachometer
Caution
x If the engine speed exceeds the allowable range, the engine could be damaged. Therefore, when
inspecting the tachometer, do not allow the engine speed to exceed the allowable range indication
on the tachometer.

x Using an IDS (laptop PC):
1. “Data logger”
2. “Module”
3. “IC”
x Using a PDS (Pocket PC):
1. “Module test”
2. “IC”
3. “Data logger” DLC-2
3. Select “TACHOMTR” from PID/DATA Monitor
am2zzw0000251
Table.
4. Verify the monitored value according to the
directions on the screen.
Note
09-22–10
Fuel gauge
x Using an IDS (laptop PC):
1. “Data logger”
2. “Module”
3. “IC”
1. “Module test”
2. “IC”
3. “Data logger” DLC-2
3. Verify that all the segments are displayed using
am2zzw0000251
“LCD_SEG”.
x If any of the segments are not displayed,
replace the instrument cluster. (See 09-22-5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Disconnect the fuel pump connector.
9. Connect the SST (Fuel and thermometer
checker) to fuel pump unit connector terminals C
and D.
10. Verify the fuel gauge reading is as indicated in the
table using the SST (Fuel and thermometer A B C D
checker).
x If not as indicated in the table, inspect the
wiring harness.
— If there is any malfunction, repair or
replace the wiring harness.
— If the wiring harness is normal, replace
the instrument cluster.
adejjw00004328
09-22–11
Fuel gauge indication Resistance of SST (Fuel
(instrument cluster) and thermometer
checker) (ohm)
Approx. 60 or less
Approx. 61—93
Approx. 94—128
Approx. 129—160
Approx. 161—192
Approx. 193—226
Approx. 227—260
Approx. 261—277
Approx. 278—293
Approx. 294 or more
Hong Kong specs.

Fuel gauge indication Resistance of SST (Fuel
(instrument cluster) and thermometer
checker) (ohm)
Approx. 71 or less
Approx. 71—104
Approx. 105—136
Approx. 137—166
Approx. 167—196
Approx. 197—229
Approx. 230—262
Approx. 263—277
Approx. 278—293
Approx. 294 or more
End Of Sie
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CUSTOMIZED FUNCTION SETTING PROCEDURE
id092200555500
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (pocket PC) does not support the customized functions setting
procedure of the instrument cluster.
09-22–12
1. “Module Programming”
3. Then, select the following from the screen menu.
1. “Programmable Parameters”
2. “Warning Lamps/Chimes”
4. Select the following items and change the setting
according to the directions on the screen.
Supported items
x DIS Correction (0%, 5%, 10%, 15%, -15%, - DLC-2
10%, -5%)
x Distance to Empty Response Data (1.50—
am2zzw0000251
5.25)
x Driver Beltminder Status (Disabled/Enabled)
x Passenger Beltminder Status (Disabled/Enabled)
Caution
x The M-MDS screen displays the following items, however, do not change the setting. If the setting
is changed, a difference occurs between the instrument cluster indication and actual fuel level
leading to unexpected fuel shortage.
— Fuel response data (level 1—16)
End Of Sie
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092200497000
(See 01-14A-15 FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [ZJ, ZY].)
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT INSPECTION

id092200497100
2. Remove the fuel pump unit.
3. Move the float to the topmost and bottommost
positions, and verify that the resistance between TOPMOST
terminals C and D of the fuel gauge sender unit POSITION
and the position of the float are as shown in the
figure. 9—11 ohms
x If they are not as shown in the figure, replace
the fuel gauge sender unit. ARM 160.4—166.4 mm
End Of Sie FULCRUM {6.315—6.551 in}
325—327 ohms
BOTTOMMOST
POSITION 13.5—19.5 mm
{0.532—0.767 in}
D C B A
am2zzw0000181
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION

id092200495300
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and verify that the oil pressure warning light illuminates.
2. Start the engine and verify that the oil pressure warning light turns off.
x If the oil pressure warning light does not illuminate or remains illuminated, inspect the BCM and the related
wiring harnesses. (See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [BCM].)
— If the related wiring harnesses are normal, inspect the oil pressure.
09-22–15
PASSENGER SEAT BELT REMINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092200997700
(4) Glove compartment (vehicles with audio unit) (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Center panel unit (vehicles without audio unit) (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Center panel (vehicles without audio unit) (See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the screw from the hazard warning PASSENGE SEAT
switch panel. HAZARD WARNING BELT REMINDER
SWITCH PANEL
SCREW
am2zzw0000087
4. Remove the clips A and B.
CLIP A‫ޓ‬
CLIP B
am2zzw0000088
5. Remove the seat belt reminder from the hazard

warning switch panel.
End Of Sie
PASSENGER SEAT BELT

PA
S
REMINDER
SE
NG
ER
HAZARD WARNING
SWITCH PANEL
am2zzw0000087
PASSENGER SEAT BELT REMINDER INSPECTION

id092200997600
09-22–19
(4) Glove compartment (vehicles with audio unit) (See 09-17-28 GLOVE COMPARTMENT COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Center panel unit (vehicles without audio unit) (See 09-20-3 CENTER PANEL UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Center panel (vehicles without audio unit) (See 09-17-35 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Passenger seat belt reminder (See 09-22-19 PASSENGER SEAT BELT REMINDER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Apply battery positive voltage to passenger seat
belt reminder terminal A, and connect terminal B
to ground.
4. Verify that the LED illuminates.
x If the LED does not illuminate, replace the
passenger seat belt reminder.
End Of Sie B A
am2zzw0000190
HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id092200497400
3. Slightly bend back the mudguard.
MUDGUARD
SCREW
am2zzw0000192

5. Remove the bolt.
6. Remove the horn.
End Of Sie
CONNECTOR
HORN
BOLT
9—12 N·m
{92—122 kgf·cm,
80—106 in·lbf}
adejjw00003495
09-22–20
CONTROL SYSTEM
09-40 CONTROL SYSTEM

CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION Liftgate Opener Switch Input Signal
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-40–1 Pulse (Reference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-40–15
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) Liftgate Opener Switch Signal Pulse
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . 09-40–1 (Reference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-40–15
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-40–3 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-40–16
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-40–4 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) . . . 09-40–5 BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . 09-40–16
Generated pulse (reference) . . . . . . . . 09-40–13 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-40–16
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-40–17
CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX

WM: POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
id094000801000
am2zzw0000025
1 BCM (body control module)

INSPECTION.)
CONFIGURATION.)
BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id094000800400
R.H.D.
Caution
x When replacing the BCM, the configuration procedure must be performed before removing the
BCM. Replacing the BCM without performing the configuration procedure will result in system
malfunction.
1. Perform the BCM configuration when replacing it. (See 09-40-16 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
CONFIGURATION.)
3. Remove the dashboard under cover. (See 09-17-35 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front scuff plate. (passenger’s side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the front side trim. (passenger’s side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
09-40–1
CONTROL SYSTEM
6. Disconnect the connectors at the position shown
BCM CONNECTOR
in the figure.
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
am2zzw0000177
7. Disconnect the wiring harness at the position

WIRING HARNESS WIRING HARNESS BCM
am2zzw0000177
09-40–3
CONTROL SYSTEM
8. Remove the nuts.
BCM *1: Except AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT)
NUT NUT
8—10 N·m {82—101 kgf·cm, 8—10 N·m {82—101 kgf·cm,
71—88 in·lbf} *1 71—88 in·lbf} *1
9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm, 9—11 N·m {92—112 kgf·cm,
80—97 in·lbf} *2 80—97 in·lbf} *2
am2zzw0000452
9. Remove the BCM.

End Of Sie
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) INSPECTION
id094000800300
INSTALLATION.)
2. Measure the voltage at each terminal and inspect for the continuity between the terminals and ground is as
indicated in the Terminal Voltage Tables (Reference).
x If the voltage or continuity is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference), inspect the parts
under “Inspection item (s)”.
— If the system does not work properly even though the parts or related wiring harnesses do not have any
malfunction, replace the BCM.
09-40–4
CONTROL SYSTEM
1 2
4 1O 1M 1K 1I 1G 1E 1C 1A 2O 2M 2K 2I 2G 2E 2C 2A
1P 1N 1L 1J 1H 1F 1D 1B 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 2D 2B
7
3
3
1 6
2 3O 3M 3K 3I 3G 3E 3C 3A
3P 3N 3L 3J 3H 3F 3D 3B
4 6
4W 4U 4S 4Q 4O 4M 4K 4I 4G 4E 4C 4A 6W 6U 6S 6Q 6O 6M 6K 6I 6G 6E 6C 6A
4X 4V 4T 4R 4P 4N 4L 4J 4H 4F 4D 4B 6X 6V 6T 6R 6P 6N 6L 6J 6H 6F 6D 6B
7W 7U 7S 7Q 7O 7M 7K 7I 7G 7E 7C 7A
7X 7V 7T 7R 7P 7N 7L 7J 7H 7F 7D 7B
adejjw00000675
Termin
Signal Connected to Measurement condition Voltage (V) Inspection item (s)
al
Windshield wiper
Windshield wiper Windshield wiper Ignition switch at operating at low B+ x Windshield wiper motor
1A
signal motor ON x Related wiring harness
OFF 1.0 or less
Windshield wiper
Windshield wiper Windshield wiper Ignition switch at operating at high B+ x Windshield wiper motor
1B
signal motor ON x Related wiring harness
OFF 1.0 or less
Rear window
x R.DEF 20A fuse
1C defroster power R.DEF 20 A fuse Under any condition B+
supply
Windshield wiper Windshield wiper Ignition switch at ON B+ x Windshield wiper motor
1D
power supply motor Ignition switch is off. 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
TNS power x TAIL 15A fuse
1E TAIL 15 A fuse Under any condition B+
supply x Related wiring harness
Windshield wiper
B+
Windshield wiper Windshield wiper Ignition switch at operating x Windshield wiper motor
1F
auto stop signal motor ON Windshield wiper x Related wiring harness
1.0 or less
not operating
Front TNS TNS ON B+ x Parking light
1G Parking light
inhibited TNS OFF 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
Rear washer
B+
Rear window motor operating
Ignition switch at x Washer motor
1H washer motor Washer motor Rear washer
ON x Related wiring harness
control motor not 1.0 or less
operating
09-40–5
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
Windshield
washer motor B+
Windshield
Ignition switch at operating x Washer motor
1I washer motor Washer motor
ON Windshield x Related wiring harness
control
washer motor 1.0 or less
not operating
Hazard power HAZARD 10A x HAZARD 10A fuse
1J Under any condition B+
supply fuse x Related wiring harness
x Front turn Turn switch (RH) Alternates
on Front turn light between 1.0 x Front turn light (RH)
light (RH)
Front turn light x Front side turn light
1K x Front side Hazard warning (RH) flashes or less and
(RH) control B+ (RH)
turn light switch on
(RH) Front turn light (RH) not illuminated 1.0 or less
x Front turn Turn switch (LH) Alternates
light (LH) on Front turn light between 1.0 x Front turn light (LH)
Front turn light
1L x Front side Hazard warning (LH) flashes or less and x Front side turn light (LH)
(LH) control
turn light switch on B+ x Related wiring harness
(LH) Front turn light (LH) not illuminated 1.0 or less
1M — — — — —
1N — — — — —
Interior light x ROOM 15 A fuse
1O ROOM 15 A fuse Under any condition B+
power supply x Related wiring harness
Door lock power x D/L 20 A fuse
1P D/L 20 A fuse Under any condition B+
supply x Related wiring harness
2A — — — — —
2B — — — — —
2C — — — — —
2D — — — — —
2E — — — — —
x F.WIP 20 A Ignition switch at ON B+
Windshield wiper x F.WIP 20A fuse
fuse
2F power supply x Ignition switch
x Ignition Ignition switch at off. 1.0 or less
(IG 2) x Related wiring harness
switch
x METER 10 A Ignition switch at ON B+
Meter power x METER 10A fuse
fuse
2G supply x Ignition switch
x Ignition Ignition switch is off. 1.0 or less
(IG 1) x Related wiring harness
switch
Windshield
washer switch 1.0 or less
Windshield x Wiper and washer
Wiper and Ignition switch at on
2H washer switch switch
washer switch ON Windshield
signal x Related wiring harness
washer switch B+
off
2I — — — — —
2J — — — — —
2K — — — — —
Rear window
washer switch 1.0 or less
Rear window x Wiper and washer
Wiper and Ignition switch at on
2L washer switch switch
washer switch ON Rear window
signal x Related wiring harness
washer switch B+
off
2M Signal ground Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less Related wiring harness
Rear window x R.WIP 10 A Ignition switch at ON B+
x R.WIP 10 A fuse
wiper power fuse
2N x Ignition switch
supply x Ignition Ignition switch at off. 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
(IG 2) switch
x ILLUMI 7.5 A TNS ON B+
x ILLUMI 7.5 A fuse
Illumination fuse
2O x Illumination light
output x Illumination TNS OFF 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
light
09-40–6
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
2P Power ground Body ground Under any condition 1.0 or less Related wiring harness
x Liftgate latch and lock
Liftgate opener Liftgate latch
3A*7 actuator ground and lock actuator
Under any condition 1.0 or less actuator
Rear window
B+
Rear window Ignition switch at defroster on x Filament
3B Filament
defroster output ON Rear window x Related wiring harness
1.0 or less
defroster off
Liftgate opener Liftgate opener actuator switch
B+ x Liftgate latch and lock
Liftgate latch pressed, lock release operation
3C actuator power actuator
and lock actuator
supply Other 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
Rear window Ignition switch at ON B+
Rear wiper x Rear wiper motor
3D wiper power
motor Ignition switch is off. 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
supply
1.0 or less
Door lock Double locking system activated o B+ o 1.0 x Door lock actuator
3E*6 Door lock control
actuator or less x Related wiring harness
Other 1.0 or less
Rear wiper
1.0 or less
Rear window Rear wiper Ignition switch at activated x Rear motor
3F
wiper control motor ON Rear wiper not x Related wiring harness
B+
activated
3G — — — —
x Tail light TNS ON B+ x Tail light
Rear TNS light
3H x License plate x License plate light
signal TNS OFF 1.0 or less
light x Related wiring harness
Any door is open 1.0 or less
Within 5 seconds
after all doors 5
Interior light Interior light at x Interior light
3I Interior light closed
control DOOR position x Related wiring harness
Five seconds
after all doors B+
closed
Turn switch (RH) Alternates
on Rear turn light between 1.0
Rear turn light Rear turn light x Rear turn light (RH)
3J Hazard warning (RH) flashes or less and
(RH) control (RH) B+ x Related wiring harness
switch on
Rear turn light (RH) not illuminated 1.0 or less
3K — — — — —
Turn switch (LH) Alternates
on Rear turn light between 1.0
Rear turn light Rear turn light x Rear turn light (LH)
3L Hazard warning (LH) flashes or less and
(LH) control (LH) B+ x Related wiring harness
switch on
Rear turn light (LH) not illuminated 1.0 or less
Door lock actuator locking (without
B+
Door lock x Door lock actuator
3M Door lock control Door lock actuator locking (with
actuator 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
Other 1.0 or less
3N — — — — —
Door unlock Door lock Door lock actuator unlocking B+ x Door lock actuator
3O
control actuator Other 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
09-40–7
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
x Climate
control unit
x Instrument
x Climate control unit
cluster
x Audio unit
x Audio unit
x Keyless
x Keyless receiver
3P Power supply receiver Under any condition B+
x Steering lock unit
x Steering lock
x Theft-deterrent control
unit
module
x Theft-
deterrent
control
module
Brake fluid level
1.0 or less
Brake fluid level Brake fluid level Ignition switch at less than MIN x Brake fluid level sensor
4A
signal sensor ON Brake fluid level x Related wiring harness
5
above MIN.
Oil pressure Oil pressure Engine running B+ x Oil pressure switch
4B*4 switch signal switch x Related wiring harness
Engine not running 1.0 or less
Back-up light Back-up light Shift lever is in R position B+ x Back-up light switch
4C*3 signal switch x Related wiring harness
Shift lever is not in R position 1.0 or less
4D — — — — —
Rear fog light
1.0 or less
Rear fog light Rear fog light switch ON x Rear fog light relay
4E Headlight ON
control relay Rear fog light x Related wiring harness
B+
switch OFF
4F — — — — —
Headlight low Headlights on 1.0 or less
Headlight low x Headlight low relay
4G control (4-Beam
relay Headlights off B+ x Related wiring harness
Type Headlight)
4H — — — — —
Front fog light
1.0 or less
Front fog light Front fog light Headlights on or switch ON x Front fog light relay
4I
control relay TNS ON Front fog light x Related wiring harness
B+
switch OFF
4J — — — — —
4K — — — — —
4L — — — — —
Headlight low Headlights on 1.0 or less
Headlight relay x Headlight relay (LO)
4M control (2-Beam
(LO) Headlights off B+ x Related wiring harness
Type Headlight)
4N — — — — —
High beam during passing or lights
Headlight high Headlight relay on
1.0 or less x Headlight relay (HI)
4O
control (HI) x Related wiring harness
Other B+
4P — — — — —
4Q — — — — —
4R — — — — —
4S — — — — —
4T — — — — —
x PCM
x ABS HU/CM
4U CAN_H (with ABS)
x DSC HU/CM
(with DSC)
4V*8 CAN_H TCM
09-40–8
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
x PCM
x ABS HU/CM
4W CAN_L (with ABS)
x DSC HU/CM
(with DSC)
4X*8 CAN_L TCM
Turn switch at RH position 1.0 or less
Turn switch input Wave x Turn switch
6A Turn switch pattern (See x Related wiring harness
(RH) Turn switch at off position
09-40-13
Pattern 1.)
Turn switch at LH position 1.0 or less
Turn switch input Wave x Turn switch
6B Turn switch pattern (See x Related wiring harness
(LH) Turn switch at off position
09-40-13
Pattern 1.)
Rear wiper at on position 1.0 or less
Rear wiper Wave x Wiper and washer
Wiper and
6C switch input pattern (See switch
washer switch Rear wiper at off position
(ON) 09-40-13 x Related wiring harness
Pattern 1.)
Rear window defroster switch
1.0 or less
pressed x Climate control unit
Rear window Climate control
Wave (rear window defroster
6D defroster switch unit (rear window
switch)
input defroster switch) Rear window defroster switch not pattern (See
pressed 09-40-13 x Related wiring harness
Pattern 1.)
Headlight switch Light switch in ON position 1.0 or less x Light switch
6E Light switch
input (ON) Light switch not at ON position B+ x Related wiring harness
Wiper switch in HI position 1.0 or less x Wiper and washer
Windshield wiper Wiper and
6F switch
switch input (HI) washer switch Wiper switch not at HI position B+ x Related wiring harness
Rear window
defroster
1.0 or less
Climate control indicator x Climate control unit
Rear window illuminated
unit (rear window Ignition switch at (rear window defroster
6G defroster
defroster ON Rear window indicator)
indicator signal
indicator) defroster x Related wiring harness
B+
indicator turned
off
x Wiper and washer
Wiper speed Wiper and
6H Under any condition 1.0 or less switch
volume ground washer switch
HI beam at passing position or
Headlight switch 1.0 or less x Light switch
6I Light switch lights on status
input (HI) x Related wiring harness
Except above B+
TNS switch TNS ON 1.0 or less x Light switch
6J Light switch
signal TNS OFF B+ x Related wiring harness
Headlight switch Front fog light switch in on position 1.0 or less
x Light switch
6K input (front fog Light switch
Front fog light switch in off position B+ x Related wiring harness
light)
Light switch in AUTO position 1.0 or less
Headlight switch
input (vehicles Wave x Light switch
6L Light switch pattern (See
with auto light/ Light switch not at AUTO position x Related wiring harness
wiper system) 09-40-13
Pattern 1.)
Headlight switch Rear fog light switch in on position 1.0 or less
x Light switch
6M input (rear fog Light switch
Rear fog light switch in off position B+ x Related wiring harness
light)
09-40–9
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
Windshield wiper
1.0 or less x Wiper and washer
Windshield wiper Wiper and Ignition switch at LO operation
6N switch
switch input (Lo) washer switch ON Windshield wiper
B+ x Related wiring harness
not operation
Light switch at headlight position
Headlight switch and low beam
1.0 or less x Light switch
6O Light switch
input (LO) x Related wiring harness
Light switch at OFF or TNS position B+
Switch position 1
0.72
position
Switch position 2
0.48
Voltage position
decreases when Switch position 3
position
0.32 x Wiper and washer
Wiper speed Wiper and speed control
6P switch
volume signal washer switch volume is turned Switch position 4
0.18 x Related wiring harness
from - position to position
+ position Switch position 5
0.08
position
Switch position 6
0
position
Hazard warning switch on 1.0 or less
Hazard warning Hazard warning Wave x Hazard warning switch
6Q pattern (See
switch signal switch Hazard warning switch off x Related wiring harness
09-40-14
Pattern 6.)
x Steering lock Key inserted B+
unit
(Advanced x Steering lock unit
keyless and (Advanced keyless and
Key reminder start system) start system)
6R
switch x Key reminder Key removed 1.0 or less x Key reminder switch
switch (Keyless entry system)
(Keyless x Related wiring harness
entry
system)
x Wiper switch in AUTO position
(vehicles with auto light/wiper
system)
1.0 or less
x Wiper switch in INT position
(vehicles without auto light/ x Wiper and washer
Windshield wiper Wiper and
6S wiper system) switch
switch input washer switch
Wave
pattern (See
Except above
09-40-13
Pattern 1.)
6T — — — — —
Liftgate opener Liftgate opener Wave pattern (See 09-40-15 Liftgate Opener x Liftgate opener switch
6U*2 switch input switch Switch Input Signal Pulse (Reference).) x Related wiring harness
x CAN system
related
module
(L.H.D.) Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
6V CAN_L
x Keyless voltage inspection not possible.
control
module
(R.H.D.)
09-40–10
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
x Keyless
control
module (with
advanced
keyless and
Serial Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
6W start system)
x Keyless
receiver
(vehicles with
keyless entry
system)
x CAN system
related
module
(L.H.D.) Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
6X CAN_H
x Keyless voltage inspection not possible.
control
module
(R.H.D.)
Liftgate opener switch not pressed 1.0 or less
Wave
pattern*2
Liftgate opener Liftgate opener x Liftgate opener switch
7A (See 09-40-
switch switch Liftgate opener switch pressed x Related wiring harness
13 Pattern
2.)
approx. 3*1
Parking brake applied 1.0 or less
Parking brake Parking brake Wave x Parking brake switch
7B pattern (See
switch signal switch Parking brake not applied x Related wiring harness
09-40-13
Pattern 3.)
Wave
Driver's door key cylinder rotated to pattern (See
lock direction 09-40-14
Pattern 4.)
Key cylinder Door key Driver's door key cylinder rotated to x Door key cylinder switch
7C 1.0 or less
switch signal cylinder switch unlock direction x Related wiring harness
Wave
Driver’s door key cylinder at neutral
pattern (See
position after rotating in lock or
09-40-14
unlock direction
Pattern 5.)
7D — — — — —
Any door open 1.0 or less x Power window main
All outer door Power window
7E switch
handles main switch All doors closed B+ x Related wiring harness
7F — — — — —
Wave
Rear door (LH) open
pattern (See x Rear door latch switch
Rear door latch Rear door latch 09-40-14
7G*5 switch (LH) switch (LH)
(LH)
Pattern 6.) x Related wiring harness
Rear door (LH) closed 1.0 or less
7H — — — — —
Wave
Front door latch Front door latch Front door (driver side) open
pattern (See x Front door latch switch
7I switch (driver switch (driver 09-40-14 (driver side)
side) side) Pattern 6.) x Related wiring harness
Front door (driver side) closed 1.0 or less
7J — — — — —
09-40–11
CONTROL SYSTEM
Termin
al
Wave
pattern (See
Driver's door locked
09-40-14
Lock input (door Door lock-link Pattern 6.) x Door lock-link switch
7K
lock-link switch) switch Wave x Related wiring harness
pattern (See
Driver's door unlocked
09-40-14
Pattern 7.)
7L — — — — —
Wave
Front door latch Front door latch Front door (passenger side) open pattern (See x Front door latch switch
7M switch switch 09-40-14 (passenger side)
(passenger side) (passenger side) Pattern 6.) x Related wiring harness
Front door (passenger side) closed 1.0 or less
7N — — — — —
Wave
pattern (See x Rear door latch switch
Rear door latch Rear door latch Rear door (RH) open 09-40-14
7O*5 switch (RH) switch (RH)
(RH)
Pattern 6.) x Related wiring harness
Rear door (RH) closed 1.0 or less
7P — — — — —
Wave
Unlock input pattern (See
Door lock-link Driver's door locked
09-40-14 x Door lock-link switch
7Q (door lock-link
switch)
switch Pattern 6.) x Related wiring harness
7R — — — — —
Liftgate switch Liftgate opened 1.0 or less x Liftgate switch
7S Liftgate switch
signal Liftgate closed B+ x Related wiring harness
7T — — — — —
LIN Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
7U Rain sensor
x CAN system
related Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
7V CAN_L
module voltage inspection not possible.
x DLC-2
Wipers moving B+
Windshield wiper Ignition switch at x Rain sensor
7W Rain sensor Wipers not
auto stop signal ON 1.0 or less x Related wiring harness
moving
x CAN system
related Terminal used for communication therefore determination based on terminal
7X CAN_H
module voltage inspection not possible.
x DLC-2
*1 : Vehicles with advanced keyless and start system

*2 : Vehicles without advanced keyless and start system
*3 : MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
*4 : Except MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
*5 : 5HB
*6 : With double locking system
*7 : With terminal 3A
*8 : CVT
09-40–12
CONTROL SYSTEM
Pattern 1
0V
adejjw00005004
x Terminal:
— Turn switch input (RH): 6A (+) body ground (-)
— Turn switch input (LH): 6B (+) body ground (-)
— Rear wiper switch input (ON): 6C (+) body ground (-)
— Rear defroster switch input: 6D (+) body ground (-)
— Headlight switch input: 6L (+) body ground (-)
— Windshield wiper switch input: 6S (+) body ground (-)
Pattern 2
0V
am2zzw0000414
x Terminal: 7A (+) body ground (-)

Pattern 3
0V
am2zzw0000414
x Terminal: 7B (+) body ground (-)

09-40–13
CONTROL SYSTEM
Pattern 4
0V
am2zzw0000414
x Terminal: 7C (+) body ground (-)

Pattern 5
0V
am2zzw0000414
x Terminal: 7C (+) body ground (-)

Pattern 6
0V
am2zzw0000414
x Terminal:
— Hazard warning switch signal: 6Q (+) body ground (-)
— Rear door latch switch (LH): 7G (+) body ground (-)
— Front door latch switch (driver side): 7I (+) body ground (-)
— Lock input (door lock-link switch) (vehicles without advanced keyless and start system): 7K (+) body
ground (-)
— Front door latch switch (passenger side): 7M (+) body ground (-)
— Rear door latch switch (RH): 7O (+) body ground (-)
— Unlock input (door lock-link switch): 7Q (+) body ground (-)
Pattern 7
Note
x The output signals from BCM terminal 7K and keyless control module terminal 3P are displayed
simultaneously and the wave patterns may overlap each other.
09-40–14
CONTROL SYSTEM
x Terminal: 7K (+) body ground (-)
x Oscilloscope setting: 2 V/DIV (Y), 1 ms/DIV (X),
DC range
0V
am2zzw0000415
Liftgate Opener Switch Input Signal Pulse (Reference)

Liftgate opener switch not pressed
0V
adejjw00005004
x Terminal: 6U (+) body ground (-)

x Measurement condition: Liftgate opener switch not pressed
Liftgate opener switch pressed
0V
adejjw00005005
x Terminal: 6U (+) body ground (-)

x Measurement condition: Liftgate opener switch pressed
Liftgate Opener Switch Signal Pulse (Reference)
0V
adejjw00005005
x Terminal: 7A (+) body ground (-)
09-40–15
CONTROL SYSTEM
x Measurement condition: Liftgate opener switch pressed
End Of Sie
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) CONFIGURATION
id094000800900
Note
x Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the BCM CONFIGURATION.

following order.
directions on the screen. DLC-2
5. Retrieve DTCs by the M-MDS, then verify that
am2zzw0000251
there is no DTC present.
x If a DTC (s) is detected, perform the
applicable DTC inspection. (See 09-02G-3 DTC TABLE [BCM].)
End Of Sie
BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) BRACKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id094000801500
Removal
INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the front scuff plate. (passenger’s side) (See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front side trim. (passenger’s side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the BCM. (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Insert a fastener remover in the direction of the arrow (1) shown in the figure and release the tabs.
Caution
x Because the tabs will break if they are bent excessively, bend the tabs only so far as to allow them
to release from the BCM.
(1)
A
BCM (1)
(1)
TAB BCM BRACKET
A
SEC. A—A
am2zzw0000412
09-40–16
CONTROL SYSTEM
7. Pull the BCM in the direction of the arrow (2) as
shown in the figure and remove the BCM bracket. (2)
BCM (2)
BCM BRACKET TAB TAB

am2zzw0000412
Installation
1. Bend the tabs in the direction of the arrow (1) so
that clearance (a) indicated in the figure is within
the specification.
Clearance (1) A
a: 0.81.2 mm {0.0320.047 in}
•• ••••
TAB
BCM BRACKET
SEC. A—A A
am2zzw0000412
2. Press the BCM in the direction of the arrow (2) as

shown in the figure and install it. (2)
3. Install the BCM. (See 09-40-1 BODY CONTROL
MODULE (BCM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) BCM (2)
4. Install the front scuff plate. (passenger’s side)
(See 09-17-56 FRONT SCUFF PLATE
5. Install the front side trim. (passenger’s side) (See
09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
6. Install the dashboard under cover. (See 09-17-35
BCM BRACKET TAB TAB
DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/
am2zzw0000412
INSTALLATION.)
End Of Sie
09-40–17
TECHNICAL DATA
09-50 TECHNICAL DATA

BODY AND ACCESSORIES
TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-50–2
09-50–1
TECHNICAL DATA
BODY AND ACCESSORIES TECHNICAL DATA

SOKYU_WM: BODY AND ACCESSORIES
id095000498800
Item Specifications (W) X

number
Headlight bulb (HI) 60 u 2
Headlight bulb (LO) 55 u 2
Parking light bulb 5u2
Except AutoAlliance Thailand
55 u 2
(AAT) manufactured vehicles
Front fog light bulb
AutoAlliance Thailand (AAT)
51 u 2
Rear fog light bulb 21 u 1
Exterior light bulb capacity Front turn light bulb 21 u 2
Front side turn light bulb 5u2
Brake/taillight bulb 21/5 u 2
Rear turn light bulb 21 u 2
Back-up light bulb (5HB/3HB) 16 u 2
Back-up light bulb (4SD) 21 u 2
License plate light bulb 5u2
High-mount brake light (LED) (5HB/3HB) 2.4 u 1
High-mount brake light bulb (4SD) 18 u 1
Interior light bulb (Vehicles with intruder sensor) 8u2
Interior light bulb (Vehicles without intruder sensor) 10 u 1
Interior light bulb capacity
Cargo compartment light bulb (5HB/3HB) 5u1
Trunk compartment light bulb (4SD) 5u1
End Of Sie
09-50–2
SERVICE TOOLS
09-60 SERVICE TOOLS

BODY AND ACCESSORIES SST . . . . . . 09-60–2
09-60–1
SERVICE TOOLS
BODY AND ACCESSORIES SST

WM: BODY AND ACCESSORIES
id096000800100
49 N088 0A0 49 F042 001*

Fuel and Wrench
Thermometer
Checker —
* : MZ-CD 1.4 DI Turbo, MZ-CD 1.6 (Y6)
End Of Sie
09-60–2

Mazda 2 J64J 2010 PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Mazda 2 J64J 2010 PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

MAZDA

BODY & ACCESSORIES 09SECTION

09-02A ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS

49 H066 002 49 D066 002 49 L066 002

Deployment Adapter Adapter

49 G066 003 49 N088 0A0

Adapter Fuel and

3AC D 3L C KEYLESS ANTENNA

(See 09-02I-1 FOREWORD

(See 09-02A-33 DTC U0028:87

(See 09-02I-1 FOREWORD

(See 09-02A-34 DTC U0401:68

3 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the keyless control module.

STEERING LOCK UNIT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

5 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the keyless control module.

2 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the keyless control module.

STEERING LOCK UNIT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

5 VERIFY DTCs Yes Replace the keyless control module.

System Wiring Diagram

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE KEYLESS BEEPER

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR, REAR)

System Wiring Diagram

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE KEYLESS ANTENNA

System Wiring Diagram

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE KEYLESS ANTENNA

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR, FRONT)

System Wiring Diagram

OUTER HANDLE (LF)

OUTER HANDLE (LF)

OUTER HANDLE (RF)

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE OUTER HANDLE (RF)

System Wiring Diagram

IGNITION SWITCH KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

3 GENERATOR INSPECTION Yes Go to the next step.

4 INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE Yes Go to the next step.

5 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN Yes Go to the next step.

System Wiring Diagram

LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH (3HB/5HB)/

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE LIFTGATE OPENER SWITCH (3HB/5HB)/ BCM

OUTER HANDLE (LF)

System Wiring Diagram

OUTER HANDLE (RF)

KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE OUTER HANDLE (RF)

KEYLESS RECEIVER KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

System Wiring Diagram

KEYLESS RECEIVER KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

System Wiring Diagram

BCM KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

System Wiring Diagram

MIRROR 7.5 A KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

09-02B ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM

FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]

End of Toc id0902e3345500

End Of Sie METAL RING LYING ON KEY HEAD

METAL PART OF ANOTHER

KEY IS NEAR OR TOUCHING

DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM)]

Security light flashing

IG1 COIL ANTENNA KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

COIL ANTENNA KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE

Security light flashing